iOOK—JUST READY. 
Embracing the Theory and Practice of 
Pharmacy and the Art of Dispensing. 
By Virgil Coblentz, Ph.Q., A.M., 
Phil.Ll., J/roiessor oi iucoiy and Practice of Pharmacy in the College of 
Pharmacy of the City of New York. 
Octavo. 480 pages. 395 Illustrations. Cloth, net, $3.50 
In preparing this Handbook, the author’s aim has been to supply to the stu- 
dent of pharmacy a compendious and yet sufficiently detailed text-book for 
systematic study, and to those exercising the art a trustworthy guide in daily 
practice. In accordance with this plan, particular care has been bestowed 
upon the explanation of all operations and methods usually occurring in dis- 
pensing establishments and laboratories designed on a small scale. 
The work is divided into three parts, viz. : Physical and Mechanical Oper- 
ations ; Galenical Pharmacy; The Art of Dispensing and Volumetric Analysis. 
Part I, which treats of the general principles, and physical or chemical 
operations in their general application, presents what may be called the theory 
of pharmacy. A thorough knowledge of the subjects embraced in this section 
is of vital importance to the apothecary, in order to enable him to control the 
quality of the medicinal substances which he purchases or dispenses. This 
portion of the work, and such of the succeeding portions as appeared to require 
it, have been profusely illustrated. Especial care has been bestowed on 
the subjects of maceration, percolation, and expression. 
Part II treats of the various classes of galenical preparations. Each class 
is described and explained, and in connection with each are given descriptions 
and explanations of the processes of those preparations which require a com- 
mentary. Particular attention has been given to the explanation of the several 
steps of the processes involving chemical reactions, and the method of testing, 
as well as the application of volumetric methods of assay, are fully explained. 
Whenever necessary, syllabi or tables of the various preparations are given. 
Part 111 embraces the Art of Dispensing and chapters on Volumetric 
Analysis, so far as it concerns pharmacopeial preparations. The section treat- 
ing on Prescriptions is as practical as possible. Foreign methods of prescrip- 
tion writing and dispensing have been treated of, wherever thought necessary, 
alongside of those prevailing in this country, and a chapter added on homeO= 
pathic pharmacy, which is a necessary occupation of the regular apothecary 
in some sections of the country. Much care has been devoted to the chapters 
on explosive or dangerous prescriptions and on incompatibilities. The 
series of characteristic prescriptions, to which explanatory comments are added, 
will also, it is hoped, be found generally useful. 
Owing to the prominence which the new Pharmacopoeia gives to the volu- 
metric methods of assay, it has been thought necessary to present this subject 
somewhat at length, so as to make the student thoroughly familiar with them. 
It is an experience of teachers that students app>™''l'' Ode enbWt with relnr. 
tance, as it appears to many of them at first.diffi 
quickly master it, as soon as they understand the 
whole rests. 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., Pub RECOMMENDATIONS OF COBLENTZ’S pharmacy. 
“ I have looked it over at some length, and find very much in it that should render 
it of great value as a pharmaceutical text-book.”—Mr. E. L. Patch, Boston, Mass., 
President American Association, 1893-94. 
“ I have examined it very carefully and compared it with several other pharma- 
ceutical works. I am very well pleased with it, and I think it the best I have ever 
seen. Since I have examined it I don’t see how one can get along without it.”—Wm. 
Sevier, Professor of Pharmacy, Meharry Medical College, Department of Pharmacy, 
Nashville, Term. 
“ Books on pharmacy are not so numerous in this country that we may pass over 
them lightly, and this one is especially welcome, since it considers the subject in a 
Scholarly manner that is sure to be appreciated.”—American Journal of Pharmacy. 
“ I was very much pleased with it and predict for it an unbounded success. The 
book has many features that make it valuable for pharmacists as well as students, 
notably the equations and explanations of chemical changes occurring in the making 
of pharmaceutical preparations, and also the chapters on volumetric analysis.”—Prof. 
11. IV. Stecher, Cleveland College of Pharmacy, Cleveland, O. 
“ Its special merit lies in having just the material we want in small compass. I 
am particularly pleased with the part that applies to pharmaceutical analysis.”— 
Prof. L. E. Sayre, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kan. 
“ It is one of the most convenient and thorough works of the kind that I have 
seen.”—Professor Louis Schmidt, lowa College of Pharmacy, Des Moines, la. 
“ I consider it a complete and very concise work on the theory and practice of 
pharmacy.”—Prof. David Walker, Kansas City College of Pharmacy, Kansas City, Mo. 
“ I find it very complete and exhaustive. The illustrations are many and very 
instructive. The chapters on Specific Gravity, Heat, Weights and Measures, and 
Distillation are especially interesting and easy to comprehend.”— Charles A. Seifert, 
Professor of Pharmacy, California College of Pharmacy, San Francisco, Cal. 
“ I have gone through the work and consider it a valuable one in many respects. 
It possesses features that commend it in these respects over many other works on 
pharmacy, and even though students and pharmacists are possessed of other works 
this should also be at their command.”—./. U. Lloyd, Professor of Pharmacy, College 
of Pharmacy, Cincinnati, O. 
“ Not only are the physical properties and modes of preparation of the galenicals 
treated at length, but a large proportion of the book is devoted to the art of dispens- 
ing, without a knowledge of which, no matter how well equipped in other branches, 
a student would be utterly at sea when put in the shop. A chapter on Homeopathic 
Dispensing constitutes a unique feature of this volume, and while it will be found of 
great value to those who care to reach out after that class of trade it does not occupy 
a great deal of space. . . . Other features of the book which will render it of 
much value to the druggist are a glossary of terms found in French and German pre- 
scriptions, as well as a complete index to the Latin abbreviations ordinarily found in 
Prescription writing. A chapter on Practical Volumetric Analysis, Samples of the 
Most Usual Prescription Difficulties and Directions for Overcoming Them, Tables of 
Solubility, and Tables Showing the Relation of the French to the Ordinary Standards 
of Weights and Measures and of Thermometric Equivalents.”—Druggists' Circular, 
New York. 
p- BLAKISTON, SON & CO., Publishers, Philadelphia. Based on Recent Medical Literature. 
Gould’s Medical Dictionaries. 
GEORGE M. GOULD, A.M., M.D., 
Ophthalmic Surgeon to the Philadelphia Hospital, Editor of 
‘ ‘ The Medical News. ’ ’ 
THE STANDARD MEDICAL REFERENCE BOOKS. 
AN ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY OF MEDICINE, BIOLOGY, 
AND ALLIED SCIENCES. Being an Exhaustive Lexicon of Medi- 
cine and those Sciences Collateral to it: Biology (Zoology.and Botany), 
Chemistry, Dentistry, Pharmacology, Microscopy, etc. Including Pronun- 
ciation, Accentuation, Derivation, and Definition of all Words. With many 
Useful Tables and numerous Fine Illustrations. Large, Square Bvo. 1633 
pages. Full Sheep, or Half Morocco, net, $10.00; Half Russia, Thumb 
Index, net, $12.00. 
THE STUDENT’S DICTIONARY, Including all the Words and Phrases 
generally used in Medicine, with their proper Pronunciation and Definitions. 
With Tables of the Bacilli, Micrococci, Leucomains, Ptomains, etc., of 
the Arteries, Muscles, Nerves, Ganglia, and Plexuses; Mineral Springs of 
the U. S.; Vital Statistics, etc. Small Octavo. 520 pages. Half Dark 
Leather, net, $2.75; Half Morocco, Thumb Index, net, $3.50. 
THE POCKET PRONOUNCING MEDICAL LEXICON. (12,000 
Medical Words Pronounced and Defined.) Containing all the 
Words, their Definition and Pronunciation, that the Student generally comes 
in contact with; also elaborate Tables and a Dose List in English and 
Metric System, etc. 317 pages. Full Limp Leather, Gilt Edges, net, 
$1.00; Thumb Index, net, $1.25. 
These books may be ordered through any bookseller or whole- 
sale druggist, or upon receipt of price the publishers will deliver 
free to the purchaser’s address. Pull descriptive circulars and 
sample pages sent free upon application. 
35,000 COPIES HAVE BEEN SOLD. 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., Publishers, Philadelphia. From The Southern Clinic. 
“We know of no series of books issued by any house that so fully meets our 
upproval as these ? Quiz-Compends ?. They are well arranged, full, and con- 
cise, and are really the best line of text-books that could be found for either 
student or practitioner.’’ 
BLAKISTON’S PQUIZ-COMPENDS? 
The Best Series of Manuals for the Use of Students. 
4®“These Compends are based on the most popular text-books and the lectures of 
prominent professors, and are kept constantly revised, so that they may thoroughly repre- 
sent the present state of the subjects upon which they treat. 
■®s'The authors have had large experience as Quiz-Masters and attaches of colleges, 
and are well acquainted with the wants of students. 
-®S“They are arranged in the most approved form, thorough and concise, containing 
over 600 fine illustrations, inserted wherever they could be used to advantage. 
4®“Can be used by students of any college. 
4®“They contain information nowhere else collected in such a condensed, practical 
shape. 
Illustrated Circular Free. 
No. I. POTTER’S ANATOMY. Fifth Revised and Enlarged Edition. Including 
Visceral Anatomy. Can be used with either Morris’ or Gray’s Anatomy. 117 Illus- 
trations and 16 Lithographic Plates of Nerves and Arteries, with Explanatory Tables, etc. 
No. 2. HUGHES. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. Part I. Fifth Edition, Revised, 
Enlarged, and Improved. 
No. 3. HUGHES. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. Part 11. Fifth Edition, Revised, 
Enlarged, and Improved. These two books furnish a complete set of notes on the 
Practice of Medicine, including Mental and Nervous Diseases. 
No. 4. BRUBAKER. PHYSIOLOGY. Seventh Edition, with new Illustrations and 
a table of Physiological Constants. Enlarged and Revised. 
No. 5. LANDIS. OBSTETRICS. Fifth Edition. Revised and Edited by Wm. H. 
Wells, m. d., Ass’t Dem., Jefferson Medical College, Phila. 47 Illustrations. 
No. 6. POTTER. MATERIA MEDICA, THERAPEUTICS, AND PRESCRIP- 
TION WRITING. Sixth Revised Edition. Based on the new U. S. P. 
No. 7. WELLS. GYN/ECOLOGY. A New Book. With many Illustrations. 
No. 8. FOX and GOULD. DISEASES OF THE EYE AND REFRACTION. 
Second Edition. Including Treatment and Surgery. With 39 Formulae and 71 
Illustrations. 
No. 9. HORWITZ’S SURGERY, Minor Surgery, and Bandaging. Fifth Edition, 
Enlarged and Improved. With 98 Formulae and 167 Illustrations. 
No. ro. LEFFMANN. CHEMISTRY. Inorganic and Organic. Fourth Edition. 
Including Urinalysis, Animal Chemistry, Chemistry of Milk, Blood, Tissues, the Se- 
cretions, etc. Revised in accordance with new U. S. P. 
No. ii, STEWART. PHARMACY. Fifth Edition. Based upon Prof. Remington’s 
Text-Book of Pharmacy. Carefully revised in accordance with the new U. S. P. 
No. 12. BALLOU. VETERINARY ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. With 
29 graphic Illustrations. 
No. 13. WARREN. DENTAL PATHOLOGY AND DENTAL MEDICINE. 
Second Edition, Illustrated. Containing all the most noteworthy points of interest to 
the Dental Student and a Section on Emergencies. 
No. 14. HATFIELD. DISEASES OF CHILDREN. Colored Plate. 
No. 15. HALL. GENERAL PATHOLOGY AND MORBID ANATOMY. 91 
handsome Illustrations. By H. Newberry Hall, ph.g., m.d., Professor of 
Pathology and Medical Chemistry, Chicago Post Graduate Medical School. 
No. 16, HALL. DISEASES OF THE EAR AND NOSE, with many Illustrations. 
Price of each, Cloth, $O.BO net. Interleaved, for taking Notes, $1.25 net. 
Price, each, $O.BO net. Interleaved, for taking Notes, $1.25 net. 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., PUBLISHERS, 
PHILADELPHIA, •There is no treatise on Pharmacy in the English language which can approach it 
in completeness or usefulness.”—AMEßlCAN DRUGGIST. 
PRACTICE OF PHARMACY. 
A Treatise on the Modes of Making and Dispensing Officinal, 
TJnofficinal, and Extemporaneous Preparations, with Descriptions of 
their Properties, Uses, and Doses. Intended 
as a Hand-Book for Pharmacists and Physicians, and 
a Text-Book for Students. 
Prof. JOSEPH P. REMINGTON, Ph.G. 
1448 pages and 639 Illustrations. Bvo. Cloth, $6.00 ; Sheep, $6.50 
THIRD EDITION. 
FOR SALE BY ALL BOOKSELLERS AND WHOLESALE DRUGGISTS. 
“ We make no mistake when we assert that it is the best work on 
pharmacy that has ever been prepared. The subject of pharmacy in its 
treatment, description, language, and illustration is more complete, full, 
precise, and satisfactory than any other, and will hold the attention of 
the student as a guide into the mysteries he has not heretofore compre- 
hended, while to the experienced pharmacist it will prove a help and 
constant reference of reliable value,” 
Pharmaceutical Record, New York. 
“ The arrangement of the book is excellent. It is remarkable, apart 
from its intrinsic value, from the fact that the author, as a practical phar- 
macist, runs a drug-store, and at the same time professes and demon- 
strates the theory and practice of pharmacy in a college. The fitness of 
such a man to write a book is unquestionable. The wonder is where the 
author found time in his busy life to write such a book.” 
Chemist and Druggist, London, Eng. 
FOR SALE BY 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., 
1012 Walnut Street, Philadelphia. ? QUIZ-COMPEND ?. No. 11. 
A 
COMPE N D 
OF 
PHARMACY. 
BY 
F. E. STEWART, M.D., Ph.G., 
FORMERLY LECTURER AND DEMONSTRATOR OK MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY, 
JEFFERSON MEDICAL COLLEGE, MEDICO-CHIRURGICAL COLLEGE, AND WOMAN’S 
MEDICAL COLLEGE OF PENNSYLVANIA, PHILADELPHIA; QUIZ-MASTER 
IN CHEMISTRY AND THEORETICAL PHARMACY, PHILADELPHIA 
COLLEGE OF PHARMACY, AND CHAIRMAN OF THE SECTION 
ON MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY OF THE 
AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION. 
BASED UPON PROF. JOSEPH P. REMINGTON’S 
“TEXT-BOOK OF PHARMACY” 
AND THE 
UNITED STATES PHARMACOPCEIA OF 1890. 
FIFTH REVISED EDITION. 
WITH A VERY COMPLETE INDEX, AND TABLE FOR CONVERTING 
ENGLISH MEASURES INTO METRIC AND THE REVERSE. 
PHILADELPHIA: 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., 
1012 WALNUT STREET. 
1895. Copyright, 1895, BY P- Blakiston, Son & Co. 
WM. F. FELL & CO., 
ELECTROTYPERS AND PRINTERS, 
1220-24 SANSOM STREET, 
PHILADELPHIA. PREFACE TO FIFTH EDITION. 
The present edition of my Quiz-Compend is founded on the last revision 
of Remington’s “Pharmacy,” which, in turn, is founded on the revision 
of the Pharmacopoeia of 1890. Part First has been entirely rewritten and 
reclassified, and much of it put into tabular form. Many of the tables are 
modifications of those furnished on the same subjects in Coblentz’s 
“Pharmacy.” However, several of them are original, and all are espe- 
cially adapted for the use of the student. Part Second has been thor- 
oughly revised to correspond with the U. S. P., and the work of the entire 
Compend has been verified by experts, thus making it one of the most 
correct publications of the kind issued. I have retained the tables for 
transposing the English and Metric Systems of Weights and Measures 
furnished by the United States Geodetic and Coast Survey, which the 
Department kindly permitted me to use in the last edition. These tables 
have been found of great practical value, and are very useful to students 
and for reference generally. 
F. E. STEWART. PREFACE TO FIRST EDITION. 
The collection of substances employed in medicine is called Materia 
Medica; the substances themselves are known as drugs. PHARMACY is 
the science of preparing these substances; Therapy is the science of 
applying them to the treatment of the sick. These three branches are 
properly classified under the general head Pharmacology, or the Science 
of Drugs. 
To prepare drugs properly, a knowledge of their properties is necessary. 
The pharmacist must have a knowledge of their physical properties to 
identify them, of their chemical properties to select the proper menstruums 
for extracting their medicinal virtues, and a knowledge of their therapeu- 
tical properties to prepare them in the best manner to meet the indications 
of a rational therapeutics. The neglect of this latter branch on the part of 
the pharmacist has too often resulted in a sacrifice of therapeutic efficacy 
to obtain pharmaceutical elegance. The former is the principal object to 
aim for, though the latter is very important, for it is apparent that the most 
elegant pharmaceutical preparation, if it have not therapeutic value, is 
worse than useless. 
The importance of studying these three branches together will, therefore, 
be appreciated. Works on pharmacy recognize this importance to a greater 
or less degree, and embrace, in proportion as the author views the subject 
from this point of view, a comprehensive Pharmacology. Though, in the 
opinion of the author, no work has yet been written that brings therapy 
and modern pharmacy close enough together, it is not his object in the 
following pages to make the attempt. 
It is not the object of a Quiz-Compend to teach new facts. It is its 
object, rather, to present facts already well known to science in a form 
easy to comprehend, for the purpose of aiding the student in memorizing 
them. And as the immediate end which the student is seeking to attain is 
the passing of his examination in a creditable manner—this end has been 
carefully considered by the author in writing the following pages. 
Quizzes are reviews and explanations of the teachings of others. It is 
the purpose of the author to observe this rule; and in so doing he has PREFACE. 
followed, in the main, the leadership of his esteemed friend and teacher, 
Professor Joseph P. Remington, of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, 
whose excellent work in the Committee for the Revision of the United 
States Pharmacopoeia, and on the United States Dispensatory, and more 
recently displayed in his masterly treatise, “ The Practice of Pharmacy,” 
justly entitle him to the great reputation which he has acquired as one of 
the greatest of modern teachers in the branch of knowledge under con- 
sideration. 
Finally, it must be remembered that a Quiz-Compend is not a text-book. 
It is intended for the sole purpose of aiding the student in connection with 
his lecturer and text-book, and will not do as a substitute for either. 
F. E. STEWART. TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
INTRODUCTORY. 
page 
Pharmacopoeias and Dispensatories, 1 
Nomenclature of the United States Pharmacopoeia of 1890, . . 1 
Dispensatories, 3 
PART I. 
Metrology: Weight, Measure, and Specific Gravity, 4-11 
Heat, 11-14 
Operations requiring Heat, 14-17 
Operations not requiring Heat, 17-19 
Solution, 19—20 
Separation of Fluids from Solids, 20-30 
The Forms of Pharmaceutical Preparations Directed by the 
United States Pharmacopoeia, 31-63 
PART 11. 
PART 111. 
The Preparations of the Inorganic Materia Medica, 64-109 
The Preparations of the Organic Materia Medica, XlO-174 
Tables for Transposing English and Metric Weights 
and Measures, 176-179 
Index, 181-187 
PART IV. COMPEND OF PHARMACY. 
INTRODUCTORY. 
PHARMACOPOEIAS AND DISPENSATORIES. 
What is a Pharmacopoeia ? A Pharmacopoeia is an authoritative list 
of medicinal substances, with definitions, descriptions, or formulae for 
their preparation. 
The necessity for authoritative standards to define the character, estab- 
lish the purity, and regulate the strength of medicines, is recognized by 
all civilized nations. The most important of these works, with the date 
of their last issue now extant, are as follows: U. S. Pharmacopoeia (1893) ;x 
British Pharmacopoeia (1885) ;2 Pharmacopoea Germanica (1890); Codex 
Medicamentarius (Pharmacopee Frangaise)—France (1884); P. Austriaca 
—Austria (1889); P. Rossica—Russia (1891); P. Suecica—Sweden 
(1869); P. Norvegica—Norway (1879); P. Danica—Denmark (1893) ; 
P. Belgica—Belgium (1885); P. Plelvetica—Switzerland (1893); Far- 
macopea Espahola—Spain (1884); Pharmacopea Portugueza—Portugal 
(1876) ; P. of India (1868);3 P. Hungarica—Hungary (1888) ; P. Neer- 
landica—Netherlands (1889) ;P. Roraana—Roumania (1874); P. Fenica 
—Finland (1885); EAAHNIKII <I>APMAKOIIOIIA—Greece (l 868) ; 
Nueva Farmacopea Mexicana (1884) ; Farmacopea ufficiale del Regno 
d’ltalia—ltaly (1892); Farmacopea Chilena—Chili (1886); Pharmaco- 
poea Japanica—Japan (1891). 
Countries having no national Pharmacopoeia adopt the standard of other 
countries, or supply standard pharmaceutical works for the same purposes. 
The Pharmacopoeias of all nations except those of the United States, 
Mexico, Chili and Greece, are issued under the authority of the respective 
governments, and therefore partake of the nature of laws. 
The U. S. P. was originally devised, and is decennially revised, by a 
committee appointed from the professions of medicine and pharmacy. It 
should be a representative list of the drugs and preparations employed in 
therapeutics. 
NOMENCLATURE OF THE UNITED STATES 
PHARMACOPOEIA OF 1890. 
How are the titles of the medicinal substances indicated in the 
U. S. P. of 1890 ? I, by the Official Name, which is always in Latin; 
2, by the English Name ; 3, by the Synonym; 4, by the Botanical Name 
1 Designated as “ U. S. P., 1890.” 
2 Supplement, 1890. 
3 Supplement, 1869. 
1 2 
PHARMACY. 
(in the case of plants) ; 5, by the Symbolic Formula (in the case of chemi- 
cals). 
Give examples of each. Cannabis Indica (official name). Indian 
Cannabis (English name). Indian Hemp (Synonym). Zinci lodidum 
(O. N.). Zinc lodide (E. N.). Znl2; 318.16 (Symbolic Formula). 
Primus Virginiana (0. N.). Wild Cherry (E. N.). Prunus serotina 
(Botanical name). 
x. The Official Name.—When is the use of the official name 
proper ? In designating the drug when precision is required—labels, 
prescriptions, specimens, etc. 
Why is the Latin Language employed for the official name ? 
Because it is a dead language and is not liable to change, as in the case 
of a living tongue. 
2. The English Name.—When should the English name be em- 
ployed ? In ordinary conversation, in commercial transactions, and in all 
cases “ where the use of the Latin official name could be justly criticised 
as an ostentatious display of erudition.” 
3. The Synonym.—When should the synonym be used ? The 
synonym should be rarely or never used. The synonym is usually anti- 
quated and from an unscientific source, but on account of long usage in 
common language synonyms cannot be completely ignored. 
4. The Botanical Name.—What is meant by the botanical 
name ? “By this is meant the systematic name recognized by botanists 
for plants, which serves in pharmacopoeial nomenclature as the basis of 
the official name.” 
Capsicum fastigiatum is the botanical name for the variety of Cayenne 
pepper designated by the U. S. P. Capsicum indicates the genus, fastigia- 
tum the species to which the plant belongs. Then follows the definition, 
which shows what part of the plant is employed, “ the fruit of Capsicum 
fastigiatum.” 
When should a capital letter be employed in writing the specific 
name? 1, When the specific name is derived from a generic name, as 
Rhamnus Frangula; 2. When derived from the name of a person, as 
Strychnos Ignatii; 3. When indeclinable, as Erythroxylon Coca. 
The name of the author follows the botanical name, as Capsicum fastig- 
iatum Blume, then the natural order to which the plant belongs, in italics, 
the latter being enclosed in parentheses, as (Nat. Ord., Solanacece). 
When should the botanical name be employed ? Its use is abso- 
lutely necessary in establishing the identity of drugs. 
5. The Symbolic Formula.—What is meant by the symbolic 
formula ? The symbolic formula is a combination of symbols represent- 
ing the chemical structure of the articles to which they refer, with the 
utmost brevity and exactness. 
Nal means the same as Sodii lodidum and lodide of Sodium, but it is 
shorter and much more definite. (ZnCOs)23Zn(HO)2 means that precipi- 
tated carbonate of zinc consists of two molecules of carbonate of zinc and 
three molecules of hydrate of zinc. Na2S03 -j- 7H20, means sulphite of 
sodium containing seven molecules of water of crystallization, and no 
other sulphite of sodium. 
Both the new and the old chemical nomenclature are used by the U. S.P. NOMENCLATURE OF THE UNITED STATES PHARMACOPOEIA. 
3 
in expressing symbolic formulae—the latter in italics—but the former is to 
be preferred. 
The figures following the symbolic formulae express the molecular, 
weight (the sum of the weights of the atoms) of the chemical. For exam- 
ple, the molecular weight of Na2SOs -f- 7H20 is 252. Na weighs 23 ; two 
atoms are employed, which equals 46. S weighs 32. .O weighs 16; 
three atoms are employed, which equals 48. H weighs 1; two atoms are 
employed, which equals 2. O weighs 16, which added to 2 equals 18. 
H2O is taken 7 times; 7 times 18 equals 126. 46 -j- 32-(-48 -f- 126 = 
252, the molecular weight of sulphite of sodium. 
This matter of atomic and molecular weights can be made clear to the 
student by the following illustration: A pays B 100 sovereigns, English 
money, in sovereigns and half sovereigns, giving him 5° of the former and 
100 of the latter ; how much will the 100 sovereigns of gold weigh ? 
1 sovereign weighs 124 grains X 5° 6200 grains. 
y2 “ “ 62 “ xlOO 6200 “ 
Weight of 100 sovereigns in gold, 12400 grains. 
In the same way the molecular weight of water (H2O) is 18. 
H, Hydrogen atom, weighs IX2- 2 
O, Oxygen atom, “ 16 Xl= 16 
Molecular weight of H2O, 18 
Official Description.—lmmediately following the official definition, 
there will be noticed in the Pharmacopoeia, in smaller types, what is 
termed the official description : of what does this description usually con- 
sist ? (A) In drugs—l, a concise statement of physical characteristics; 
2, tests of identity; 3, description of adulterants. (B) In chemicals—I, 
statement of physical characteristics, as in case of drugs; 2, solubilities ; 
3, tests of identity and purity. 
DISPENSATORIES. 
What is a Dispensatory ? A Dispensatory is a Commentary on a 
Pharmacopoeia. 
What do Dispensatories aim to present ? The Dispensatories 
generally aim to present information concerning important non-official 
drugs and those official in other Pharmacopoeias, as well as those of the 
U. S. P. 
What Dispensatories have we in the U. S. ? We have in this 
country The United States Dispensatory, National Dispensatory, and 
King’s Dispensatory. 4 
PHARMACY. 
PART I. 
METROLOGY. 
WEIGHT, MEASURE, AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY. 
What is weight ? Weight is the difference between the attraction of 
the earth and that of surrounding bodies for bodies on the surface of the 
earth. 
Upon what does the weight of a body depend ? Upon its bulk 
and density. Density is the amount of matter in given bulks of bodies. 
What is meant by weighing ? Balancing a body of known gravitat- 
ing force with one whose gravity is not known, for the purpose of estimat- 
ing the gravitating force of 'the latter, which is called its weight. 
What are weights ? Bodies of known gravitating force used for 
weighing. 
What name is given to the apparatus used for weighing ? Scales 
and weights. 
What standards are used upon which to base the system of 
weights ? The Grain and the Metre. 
How was the grain weight derived ? By act of Henry 111 of Eng- 
land, in 1226; “ An English silver penny, called the sterling, round and 
without clipping, shall weigh thirty-two grains of wheat, well dried and 
gathered out of the middle of the ear.” 
What is a Metre? One 40 millionth of the circumference of the 
earth at its poles. 
What systems of weights used in Pharmacy are based on the 
Grain ? The Troy or Apothecaries’ system and the Avoirdupois system. 
State the denominations of each. Troy or Apothecaries' Weight : 
20 grains = 1 scruple ; 3 scruples = I drachm ; 8 drachms = I ounce ; 
12 ounces = 1 pound. Avoirdupois Weight: 437 l/z grains = X ounce ; 
16 ounces = 1 pound. 
State the Symbols of each. Troy : grain, or grains, gr.; scruple, ; 
drachm, 3 ; ounce, . Avoirdupois : ounce, oz ; pound, K). 
How many grains does the ounce of each system contain, respec- 
tively, and what is the difference in grains between the Troy and 
Avoirdupois ounce ? Avoirdupois ounce = gr. ; Troy ounce = 
480 gr. Troy ounce 42 grains greater. 
What is the difference in grains between the Avoirdupois and 
Troy pound? Avoirdupois pound, 7000 gr. ; Troy pound, 5760. Avoir- 
dupois pound, 1240 grains greater. 
What is M easure ? The bulk or extension of bodies. 
What Systems of Measure are used in Pharmacy ? Apothecaries’ 
or Wine Measure, Imperial or British Measure, and the Metric System. 
State the denominations of each. Apothecaries' Measure :60 min- 
ims = I fluidrachm; 8 fluidrachms I fluidounce ;16 fluidounces I pint; 
8 pints = I gallon. Imperial Measure :60 Imperial minims = I Imperial METROLOGY. 
5 
fluidrachm; 8 Imperial fluidrachms = I Imperial fluidounce; 20 Imperial 
fluidounces = I Imperial pint; 8 Imperial pints = I Imperial gallon. 
Note.—The U. S. Fluidounce is equal to 480 U. S. minims, and to 500 
Imperial minims. The Standard Imperial gallon is the volume of 70,000 
grains, or 10 avoirdupois pounds of pure water at -f- 62° F., barometer at 
30 inches. One Imperial minim of pure water at -)- 62° F., only weighs 
0.911458 grain. 
State the Symbols of each. Apothecaries' Measure: Minim, up; 
fluidrachm, fg ; fluidounce, fq ; pint, O ; gallon, Cong. Imperial Meas- 
ure : Minim, min.; fluidrachm, fl. dr. ; fluidounce, fl. oz. ; pint, O; gal- 
lon, C. 
State the relations of Apothecaries’ and Imperial Measures to 
Troy and Avoirdupois Weights. Apothecaries' Measure: The pint 
of distilled water at 15.6° C. (6o° F.) weighs 7291.2 gr. ; the fluidounce, 
455-7 gr-; the gallon, 8.3328 pounds avoirdupois. Imperial Measure: 
pint weighs 8750 gr. ; fluidounce, 437.5 (which is the same as the avoir- 
dupois ounce, and 18.2 gr. less than that of the U. S. fluidounce of water 
at the same temperature) ; gallon, 10 pounds avoirdupois. 
What is a Metre? The unit of length of the Metric, French, or 
Decimal system, from which all other denominations are derived. 
How was it obtained ? It was obtained by a measurement of the 
quadrant of a meridian of the earth, and is about 4 0 ooVoo 0 ie circum- 
ference of the earth at the poles. 
What is it practically ? Practically, it is the length of certain care- 
fully preserved bars of metal from which copies have been taken.1 
What is its equivalent in feet and inches ? It is equal to about 3 
ft. 3 in. and in. 
What is the unit of surface, and how derived ? The unit of sur- 
face is the Are, which is the square of ten metres (the square of a deka- 
metre) = a square whose side is 11 yards. 
What is the unit of capacity, and how derived ? The Litre, 
which is a cube of a tenth of a metre (the cube of a decimetre) = 2.1134 
pints. 
What is the unit of weight, and how obtained ? The unit of 
weight is the Gramme, which is the weight of that quantity of distilled 
water, at its maximum density (40 C.) which fills the cube of the one- 
hundredth part of the metre (cube of a centimetre, or, in other words, 
cubic centimetre, C.c.) = 15.43235 grains, or about grains. 
How are the denominations of the Metric System multiplied and 
divided? They are multiplied by the Greek words, “ Deka,” Ten; 
“ Hecto,” Hundred; “Kilo,” Thousand; and divided by the Latin 
words, “ Deci,” one-tenth ; “ Centi,” one-hundredth; “ Milli,” one- 
thousandth. 
1 Accurate models or prototypes have been made of the principal units of linear 
measure, measures of capacity, and weights. These actual standards are 
usually legalized, are carefully preserved in the custody of governments, and 
serve as originals, of which copies are taken directly or indirectly for actual use. 6 
PHARMACY. 
TABLE SHOWING HOW METRIC UNITS ARE MULTIPLIED AND DIVIDED. 
Quantities. Length. Surface. Capacity. Weight. 
1000 Kilo-metre. ..... Kilo-litre. Kilo-gramme. 
100 Hectometre. Hectare. Hectolitre. Hecto-gramrae. 
to Deka-metre. .... Deka-litre. Deka-gramme. 
1 (Units.) Metre. Are Litre. Gramme. 
.1 Deci-metre. .... Deci-litre. Deci-gramme. 
.ox Centi-metre. Centare. Centi-litre. Centi-gramme. 
.001 Milli-metre. .... Milli-litre. Milli-gramme. 
—(Attfield.) 
Describe the use of the Gramme and Cubic Centimetre (flui- 
gramme) as units of weight and measure. In the practical working 
of a laboratory, the gramme and its divisions are used for weighing, and 
the cubic centimetre (C.c. or fluigramme) for measuring liquids. A gramme 
and a cubic centimetre of distilled water are identical, but owing to greater 
or less density, cubic centimetres of other liquids weigh more or less than 
a gramme. But if the C.c. is taken as a unit of capacity only, and the 
gramme as the unit of weight, all difficulty is avoided. For example, dis- 
solve I gramme of sugar in sufficient quantity of water to make 10 C.c. 
It is evident that each C.c. of this solution contains I decigramme of sugar. 
By keeping the C.c. intact and varying the strength of the solution, each 
C.c. can be made to contain any stated amount of sugar from saturation to 
infinity. 
One Cubic Centimetre, = 16.23 Minims. 
Four “ “ = 1.08 Fluidrachms. 
Thirty “ “ = 1.01 Fluidounces. 
One Minim, = 0.06 C.c. 
Four “ = .25 “ 
Ten “ = .62 “ 
One Troy drachm, = 3.888 Grammes. 
One Troy ounce, = 31.103 “ 
One Avoirdupois ounce, = 28.35 “ 
TABLE OF EQUIVALENTS. 
Explain the signification of the Micromillimetre and the Kilo. 
Micromillimetre (Mkm) is a term used in microscopy, and signifies the 
one-thousandth part of a millimetre. Kilo is merely an abbreviation of 
the word kilogramme, and is used for convenience and brevity. 
How would you convert metric weights or measures into those 
in ordinary use ? Multiply the metric quantities by the corresponding 
equivalent. Ex. To convert— 
Metres into inches, multiply by 39.370 
Litres into fluidounces, “ “ 33.815 
Cubic Centimetres into fluidounces, . “ “ 0.0338 
“ “ “ Imperial fluidounces “ “ 0.0352 
Grammes into grains, “ “ 15.432 
Decigrammes into grains, “ “ 1.5432 
Centigrammes “ “ “ “ .15432 
Milligrammes “ “ “ “ .015432 METROLOGY. 
7 
How would you convert the weights and measures in ordinary 
use into metric weights and measures ? Multiply the quantities by 
the corresponding metric equivalent. Ex. To convert— 
Inches into metres, multiply by 0.0254 
Fluidounces into cubic centimetres, “ “ 29.572 
Grains into grammes, “ “ 0.0648 
Avoid, ounces into grammes, . . “ “ 28.3495 
Troy “ “ “ . . “ “ 31.X035 
What is a Balance ? An instrument for determining the relative 
weight of substances. 
How many kinds of Balances are there ? Five: I. Single beam, 
equal arm. 2. Single beam, unequal arm. 3. Double beam, unequal 
arm. 4. Compound lever balances. 5- Torsion balances. 
Describe the construction, requirements, and tests of each. I. 
Single Beam, Equal Arm.—Construction.—A beam is suspended on a 
knife-edge, which divides it into equal arms ; end knife edges are placed 
at each end of the beam, on the same plane and at equal distances from 
the point of suspension, for supporting the pans which carry the substances 
to be weighed. 
Requirements.—l. “When the beam is in a horizontal position, the 
centre of gravity should be slightly below the point of suspension, or cen- 
tral knife-edge, and perpendicular to it.” 2. “ The end knife-edges must 
be exactly equal distances from the central knife-edge ; they must all be 
in the same plane, and the edges absolutely parallel to each other.” 3. 
“The beam should be inflexible, but as light in weight as possible, and 
the knife-edges in fine balances should bear upon the agate planes.” 
Test.—l. Sensibility with unloaded pans : I. Place the balance in posi- 
tion on a perfectly level counter or table ; elevate the beam so that it is 
free to oscillate ; when the balance comes to rest, place the smallest 
weight to which it is sensitive upon the right-hand pan, to which the 
balance should immediately respond. 2. Sensibility with loaded pans : 
Place the full weight the balance is designed to carry on the pans, then on 
one pan place the smallest weight, as before. The balance should respond 
in a decided manner. 3. Equality of arms ; Load the pans to half their 
capacity, perfecting the equilibrium, if necessary, with a piece of tin-foil. 
Now reverse the weights, and if the equilibrium is still maintained, the 
arms of the beam are equal. 4. Parallelism in knife-edges : Moderately 
load and balance the pans. Now shift one of the larger weights in differ- 
ent positions on the edge of the pan, carefully noting any variation in 
equilibrium, if such occur. This variation indicates a want of parallelism 
in the knife-edges. 
2. Single Beam, Unequal Arm.—Construction.—This can be seen by 
inspecting the well known Fairbanks scales. It depends on the principle 
in physics, “ The power is to the weight or resistance in the inverse ratio 
of the arms of the lever." The longer arm of the beam is graduated for a 
movable weight, the use of which dispenses with small weights, which is 
a decided advantage. 
3. Double Beam, Unequal Arm.—Construction.—Same as the above, 8 
PHARMACY. 
but with two parallel beams. Employed for weighing liquids, etc., the 
outside beam being used to tare the bottle or jar. 
4. Compound Lever Balances.—Well shown in Fairbanks’ plat- 
form scales, used for druggists’ counters and sometimes for prescription 
scales. Tromner has an excellent scale for weighing liquids on this prin- 
ciple. 
5. Torsion Balances.—A compound beam is balanced and supported 
upon an immovable centre frame, upon which a flattened gold wire is 
stretched with powerful tension ; the beam is prevented from slipping out 
of place, and the torsion is secured, by the gold wire being firmly fastened 
to the under side of, the beam ; upon the ends of the beam are fastened 
the movable frames which support the pans. There is a simple method 
of arresting the motion by moving the lever, and the delicacy of the bal- 
ance is increased by placing a weight upon the index, whereby the centre 
of gravity is elevated. Knife-edges are done away with entirely. 
How may Balances be protected ? By enclosing them in glass cases 
with convenient sliding doors. 
How are liquids measured ? In graduated vessels; vessels of tinned 
copper, tinned iron, and enameled sheet iron, called agate, are usually em- 
ployed for quantities larger than one pint; but glass measures are prefer- 
able for quantities of one pint or less. The former are generally made 
larger at the bottom than at the top; the latter are either conical, with 
apex at the bottom, or cylindrical, and graduated on the sides. It is 
better that the marking be on both sides of the graduate. 
How would you test a glass graduate P Place it upon a perfectly 
level surface, then pour into it 455.7 grains distilled water at 15.6° C. (6o° 
F.). This should measure one fluidounce ; or, measure into the graduate 
30 C.c. of water (29.57 C.c.) for a fluidounce. 
What is a graduated Pipette ? A glass tube graduated on the side, 
with a constricted point. It is used by applying suction to the upper end, 
and holding the liquid in the tube by placing the finger on the upper end 
while reading off the contents. 
What is a Meniscus, and for what is it used ? Owing to capillary 
attraction, the top of the liquid in a graduated pipette presents a cup shape. 
This is called a meniscus. A line drawn through the bottom of the menis- 
cus is usually selected as the reading point. 
What is the size of a drop ? Erroneously, a drop is supposed to be 
a minim ; but though this may be approximately true when applied to 
water, it is not true in regard to any other liquid. Thick, viscous liquids 
produce large drops ; heavy, mobile liquids small ones. A drop of syrup 
of acacia is five times as large as a drop of chloroform. The shape and 
surface from which the drop is poured also influences its size. 
SPECIFIC GRAVITY. 
What is Specific Gravity ? The comparative weight of bodies of 
equal bulk. It is ascertained by weighing the bodies with an equal bulk 
of pure water at a given temperature and atmospheric pressure, which is 
taken as one. 
How would you obtain the Specific Gravity of a body? To ob- METROLOGY. 
9 
tain the specific gravity of a body, it is only necessary to balance it with 
an equal bulk of the standard, and ascertain how many times the weight 
of the standard is contained in its weight. Ex. A fluidounce of water 
(standard) weighs 455-7 grains ; a fluidounce of lime-water weighs 456.3 
grains; 456.3 -h- 455-7 = 1.0015, that is, the lime-water weighs 1.0015 
times more than water, bulk for bulk. In other words, its specific gravity 
is 1.0015. A fluidounce of alcohol weighs 422.8; 422.8 445.7 = 
0.928, specific gravity. 
What general rule may be given for finding Specific Gravity ? 
Divide the weight of the body by the weight of an equal bulk of water; 
the quotient will be the specific gravity. 
What method is usually adopted to ascertain the weight of the 
equal bulk of water in taking the Specific Gravity of solids ? A 
solid body immersed in water will displace its own bulk ; it is required to 
find out the weight of this equal bulk of water. This might be ascertained 
by immersing the body in a vessel of water already full, then saving and 
weighing the displaced water which runs over. But there is a better way 
of finding out. Archimedes filled his bath-tub too full of water, one day, 
and it overflowed when he got into it. This led him to experiment, and 
he found that when weighed in water he lost as much weight as the water 
he displaced Weighed. It is only necessary, then, to weigh a body first 
in air, then in water, and note its loss of weight when weighed in the 
latter medium. This loss is evidently the weight of an equal bulk of 
water. By our rule, we divide the weight of the body by the weight of an 
equal bulk of water; and it follows that it is the same thing to say : divide 
the weight of the body by its loss of weight in water, for that loss is 
the weight of an equal bulk of water. The quotient will be the specific 
gravity. 
How would you take the Specific Gravity of a body heavier than 
water? Four methods are used. Ist method: Accurately weigh the 
substance and note the weight. Now suspend the body from the hook at 
the end of the scale-beam with a horse-hair, so it shall hang a little above 
the scale-pan; next, place a small wooden bench in such a manner that it 
shall straddle the scale-pan, but not touch it; place a small beaker on the 
bench, partly filled with water, in which submerge the suspended body, 
noting the loss of weight by the use of proper weights on the opposite 
scale-pan; after which apply the rule already given. Ex. Weight of a 
piece of copper in the air, 805.5 grains ; weight in water, 715.5 grains ; 
loss of weight, 90 grains. 805.5 -~ 90 = 8.95, sp. gr. 2d. method: 
With the specific gravity bottle. Add 1000 to the weight of the substance 
in the air. Now drop it into a 1000-grain specific gravity bottle, fill the 
bottle with water and weigh again. Subtract the 2d sum from the Ist 
sum, and the difference is the loss of weight in water. Now apply the 
rule. Ex. A piece of aluminum wire weighs 100 grains in the air. 100 
-f-1000 = 1100. Dropped in a 1000-grain specific gravity bottle, and the 
bottle filled with water, the weight of both is 1062. Then 1100— 1062 
38 grains, the loss of weight in water, too ~~ 38 = 2.63, specific gravity. 
jd method: With the graduated tube. Drop the substance into a tube 
graduated so that each space shall indicate a grain or gramme of water, 
and note how much higher the liquid rises in the tube, which is the weight 10 
PHARMACY. 
of an equal bulk of the substance. This known, apply the rule. 4th 
method: By immersing the solid in a transparent liquid of the same 
density. Drop the solid in a liquid of sufficient density to float it, then 
reduce its density with water until the solid neither rises nor sinks, but 
swims indifferently. The specific gravity of the liquid and solid will now 
be the same. Take out the solid and find the specific gravity of the liquid 
with the specific gravity bottle. 
How would you proceed if the solid were soluble in water ? Use 
oil or some other liquid in which the solid is not soluble, as though it were 
water, then, by the following proportion, find the loss of weight in water; 
as the specific gravity of oil is to the specific gravity of water, so is the loss 
of weight in oil to the loss of weight in water. Then apply the rule. 
How would you take the Specific Gravity of a solid lighter than 
water ? Force the substance under water by attaching a heavier body to 
it. First weigh both in the air, then both in water, and the difference will 
be the loss of both in water. A simple subtraction will give the loss of 
weight of one. Then apply the rule. 
With what apparatus would you take the Specific Gravity of a 
liquid ? A specific gravity bottle, hydrometer, or specific gravity beads. 
How would you construct a Specific Gravity bottle ? A bottle 
with a long, slim neck is counterpoised by an appropriate weight, and 
distilled water at the appropriate temperature, 150 C. (6o° F.) poured in 
until it contains 1000 grains. The height reached by the water in the 
neck is then scratched thereon with a file, and it is ready for use. 
What are the Specific Gravity beads ? Little pear-shaped, hollow 
globes of glass, loaded at the apex, and arranged to float indifferently in 
liquids of the specific gravity for which they are gauged, but to sink or 
swim in liquids that are lighter or heavier than they are. 
Give directions for using the Specific Gravity bottle for taking 
the Specific Gravity of Liquids. Counterpoise the bottle and fill it to 
the mark with the liquid to be examined. The number of grains the liquid 
weighs, properly pointed off decimally, is its specific gravity. A 1000—gr. 
specific gravity bottle will hold 1160 grains of hydrochloric acid. Point 
off decimally 1.160, which is the specific gravity of hydrochloric acid. A 
xooo-gr. specific gravity bottle wall hold 750 grains of ether. Point off 
decimally 0.750, thus showing the relation to the specific gravity of 
water, I. 
If a bottle of any size is substituted for the xooo-gr. bottle, what 
equation will give the specific gravity ? As the number of grains of 
water the bottle holds is to 1000 (the specific gravity of water), so is the 
number of grains of liquid it holds, to the specific gravity of the liquid. 
Describe the Hydrometer. As now constructed, the hydrometer 
usually “ consists of a glass tube loaded at the bottom with mercury or 
small shot, having a bulb blown in it just above the loaded end.” The 
principle of its action depends upon the fact that a solid body floating in a 
liquid displaces a volume of liquid exactly equal to its own weight. 
Into what two general classes may Hydrometers be divided ? 
Ist, those for liquids heavier than water; 2d, those for liquids lighter than 
water. The first class are called by the French Pese-Acide, or Pese-Strop, 
and the second class Pese-Esprit. HEAT, 
11 
What other class of Hydrometers is in use ? Those intended to 
sink, by the addition of weights, to a given mark on the stem, and thus 
displace a constant volume. 
What is a Baume Hydrometer ? The instrument devised by Baume 
is peculiar only in so far as its system of graduation is concerned. This 
was made in the following manner; ist,for liquids heavier than water, 
the instrument was loaded with sufficient mercury to sink it in water to a 
convenient point near the top, which was marked o. It was then placed 
in a 15 per cent, salt solution, and the point at which it rested marked 15 ; 
the interspace between o and 15 was now marked off into 15 equal spaces, 
and the scale below extended by marking off similar spaces. 2d, for 
liquids lighter than water, a 10 per cent, salt solution was used, and 
the instrument loaded to sink into it to a point just above the bulb, which 
was marked o. It was then allowed to sink in water, and the point 
of rest marked 10. The interspace between o and 10 was now divided 
into 10 equal spaces, and the scale above extended by marking off equal 
spaces. 1 
What is the objection to Baume’s Hydrometer ? The graduations 
are entirely arbitrary, necessitating computation to determine the corres- 
ponding specific gravity. 
What Hydrometer is rapidly taking its place ? The Specific Grav- 
ity Hydrometer; the graduations upon the stem indicating at once the 
specific gravity. 
Urinometer, saccharometer, elaeometer (for fixed oils), and alcoholometer, 
and hydrometers for the special purposes indicated by their names. 
HEAT. 
What is heat ? Heat is molecular motion. 
What is a Furnace ? A species of stove for generating heat. 
What are the elements of a furnace ? The air-flue, combustion- 
chamber, and vent or chimney. 
What proportion should they bear to each other ? The special 
object sought in constructing the furnace must determine the proportions 
these shall bear to each other. 
What is the best fuel for generating heat ? Anthracite Coal. 
How much air is required to burn one pound of coal ? Theo- 
retically, 150 cubic feet; practically, twice that. 
What liquids are used for fuel in pharmacy, and on what does 
their heating power depend ? Alcohol, petroleum or coal oil, and ben- 
zin or gasolene. They all contain C and II (alcohol, 34 per cent. Oin 
addition), on which their heating depends.* 
What is Illuminating Gas ? A mixture of carburetted hydrogen 
(CII 4), which is its principal constituent, with considerable hydrocarbons, 
hydrogen, carbon dioxide and monoxide, aqueous vapors, and traces of 
oxygen and nitrogen. 
How may it be fitted for heating purposes ? By mixing it with air. 
*For special apparatus for developing heat for pharmaceutical manipulations, 
see Remington’s “ Practice of Pharmacy.” 12 
PHARMACY. 
This is done by admitting air below the flame, using special apparatus for 
this purpose. 
Describe a Bunsen Burner. A brass tube, four inches high, with 
four large circular holes near the base, to admit the air, which may be 
regulated by a perforated brass ring which surrounds the tube, is supported 
by a metal pedestal, and connected with a gas fixture by a tube. The 
coal-gas admitted mixes with the air, and burns at the top of the tube with 
an intensely hot, colorless flame. 
How would you measure heat ? By the thermometer. 
Describe a Thermometer. A thermometer consists of a glass tube 
with capillary bore sealed at one end, and the other end terminating in a 
bulb. The bulb is filled with mercury or other fluid, which, being ex- 
panded by heat, rises in the tube and indicates the degree of heat, either 
on an index scratched on the tube itself, or marked on a piece of paper 
against which the tube is placed. 
Describe the three scales for marking thermometric degrees now 
in use. The scales are, I. Centigrade; 2. Fahrenheit, and 3. Reaumur. 
In the Centigrade scale, the freezing point of water is zero, the boiling 
point loo0, and the intervening space is divided into 100 equal parts called 
degrees. In the Fahrenheit scale, the freezing point of water is 320, the 
boiling point 2l2°,and the intervening space is divided into 180 equal 
parts called degrees. In the Reaumur scale, the freezing point is zero, 
and the boiling point Bo°. 
What ratio do the three scales bear to each other, and how would 
you convert the scale of one into the other ? Ratio : 5:9:4. 
Formula for the Conversion of Degrees of One Thermo- 
metric Scale into Those of Another.—Attfidd. 
F. = Fahrenheit. C. = Centigrade. R. = Reaumur. D. = Observed Degree. 
If above the freezing point of water 
(320 F. ; o° C.; o° R.). 
F. into C., . . .(D 32) -s- 9 X 5 
F. “ R (D-32H9X 4 
C. “ F D -5- 5 X 9 + 32 
R. “ F., . . . D -r- 4 X 9 + 32 
If below o° F. (—17.77° C.;— 14.220 R.). 
F. into C., . . —(D + 32) -*• 9 X 5 
F. “ R., . . —(D ■+■ 32) 49 X 4 
C. “ F.,. . —(D -7- 5X9) “32 
R. “ F., . . —(D -5- 4X9) - 32 
If below freezing, but above o° F. 
(—17.77° C.; —14.22° R.). 
F. into C —(32 D) v 9 X 5 
F. “ R., . . . —(32 —D)-r 9 X 4 
C. “ F., . . . . 32 (D 45X9) 
R- “ F., . . . . 32—(D -5- 4X9) 
For all degrees, 
C. into R D -5- 5 X 4 
R- “ C D -5- 4 X 5 
Rules 
1. To convert Centigrade degrees into those of Fahrenheit above 32, 
multiply by 1.8 and add 32. 
2. To convert Fahrenheit degrees above 32 into those of Centigrade, 
subtract 32 and divide by I.B.—Remington. 
How would you select a thermometer ? Choose one made of glass, 
thick enough to be strong, but thin enough to be delicate, with graduations 
marked on tube, which should be of equal diameter throughout, with flat 
or elliptical, perfectly uniform bore. It should be free from air, which HEAT 
13 
may be tested by inverting the instrument and seeing that the mercury de- 
scends to the lowest part of the tube. 
What is a blow-pipe, and how is it used? A slightly conical, 
gradually tapering metallic or glass tube, covered at the smaller end, and 
having a minute orifice at that end for producing a blast. When used, an 
unremitting current of air is forced through the tube from the mouth, by 
keeping the cheeks distended with air and constantly supplying fresh air 
from the lungs, as needed. 
Describe the nature of the blow-pipe blast. Ist. It has an in- 
tense heat. 2d. When used with a luminous flame, the interior of the 
blow-pipe blast, owing to the carbon not being wholly oxidized, has the 
power of reducing oxides. It is, therefore, called the reducing flame. 
The outer part of the blast has the opposite or oxidizing property, and is 
called the oxidizing flame. 
What is the blow-pipe used for in Pharmacy ? Used for bending 
and working glass, testing fusible chemical substances, in soldering, etc. 
What is a Crucible, and for what is it used? A crucible is a cup- 
shaped vessel, intended to withstand a powerful heat. Clay, plumbago, 
porcelain, iron, silver, and platinum, are some of the materials employed 
for crucibles. Platinum ranks first, plumbago second, the Hessian crucible 
next, though quite inferior; then comes the more fragile porcelain and 
Wedgwood crucibles, which must be gradually cooled, to prevent breakage. 
What eight processes in Pharmacy yequire the application of 
high heat? I. Ignition. 2. Fusion. 3. Calcination. 4. Deflagration. 
5- Carbonization. 6. Torrefaction. 7. Incineration. 8. Sublimation. 
Describe each of these processes. 1. Ignition consists in strongly 
heating solid or semi-solid substances to obtain a definite residue. Ex. 
The official quantitative tests for purified sulphide of antimony, phosphoric 
acid, etc. 
2. Fusion is the process of liquefying solid bodies by heat. Ex. Melt- 
ing of iron or lead, or of wax. 
3. Calcination is the process of driving off volatile substances, such as 
gas or water, from inorganic matter, by heat without fusion. Ex. Mag- 
nesia, lime, etc.'prepared by calcination. 
4. Deflagration is the process of heating one inorganic substance with 
another capable of yielding oxygen (usually a nitrate or a chlorate) ; de- 
composition ensues, accompanied by a violent, noisy, or sudden combustion. 
Ex. Salts of As and Sb made by this process. 
9- Carbonization is the process of heating organic substances without 
the access of air, until they are charred. The volatile products are driven 
off, but combustion is prevented. Ex. Charcoal is made in this way. 
6. Torrefaction is the process of roasting organic substances. The con- 
stituents are modified but not charred. Ex. The roasting of coffee. 
Torrefied Rhubarb is obtained in this way. It loses its cathartic properties 
by this process, but retains its properties as an astringent. 
7- Incineration means the burning of organic substances to ashes in air. 
The ash is the part sought. Ex. Determining the amount of fixed mat- 
ter in organic substances by burning them and examining the ashes; 
8. Sublimation is the process of distilling solid volatile substances from 
non-volatile substances. Ex. Camphor is separated from strips of wood 
from the camphor tree in this way. 14 
PHARiMACY. 
What various forms of apparatus are used to modify and con- 
trol heat ? The water-bath, salt-water bath, sand-bath, oil-bath, glycerin- 
bath, etc. 
Limit the range of the several forms of bath. The water-bath 
can only be used for temperatures below ioo° C. (2120 F.). Saturated 
salt solution boils at 108.4° C. (227.1° F.), which degree limits the range of 
the salt-water bath. Glycerin may be heated to 250° C. (480° F.) without 
much inconvenience from the Acrolein, which is produced when that sub- 
stance is raised nearly to the boiling point. The oil-bath is designed to 
furnish a regulated temperature below 260° C. (500° F.), and the sand-bath 
may be used at any temperature. 
Upon what theory is Steam used in pharmaceutical operations ? 
Matter exists in three forms : solid, liquid, and gaseous, depending upon the 
degree of distance between its molecules. Heat is but another name for 
molecular motion (possibly atomic motion also). Increase molecular mo- 
tion, and molecular distance is increased to give room between the mole- 
cules for that motion. Cohesion holds molecules together. Heat, there- 
fore, works against cohesion. If water is heated until its molecules are 
driven far apart, it becomes steam, and its molecules are now in very 
rapid vibration. If brought into contact with a cool surface, that is, a 
surface of slower molecular vibration, it imparts its motion to that surface, 
and the steam is condensed—its motion is lost, and it returns to the con- 
dition of fluid again. But by imparting its heat (motion) to the surface 
with which it came in contact, this surface becomes heated. The molec- 
ular motion of the surface becomes as great as the steam when equilibrium 
is attained and the temperature of the surface remains constant. As hot 
steam can be transported long distances by appropriate pipes, it becomes a 
convenient means of heating surfaces at a distance from the fire, and the 
pressure of the steam being under perfect control, the temperature may be 
regulated with great exactness. 
In what two forms is steam used for heating ? Steam without 
pressure, and steam under pressure, or superheated steam. 
What advantage has the latter ? Steam under pressure is hotter 
because more heat is required to raise water to the condition of vapor 
against increased pressure. 
In what way may steam under pressure be used for evaporation ? 
By means of jacketed kettles.* 
How may the heating surface be increased in such kettles ? By 
combining the kettle with a steam coil. 
For what other purposes are steam coils used ? For heating 
apartments, drying ovens, evaporating dishes placed upon them, and for 
boiling water, by placing a steam coil in the water. 
OPERATIONS REQUIRING HEAT. 
What is Vaporization ? The operation of increasing molecular 
motion by heat until matter assumes the form of vapor or gas. 
Explain what is meant by the various terms, Evaporation, Dis- 
*For various forms of jacketed kettles, boilers, etc., for using steam in pharma- 
ceutical operations, see Remington's “ Pharmacy.” OPERATIONS REQUIRING HEAT. 
15 
tillation, Desiccation, Exsiccation, Granulation, Sublimation. In 
the vaporization of liquids, when the object sought is the fixed part, the 
process is called evaporation, when it is the volatile part that is sought, it 
is called distillation. If solids are vaporized, when the fixed partis sought, 
the process is called Desiccation, or Exsiccation, and when furnished in a 
granular condition, Granulation ; but if the volatile part is sought, it is 
called Sublimation. 
What is Ebullition, or Boiling ? A violent agitation in a liquid 
produced when it is heated from the fluid to the gaseous condition. The 
heat acts first on that portion of liquid resting against the heated surface, 
converting a portion into steam, which rises in the form of bubbles, which 
break on the surface of the liquid. 
What is meant by the boiling point of a liquid ? The temperature 
at which it boils. Each liquid has its specific boiling point as well as its 
specific weight. Liquids evaporate more or less at all temperatures, hence 
there seems to be no specific evaporating point, but there is a specific point 
where ebullition commences. 
What is meant by the tension of matter ? The molecules of which 
matter is composed repel each other, but are held together by cohesion 
and atmospheric pressure. Matter is, therefore, said to exist in a state of 
tension. The repelling force may be heat; at any rate, by increasing 
heat, or molecular motion, the repelling force is increased. Heat, there- 
fore, is a force working against cohesion and atmospheric pressure, to 
separate molecules apart. 
How may advantage be taken of the knowledge of tension to 
increase the rapidity of evaporation ? By removing the pressure of 
the atmosphere from a liquid and increasing its molecular motion, viz. : 
heating it, evaporation is hastened. 
What important factor plays a part in the evaporation of a liquid 
in the open air ? The degree of moisture already in the air. 
In evaporating liquids at the boiling point, temperature, pres- 
sure, etc., being equal, what determines the rapidity of evapora- 
tion ? The amount of surface exposed to the heat. 
What determines the rapidity of evaporation under like circum- 
stances below the boiling point ? The amount of surface exposed to 
the air. 
How would you apply this knowledge ? By selecting suitable ves- 
sels for evaporation, and employing various devices to increase the heating 
surface, or the surface exposed to the air, depending upon the method of 
evaporation chosen. 
What is a Vacuum Pan ? A covered evaporating pan, with an air 
pump, condenser, etc., for removing the pressure of the atmosphere while 
conducting the process of evaporation, thus enabling the liquid to boil at 
a lower temperature. 
What is an evaporating chamber? A species of “ fume-closet,” 
built into a chimney breast, provided with gas-burners, etc., for conduct- 
ing evaporation. 
How would you protect a vessel from unequal heating by the 
flame when evaporating by direct heat ? By a piece of wire gauze 
between*it and the flame. 16 
PHARMACY. 
How would you evaporate a liquid to a fixed weight ? Use a 
tared dish, and weigh both dish and contents when required. 
How would you evaporate to a fixed volume ? Use a graduated 
evaporating dish, and evaporate to the required volume. 
How would you mark the evaporating dish to determine the 
required volume ? Dishes may be bought already graduated, or gradu- 
ated in the laboratory, either by marking the dish on the inside or pasting 
a strip of paper to the inside, marked with the required measure. A strip 
of wood placed across the top of the dish, perforated in the middle for a 
glass thermometer, can be used for graduating purposes, by tying a string 
on the thermometer to indicate the desired level. 
What is a Hood ? A contrivance connected with a chimney to place 
over evaporating dishes, etc., to conduct away vapors. 
What is a Grommet ? A circular bit of rubber hose upon which a 
round-bottomed dish may be placed to keep it from turning over. 
What is meant by Spontaneous Evaporation ? The evaporation 
of a liquid at the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere. 
What is Distillation ? The operation of separating one liquid from 
another, or a liquid from a solid, by vaporization and condensation, the 
volatile part being the object sought. 
About how much water is required to condense steam at ioo° 
C. (2120 F.) ? About twenty-five times its weight of water, at 20° C. 
(68° F.). 
Describe the two typical forms of apparatus used in distillation. 
Ist. The alembic consists of a head ox dome, in which the vapors generated 
in the body or cucurbit are condensed and run into a gutter at the base of 
the dome, and are carried off by a pipe. The use of the alembic in its 
original form is nearly obsolete. 2d. The retort consists of a long-necked 
flask, with the neck bent at right angles with the body of the flask. When 
the flask has a tubulure, or orifice at the top of the body, for the purpose 
of introducing the liquid to be distilled, it is called a tubulated retort. 
Other materials, besides glass, are used for making retorts. 
How would you select a retort ? For very volatile liquids a deep 
retort is preferable. The bottom of the neck should form an acute angle 
with the body. The tubulure should be situated well back, to admit a 
funnel without striking the bottom of the negk. The neck should taper 
gradually, permitting the use of a rubber ring, to form a tight joint between 
it and the condenser, the ring being made tight by forcing it up the gradu- 
ally tapering neck. The glass should neither be too thick nor too thin, 
well annealed, and free from scratches, bubbles, and imperfections. 
How would you improvise an ordinary flask for distillation ? 
Select a flat-bottomed flask, with a wide mouth, to admit a large-sized rub- 
ber stopper containing a wide, bent tube, to act as a neck, a thermometer, 
and a safety or changing tube. The joints are made tight by luting them. 
What is a Lute ? Various pastes, which harden when dry, and serve 
to make joints vapor-proof, are called lutes. Flaxseed meal poured into 
boiling water and stirred into a paste is generally used. 
How may glass tubes be connected with each other ? By rubber 
tubing, or pieces of bladder moistened and wrapped around the proposed 
joint, and tying with strong linen twine. OPERATIONS NOT REQUIRING HEAT. 
17 
What are Receivers ? Glass vessels, usually globular in shape, for 
receiving distillates. Three kinds are used ; plain, tubulated, and quilled. 
The tubulure is to prevent explosions, and the quill to allow the distillate 
to escape, for the purpose of measuring it as it condenses. 
What are Adapters ? Tapering tubes of glass, used to connect retorts 
with receivers. 
How would you charge a retort ? A plain retort should be charged 
with a long-beaked funnel, reaching well down into the body of the retort. 
Place a funnel in the tubulure, to charge a tubulated retort. 
How are retorts supported ? By retort stands, of which there are 
several patterns. 
What is meant by bumping, and how may it be prevented ? 
Certain explosions occurring in a liquid when it is boiled. It may be 
prevented by placing some pieces of broken glass in the retort. 
What is a Liebig’s Condenser ? Two long tubes, the smaller inside 
the larger, and sufficient space between them to allow the free circulation 
of water, are kept in place by rubber rings between them at each end of 
the apparatus. The inside tube is longer, to allow it to be connected at 
one end with a retort, and the other end with a receiver. The apparatus is 
inclined at an angle on a stand, and, when in use, cold water is circulated 
between the tubes, entering at an orifice situated at the lower end, and 
escaping at a similar orifice situated at the top, thus condensing the vapors 
passing through the inner tube. 
What is a Still ? Various forms of apparatus embracing the principles 
of the alembic and retort, either singly or combined, used for distillation, 
are called stills. When the neck of the retort is prolonged into a coil and 
immersed in water to condense the vapors, it is called a worm. 
What is Sublimation ? The process of distilling volatile solids. The 
product is called a sublimate. 
Describe the product; ist. Cake sublimate; 2d. Powder subli- 
mate. When the volatile product condenses at a temperature but slightly 
lower than the condensing point, the deposit is made slowly and a large 
cake of crystals is produced. But if the vapor is condensed rapidly in a 
cold temperature, a powder results. Retorts and hoods of various patterns 
are used for sublimation, or the vapor may be condensed in chambers 
specially arranged for the purpose. 
What is meant by Desiccation ? The operation of drying medicinal 
substances. 
What are the three objects for drying medicinal substances ? 1. 
To aid in preserving them. 2. To reduce their bulk. 3. To facilitate 
their comminution. The operation is effected by various forms of ovens 
and drying closets, described in works on pharmacy. 
What is meant by Comminution ? The process of tearing drugs to 
pieces or reducing them to powder. 
Name some of the processes for comminuting drugs. Cutting, 
rasping, grating, chopping, contusing, rolling, stamping, grinding, pow- 
dering, triturating, levigating, elutriating, granulating, etc. 
OPERATIONS NOT REQUIRING HEAT. 18 
PHARMACY. 
What instruments may be used for cutting, slicing, or chopping ? 
Pruning-knife, pruning-shears, tobacco-knife, or herb cutter. 
What instrument for grating ? Half-round rasp. 
What for contusion ? Iron pestle and mortar, or the pestle and mor- 
tar may be made of wood or marble. 
What is meant by the terms Grinding and Pulverizing ? Grind- 
ing means reducing substances to coarse particles. Pulverizing means re- 
ducing to fine particles. 
What is a Drug Mill ? A mill for comminuting drugs. 
Into what four general divisions are drug mills divided ? Burr- 
stone-mills, roller-mills, chaser-mills, and hand-mills. 
Describe the principle of each. A burr-stone-mill consists of two 
disks of stone, rubbing together, the approximating faces being cut in 
grooves, to afford grinding surfaces. 
Roller-mills consist of rollers revolving in opposite directions, the dis- 
tances between them being regulated by screws. They operate by crush- 
ing, or cutting and crushing, and the rollers are made smooth, or with 
corrugations, serrations, undulations, or crenations, according to the nature 
of the drug which is to be operated on. 
Chaser-mills consist of two heavy granite stones revolving on a circular 
granite base, surrounded by an iron curb. They operate by crushing and 
by the friction engendered by the outer edge of the stone traveling through 
a longer distance than the inner edge. 
Hand-mills are divided into three classes, according to the arrangement 
of their grinding surfaces, which may be vertical, horizontal or conical. 
They are made of iron, with grinding plates of hardened iron or steel, 
and thumb-screws to regulate the distance between the grinding faces. 
What is meant by Trituration ? Rubbing substances to fine par- 
ticles by means of a pestle and mortar. 
Describe the process. Give the pestle a circular motion with down- 
ward pressure. Commencing in the centre of the mortar, work outward 
in ever increasing circles till the side of the mortar is touched, then reverse 
the motion and decrease the size of the circles till the centre is reached. 
How should a pestle fit its mortar ? See that the pestle has as 
much bearing on the interior surface of the mortar as its size will permit, 
to secure as much triturating surface as possible. 
Of what substances are pestles and mortars for trituration com- 
posed ? Wedgwood, porcelain, and glass. 
What is a Spatula ? A flexible steel blade fixed in a handle, and 
used for various purposes in pharmacy. In trituration it may be used to 
loosen up the substance when it becomes packed upon the sides of the 
mortar. The best form of spatula is that known as the balance handle. 
How may the fineness of powders be regulated ? By sieves of 
various construction, with meshes of different sizes, as required. It is 
important that all portions of the sifted powder be thoroughly mixed, in 
order to secure uniform composition. 
Powders are known as very fine (sieve with 80 meshes to the linear 
inch) ; fine (6 o m. to 1. i.) ; moderately fine (50 m. to 1. i.) ; moderately 
coarse (40 m. to 1. i.); coarse (20 m. to I. i.). These powders are also 
known by number, as Nos. 80, 60, 50, 40, and 20, respectively. Iron SOLUTION. 
19 
wire, brass wire, bolting cloth, and horse hair are the materials usually 
chosen for sieves. 
What is Levigation ? “ The process of reducing substances to a 
state of minute division by triturating them after they have been made into 
paste with water or other liquid.” A slab and muller is the apparatus 
used for this process. When this is constructed of porphyry, the process 
is termed porphyrization. 
What is Elutriation ? If an insoluble powder be suspended in water 
the heavier particles will precipitate first. By decantation of the liquid, 
the finer portions may be separated. Prepared chalk is a familiar example. 
The process of making the pasty mass obtained by elutriation into little 
cones is called Trochiscation. A tinned iron cone, with a handle, is 
used for this purpose. The handle has a short leg in the centre, which is 
tapped gently on a slab, upon which the substance forced through the 
aperture at the bottom of the cone by the shock falls, in the form of a 
little conical mass. Successive shocks are employed, and the resulting 
conical masses deposited in this manner on the slab soon dry, the moisture 
being absorbed by the slab. 
What is meant by Pulverization by Intervention ? The process 
of reducing substances to powder through the use of a foreign substance, 
from which the powder is subsequently freed by some simple method. 
Ex. Camphor may be powdered with the aid of a few drops of alcohol. 
The foreign substance is freed from the powder by subsequent evaporation. 
SOLUTION. 
What is Solution ? The permanent and complete incorporation of a 
solid or gaseous substance with a liquid. The product is called a solution, 
the liquid used a solvent, and if the solvent will dissolve no more of the 
substance, the product is called a saturated solution. 
What is the difference between simple and chemical solution ? 
In simple solution no change occurs in the chemical structure of the dis- 
solved substance (sugar in water) ; but in chemical solution the reverse is 
the case. Ex. The official solution of nitrate of mercury, 
How may solution of solids be facilitated ? By pulverizing the 
substance the extent of surface exposed to the solvent is increased, and by 
agitation the frequency of the contact is augmented, thus favoring the 
rapidity of solution. Heat, by causing convection currents in the liquid, 
facilitates solution, and as heat works against cohesion, it increases the 
solubility of the substance. 
May saturated solutions be used as solvents? Yes; a liquid 
saturated with one substance is still a solvent for another substance. 
What effect has solution upon temperature ? Simple solution 
lowers temperature; chemical solution raises temperature. 
What is the best manner of effecting the solution of a solid ? 
Crush the substance in a mortar with the pestle, then pour on the solvent, 
continually stirring the mixture. • 
What is meant by Circulatory solution ? If the substance be placed 
in a bag and suspended in the solvent, a current will be engendered by the 
sinking of the dissolved portion from the bag, its place being supplied by 
fresh portions of the solvent. 20 
PHARMACY. 
What solvents are used in pharmacy ? Water, first in importance, 
then Alcohol, Glycerin, Ether, Benzin, Chloroform, Bisulphide of Carbon, 
Acid, and Oils, take their respective rank as solvents. 
How would you effect the solution of a gas in water ? Apparatus 
is so arranged that the gas first passes through a wash-bottle, by which it is 
purified, and then allowed to bubble up through the solvent, which absorbs 
a portion of it during the passage. 
SEPARATION OF FLUIDS FROM SOLIDS. 
Name some of the processes for separating fluids from solids. 
Lotion, Decantation, Colation, Filtration, Clarification, Expression, Perco- 
lation, etc. 
What is meant by Lotion or Displacement washing ? The pro- 
cess of separating soluble matter from a solid, by pouring a liquid upon it, 
which will dissolve and wash out the soluble portion. Ex. The washing 
of a precipitate in a funnel by means of a Spritz bottle. 
Various automatic apparatus for continuing washing are described in 
works on pharmacy. 
What is Decantation ? Separating a liquid from a solid by pouring 
it off. This is sometimes better effected by a siphon. 
Describe a Siphon. A siphon is an inverted U-tube, with one leg 
longer than the other. It is first filled with the liquid, and the shorter arm 
immersed in the liquid contained in the vessel, and a current established 
in this way : The column of liquid in the shorter arm is overbalanced by 
the column in the longer arm, thus causing a current to flow from the 
shorter to the longer arm, the shorter arm drawing a fresh supply from the 
vessel, which is thus finally emptied. 
What is meant by Colation, or Straining ? The process of sepa- 
rating a solid from a fluid, by pouring the mixture upon a cloth or porous 
substance, which will permit the fluid to pass through, but will retain the 
solid. 
What material is used for constructing Strainers ? Gauze, Mus- 
lin, Flannel, Felt, etc. 
What is meant by Filtration ? The process of separating liquids 
from solids, with the view of obtaining the liquids in a transparent condi- 
tion. Filters are made of paper, paper pulp, sand, asbestos, ground glass, 
charcoal, porous stone, etc. 
Into what two general classes are paper filters divided ? Plain 
and plaited. Plain filters are used for retaining and washing precipitates ; 
plaited filters for ordinary filtering operations. 
How are paper filters supported ? In funnels. 
What method is used for producing rapid filtration ? Various 
methods are used, such as suction with the mouth, or by a column of 
falling water, to produce a partial vacuum beneath the filter, and thus 
hasten the process by increasing atmospheric pressure. 
What is meant by Clarification ? The process of separating from 
liquids, without the use of strainers or filters, solid substances which inter- 
fere with their transparency. 
Describe the eight principal methods of Clarification. 
I. By the Application of Heat. Heat, by diminishing the specific SEPARATION OF FLUIDS FROM SOLIDS. 
21 
gravity of viscid liquids, permits the precipitation of the heavier particles, 
the lighter ones rising to the top. Boiling facilitates the separation, as the 
minute bubbles of steam adhere to the particles, and rise with them to form 
scum, which may be skimmed off. 
2. By increasing the Fluidity of the Liquid. This may be done by 
diluting it with water. Owing to the diminished specific gravity, the 
heavier particles sink, and the liquid may then be decanted. 
3. Through the use of Albumin. If albumin be added to the turbid 
liquid, and heat applied, on coagulating it will envelop the particles, and 
rise to the top with them. Skimming will remove the scum. 
4. Through the use of Gelatin. Gelatin will form with tannin an insolu- 
ble compound, and where cloudiness is due to the presence of tannin, will 
clarify the liquid in this way. 
5. Through the use of Milk. Acids will precipitate the casein of milk. 
It is used in sour wines, etc., the precipitated casein carrying with it the 
insoluble particles. 
6. Through the use of Paper Pulp. Agitate the liquid with the pulp 
and let it stand till clear ; or throw the whole on a muslin strainer ; the 
pulp will form an excellent filtering medium by partially closing the 
meshes of the linen. 
7. By Fermentation. Many substances soluble in the natural juices of 
plants are insoluble in the dilute alcoholic solutions resulting when these 
juices are fermented and subside as deposits. 
8. By subsidence through long standing. The deposit formed is called 
a sediment. 
What is the difference between a Sediment and a Precipitate ? 
“ Sediment is solid matter separated merely by the action of gravity from 
a liquid in which it has been suspended. A precipitate, on the other 
hand, is solid matter separated from a solution by heat, light, or chemical 
action.” 
What is Decoloration ? The process of depriving liquids or solids in 
solution of color by the use of animal charcoal. 
How would you separate Immiscible Liquids ? By the use of 
a pipette, a glass syringe, a separating funnel, or a Florentine receiver. A 
funnel with a stop-cock to stop the flow as soon as the heavier liquid has 
all passed through is called a separating funnel. A Florentine receiver, 
used in the distillation of volatile oils, differs from an ordinary receiver in 
having an overflow arranged to permit the escape of the condensed water 
while retaining the volatile oil. 
What is meant by Precipitation ? “ The process of separating solid 
particles from a solution by the action of heat, light, or chemical sub- 
stances.” The solid particles separated are called th& precipitate-, the 
precipitate producer, a precipitant; and the liquid remaining, supernatant 
liquid. A precipitate may either fall or rise to the top of the supernatant 
liquid. The physical characteristics of precipitates are described by the 
words curdy, granular, flocculent, gelatinous, crystalline, bulky, etc. A 
magma is a thick, tenacious precipitate. Precipitation by heat is illus- 
trated by the coagulation and precipitation of albumin when albuminous 
fluids are heated ; and the precipitation of silver salts by light illustrates 
precipitation by light; and precipitation by chemical reaction occurs in a PHARMACY. 
large number of instances when making official chemical salts. Example : 
the preparation of Precip. Garb. Calcium. 
What are the objects of Precipitation ? Ist. A method of obtain- 
ing substances in the form of powder. 2. A method of purification. 3. 
A method of testing chemicals. 4. A method of separating chemical 
substances. 
Vessels of glass called precipitating jars are made. They are larger at 
the bottom than the top. Hot, dense solutions usually produce heavy pre- 
cipitates, and the reverse is the case when dilute solutions are employed. 
Precipitates may be collected in a funnel on filtering paper or on strainers. 
CRYSTALLIZATION. 
What is Crystallization ? The process of placing substances under 
the most favorable circumstances for them to assume certain inherent geo- 
metrical forms called crystals. ' Substances that will not crystallize are 
called amorphous. Crystallography is that department of knowledge de- 
voted to crystals. The objects of crystallization are to increase the purity 
and beauty of chemicals. 
Faces—the planes bounding a crystal. 
Edge—the intersection of two contiguous surfaces. 
Angle—the intersection of three or more faces. 
Perfect crystal—a crystal in which the faces, edges, or angles have 
equal faces, edges, or angles opposite to them, and if the middle point 
of the opposite faces or edges or the opposite angles be joined by straight 
lines, the point at which these lines intersect will be the centre of the 
crystals. 
Axes—the lines drawn through the centre of crystals. 
Dimorphous, trimorphous, polymorphous, etc.—when the same body 
crystallizes in two or more forms belonging to different systems. 
Isomorphous—when different substances crystallize in the same form. 
Prismatic—crystals extended principally in the direction of their longer 
axes. 
Tabular—crystals with flat planes. 
Lamina’—crystals in the form of thin plates. 
Acicular—needle-shaped. 
Orthometric—those in which the three axes intersect at right angles. 
Clinometric—those in which the axes intersect at oblique angles. 
1. MEANING OF TERMS. 
Six different systems of crystallization are recognized. The word sys- 
tem is used because ‘ every crystallizable body assumes its own character- 
istic form or some form directly derived from it by a single law,’ so that 
several forms may belong to the same system. 
I. Monometric or Regular.—The angles of equal length intersecting 
at right angles. 
11. Dimetric or Quadratic.—Three axes, two equal, the other different 
in length, all intersecting at right angles. 
111. Trimetric or Rhombic.—Three axes of unequal length intersecting 
at right angles. 
2. SYSTEMS. CRYSTALLIZATION. 
23 
IV. Hexagonal or Rhombohedric.—Four axes, three of equal length, in 
the same plane, and inclined to one another at an angle of 6o°. Fourth 
axis diffei'ent length, and intersecting the planes of the other three at right 
angles. 
V. Monoclinic or Oblique Prismatic.—Three axes of unequal length ; 
two obliquely inclined to each other, the other axis forming right angles 
with these two. 
VI. Triclinic or Doubly-oblique Prismatic.—Three axes of unequal 
length, all obliquely inclined to each other. 
What is meant by Cleavage ? The tendency of crystals to split in 
one direction more than another. 
By what method would you obtain crystals ? I. Ey fusion and 
partial cooling (sulphur, camphor, etc.). 2. Sublimation (corrosive sub- 
limate). 3. Deposition from hot, supersaturated solutions on cooling. 
4. Deposition during evaporation. 5- Galvanism (deposited while current 
is passing through solution). 6. Precipitation. 7. By adding a solid 
substance having a strong affinity for water. (If CaCl2 be added to a 
solution of NaCl, the latter will crystallize out.) 
What is meant by Water of Crystallization ? In the act of crys- 
tallizing, many substances combine with water. This is known as water 
of crystallization. The amount varies in the same crystal under different 
circumstances. When crystals lose their water of crystallization, and 
form a white powder on their surfaces, they are said to effloresce. Crystals 
that absorb water from the air are said to be hygroscopic. The act is called 
deliquescence when sufficient water is absorbed to liquefy the substance. 
What is meant by Mother liquor ? The liquid remaining after the 
crystals have formed. 
What is Dialysis ? The separation of crystallizable from non-crys- 
tallizable substances by osmosis. 
What is a Dialyzer ? A vessel with a parchment head, like a drum- 
head, at one end, into which the substances to be separated are placed in 
the form of solution. This is floated on distilled water, and by osmosis 
the crystallizable substance transudes through the membrane into the water 
below, leaving the non-crystallizable substance behind. 
Crystalloids.—Crystallizable substances. Ex., sugar, salt, chemical sub- 
stances. 
Colloids.—Non-crystallizable substances—glue, gum, starch, dextrine, 
etc. 
Diffusate.—The impregnated distilled water. 
What is Maceration ? Soaking a drug in a solvent until the soluble 
portions are dissolved. 
What is Expression ? The process of forcibly separating liquids 
from solids. 
Name the six mechanical principles employed in constructing 
presses. I, Spiral-twist Press. 2, Screw Press. 3. Roller Press. 4. 
Wedge Press. 5. Lever Press. 6. Hydraulic Press. (For full descrip- 
tions of these presses, see Remington’s “ Pharmacy.”) 24 
PHARMACY. 
What is Percolation ? Percolation is the process whereby a powder 
contained in a suitable vessel is deprived of its soluble constituents by the 
descent of a solvent through it. 
By what other name is it called ? Displacement. 
Give a familiar example. The percolation of water through wood 
ashes, by which it is exhausted of its potash, etc., the solution being known 
as lye. 
What is the use of this process in Pharmacy ? It is used for 
extracting the virtues of drugs, in the preparation of tinctures, fluid ex- 
tracts, etc. 
Describe a Percolator. A Percolator is a cylindrical vessel with a 
porous diaphragm below, into which the drug, in the form of a powder, 
is introduced, and its soluble portions extracted by the descent of a solvent 
through it. 
Describe the rationale of the process. The solvent, which is poured 
on the top of the powder, in passing downward exercises its solvent power 
on the successive layers of the powder until saturated, and is impelled 
downward by the combined force of its own gravity and that of the column 
of liquid above, minus the capillary force with which the powder tends to 
retain it. 
What is a Menstruum ? The solvent is known technically by this 
name. 
What is a Percolate ? The liquid coming from the Percolator, im- 
pregnated with the soluble principles of the drug. 
Why is Percolation also called the process of Displacement ? 
Because it was first observed that ether, poured on powdered bitter-almonds, 
displaced the fixed oil which it contains without materially mixing with it. 
Describe the condition in which the soluble principles exist in 
the powdered drug, and the effect of the solvent upon them. The 
soluble principles in the powdered drug exist in a hard and dry condition, 
and are generally contained in cells which are more or less disintegrated 
in grinding. The solvent takes up first the principle liberated by grinding, 
and afterward permeates the cells. 
Why is it that each succeeding portion of percolate is less highly 
colored and less active than the one preceding it ? Because the 
first portion of menstruum, in its descent through the pow'der, has the first 
opportunity to come in contact with the largest portions of the soluble 
principles, which are to be found in the finer dust scattered through the 
powder, and in the thoroughly disintegrated particles, which offer but 
slight resistance to the passage of the menstruum. 
What are the directions of the U. S. P. upon Percolation ? The 
process of percolation, or displacement, directed in this Pharmacopoeia, 
consists in subjecting a substance, in powder, contained in a vessel called 
a percolator, to the solvent action of successive proportions of menstruum 
in such a manner that the liquid, as it traverses the powder in its descent 
to the recipient, shall be charged with the soluble portion of it, and pass 
from the percolator free from insoluble matter. 
When the process is successfully conducted, the first portion of the 
PERCOLATION. PERCOLATION. 
25 
liquid, or percolate, passing through the percolator will be nearly saturated 
with the soluble constituents of the substance treated; and if the quantity 
of menstruum be sufficient for its exhaustion, the last portion of the perco- 
late will be destitute of color, odor, and taste, other than that possessed by 
the menstruum itself. 
The percolator most suitable for the quantities contemplated by this 
Pharmacopoeia, should be nearly cylindrical, or slightly conical, with a 
funnel-shaped termination at the smaller end. The neck of this funnel- 
end should be rather short, and should gradually and regularly become 
narrower toward the orifice, so that a perforated cork, bearing a short glass 
tube, may be tightly wedged into it from within, until the end of the cork 
is flush with its outer edge. The glass tube, which must not protrude 
above the inner surface of the cork, should extend from one and one- 
eighth to one and one-half inch (3 to 4 centimetres) beyond the outer sur- 
face of the cork, and should be provided with a closely-fitting, narrow 
tube, at least one-fourth longer than the percolator itself, and ending in 
another short glass tube, whereby the rubber tube may be so suspended 
that its orifice shall be above the surface of the menstruum in the perco- 
lator, a rubber band holding it in position. 
The shape of a percolator should be adapted to the nature of the drug to 
be operated upon. For drugs which are apt to swell, particularly when a 
feebly alcoholic or an aqueous menstruum is employed, a conical percola- 
tor is preferable. A cylindrical or only slightly tapering percolator may 
be used for drugs which are not liable to swell, and when the menstruum 
is strongly alcoholic, or when ether or some other volatile liquid is used 
for extraction. The size of the percolator selected should be in proportion 
to the quantity of drug to be extracted. When properly packed in the 
percolator, the drug should not occupy more than two-thirds its height. 
The percolator is best constructed of glass, or stone-ware, but, unless 
otherwise directed, may be made of any suitable material not affected by 
the drug or menstruum. 
The percolator is prepared for percolation by gently pressing a small 
tuft of cotton into the space of the neck above the cork, and a small layer 
of clean and dry sand is then poured upon the surface of the cotton to 
hold it in its place. 
The powdered substance to be percolated (which must be uniformly of 
the fineness directed in the formula, and should be perfectly air-dry before 
it is weighed) is put in a basin, the specified quantity of menstruum is 
poured on, and it is thoroughly stirred with a spatula or other suitable in- 
strument, until it appears uniformly moistened. The moist powder is 
then passed through a coarse sieve—No. 40 powders, and those which 
are finer, requiring a No. 20 sieve ; whilst No. 30 powders require a No. 
15 sieve for this purpose. Powders of a less degree of fineness usually 
do not require this additional treatment after the moistening. The moist 
powder is now transferred to a sheet of thick paper, and the whole quan- 
tity poured from it to the percolator. It is then shaken down lightly and 
allowed to remain in that condition for a period varying from fifteen min- 
utes to several hours, unless otherwise directed : after which the powder 
is pressed, by the aid of a plunger of suitable dimensions, more or less 
firmly, in proportion to the character of the powdered substance and the 26 
PHARMACY. 
alcoholic strength of the menstruum; strongly alcoholic menstrua, as a 
rule, permitting firmer packing of the powder than the weaker. The per- 
colator is now placed in position for percolation, and the rubber tube 
having been fastened at a suitable height, the surface of the powder is 
covered by an accurately-fitting disk of filtering paper or other suitable 
material, and a sufficient quantity of the menstruum poured on through a 
funnel reaching nearly to the surface of the paper. If these conditions are 
accurately observed, the menstruum will penetrate the powder equally 
until it has passed into the rubber tube and has reached, in this, the height 
corresponding to its level in the percolator, which is now closely covered 
to prevent evaporation, and the apparatus allowed to stand at rest for the 
time specified in the formula. 
To begin percolation, the rubber tube is lowered and its glass end intro- 
duced into the neck of a bottle previously marked for the quantity of 
liquid to be percolated, if the percolate is to be measured, or of a tared 
bottle if the percolate is to be weighed; and by raising or lowering this 
recipient, the rapidity of percolation may be increased or lessened, as may 
be desirable, observing, however, thal, the rate of percolation, unless the 
quantity of material taken in operation is largely in excess of the Pharma- 
copoeia! quantities, shall not exceed the limit of ten to thirty drops in a 
minute. A layer of menstruum must constantly be maintained above the 
powder, so as to prevent the access of air to its interstices, until all has 
been added, or the requisite quantity of percolate obtained. This is con- 
veniently accomplished, if the space above the powder will admit it, by 
inverting a bottle containing the entire quantity of menstruum over the per- 
colator in such a manner that its mouth may dip beneath the surface of the 
liquid, the bottle being of such shape that its shoulder will serve as a cover 
for the percolator. 
When the dregs of a tincture, or of a similar preparation, are to be sub- 
jected to percolation, after maceration with all or with the greater portion of 
the menstruum, the liquid portion should be drained off as completely as pos- 
sible, the solid portion packed in a percolator, as before described, and the 
liquid poured on, until all has passed from the surface, when immediately 
a sufficient quantity of the original menstruum shall be poured on to dis- 
place the absorbed liquid, until the prescribed quantity has been obtained. 
What is the best Percolator for common use ? An ordinary glass 
funnel. 
What is the objection to the glass funnel ? It is too broad for use 
in percolating drugs for fluid extracts when the quantity of drug is large 
in proportion to the quantity of menstruum. 
What is the desirable shape for making this class of prepara- 
tions ? A tall, narrow Percolator. 
Why? Because it is desirable that the menstruum should traverse a 
higher column of powder. 
What is gained by this ? Ist. Every drop of menstruum is econom- 
ically applied; 2d, the rate of flow is diminished ; 3d, the percolate 
becomes saturated more rapidly; 4th, the operation is, therefore, more 
easily controlled. 
What general rule may be given for selecting percolators ? For 
making fluid extracts, a tall, straight percolator, should be selected; for making a strong tincture, the percolator should be slightly bell-shaped and 
wider; for making weak tinctures, use a funnel. 
How would you limit these rules ? The character of the drug 
influences the limit. Those containing a large amount of soluble matter, 
like kino, cannot be percolated in a tall, narrow funnel, because the per- 
colate would soon become too dense to descend. 
What influences the degree of comminution proper for each 
substance ? It depends, Ist, upon the physical structure of the drug; 
2d, the ease with which the menstruum dissolves the desired constituents; 
3d, the length of time required to exhaust the powder; 4th, the relative 
proportion of menstruum to drug. 
Why does the Pharmacopoeia direct that the drug shall be 
passed through a coarse sieve after moistening ? To render it 
uniform. 
Why should the powder be moistened? Ist, a moist powder, like 
a moist sponge, greedily absorbs moisture, but a dry powder, like a dry 
sponge, repels attempts to moisten it; 2d, dry powders have a tendency to * 
swell when moistened, which, owing to the pressure of the particles against 
each other and the sides of the percolator, prevent menstrua from pene- 
trating them. 
State the exceptions to the rule for moistening powders. Powders 
should not be moistened, Ist, when the addition of the menstruum would 
produce lumping, owing to the adhesive nature of the drug ; 2d, when the 
moistened powder would offer too little resistance to the passage of the 
menstrum; 3d, those in which the menstruum is too volatile or too in- 
flammable to render moistening desirable or safe. The cold percolation 
of sugar in making syrups illustrates the first; the preparation of oleoresins 
with ether illustrates the second and third. 
Of what should the porous diaphragm be composed ? Porous 
cotton, a deeply notched cork, or a perforated plug of cork or wood. 
The porous diaphragm should be covered with clean sand, or a disk of 
scored filter paper, except when absorbent cotton is used. Always moisten 
the porous diaphragm with a portion of the menstruum before packing the 
percolator. 
How should a percolator be packed ? It should be packed in layers, 
each succeeding layer being packed according to the directions, “ moder- 
ately ” or “ firmly,” as the case may be, care being taken to use the same 
degree of pressure with each layer. 
How would you test the correctness of the packing ? By the 
descent of the menstruum, which should descend slowly and uniformly. 
What general rule is given in relation to the degree of pressure 
to use in packing percolators ? Porous, spongy drugs, and menstrua 
largely aqueous, require moderate packing. If a strongly alcoholic men- 
struum is directed, pack firmly. 
How would you add the menstruum ? Cover the top of the powder 
with a sheet of scored filter paper, place a weight upon it to keep it in 
place, and add the menstruum in divided portions, care being taken to 
follow with the succeeding portion before the first one has entirely disap- 
peared, to prevent fissures forming in the powder, and the leaking of the 
menstruum through the fissures. 
PERCOLATION. 
27 28 
PHARMACY. 
Why does the Pharmacopoeia direct previous maceration of the 
powder before percolation ? Because most drugs are not easily extracted 
by the menstruum, owing to the toughness of the powder, or nature of the 
desired principles, and maceration secures contact with the solvent for a 
longer time. 
How is this maceration best effected ? By introducing the moist- 
ened drug loosely into the percolator, and covering it closely, to prevent 
loss by evaporation. 
How can it be determined if the drug is exhausted ? Only by 
knowing beforehand what the active principles of the drug are, and testing 
the percolate, until they are no longer contained therein. 
For example : The absence of bitterness in the percolate, from nux 
vomica, opium, and cinchona, indicates that the bitter alkaloids, to which 
their activities are due, have been thoroughly extracted from the drug; the 
absence of color in the percolate of cochineal and saffron, indicates that 
the desired coloring matters have been exhausted from the drugs, and the 
absence of astringency in the percolate, of drugs whose activities are due 
to tannic acid, indicates that it has been completely extracted. 
What is the best menstruum for extracting a drug ? The best 
menstruum for extracting a drug is one that will deprive it of its active and 
desirable principles, and leave in the residue those principles which are 
either inert or objectionable. 
What other important points are to be taken into consideration 
in choosing a menstruum ? A menstruum should always be chosen 
exactly adapted to the characteristics of the drug, and which will cause 
the retention of the soluble principles in a permanent form under the vary- 
ing conditions of climate, and at the same time permit exposure to light, 
heat, and air without injury. 
How can this be determined ? Only by experiment. 
Can it be accurately predetermined what amount of menstruum 
a powder will absorb and retain after percolation ceases ? It can- 
not. The amount varies according to the nature of the drug employed, 
sometimes as much as eight to twenty per cent. 
What great advantage does percolation have over maceration 
in respect to the character of liquid left in the residue ? Maceration 
leaves a finished tincture in the residue ; in percolation it is merely men- 
struum, the active portions of the drug having been dissolved in the pre- 
ceding percolate. 
How can absorbed menstrua be recovered ? By distillation, or by 
treating the residue, first with weak alcohol, then with water. 
When water causes a swelling of the substance and stops per- 
colation, what expedients maybe resorted to ? Mix the residue with 
clean sawdust, rice chaff, or other inert dry substances, then percolate with 
water. 
How may recovered distilled alcohol be purified ? By treating it 
with permanganate of potassium (12 grains to the gallon), letting it stand 
a few days, then decanting or filtering. 
In conducting the operation of Percolation, how would you con- 
trol the flow of the Percolate ? By the amount of pressure in packing ; 
by raising or lowering the receiver containing the nozzle of the delivery PERCOLATION. 
29 
tube, as directed by the U. S. P. ; by using a stop-cock (objectionable); 
or by adopting one of the several forms of percolators devised for that 
purpose. 
Mention some of the special percolators devised as improve- 
ments on the ordinary cylindrical and conical percolators, and the 
principles upon which they are founded. I. Drusse’s glass percola- 
tor. In this percolator evaporation is prevented by means of a ground- 
glass cover. The flow of the percolate is checked by screwing in the 
cover; should it flow too slowly, a piece of twine between the cover and 
the side will permit the necessary atmospheric pressure. 
2. Squibb’s Well-tube Percolator. In this percolator a large glass 
tube, called a well-tube, is placed in the centre of a stone-ware crock and 
slightly raised from the bottom by absorbent cotton ; around it is packed 
the substance to be percolated, the menstruum is poured on the powder, 
trickles through and rises in the well, from which it is siphoned. 
3. Double-tube Percolator. An ordinary percolator is used. In it is 
placed a well-tube, with a smaller tube telescoped therein, the end of the 
latter projecting for a few inches below the percolator through a tightly- 
fitting cork. The well-tube rests on absorbent cotton. The menstruum 
percolates through the powder, permeates the cotton, and rises in the well- 
tube to the top of the smaller tube therein, over which it runs into the tube 
and out, being received in a vessel below. The height of the percolate in 
the well-tube, and consequently the rapidity of the flow, is controlled by 
raising or lowering the inner tube. 
4. Suspended Percolator (Hance Bros. & White). This percolator is 
so arranged, being suspended by trunnions from a beam, that it can be 
readily turned upside down and emptied of its contents. It is suitable for 
large operations. 
How would you support a Percolator ? Several methods are in use ; 
Ist, the ordinary retort stand (flimsy) ; 2d, Remington’s Percolating Stand ; 
this instrument consists of two parallel shelves, one above the other ; each 
shelf consists of two parallel strips having slots down the centre, fastened 
to which, by thumb-screws working in the slots, are cross-pieces, having 
their inside edges hollowed out to receive the percolator. The cross-pieces 
may be slid either way to enlarge or reduce the space between them so as 
to fit percolators of all sizes. This excellent apparatus is suspended from 
the wall by brackets. The advantage is that it enables all percolating and 
filtering operations to be carried on with convenience in one place, thus 
saving time and labor. 
3. Shinn’s Percolating Closet consists of adjustable retort rings sliding 
up and down on gas-pipe supports, with conveniently arranged shelves, all 
enclosed in a convenient closet. 
What kind of Receiving Bottles should be used for the Perco- 
late ? Wide-mouth bottles are preferred. Where special accuracy is 
required, use a flask with a double mark on the neck. Bottles may be 
graduated by pasting a paper slip on the side, pouring in accurately meas- 
ured quantities of water, carefully marking the height at each addition. 
A strip of adhesive plaster answers an excellent purpose. 
What is meant by Repercolation? Repercolation is a process intro- 30 
PHARMACY. 
duced by Dr. Squibb, and consists in “ the successive application of the 
same percolating menstruum to fresh supplies of the substance to be per- 
colated. ’ ’ 
What are its advantages ? By passing the weaker portions of the 
percolate through fresh portions of drug, it becomes thoroughly saturated. 
In this way a portion of the percolate will do work as menstruum, result- 
ing in the saving of menstruum. 
What is Fractional Percolation ? A term used to define percolation 
when applied to two successive portions of powder. (Principle identical 
with repercolation.) CLASSIFICATION OF OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. 
31 
PART 11. 
THE FORMS OF PHARMACEUTICAL PREPA- 
RATIONS DIRECTED BY THE UNITED 
STATES PHARMACOPCEIA. 
CLASSIFICATION OF OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS. 
LIQUIDS. 
[Remington.) 
SOLIDS. 
Made without per- Made by perco- 
colation or macer- lation or macer- 
ation. ation. 
Aqueous Solutions. Aqueous Liquids, 
Waters, Infusions, 
Solutions. Decoctions. 
Aqueous Solutions Alcoholic Li- 
Containing Sweet quids, 
or Viscid Sub- 
stances. 1 mctures. 
Syrups, Wines. 
Honeys, Fluid Extracts 
Mucilages, . . 
Ethereal Liquids. 
Emulsions, 
t. r • . Oleoresins, 
Mixtures, 
Glycerites, Acetous Liquids. 
Vinegars. 
Alcoholic Solutions. 
Spirits, 
Elixirs. 
Ethereal Solutions. 
Collodions. 
Oleaginous Solu- 
tions. 
Liniments, 
Oleates. 
Made by percola- Made without por- 
tion or macera- eolation or inac- 
tion. eration. 
Extracts, Powders, 
Resins. Triturations, 
Masses, 
Confections, 
Pills, 
Troches, 
Cerates, 
Ointments, 
Plasters, 
Papers, 
Suppositories. 
Roman type, internal use. Italic type, external use. 32 
PHARMACY. 
AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS. 
LIQUIDS. 
Aqua or Water. An aqueous solution of a volatile substance. There 
are eighteen official waters, three classes, according to their method of 
preparation, (i) Direct Solution. (2) Filtration through an absorbent 
powder. (3) Distillation. 
AQUA:—WATERS. 
THREE CLASSES. 
(1) Direct Solution.—Simple Agitation. Aqua Amygdalse Amarse ; 
Chloroform!; Creosoti. 
By Dissolving Gases in Cold Water.—Aqua Ammonise; Ammo- 
nia Fortior ; Chlori ; Hydrogenii Dioxidi.* 
(2) Filtration through an Absorbent Powder.—Aqua Anisi; 
Camphorse; Cinnamomi; Foeniculi; Menthse Piperitae, and Menthse Viri- 
dis. All made by percolation through impregnated Precipitated Calcium 
Phosphate. In preparing Aqua Camphorse, a little alcohol is used with the 
Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, to aid in the trituration of the camphor. 
(3) Distillation.—Aqua Aurantii Florum Fortior; Aurantii Florum; 
Rosse Fortior ; Rosse ; and Aqua Destillata. 
Aqua Ammonise. Contains 10 p. c. ammonia gas by weight. Exter- 
nally stimulant, irritant or caustic. Internally antacid and stimulant. 
Dose 0.6-1.9 C.c. (10 to 30 drops). Should be largely diluted when 
taken internally. Useful in heartburn, sick headache, syncope. Slowly 
injected into a vein, a powerful stimulant to heart and respiration. 
Aqua Ammonise Fortior (Stronger Ammonia Water). Contains 
28 p. c. gas by weight. Used for making Aqua Ammonia, or properly 
diluted (4 or 5to8) as a rubefacient, vesicatory, or escharotic. Apply on 
cotton confined in top of a pill box. 
Aqua Amygdalse Amarse. (0.2 p. c.). Useful vehicle. 
Aqua Anisi. (0.2 p. c. oil). Useful vehicle. 
Aqua Aurantii Florum. Prepared by diluting the stronger water 
with equal volumes distilled water, and is also used as a vehicle. 
Aqua Aurantii Florum Fortior (Triple Orange Flower Water). 
Water saturated with the volatile oil of Fresh Orange Flowers, obtained 
as a by-product in the distillation of the Oil of Orange Flowers. Vehicle. 
Aqua Camphorse. Camphor 0.8 dissolved in Alcohol and afterward 
triturated with Precipitated Calcium Phosphate.f Dose 15-30 C.c. [l/2 to 
1 fl. oz.). Vehicle. 
Aqua Chlori. Contains 0.4 p. c. chlorine gas. Stimulant and anti- 
septic. Dose 3.75-15 C.c. (1 to 4 fl. dr.), properly diluted. 
Aqua Chloroformi. A saturated solution with excess of Chloroform 
present. Antiseptic vehicle. Dose 15-60 C.c. {j4. to 2 fl. oz.). 
Aqua Cinnamomi. Vehicle. Use cautiously in inflammatory affec- 
tions. 
* Although H202 is not a gas in the usual sense of the term, the solution is classed 
here for sake of convenience.—(Coblentz.) 
f Precipitated Calcium Phosphate, U. S. P. LIQUIDS—SOLUTIONS. 
33 
Aqua Creosoti. ip. c. Creosote. Antiseptic. Stimulant externally. 
Local nerve paralyzant. Dose 3.69-15 C.c. (1 to 4 fl. dr.). 
Aqua Destillata. 800 parts from 1000 of Water. Used for preparing 
the official diluted acids, for absorbing gaseous ammonia, for preparing 
nearly all the official aqueous solutions, and for compounding prescriptions. 
Aqua Fceniculi. Vehicle. 
Aqua Hydrogenii Dioxidi (Solution of Hydrogen Peroxide). 3 p.c. 
by weight of pure Hydrogen Dioxide. Oxidizer, deodorant, disinfectant. 
Coagulates the albumin of tissues. Also used in the arts for bleaching 
purposes. 
Aqua Menthae Piperitse, Aqua Menthae Viridis, and Aqua Rosae 
(Stronger Rose Water and distilled Water, of each one volume). Are 
useful vehicles. 
Aqua Rosae (Rose Water). Prepared by mixing equal volumes of 
Triple Rose Water and Distilled Water. Vehicle. 
Aqua Rosae Fortior (Triple Rose Water). Water saturated with the 
volatile oil of rose petals, obtained as a by-product in the distillation of 
oil of rose. 
Liquor.—An aqueous solution of a chemical substance. Liquors are 
divided into two classes, according to the method of preparation, viz., 
Simple solutions and solutions prepared by chemical decomposition. 
LIQUORES—SOLUTIONS. 
Simple Solutions. 
Liquor Acidi Arsenosi. Contains Ip.c. of Arsenic by weight, and 
5 p. c. diluted Hydrochloric Acid by volume. Medical properties same 
as Fowler’s Solution. Dose 0.12—0.5 C.c. (2 to 8 minims). 
Liquor Arseni et Hydrargyri lodidi (Solution of Arsenic and Mer- 
curic lodide), (Donovan’s Solution). Contains Ip. c. of each of the 
active ingredients. Alterative. Dose 0.3-0.6 C.c. (5 to 10 drops). 
Liquor Calcis (Solution of Calcium Hydrate, Lime Water). A 
saturated solution. Antacid, tonic and astringent. Dose 60-n8 C.c. 
(2 to 4 fl. oz.). 
Liquor lodi Compositus (Lugol’s Solution). Contains 5 p.c. lodine, 
10 p. c. Potassium lodide. Dose 0.3 C.c. (5 minims), containing about 
gr. lodine. 
Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus (Lead Water). Contains 3 p.c. 
of the stronger lead water. Astringent and sedative externally. 
Liquor Potassse (2d formula.) [Solution of Potassium Hydrate], 
Contains about sp.c. of the Hydrate. Antacid, diuretic, and antilithic. 
Externally used as a stimulant and escharotic. Dose 0.6-1.9 p. c. (xo to 
30 minims). It may be increased to 2 fl. dr. doses. 
Liquor Sodae (2d formula.) [Solution of Sodium Hydrate], Con- 
tains 5.6 p.c. Soda. Sometimes called solution of Caustic .Soda. Prop- 
erties same as Liquor Potassse. 
Liquor Sodii Arsenatis. Contains I p.c. of Sodium Arsenate. Dose 
0.18-0.3 C.c. (3 to 5 minims). 
Liquor Sodii Silicatis. (Nearly saturated.) This solution is used 
solely in the preparation of mechanical dressings for the surgeon. 34 
PHARMACY. 
Chemical Solutions. 
Liquor Ammonii Acetatis (Spirit of Mindererus). An aqueous solu- 
tion of ammonium acetate containing about 7 P- c- of the salt together 
with small amounts of acetic and carbonic acids. Made by dissolving 5 
Gm. of the Carbonate in 100 C.c. diluted Acetic Acid. Diaphoretic in 
fevers. Dose 7.5-22.5 C.c. (2 to 6 fl. dr.). 
Liquor Ferri Acetatis. An aqueous solution of Ferric Acetate, con- 
taining about 31 p. c. of the anhydrous salt, and corresponds with about 
7.5 p. c. of metallic Iron. Chalybeate. Dose 0.12-0.6 C.c. (2 to 10 
minims). 
Liquor Ferri Chloridi. An aqueous solution of Ferric Chloride con- 
taining about 37.8 p. c. of the anhydrous salt, corresponding to 62.9 p. c. 
of the crystallized salt, or to about 13 p. c. of the metallic iron. Used in 
preparing Tincture of Ferric Chloride; also externally as a styptic to ar- 
rest hemorrhage and internally in doses of 0.12-0.6 C.c. (2 to 10 minims), 
as a chalybeate. 
Liquor Ferri Citratis. An aqueous solution of Ferric Citrate corre- 
sponding to about 7.5 p. c. of metallic iron. Ferruginous tonic. Dose 
0.6 C.c. (xo minims), equivalent to 0.33 Gm. (5 grs. of the salt). 
Liquor Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis {Basham's Mixture). Contains 
in each thousand C.c. Tr. Ferri. Chlor. 20 C.c., Acid Acetic Dil. 30 
C.c., Sol. Ammon. Acet. 200 C.c., Aromat. Elix. 100 C.c., Glycerin 120 
C.c., Water q. s. To the Sol. Ammon. Acet. (which should not be alka- 
line, add, successively, the Acid, Tr., Elixir, and Glycerin, and then 
enough Water to make 1000 C.c.). Actively chalybeate, also astringent, 
and very largely used in Bright’s disease. Dose 15-30 C.c. (yz to I fl. oz.). 
Liquor Ferri Nitratis. An aqueous solution of Ferric Nitrate, con- 
taining about 6.2 p. c. of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding to about 
1.4 p. c. of metallic iron. Tonic and astringent in diarrhoea, etc. In 
doses of 0.6 C.c. (10 drops), also when diluted as an injection in leucor- 
rhoea, etc. 
Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis (Solution of Basic Ferric Sulphate. 
Monsel’s Solution). An aqueous solution of Basic Ferric Sulphate, of 
variable composition, corresponding to about 13.6 metallic iron. Styptic 
to bleeding surfaces ; used internally in hemorrhage of stomach and bowels. 
Dose 0.18-0.36 C.c. (3 to 6 minims). 
Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis. An aqueous solution of normal Ferric 
Sulphate containing about 28.7 p. c. of the salt, corresponding to about 
Bp.c. of metallic Iron. Used for preparing other Iron preparations in 
which the Ferric Hydrate is wanted, as in the preparation of the antidote 
for Arsenic. 
Liquor Hydrargyri Nitratis. A liquid containing about 60 p. c. of 
Mercuric Nitrate. Caustic application to chancre, etc. 
Liquor Magnesii Citratis. Made by dissolving 15 Gm. Citric Acid 
in 120 C.c. of Water and adding 15 Gm. Magnesium Carbonate; dissolv- 
ing; filtering into a bottle holding 360 C.c. (containing 120 C.c. Syrup 
of Citric Acid), adding enough Water to nearly fill the bottle, dropping 
in 2.5 Gm. Potassium Bicarbonate; corking, and securing the cork with 
twine. LIQUIDS—SOLUTIONS. 
35 
Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. Sometimes called Goulard's Extract. 
An aqueous liquid, containing about 25 p. c. of Lead Subacetate. Used 
externally as a sedative in sprains, etc., when dilute, from y2 or I part to 
16 parts distilled water. 
Liquor Potassse. (ist formula.) Made by double decomposition be- 
tween Slaked Lime and Potassium Carbonate. 
Liquor Potassii Arsenitis (Fowler’s Solution). A scientific sub- 
stitute for Tasteless Ague Drop. Contains Ip. c. Arsenic. It is a Potas- 
sium Arsenite (dissolved in water) and is formed by the combination of 
Arsenous acid with Potassium of the Potassium Bicarbonate (Carbon Di- 
oxide being evolved). Compound Spirit of Lavender is added to give it 
taste, and prevent its being mistaken for water. 100 minims equal about 
I gr. Arsenic. Average dose 0.3 C.c. (5 drops). 
Liquor Potassse Citratis (Mistura Potassii Citratis). An aqueous 
liquid, containing in solution about 9 p. c. of anhydrous Potassium citrate, 
together with small amounts of citric and carbonic acids. Made by dissolv- 
ing separately Potass. Bicarb., and Citric Acid, and afterward mixing the 
solution under the names neutral mixture, saline mixture, or effervescing 
draught; long used as a refrigerant diaphoretic. Dose, 15 C.c. (]/2 fl. oz.) 
Liquor Sodae. (ist formula.) Made by double decomposition between 
Slaked Lime and Sodium Carbonate. 
Liquor Sodae Chloratae (Labarraque’s Solution). An aqueous solu- 
tion of several Chlorine compounds of Sodium, containing at least 2.6 
p. c. by weight of available Chlorine. Stimulant, antiseptic, and resolv- 
ent. Dose from 30 drops to a teaspoonful, well diluted. Also use locally 
for fetor, etc. A powerful disinfectant. 
Liquor Zinci Chloridi. An aqueous solution of Zinc Chloride con- 
taining about 50 p. c. by weight of salt. A substitute for Burnett’s Dis- 
infecting Fluid. Used locally to disinfect fetid discharges; also employed 
for preserving anatomical specimens. 
AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS CONTAINING SWEET OR VISCID 
SUBSTANCES. 
What is a Syrup ? A dense saccharine solution, generally medicated 
or flavored. 
What is Sugar? Sugar is in white, dry, hard, distinctly crystalline 
granules, permanent in the air, odorless, having a purely sweet taste, and 
a neutral reaction. Commercially known as “ granulated sugar.” 
There are thirty-two official Syrups, which may be classed, according 
to method of preparation, as follows : 
SYRUPI—SYRUPS. 
Title. 
Hot Process. 
Syrupus 
Acidi Hydriodici, . 
Active Constituents. 
Properties and Dose. 
HI, i 1. 
Alterative, 1.25-2.5 C.c. (20 to 
40 HI). 
Antacid, 1.25 C.c. (20 HI) = 1 
fl. oz. Lime Water. 
Calcis, 
Calcium Saccharate. 
Picis Liquidse, . . 
Tar. 
Expectorant, 3.7-7.5 C.c. (1 
to 2 fl. dr.). 
Syrups Classified According to Method of Preparation. 36 
PHARMACY, 
Syrups Classified According to Method of Preparation.—Continued. 
Title. 
Active Constituents. 
Properties and Dose. 
Hot Process. 
Syrupus 
Rubi Idsei 
Raspberry Juice. 
Vehicle. 
Sarsaparillse Com- 
positus, 
P'ld. Ex. Sarsap.; FI. Ex. 
Alterative, 15 C.c. A. oz). 
Senna. 
Syrupus. 
Solution of 850 Gm. Sugar 
Base, and vehicle. 
in g.s. water to 1000 C.c. 
Tolutanus 
Balsam of Tolu. 
Vehicle. 
Cold Process. 
Syrupus 
Allii, 
Garlic. 
Stimulant, Expectorant, 3.75 
C.c. (i fl. dr.). 
Althaea;, 
Marshmallow. 
Demulcent. 
Amygdalae, 
Almond and Hydrocyanic 
Demulcent, Sedative. 
Acid. 
Aurantii, 
Sweet Orange Peel. 
Vehicle. 
Aurantii Florum, . 
Orange Mower Water. 
Vehicle. 
Calcii Lactophos- 
phatis, 
Calcium Lactophosphate. 
Tonic, 7.5-15 C.c. (2 to 4 fl. 
dr.). 
Hypophosphitum, . 
Hypophosphites of Ca, K, 
Tonic, 3.7-7.5 C.c. (1 to 2 fl. 
and Na. 
dr.). 
Ipecacuanhae, . . . 
Fluid Extract Ipecac. 
Expectorant, 1.9-3.7 C.c. (30 
to 60 11)). Child 0.12-0.6 
C.c. (2-10 TT1.). 
Lactucarii, .... 
Lactucarium. 
Vehicle, Sedative, 7.5-11.25 
(2 to 3 fl. dr.). 
Pruni Virginianae, . 
Wild Cherry. 
Sedative, Vehicle, 15 C.c. 
fl. oz ). 
Scillae, 
Vinegar of Squill. 
Expectorant, Diaphoretic, 
3.7 C.c. (1 fl. dr.). 
Scilloe Comp 
Fid. Ext. Squill; Fid. Ext. 
Expectorant, Diaphoretic, 
Senega ; 1 artar Emetic. 
0.6-1.25-1.9 C.c. (10, 20 or 30 
Fid. Ext. Senega. 
drops). 
Senegae, 
Expectorant, 3.7-7.$ C.c. (i 
to 2 fl. dr.). 
Sennae 
Senna. 
Cathartic, 7.5-15 C.c. (2 to 4 
fl. dr.). Child to this. 
Zingiberis, .... 
Fid. Ext. Ginger. 
Vehicle, 3.7 C.c. (1 fl. dr.) or 
more. 
Simple Admixture 
with Syrup. 
Syrupus 
Acaciae, 
Mucilage of Acacia. 
Vehicle. 
Acidi Citrici, . . . 
Citric Acid. 
Vehicle. 
Ferri lodidi, . . 
Ferrous Iodide, 10 $. 
Alterative, o.9-1.9 C.c. (15 to 
3° HD- 
Ferri, Quininae et ( 
Ferric Phosphate, 2 56. ~) 
Tonic, 3.7 C.c. (1 fl. dr.). 
Strychninae ■< 
Quinine Sulphate, 3 > 
Phosphatum, . ( 
Strychnine, 0.02 j. J 
Hypophosphitum 
cum Ferro, . . . 
Ferrous Lactate, 1$; Syr- 
up Hypophosphites. 
Tonic, 3-7-7-5 C.c. (1 to 2 fl. 
Krameriae, .... 
dr.). 
Fid. Ext. Krameria. 
Astringent, 15 C.c. fl. dr.). 
Rhei, 
Fid. Ext. Rhubarb. 
Laxative, 3.7 C.c. (1 fl. dr.). 
Rhei Aromaticus, . 
Arom. '1'r. Rhubarb. 
Purgative, 3.7 C.c. (1 fl. dr.). 
Rosae, 
Rubi, 
Fid. Ext. Rose. 
Vehicle. 
Fid. Ext. Rubus. 
Astringent, 3.7-7.5 C.c. (r to 
2 fl. dr.). LIQUIDS—EMULSIONS. 
37 
What are Mellita or Honeys ? Thick liquid preparations closely 
allied to syrups, differing merely in the use of honey as a base instead of 
syrup. 
There are three official honeys : 
I. Mel: Commercial Honey. A saccharine secretion deposited in the 
honeycomb by Apis Mellifica. 2. Mel Despumatum; Clarified Honey. 
Commercial honey clarified by heating and straining. 3. Mel Rosae—l2 
Gm. Fid. Ext. Rose; Clar. Honey to 100 Gm. 
MELLITA—HONEYS. 
MUCILAGINES—MUCILAGES. 
What are Mucilagines or Mucilages ? Thick, viscid, adhesive 
liquids, produced by dissolving gum in water, or by extracting with water 
the mucilaginous principles from vegetable substances. 
1. Without Heat.—(2). Mucilago Acaciae—34 p. c. Sassafras 
Medullae—2 p. c. Sas. Pith. 
2. With Heat.—(2). Mucilago Tragacanthae—6 p. c. ; (18 p. c. 
Glycerin). Ulmi—6. p. c. Boiling Water. 
EMULSA, OR EMULSIONES-EMULSIONS. 
What is an Emulsion ? A soft, liquid preparation resembling milk, 
and consisting of an oily or resinous substance suspended in water by 
means of gum or mucilage. 
Emulsions may be divided into three classes ; Natural Emulsions, Gum- 
Resin and Seed Emulsions, and Oil or Artificial Emulsions. 
1. Natural Emulsions. Those that exist ready formed in nature. 
Examples : milk, egg yolk, various plant juices, etc. 
2. Gum-Resin and Seed Emulsions. The emulsions that result when 
asafetida, ammoniac, myrrh, etc., are triturated with water. The resinous 
and oily substances present are suspended in the water by the gummy 
matter present. 
3. Oil or Artificial Emulsions. Two general methods for their 
preparation:— 
X. Continental Method. Make a nucleus by triturating together oil 2 
parts ; powdered (granulated) acacia, I part; water Iy2 parts by weight. 
When the oil is easy to emulsify the amount of acacia to oil may be re- 
duced to 1-4. Directions: (l) Stir the oil with the gum in a dry mortar. 
Add the water immediately, all at once, and stir rapidly until a thick, 
creamy emulsion results, which is then diluted as desired ; or (2) triturate 
the acacia with the water, add the oil at once, triturate to make nucleus ; 
or (3) shake the oil and water together in a flask, and pour the mixture 
over the gum previously placed in a mortar, and triturate rapidly. 
2. English Method. Make a thick mucilage of gum and water in a 
mortar, and to it add gradually and alternately the oil and water until the 
emulsion is completed. 
Other emulsifying agents than acacia may be employed, such as traga- 
canth, yolk of egg, Irish moss, quillaja bark, extract of malt, casein, pan- 
creatin, and gelatin. There are four official emulsions ; 
Emulsum Ammoniaci (Emulsion of Ammoniac), [Mistura Ammo- 
niaci, U. S., 1880 J. Ammoniac, qp. c. Expectorant. Dose 15-30 C.c. 
(3iv to 5l)- 38 
PHARMACY. 
Emulsum Asafcetida (Emulsion of Asafetida). Asafetida, 4p. c. 
Antispasmodic. Dose 15-3° C.c. (3D to %j). 
On triturating such fruits as the almond, etc., with water, an emulsion is 
obtained in which the oily matter present is suspended (emulsified) by 
means of the albuminous or gummy matter. Under this head is classed : 
Emulsum Amygdalae (Emulsion of Almond), [Mistura Amygdalae, U. 
S., 1880. Milk of Almond], Sweet Almond, 60 Gm. ; Acacia, 10 Gm. ; 
Sugar, 30 Gm. ; Water, q. s. to make 1000 C.c. Demulcent. Dose 60- 
200 C.c. (sjij to :|vj). 
Emulsum Chloroformi (Emulsion of Chloroform), [Mistura Chloro- 
formi, U. S. P., 1880]. Chloroform, 40 C.c. ; Exp. 01. Almond, 60 C.c. ; 
Tragacanth, powd., 15 Gm. ; Water, q. s. to make 1000 C.c. Anodyne. 
Dose 15-20 C.c. (3 iv to 3 v). 
What are Misturse, or Mixtures ? Aqueous liquid preparations 
intended for internal use, which contain suspended insoluble substances. 
The term mixture is used rather indiscriminately. 
There are four official mixtures, as follows : 
MISTURA—MIXTURES. 
Title. 
Constituents. 
Properties and Dose. 
Mistura. 
Cretse, (Chalk Mix- 
hire), 
Comp. Chalk Powder, 200 
Antacid, 15 C.c. (% A- 
Gm. ; Cinnamon Water, 400 
C.c. ; Water, sufficient to 
make 1000 C.c. 
oz.). 
Ferri Composita (Grif- 
filh's Mixture). . . 
Ferrous Sulphate, 6 Gm.; 
Tonic, 30-60 C.c. (1-2 fl. 
Myrrh, 18 Gm.; Sugar, 18 
Gm.; Potassium Carbonate, 
8 Gm.; Spirits Lavender, 60 
C.c.; Rose Water, sufficient 
to make 1000 C.c. 
oz.). 
Glycyrrhizse Cora- 
posita (Brown Mix- 
Expectorant, 15-30 C.c. 
ture), 
Ext. Liquorice, pure, 30 Gm. ; 
Svrup, 50 C.c.; Mucilage 
(%-ifl.oz.). Child 3.75 
Acacia, 100 C.c.; Camphor- 
ated Tr. Opium, 120 C.c.; 
Wine of Antimony, 60 C.c.; 
Spirits of Nitrous Ether, 30 
(1 fl. dr.) 
* 
C.c.; Water, sufficient to 
make 1000 C.c. 
Rhei et Sodae, .... 
Sodium Carbonate, 33 Gm. ; 
Carminative. Dose for 
Fid. Ext. Rhubarb, 15 C.c.; 
child 1.9-3.75 C.c. (%-l 
Fid. Ext. Ipecac, 3 C.c.; Gly- 
cerin, 350 C.c.; Spirit of 
Peppermint, 35 C.c.; Water, 
sufficient to make 1000 C.c. 
fl. dr.). 
GLYCERIT2E—GLYCERITES. 
What are Glyceritse, or Glycerites ? Mixtures or solutions of 
medicinal substances in glycerin. LIQUIDS—SPIRITS. 
39 
There are six official glycerites, as follows: 
Title. 
Glyceritum. 
Glyceritum A m y 1 i. 
Constituents. 
Properties. 
Glycerite of Starch, 
Glyceritum Acidi Car- 
bolici. {Glycerite of 
Starch and Water, of each 10 
Gm.; Glycerin, 80 Gm. 
Emollient, base, and 
Excipient. 
Carbohc Acid), . . 
Glyceritum Acidi Tan- 
nici. {Glycerite of 
Carbolic Acid, 20 Gm.; Gly- 
cerin, 80 Gm. 
Diluted as a wash. 
Tannic Acid), . . . 
Glyceritum Borogly- 
cerini. {Glycerite of 
Tannic Acid, 20 Gm.; Gly- 
cerin, 80 Gm. 
Local application, as- 
tringent. 
Boroglycerin), . . . 
Glyceritum Hydrastis. 
(G ly c erit e of Hy- 
drastis), 
Glyceritum Vitelli. 
(Glycerite of Yolk 
Boric Acid, 310 Gm.; Glycerin, 
to make 1000 Gm. 
Hydrastis, Water (Alcohol). 
Glycerin. 
Antiseptic. 
of Egg) [Glyconin], . 
Egg Yolk, 45 Gm.; Glycerin, 
55 Gm. 
Local application. 
ALCOHOLIC SOLUTIONS 
What are Spiritus, or Spirits ? Alcoholic solutions of volatile sub- 
stances. They may be classified according to the method of preparation, 
as follows: I. Solution in Alcohol: (a) simple solution; (b) with 
maceration. 2. Chemical Reaction and Solution. 3. Distillation. 
There are twenty-five official spirits. 
I. Spirits Prepared by Solution in Alcohol.—This class of spirits 
are prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in Alcohol. Maceration 
is also ordered for preparing Spirits Limonis, Mentha; Piperita, and Men- 
tha Viridis. Those made from volatile oils are frequently called essences. 
SPIRITUS—SPIRITS. 
Title. 
Constituents. 
Properties and Dose. 
Spiritus. 
Athens, 
.Etheris Compositus, 
Ether, 32.5 J vol. 
Stimulant, 3.75-11.25 C.c. 
(1-3 fl. dr.). 
{Hoffmann's Ano- 
dyne) . . 
Ether, 32.5 fo vol.; Ethereal 
Oil, 2.5 f vol. 
Anodyne, 1-8 C.c. (y.-2 
fl. dr.). 
Ammoniae,* 
Ammoniae Aromati- 
Gaseous Ammonia, 10 f wt. 
Stimulant, 0.6-I-9 C.c. 
(10-30 m). 
cus, 
Ammonia Carb.; Ammonia 
Water; Oils, Lemon, Lav- 
ender, Nutmeg. 
Stimulant, 1.9-3.75 C.c. 
(K-i A- dr.). 
Amygdalae Amarae, . 
Oil, 1 f vol. 
Flavor. 
Anisi, 
Oil, 10 fo vol. 
Flavor. 
Spirits Prepared by Solution in Alcohol 
* Some pharmacopoeias recognize this under the title of Liquor Ammonii 
Caustici Spirituosus. 40 
PHARMACY. 
Title. 
Spiritus. 
Constituents. 
Properties and Dose. 
Aurantii, 
Oil, 5 jo vol. 
Flavor. 
Aurantii Compositus, 
Oil, Orange, 20 j vol.; Oil, 
Lemon, 5 jo vol.; Oil, Cori- 
ander, 2 vol.; Oil, Anise, 
Vi io vol. 
Flavor. 
Camphorae, . ... 
Camphor, 10 1 wt. 
Stimulant; Sedative, 0.3- 
3.75 C.c.(5 ITl-i fl. dr.) 
Chloroformi 
Chloroform, 6 jo vol. 
Sedative, 0.6-3.75 C.c. 
(10-60 IT|). 
Cinnamomi, .... 
Oil, 10 jo vol. 
Stimulant, 0.6-1.25 C.c. 
(10-20 tn). 
Gaultheriae, 
Oil, 5 jo vol. 
Flavor. 
Glonoini, 
C3H5(N03)3 I Io Wt. 
Cardiac Stimulant, 
0.06-0.12 C.c. (1-2 IT1). 
Juniperi, 
Oil, 5 i vol. 
Diuretic, 1.9-3.7 C.c. (30- 
60 IT)). 
Juniper! Compositus, 
Oil, Juniper, 0.4$ vol.; Oil, 
Caraway, 0.05 jo vol.; Oil, 
Fennel, 0.05 jo vol. 
Diuretic, 7.5-15 C.c. (2-4 
fl. dr.) 
Lavandulae, 
Oil, 5 jo vol. 
Flavor. 
Limonis, 
Oil, 5 jo vol.: Peel, <5 jo wt. 
Flavor. 
Menthse Piperitse, . . 
Oil, 10 jo vol.; Herb, 1 jo wt. 
Carminative, 0.6-1.25 C.c. 
(10-20 Ifl). 
Menthse Viridis, . . 
Oil, 10 jo vol.; Herb, 1 jo wt. 
Carminative, 1.9-2.5 C.c. 
(30-40 111). 
Myrcias, 
Oil, Bay, 0.8 jo vol.; Oil, Or- 
ange, 0.05 j vol.; Oil, All- 
spice, 0.05 jo vol. 
Oil, 5 jo vol. 
Perfume. 
Myristicse 
Flavor. 
Phosphori, 
Phosphorus, 0.12 j wt. 
Basis for Elixir Phos- 
phori. 
Spirits Prepared by Solution in Alcohol.—Continued. 
2. Spirits Prepared by Chemical Action and Solution. The only 
one in the U. S. P. belonging to this class is Spiritus ALtheris Nitrosi. 
In its preparation ethyl nitrite is produced by the reaction between nitrous 
acid (derived from sodium nitrite) and alcohol; and this is preserved by 
solution in alcohol. Spts. asth. nit. should contain 4p. c. ethyl nitrite. 
Diaphoretic, diuretic, and antispasmodic. Dose, 1.9-3.75 C.c. (gss-gj). 
3. Spirits Prepared by Distillation.—Besides the two mentioned 
below as belonging to this Class several of class I may be prepared by 
distillation with advantage. 
Spirits Prepared by Distillation. 
Title. 
Spiritus. 
Constituents. 
Properties and Dose. 
Frumenti, 
Distillation of mash of fer- 
44 it to 50 < wt. or so i> 
mented grain, and at least 
two years old. 
to 58 i vol. 
Vini Gallic!, .... 
Distillation of fermented juice 
39 i to 47 jo wt., or 46 i to 
of grapes, and at least four 
years old. 
55 I vol. 
What are Elixiria, or Elixirs ? Elixirs are aromatic, sweetened, 
spirituous preparations, containing small quantities of active medicinal sub- 
stances. There are two official elixirs : 
ELIXIRIA—ELIXIRS. 
Elixir Aromaticum (Aromatic Elixir). Comp. Spts. Orange, 12 C.c. ; LIQUIDS—LINIMENTS. 
41 
Syr., 375 C.c. (Prec. Calc. Phos., 15 Gm., for filtering) ; Deod. Alcohol, 
Dist. Water, of each q. s. to make xooo C.c. 
Elixir Phosphor! (Elixir of Phosphorus). Spts. Phos., 210 C.c. ;OL 
Anise, 2 C.c.; Glycerin, 550 C.c. ; Aromat. Elix., q. s. ft. iooo C.c. 
ETHEREAL SOLUTIONS. 
What are Collodia, or Collodions ? Collodions are liquid prepara- 
tions intended for external use, having for the base a solution of Pyroxylin, 
or gun-cotton, in a mixture of ether and alcohol. They leave a film on 
evaporation, which serves as a protection or an application of a medicinal 
ingredient to the skin. In the following description : P. = Pyroxylin; 
E. = Ether; A. = Alcohol. 
There are four official collodions : 
Collodium (Collodion). 30 Gm. P.; 750 C.c. E. ; 250 C.c. A. ; de- 
cant the clear collodion from the sediment. 
Collodium Cantharidatum (Cantharidal Collodion). 60 Gm. Canth.; 
85 Gm. Flex. C.; chloroform, q. s. to exhaust Canth. and make 100 Gm.; 
after dist. should weigh 15 Gm.; decant the clear Canthar. Collod. from 
the sediment. 
Collodium Flexile (Flexible Collodion). 920 Gm. Col.; 50 Gm. 
Canada Turpentine; 30 Gm. Castor Oil. To make 1000 Gm. 
Collodium Stypticum (Styptic Collodion). 20 Gm. Tannic Acid ; 5 
C.c. A. ; 25 C.c. E. ; Col., q. s. ft. 100 C.c. 
COLLODIA—COLLODIONS. 
OLEAGINOUS SOLUTIONS, FOR EXTERNAL APPLICATION. 
LINIMENTA— LINIMENTS, U. S. P. 
(From Coblentz's Handbook of Pharmacy.) 
Title. 
Linimentum 
Ammonias (Ammo- 
Base. 
Constituents. 
nia), 
(Volatile Liniment). 
Belladonnas (Bella- 
Cotton Seed Oil. 
Ammonia Water, 350 C.c.; Alcohol, 
50 C.c.; Cotton Seed Oil, 600 C.c. 
donna), 
Fl’d Ext. Belladon- 
na. 
Camphor, 50 Gm.; Fl’d. Ext. Bel- 
ladonna, to make 1000 C.c. 
Calcis (Carron Oil), 
Camphoras (Cam- 
Linseed Oil. 
Solution Lime, Linseed Oil, equal 
parts. 
phor), 
Chloroform! (Chloro- 
Cotton Seed Oil. 
Camphor, 200 Gm.; Cotton Seed 
Oil, 800 Gm. 
form) 
Soap Liniment. 
Chloroform, 300 C.c.; Soap Lini- 
ment, 700 C.c. 
Saponis (Soap), . . . 
Saponis Mollis (Soft 
Diluted Alcohol. 
Soap (Powd), 70 Gm.; Camphor, 
45 Gm.; Oil Rosemary, 10 C.c.; 
Alcohol, 750 C.c.; Water to make 
1000 C.c. 
Soap), 
Sinapis Compositum 
(Compound Mus- 
Diluted Alcohol. 
Soft Soap, 650 Gm.; Oil Lavender 
Flowers, 20 C.c.; Alchol, 300 C.c.; 
Water to make 1000 C.c. 
tard) 
Terebinthinas (Tur- 
Alcohol. 
Vol. Oil Mustard, 30 C.c.; FI. Ext. 
Mezereum, 200 C.c.; Camphor, 
60 Gm.; Castor Oil, 150 C.c.; 
Alcohol to make 1000 C.c. 
pentine) 
Oil of Turpentine. 
Resin Cerate, 650 Gm.; Oil Tur- 
pentine, 350 Gm. 42 
PHARMACY. 
What are Oleata, or Oleates ? The official Oleates are liquid pre- 
parations, made by dissolving metallic salts, or alkaloids, in oleic acid. 
They are not assumed to be definite chemical compounds. 
There are three official oleates: Oleatum Hydrargyri (Oleate of Mer- 
cury). 200 Gm. Yel. Ox. Hg. ; 800 Gm. 01. Acid. Oleatum Vera- 
trinse (Oleate of Veratrum). 2 Gm. Yeratrine ; 98 Gm. 01. Acid. 
Oleatum Zinci (Oleate of Zinc). Zn. Oxide 50 Gm.; Oleic Acid 950 Gm. 
OLEATA—OLEATES. 
AQUEOUS LIQUIDS MADE BY PERCOLATION OR 
MACERATION. 
INFUSA—INFUSIONS. 
What are Infusa, or Infusions ? Infusions are liquid preparations, 
made by treating vegetable substances with either hot or cold water. They 
are not boiled, though boiling water is often employed. 
INFUSIONS—FOUR METHODS. 
i. Prepared by Maceration.—General Formula, U. S P.—“ An 
ordinary infusion, the strength of which is not directed by the physician, 
nor specified by the Pharmacopoeia, shall be prepared by the following 
formula : 
“ Take of— 
The Substance, coarsely comminuted, 
fifty grammes, 50 Gm. 
Boiling Water, 1000 cubic centimetres, 1000 C.c. 
Water, a sufficient quantity, 
To make 1000 cubic centimetres, . , 1000 C.c. 
“ Put the substance into a suitable vessel provided with a cover, pour 
upon it the Boiling Water, cover the vessel tightly, and let it stand for 
half an hour. Then strain, and pass enough water through the strainer to 
make the infusion measure 1000 cubic centimetres. 
“ Caution.—The strength of infusions of energetic or powerful sub- 
stances should be specially prescribed by the physician.” 
Various styles of infusion jars, pitchers, and mugs are described in Rem- 
ington’s “ Practice of Pharmacy.” 
Infusion Digitalis (Infusion of Digitalis). Dig., 15 Gm. ; Alcohol, 
100 C.c. ; Cin. Water, 150 C.c. ; Boiling Water, 500 C.c. ; Cold Water, 
q. s. ft. 1000 C.c. 
Infusum Senna Compositum. (Compound Infusion of Senna) (Black 
Draught). 60 Gm. Senna; X2O Gm. Manna; 120 Gm. Mag. Sulph. ; 
20 Gm. Fennel; Boiling W., 800 C.c. ; Cold W., q. s. ft. 1000 C.c. 
2. By Digestion.—Let stand at a moderate heat below boiling. Very 
useful method, though it may not be directed in formula. 
3. By Percolation.—Should be used whenever practicable. 
Infusum Cinchonse (Infusion of Cinchona). 60 Gm. Cinch. ;10 
C.c. Arom. Sulph. Acid; Water, q. s. ft. 1000 C.c. 
Infusum Pruni Virginianse (Infusion of Wild Cherry). 40 Gm. 
(No. 20 powd.) Wild Cherry Bark ; Water, q. s. to make 1000 C.c. LIQUIDS TINCTURES. 
43 
4. By Diluting Fluid Extracts.—“ Improper and unjustifiable, ex- 
cept in those few cases in which the active and desirable principles of the 
drug are equally soluble in alcohol and in water, or in the menstruum used 
for both fluid extract and infusion.” 
What are Decocta, or Decoctions ? Decoctions are liquid prepa- 
rations, made by boiling vegetable substances with water. 
For description of various decoction vessels, see Remington’s “ Practice 
of Pharmacy.” 
General Official Formula.—“ An ordinary decoction, the strength of 
which is not directed by the physician, nor specified by the Pharmacopoeia, 
shall be prepared by the following formula: 
“ Take of— 
DECOCT A—DECOCTIONS. 
The Substance, coarsely comminuted, . 50 Gm. 
Water, a sufficient quantity 
To make 1000 cubic centimetres, . 1000 C.c. 
‘ ‘ Put the substance in a suitable vessel provided with a cover, pour upon 
it 1000 C.c. of cold water, cover it well, and boil for fifteen minutes ; then 
let it cool to about 40° C. (104° F.), strain the liquid, and pass through the 
strainer enough cold water to make the product measure 1000 C.c. 
“ Caution. —The strength of decoctions of energetic or powerful sub- 
stances should be specially prescribed by the physician.” 
Decoctum Cetrariae (Decoction of Cetraria). S Gm. Cetraria ; W., to 
1000 C.c. 
Decoctum Sarsaparillse Compositum (Compound Decoction Sarsap- 
arilla). Sar., 100 Gm.; Sas., 20 Gm. ; Guaiac Wood, 20 Gm.; Glycyr., 
20 Gm. ; Mezereum, 10 Gm. ; W., to make 1000 C.c. 
ALCOHOLIC LIQUIDS MADE BY PERCOLATION OR 
MACERATION. 
What is a Tincture ? A tincture is an alcoholic solution of a medici- 
nal substance. 
How does a Tincture differ from a Spirit ? The latter, with one 
exception, are solutions of volatile substances in alcohol, while the former 
are of non-volatile substances. 
By what processes may Tinctures be prepared ? By percolation, 
maceration, solution, or dilution. 
What menstrua are used in preparing them ? Alcohol, diluted 
alcohol of various strengths, aromatic spirits of ammonia, or mixtures of 
alcohol, water, and glycerin. 
Give an example of a Tincture made by solution or dilution. 
Tr. lodine is an example. It is made by dissolving lodine in-alcohol. 
Into what two general classes may Tinctures be divided ? Into 
simple and compound Tinctures. 
Why is Glycerin used in Tinctures ? To prevent precipitation on 
standing. 
There are seventy-one Official Tinctures, which may be classified accord- 
ing to percentage of active constituents as follows: 
TINCTURAC—TINCTURES. Official Title. 
Per Cent. 
Active Con. 
Constituents. 
Menstruum. 
Metric Dose. 
English Dose. 
Tinctura. 
Class i. 
Opii Camphorata, . . 
0.4 
P. opium, benzoic acid, camphor, 
each 4 Gm., oil anise 4 C.c. * 
Dil. alcohol, glycerin. 
0.3-15 C.c. 
From 5 drops to 4 fl. dr. 
Class 3. 
Nucis Vomicae, .... 
2 
Ext. nux vomica, 20 Gm. 
Ale. 3 p., water 1 p. 
1.25 C.c. 
20 minims. 
Class 3. 
Cantharidis, 
5 
P. cantharides 50 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
0.09-0.30 C.c. 
3 to 10 drops repeated 3 or 
4 times a day. 
Capsici 
5 
P. capsicum 50 Gm. 
Ale. 95 p., water 5 p. 
1-9-3-75 C.c. 
From. y2 to 1 fl. dr. 
Moschi 
Strophanti, 
5 
Musk 50 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
1.9-7.S C.c. 
From 30 1TI to 2 fl. dr. 
5 
P. strophanthus 50 Gm. 
Ale. 6s P., water 35 p. 
0.3-0.9 C.c. 
From 5 to 15 Iff. 
Class 4. 
lodi 
7 
Iodine 70 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
External. 
Class 5. 
Aloes, 
10 
Aloes 100 Gm., liquorice root 200 
Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
0.3-15 C.c. 
From 5 to 15 drops ; as a 
purgative 3 to 4 fl. dr,; as 
a laxative l/2 to 1 fl. dr. 
Aloes et Myrrhae, . . . 
10 
Aloes 100 Gm., myrrh 100 Gm., 
liquorice root 100 Gm. 
Ale. 75 p., water 25 p. 
3-7-7-S C.c. 
From 1 to 2 fl. dr. 
Arnica Radicis, .... 
10 
Arnica root 100 Gm. 
Ale. 75 p., water 35 p. 
1.25-1.9 C.c. 
From 20 Iff to half a fl. dr. 
Bryoniae, 
10 
Bryonia 100 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
3-7-7-S C.c. 
From 1 to 2 fl. dr. 
Calumbee 
10 
Calumba 100 Gm. 
Ale. 60 p., water 40 p. 
3.7-15 C.c. 
From 1 to 4 fl. dr. 
Cardamomi 
10 
Cardamon 100 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
3.7 C.c. 
1 fl. dr. 
Catechu Composita, . 
10 
Catechu 100 Gm., Cassia 50 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
1.9-11.25 C.c. 
From 30 Iff to 3 fl. dr. 
Chiratse, 
10 
Chirata 100 Gm. 
Ale. 65 p., water 35 p. 
3-7-7-5 C.c. 
1 to 2 fl.dr.3or4timesaday. 
Cinchonae Composita,. 
10 
Red cinchona 100 Gm., serpentaria 
100 Gm., bit. orange peel 80 Gm. 
Ale. 85 p , water 75 p., 
glycerin. 
3.7-15 C.c. 
•1 to 4 fl. dr. 
Cinnamomi 
10 
Cevlon cinnamon 100 gm. 
Ale. 75 p., w. 20 p., gly. 
3.7-15 C.c. 
From 1 to 3 or 4 fl. dr. 
Croci, 
10 
Saffron 100 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
3.7-11.25 C.c. 
From 1 to 3 fl. dr. 
SYLLABUS OF TINCTURES 
44 Gentianas Composite,, 
10 
Gentian 100 Gm., bitter orange 
peel 40 Gm., Cardamon 100 Gm. 
Ale. 60 p., water 40 p. 
3.7-7.50 C.c. 
1 or 2 ft. dr. 
1 or 2 fl. dr. 
Kino 
10 
Kino 100 Gm. 
Ale. 65 p., w. 20 p., gly. 
3.75 or 7,5 C.c. 
Matico, 
10 
Matico 100 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
3-75 C.c. 
1 11. dr. 
Opii 
10 
P. opium 100 Gm. (calc. phos.). 
Dil. alcohol. 
0.65 C.c. 
22 drops or 11 HI. 
Opii Deodorata, . . . 
10 
P. op. 100 Gm. (ether—calc. phos.). 
Ale. 20 p., water 80 p. 
0.3-0.9 C.c. 
Quassiae, 
10 
Quassia 100 Gm. 
Ale. 35 P-, water 65 p. 
3-75 C.c. 
1 fl. dr. 
Rhei 
10 
Rhub. 100 Gm, cardamon 20 Gm. 
Ale. 60 p., w. 30 p., gly. 
3-75-7-S C.c. 
From 1 to 2 fl. dr. 
Rhei Dulcis, 
10 
Rhub. 100 Gm., liquorice 40 Gm., 
Ale. 50 p., water 40 p., 
7.5-11.25 C.c. 
From 2 to 3 fl. dr. 
anise 40 Gm., cardamon 10 Gm. 
glycerin. 
1 to 4 fl. dr. 
Serpentaria 
10 
Serpentaria 100 Gm. 
Ale. 65 p., water 35 p. 
3.75-15 C.c. 
Sumbul, 
10 
Sumbul 100 Gm. 
Ale. 65 p., water 35 p. 
1.2-3.75 C.c. 
From 20 1T\ to 1 fl. dr. 
Tolutana 
10 
Balsam tolu 100 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
3-75 or 7.5 C.c. 
1 or 2 fl. dr. 
Vanillas, 
10 
Vanilla 100 Gm., sugar 200 Gm. 
Ale. 65 p., water 35 p. 
Flavor. 
Flavor. 
Class 6. 
Ferri Chloridi 
13-6 
Sol. Fe2Cl6 250 C.c. 
Alcohol. 
0.6-7.5 C.c. 
From 10 IT) to 2 fl. dr. 
Class 7. 
Belladonnas Foliorum, 
15 
Belladonna Ivs. 150 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
0 9-1.9 C.c. 
From 15 to drops. 
Cannabis Indicse, . . . 
15 
Cannabis ind. 150 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
1.9 C.c. 
About 50 drops. 
Colchici Seminis, . . . 
15 
Colchicum seed 150 Gm. 
Ale. 60 p., water 40 p. 
Dil. alcohol. 
1.9-7.5 C.c. 
Yi to 2 fl. dr. 
Digitalis 
15 
Digitalis 150 Gm. 
0.6-1.25 C.c. 
From 10 to 20 drops. 
GeTsemii, 
15 
Gelsemium 150 Gm. 
Ale. 65 p., water 35 p. 
0.6-1.25 C.c. 
From 10 to 20 IT\. 
Hyoscyami, 
15 
Hyoscyamus 150 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
3-75 C.c. 
1 fl. dr. 
Physostigmatis, .... 
15 
Physostigma 150 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
1.25-2.5 C.c. 
From 20 to 40 TT\. 
Sanguinariae, 
15 
Sanguinaria 150 Gm.,acet.ac.2o C.c. 
Ale. 5o p., water 40 p. 
I-9-3-75 C.c. 
From 30 to 60 drops. 
Scillae 
15 
Squill 150 Gm. 
Ale. 75 p., water 25 p. 
0.6-1.25 C.c. 
From 20 to 40 drops. 
Stramonii Seminis, . . 
15 
Stramonium seed 150 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
1,25-1.9 C.c. 
From 20 to 30 HR 
Class 8. 
From 10 to 30 1T1. 
Arnicas Florum, . . . 
20 
Arnica flos. 200 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
0.6-1.9 C.c. 
Asafoetidas, 
20 
Asafoetida 200 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
1-9-37 C.c. 
From 30 TT\ to 1 fl. dr. 
Aurantii Amari, . . . 
20 
Bitter orange peel 200 Gm. 
Ale. 60 p., water 40 p. 
3.7-7.5 C.c. 
From 1 to 2 fl. dr. 
Aurantii Dulcis, . . . 
20 
Fresh sweet orange peel 200 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
Flavor. 
From 20 ft) to fl. dr. 
Benzoini 
20 
Benzoin 200 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
1.25-1.9 C.c. 
Calendulas 
20 
Calendula 200 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
External. 
From 1 fl. dr. to 4 fl. dr. 
Cimicifugae, 
20 
Cimicifuga 200 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
3.7-15 C.c. 
Cinchonae, 
20 
Cinchona 200 Gm. 
Ale. 67.5 p.,w. 25p., gly. 
3.7-15 C.c. 
From 1 to 4 fl. dr. 
Cubebae, 
20 
Cubeb 200 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
3-7-7-5 C.c. 
1 to 2 fl. dr. 
Gallae 
20 
Nutgall 200 Gm. 
Alcohol, glycerin. 
3.7-rx.25 C.c. 
From 1 to 3 fl. dr. 
Guaiaci 
20 
Guaiac 200 Gm 
Alcohol. 
3-7 C.c. 
1 teaspoonful 3 times a day. 
Guaiaci Ammoniata, . 
20 
Guaiac 200 Gm. 
Sp. ammonia arom., 
q. s. 
3.75-7.5 C.c. 
1 to 2 fl. dr. 
45 Official Title, 
[ Per Cent. 
Active Con. 
Constituents. 
Menstruum. 
Metric Dose. 
English Dose. 
Tinctura. 
Class 8. 
Humuli, 
20 
Hops 200 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
3.7-11.25 C.c, 
1 to 3 fl. dr. 
Hydrastis, 
Ipecacuanhae et Opii, . 
20 
Hydrastis 200 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
1-9-3-75 C.c. 
y2 to 1 fl. dr. 
20 
FI. ext. ipecac 100 C.c., deod. 
tinct. opium, 1000 C.c. 
Dil. alcohol. 
0.6 C.c. 
10 minims. 
Kramerise, 
20 
Rhatany 200 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
3-75-7-5 C.c. 
1 or 2 fl. dr. 
Lobeliae, 
20 
Lobelia 200 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol. 
7.5 C.c. 
2 fl. dr. 
Myrrhse, 
20 
Myrrh 200 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
0.9-1.9 C.c. 
15 to 30 IT1- 
Pyrethri, 
20 
Pyrethrum 200 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
External. 
Quillajae, 
20 
Quillaja 200 Gm. 
Ale. 3S p., water g. s. 
External. 
Rhei Aromatica, . . . 
20 
Rhub. 200 Gm., cinnamon, cloves, 
each 40 Gm., nutmeg 20 Gm. 
Dil. alcohol, glycerin. 
1-9-3-75 C.c. 
to 1 fl. dr. 
Valerianae, 
20 
Valerian 200 Gm. 
Ale. 75 p., water 25 p. 
3-75-15 C.c. 
1 to 4 fl. dr. 
Valerianae Ammoniata, 
20 
Valerian 200 Gm. 
Sp. ammonia ar., q. s. 
1-9-3-75 C.c. 
30 IT) to 1 fl. dr. 
Zingiberis, 
20 
Ginger 200 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
0.5-2.5 C.c. 
8 to 40 1T\. 
Benzoini Composita, . 
20 
.Benzoin 120 Gm., Purif., Aloes 20 
Gm., storax 80 Gm., tolu 40 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
1.9-7.5 C.c. 
30 IT) to 2 fl. dr. 
Class 9. 
Aconiti, 
Class 10. 
35 
Aconite root 350 Gm. 
Ale. 70 p., water 30 p. 
0.06-0.18 C.c. 
1 to 3 drops. 
Veratri Viridis, .... 
40 
Veratrum viridi 400 Gm. 
Alcohol. 
0.06-0.18 C.c. 
1 to 3 drops. 
Cardamomi Composita, 
Lactucarii, 
40 
50 
Cardamon, cinnamon, each 20 
Gm., caraway 10 Gm., cochin- 
eal 5 Gm. 
Lactucarium 500 Gm. (benzine). 
Dil. alcohol, glycerin. 
Dil. alcohol, glycerin. 
3-7-7-S C.c. 
1 or 2 fl. dr. 
Class 11. 
Lavandulae Composita, 
Oil lavender fl. 8 C.c., Rosemary 
2 C.c., cinnamon 20 Gm., cloves 
5 Gm., nutmeg 10 Gm., red 
saunders 10 Gm. 
Ale. 70 p., water 25 p., 
dil. alcohol. 
t-9-3-75 C.c. 
30 drops to 1 fl. dr. 
SYLLABUS OF TINCTURES. —Continued. 
46 LIQUIDS—FLUID EXTRACTS. 
47 
How would you prepare the U. S. P. Tincturae Herbarum Re- 
centium ? “ These tinctures, when not otherwise directed, are to be pre- 
pared by the following formula;— 
Take of 
The Fresh Herb, bruised or crushed, 500 grammes, or . . 500 Gm. 
Alcohol, 1000 cubic centimetres, or 1000 C.c. 
“ Macerate the Herb with the alcohol for fourteen days, then express 
the liquid and filter (50 per cent, fresh herb).” 
TINCTURES OF RECENT PLANTS. 
VINA MEDICATA—MEDICATED WINES. 
What are Vina Medicata, or Medicated Wines ? Medicated Wines 
are liquid preparations containing the soluble principles of medicinal sub- 
stances dissolved in Wine. 
What variety of Wine does the U. S. P. of 1890 recognize 
officially? The U. S. P. (1890), does not recognize any special variety 
of Wine, but only the general classes of white and red. 
What amount of Alcohol should Wine contain ? Ten to four- 
teen per cent. 
What is the usual doseof Wine ? About 3.7 to 15 C.c.,or X toqfl. dr. 
Vinum Album (White Wine). “ A pale, amber-colored or straw-col- 
ored liquid, having a pleasant odor, free from yeastiness, and a fruity, 
agreeable, slightly spirituous taste, without excessive sweetness or acidity. 
Vinum Rubrum (Red Wine). Alcoholic liquid, made by ferment- 
ing the juice of fresh, colored grapes, the fruit of Vitus Vinifera, in pres- 
ence of their skins. When Red Wine is prescribed without further 
specification, it is recommended that a dry Wine of domestic production 
(such as Native Claret, Burgundy, etc.) be employed. 
There are eight Medicated Wines official in the U. S. P., as follows: 
{From Coblentz's “Handbook of Pharmacy.”) 
Vinum,. . 
Antimonii, 
Colchici 
Radicis, 
Colchici 
Seminis, 
Ergotse, . 
Ferri 
Amarum, 
Ferri Ci- 
tratis, . . 
Ipecacu- 
anhse, 
Opii, . . . 
Title. 
Active Constituents. 
Tartar-Emetic, 0.4 jo. Expectorant, 0.6-1.9 C.c. {lO to 30 dr.). 
Colchicum Root, 40 jo. Diuretic, 0.6-3.75 C.c. (10 to 60 TT|). 
Colchicum Seed, 15 jo. Diuretic, I-9-7-5 C.c. (30 to 120TT\). 
Ergot, 15 j. Emmenagogue, 
Parturient, 7.5-11.25 C.c. {2 to 3 fl. dr.). 
Cit. Iron and Quinine, 5 j. Tonic, 7.5-15 C.c. (2 104 fl.dr.). 
Cit.lron and Ammonium,4s Tonic, 3.75-15 C.c. (1104 fl.dr.). 
Fl’d Ext. Ipecac, 10 j. Expectorant, 0.6-1.9 C.c. (10 to 30 Tfl). 
Powd. Opium, 10 j. Sedative, 0.9-1.25 C.c. (15 to 20 Ifi). 
Properties. 
Dose. 
EXTRACTA FLUIDA—FLUID EXTRACTS 
What are Fluid Extracts ? Fluid extracts are liquid alcoholic prepa- 
rations of nearly uniform and definite strength, made by percolating drugs 
with menstrua, and concentrating a portion of the percolate, so that in 
each case a cubic centimetre represents the medicinal virtue of one gramme 
of the drug ; they are mostly concentrated tinctures. 
What is the characteristic peculiarity of Fluid Extracts ? They re- 48 
PHARMACY. 
present the activity of the drug, volume for weight, or one minim of fluid ex- 
tract always represents about one grain of the drug from which it is prepared. 
What is the difference in strength between the Fluid Extracts of 
1870 and 1880-1890 ? The latter are about 5 per cent, weaker. 
What great advantages do they possess over tinctures ? They 
are uniform, definite, and concentrated. 
What advantages do tinctures possess over Fluid Extracts ? 
Ist. In some cases the alcohol menstruum of the tincture is to be desired. 
2d. Tinctures may be added in small proportions to aqueous preparations, 
without serious precipitation. 
Give the five principal methods of preparing Fluid Extracts now 
in use. I. Percolation with partial evaporation (official). 2. Percola- 
tion with incomplete exhaustion. 3. Repercolation (Squibb). 4. Macer- 
ation with hydraulic pressure (Parke, Davis & Co.). 5. Vacuum macer- 
ation with percolation (Duffield).* 
Give a Typical Formula for an official Fluid Extract. “ 100 
grammes of the powdered drug are moistened with a certain quantity of 
menstruum, packed in a suitable percolator, and enough menstruum added 
to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it; the lower orifice of 
the percolator is closed when the liquid begins to drop, and the percolator 
is closely covered to prevent evaporation and permit maceration for a 
specified time ; additional menstruum is poured on, and percolation con- 
tinued until the drug is exhausted. Usually from seven to nine-tenths of 
the first portion of the percolate is reserved, and the remainder evaporated 
at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (1220 F.) to a soft extract ; this is 
to be dissolved in the reserved portion, and enough menstruum added to 
make the fluid extract measure 1000 C.c.”—Remington. 
Why is the latter portion of the percolate reserved and evapo- 
rated to a soft extract ? The evaporation of the latter portion of the 
percolate permits concentration of the preparation without exposing the 
stronger portion to heat. 
What is meant by Percolation with Incomplete Exhaustion ? 
The modification of the official process is based upon the principle that the 
first seventy-five per cent, of the percolate contains seventy-five per cent, 
of drug. Acting under this assumption, the process is stopped here, and 
the fluid extract declared finished, and of full strength. 
What is claimed in favor of this method ? Saving of alcohol, and 
the use of heat. It is claimed that the wastage of alcohol comes from 
trying to recover the remaining 25 per cent, of the activity of the drug; 
and the use of heat is entirely obviated. 
What is urged against the method ? If percolation is properly con- 
ducted, the first 75 per cent, of the percolate probably does contain 75 per 
cent., or more, of the desired portions of the drug. But the official pro- 
cess, by carrying the percolation to complete exhaustion, insures against 
want of care and skill in conducting the operation, as the remaining activities 
are secured by the continuance of the percolation and final concentration. 
There are eighty-eight official Fluid Extracts, which may be arranged in 
classes according to the alcoholic strength of their menstrua, as follows: 
♦For a full description of the process of Squibb, Parke, Davis & Co., and S. P. 
Duffield, illustrated with cuts of the apparatus employed, see Remington’s “ Prac- 
tice of Pharmacy.” LIQUIDS—FLUID EXTRACTS. 
49 
OFFICIAL FLUID EXTRACTS 
Arranged in Classes according to the Alcoholic Strength of their Men- 
strua, with Manipulative Notes. 
OT) £ 
Name. 
0 
Menstruum. 
£ 0 > 
-g 0 V 
Process and Remarks. 
ZU2 
z 
Class i. 
Alcohol. 
ExtractumAromaticum 
Fluidum, 
Buchu, 
Calami, 
Cannabis Indicse, . . 
Capsici, 
Cimicifugse, 
Cubebae, 
Cusso 
Gelsemii, ....... 
Grindelise, 
Iridis, 
Lupulini, 
Mezerei, 
Sabinae, 
Veratri Viridis,.... 
Xanthoxyli 
Zingiberis, 
Class 2, 
350 
400 
H 
(( 
850 
850 
' 
From Aromatic Pow- 
der. 
Percolate with the 
35° 
300 
500 
250 
200 
400 
300 
300 
400 
200 
(( 
<1 
It 
«< 
<( 
<< 
<( 
it 
950 
900 
900 
900 
900 
900 
900 
85O 
900 
700 
Menstruum directed 
until the drug is ex- 
hausted, reserving the 
number of C.c. set op- 
posite each fluid ex- 
tract in the proper col- 
umn ; evaporate or dis- 
til the rest of the perco- 
late at a temperature 
not above 1220 F. to a 
400 
soft extract. Dissolve 
250 
300 
250 
900 
900 
900 
this in thereserved por- 
tion, and add sufficient 
alcohol to make the 
250 
Alcohol, 4. 
Water, 1. 
whole measure ioooC.c. 
Belladonnae Radicis, . 
350 
900 
Eriodictyi 
Podophylli 
400 
900 
850 
Mix the alcohol and 
400 
300 
750 
900 
water, and exhaust the 
Serpentariae, 
drug with the menstru- 
Class 3. 
um; reserve the num- 
Water, 1. 
her of C.c. directed, 
Aconiti, 
400 
900 
and distil or evaporate 
Arnicae Radicis,.... 
(• 
900 
the remainder to a soft 
Calumbae 
U 
700 
extract; add this to the 
Eucalypti, 
400 
« 
900 
preserved portion and 
Guaranae 
800 
sufficient menstruum 
Ipecacuanhae, 
35° 
<( 
900 
to make the whole 
Leptandrae, 
400 
800 
measure 1000 C.c. 
Matico 
300 
850 
Nucis Vomicae, .... 
1000 
(( 
With 5 p.c. ammonia 
Sanguinariae, 
300 
850 
Scillae 
u 
750 
water to menstruum, to 
Senegae 
450 
u 
850 
dissolve Pectum. 
Stramonii Seminis, . . 
200 
goo 
Valerianae, 
300 
11 
850 
Viburni Opuli, .... 
300 
850 
Having moistened 
Viburni Prunifolii, . . 
. 300 
850 
the powder, exhaust 
Class 4. 
Alcohol, 2, 
with the menstruum. 
Water, 1. 
reserve the number of 
Aurantii Amari, . . . 
35° 
800 
C.c. directed and distil 
Cbiratae 
350 
850 
or evaporate the re- 
Colchici Radicis, . . . 
350 
850 
mainder to a soft ex- 
Colchici Seminis, . . . 
300 
850 
tract; add this to the 
Digitalis, 
400 
900 
reserved portion and 
Hyoscyami, 
400 
900 
sufficient menstruum 
Menispermi, 
Phytolaccae 
400 
900 
to make the whole 
400 
800 
measure 1000 C.c. 50 
PHARMACY. 
0"3 
Name. 
0 
Menstruum. 
V 
Process and Remarks. 
£us 
S m 
Class 5. 
Diluted Alcohol. 
Extractum Asclepiadis 
Fluidum, 
400 
900 
With 2 p. c. acetic 
Chimaphilas, 
400 
700 
acid added to the men- 
Cocas, 
450 
800 
struumto fix alkaloids. 
Conii 
300 
900 
Convallariae, 
400 
800 
Cypripedii, 
350 
850 
With 2 p. c. acetic 
Dulcamaras 
400 
800 
acid added to the men- 
Ergotae 
300 
850 
struum to fix alkaloids. 
Eupatorii 
400 
800 
Gentianae, 
350 
t < 
800 
Lappse 
400 
800 
Lobelise, 
350 
(( 
850 
Exhaust the drug 
Pilocarpi, 
350 
850 
with the menstruum, 
Rhamni Purshianae, . 
400 
<( 
800 
and, having reserved 
Rumicis 
350 
(( 
800 
the number of C.c. di- 
Scoparii, 
Scutellariae, 
350 
850 
reeled, distil or evap- 
350 
800 
orate the remainder of 
Sennas 
400 
800 
the percolate to a soft 
Spigelias, 
300 
850 
extract; dissolve this 
in the reserved portion, 
Stillingiae, 
Taraxaci, 
300 
850 
300 
850 
and add enough men- 
Class 6. 
Alcohol, 50. 
struum to make the 
Water, 80. 
whole measure 1000 
Frangulae, 
350 
800 
C.c. 
Class 7. 
Alcohol. 1. 
Water, 
2. 
Quassias, 
400 
“ 
900 
Sarsaparillae, 
400 
U 
800 
Class 8. 
Alcohol. 30. 
With 5 p.c. ammonia 
Water, 
65- 
water to hold in solu- 
Glycyrrhizas, 
350 
“ 
750 
tion the Glycyrrhiziu. 
Class g. 
Containing 
Glycerin. 
Cinchonas, 
350 
J Glycerin, 
20. \ 
750 
Finish percolation 
| Alcohol, 
80. j 
with diluted alcohol. 
Gossypii Radicis, . . . 
500 
f Glycerin, 
(Alcohol, 
25-1 
75- J 
700 
Finish percolation 
with alcohol. 
f Glycerin, 
10.) 
Finish percolation 
Pareiras, 
400 
Alcohol, 
72. V 
850 
with alcohol, 4; water, 
(Water, 
18. J 
I. 
Apocyni, 
( Glycerin, 
1° 
Finish percolation 
400 
4 Alcohol, 
65- 
900 
with alcohol, 65; water, 
(Water, 
25* 
35- 
f Glycerin, 
10.1 
Finish percolation 
Aspidospennatis, . . 
400 
4 Alcohol, 
60. 
800 
(Water, 
30. 
with alcohol, 2; water, 
Hydrastis, 
( Glycerin, 
10.1 
I. 
300 
-< Alcohol, 
60. 
y 
850 
(Water, 
30. J 
Rubi 
f Glycerin, 
10.I 
350 
•{ Alcohol, 
60. 
700 
(Water, 
30. 
OFFICIAL FLUID EXTRACTS 
(Continued). LIQUIDS— FLUID EXTRACTS 
51 
Name. 
S’Sl 
<u W (fl 
Menstruum. 
4! 
0 0 t 
1] v 
Process and Remarks. 
1 
g . w 
Extractum Geranii, 
35° 
1 
"Glycerin, 10. 
Dil. Alcohol. 
700 
Kramerige, 
Rhois Glabrae, .... 
400 
350 
I 
Glycerin, ro. 
Dil. Alcohol. 
Glycerin, 10. 
Dil. Alcohol. 
00 -vj 
c 0 
0 0 
Finish percolation 
with diluted alcohol. 
Rosse, 
400 
Glycerin, 10. 
Dil. Alcohol. 
750 
Hamamelidis 
Glycerin, 10.'] 
Finish percolation 
35° 
Alcohol, 50. 
>- 
850 
with alcohol, 8, water, 
Water, 80. 
2. 
Sarsaparilla Composi- 
"Glycerin, 10. 
Finish percolation 
turn, 
400 
Alcohol, 30. 
800 
witn alcohol, i, water, 
.Water, 60. 
2. 
Uvae Ursi, 
Glycerin, 30/ 
Finish percolation 
400 
Alcohol, 20. 
900 
with alcohol, 2, water, 
Water, 50. s 
"Glycerin, 10.) 
5- 
Macerate with a mix- 
I’runi Virginians?, . . 
300 
Alcohol, 85. 
800 
ture with 1 volume of 
[Water, 35. J 
glycerin and 2 volumes 
- 
of water. Finish the 
percolation with a mix- 
ture of 17 volumes of 
alcohol and 3 volumes 
of water. Evaporate 
the weak percolate to a 
soft extract; dissolve 
this in the reserved 
portion, and add 
enough menstruum to 
make the whole meas- 
Class 10. 
Boiling Water. 
ure 1000 C.c. 
Trilici 
Percolate the triti- 
cum with boiling water 
until exhausted; evap- 
orate to 750 C.c., add 
250 C.c. alcohol, filter 
and add enough of a 
mixture of 1 volume of 
alcohol with 3 volumes 
of water to make the 
whole measureiooo C.c. 
Macerate the casta- 
Castaneae, ...... 
neawith boiling water, 
express; percolate 
residue to exhaustion; 
mix liquids; evaporate; 
when cool add alcohol, 
decant, filter remain- 
der, evaporate united 
liquids to 700 C.c., add 
100 C.c. glycerin and 
200 C.c. alcohol. 
OFFICIAL FLUID EXTRACTS 
( Con fumed) 
“ It will be seen that according to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia of 1870, 3110.4 Gm. 
(ioo troy ounces) of drug yielded 2956.4 C.c. (100 fluid ounces) of fluid extract, in- 
stead of 3110.4 C.c. as the present Pharmacopoeia requires ; hence there is a 
difference of 154 C.c. in the proportion of volume to drug, which renders our pres- 
ent fluid extracts about 5 per cent, weaker as compared with those based on 
troy weight and fluidounces, and which is certainly a point in their favor.”— 
Coblentz’s Handbook of Pharmacy. 52 
PHARMACY. 
ETHEREAL LIQUIDS MADE BY PERCOLATION 
What are Oleoresinse, or Oleoresins ? The oleoresins are official 
liquid preparations, consisting principally of natural oils and resins ex- 
tracted from vegetable substances by percolation with stronger ether. 
They are the strongest liquid preparations of drugs produced. 
Give a general formula for their preparation. Percolate the pow- 
dered drug, in a cylindrical percolator provided with a cover and recepta- 
cle suitable for volatile liquids, with stronger ether, until exhausted, re- 
covering the greater part of the ether by distillation, and exposing (he 
residue, in a capsule, to spontaneous evaporation until the remaining ether 
has evaporated. 
There are six official oleoresins: 
OLEORESINZE—OLEORESINS. 
Title. Average Yield and Properties. Dose. 
Oleoresina. 
Aspidii, About 16-18 js. Tasnicide. r-9-3-75 C.c. (30 to 60 HI). 
Capsid A befadent° Stimulant> Ru' 0.016-0.065 C.c. (« to 1 m). 
Cubebae, .... * Diuretic’ Ex‘ o.33-i.9S C.c. (5 to 30 nj). 
Lupulini, .... About 555. Tonic, Sedative. 0.13-0.65 C.c. (2 to 10 IT]). 
Piperis, About 6-8 i. Stimulant. 0.016-0.065 C.c. to 1 IT]). 
Zingiberis, . . . About sf. Stimulant. 1 0.016-0.065 C.c. (% to 1 Ilj). 
ACETOUS LIQUIDS MADE BY PERCOLATION. 
AC ETA—VINEGARS. 
What are Aceta, or Vinegars ? Medicated vinegars are solutions of 
the active principles of drugs in diluted acetic acid, the latter being chosen 
as a menstruum because acetic acid is not only a good solvent, but also pos- 
sesses antiseptic properties. Their use dates from the time of Hippocrates. 
Acetic Acid is also of value as a menstruum, as it produces soluble salts 
with the alkaloidal principles existing in plants. 
What menstruum is used for their preparation ? The official di- 
luted Acetic Acid, containing 6 p. c. by weight of absolute Acetic Acid. 
There are two official vinegars : 
Acetum Opii (Vinegar of Opium) [Black Drop]. Opium 10 p. c. 
Sedative. Dose 0.3-1 C.c. (2 to 15 Ttp). 
Acetum Scillae (Vinegar of Squill). 10 p. c. Squill. Expectorant. 
Dose x-3 C.c. to % fl. dr.). 
SOLIDS. 
SOLID PREPARATIONS MADE BY PERCOLATION OR 
MACERATION. 
EXTRACTA—EXTRACTS. 
What are Extracta, or Extracts ? “ Extracts are solid or semi-solid 
preparations, produced by evaporating solutions of vegetable substances.” 
—(Remington.) 
1. With Alcoholic Menstrua (19). 
General Formula.—“ Percolate the powdered drug with the menstruum 
directed, until it is exhausted ; reserve the first third of the percolate, and SOLIDS EXTRACTS. 
53 
evaporate the remainder, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (1220 F.), 
until it weighs 10 p. c. of the weight of the drug. Mix this with the 
reserved portion, and evaporate both, at the above temperature, to apilular 
consistence. Or, instead of reserving part of the percolate, the whole 
quantity is distilled until the alcohol is recovered, and the residue is evapor- 
ated to a pilular consistence. In the case of these extracts, which are apt 
to become hard, five p. c. of glycerin is added, to enable them to retain 
their consistence.” 
Directions for making Extract of Aconite, as directed by the U. S. 
Pharmacopoeia, illustrating the method for manufacturing Alcoholic 
Extracts:— 
Extractum Aconiti—Extract of Aconite. 
Aconite, in No. 60 powder, 1000 
grammes, 1000 grammes. 
Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. 
Moisten the powder with four hundred (400) cubic centimetres of alco- 
hol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator ; then add enough alco- 
hol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid 
begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having 
closely covered the percolator, macerate for forty-eight hours. Then allow 
the percolation to proceed, gradually adding alcohol until three thousand 
cubic centimetres (3000) of tincture are obtained, or the aconite is ex- 
hausted. Reserve the first nine hundred cubic centimetres of the per- 
colate, evaporate the remainder in a porcelain capsule, at a temperature 
not exceeding 50° C. (1220 F.), to one hundred cubic centimetres, add the 
reserved portion, and evaporate at or below the above-mentioned tempera- 
ture, until an extract of pilular consistency remains. 
Rule in regard to yield : The more aqueous the menstruum, the greater is 
the yield of extract; the more alcoholic the menstruum, the smaller the 
yield. 
Rule in regard to strength : This is not founded on amount of extract 
yielded by a given menstruum, but on amount of active constituents present 
in the finished product. 
Solid extracts are prepared either— 
(a) From the dried and powdered drug, by extraction with a solvent, or 
(b) From the fresh, moist drug, by expression alone. 
Two degrees of consistency recognized by U S. P.—The soft, or pilular, 
and the hard extract. The latter admit of being reduced to powder. 
There are thirty-two official Extracts which may be classed according to 
menstrua employed, as follows : 
I. Alcoholic Extracts. 
7-,/ Dose Dose 
Metric. Eng. 
Extractum— Grammes. Grains. 
Aconiti, 0.065-0.13 1-2 
Cannabis Indicae, . . . : 0.016 -f J increas- 
ing. 
Cimicifugse, 0.194-0.648 3-10 
Iridis 0.065-0.13 1-2 
Jalapae, 0.65-1.3 10-20 
Physostigmatis, 0.004-0.01 54 
PHARMACY. 
Dose Dose 
Tltle- Metric. Eng. 
Extractum— Grammes. Grains. 
Arnicae Radicis, 0.20-0.33 3-5 
Belladonnae Foliorum Alcoholicum, 0.010-0.021 g-^ 
Cinchonae, 0.65-1.95 10-30 
Colocynthidis, 0.03-0.1 3-1^ 
Conii (with Acetic Acid), 0.03-0.065 3-1 
Digitalis, 0.016 i 
Ergotse (with Acetic Acid), 0.33-1.9 5-30 
Euonymi, 0.065-0.2 1-3 
Hyoscyami 0.065-0.13 1-2 
Juglandis, 0.33-0.65 5-10 
Leptandrae, 0.33-0.65. 5-10 
Nucis Vomicae (with Acetic Acid), 0.016 J gr. = 31, 
ale. 
Podophylli,' 0.065-0.2 1-3 
Rhei, 0.03-0.65 s-io 
Stramonii Seminis, 0.010-0.016 J-J 
Uvae Ursi, i-9'3-75 30-60 
11. Hydro-adcoholic Extracts. 
7..,, Dose Dose 
1 ULe' Metric. Eng. 
Extractum— Grammes. Grains. 
Aloes, 0.13-0.65 2-10 
Colchici Radicis (with Acetic Acid), 0.065-0.13 1-2 
Gentianae 0.33-0.65 5-10 
Glycyrrhizae, 
Glycyrrhizae Purum (with Ammonia Water), 
Hsematoxyli, 0.65-1.95 10-30 
Krameriae, 0.65-1.3 10-20 
Opii, 0.010-0.065 £-1 
Quassiae, 0.065-0.13 1-2 
Taraxaci, 0.13-3.95 20-60 
111. Aqueous Extracts. 
IV. Compound Extracts 
77/ / - Dose Dose 
Metric. Eng. 
Extractum— Grammes. Grains. 
Colocynthidis Compositum, 0.3 
What are Resinas or Resins ? The official resins are solid prepa- 
tions, consisting principally of the resinous principles from vegetable 
bodies, prepared by precipitating them from their alcoholic solution with 
water. 
RESIN 2E—RESINS. 
Resinae Copaibae (left after distilling off volatile oil). Dose 0.65- 
1.3 Gm. (10 to 20 gr.). 
Jalapae (pouring a tincture into water). Dose, 0.13-0.33 Gm, (2 to 5 
gr-)- 
Podophylli (pouring a tincture into water acidulated with HCI). Dose 
0.008-0.03 G.m. {% to gr.). 
Scammonii (pouring a tincture, made by digesting Scammony in boil- 
ing alcohol, into water). Dose 0.26-0.52 Gm. (4 to 8 gr.). 
There are four official resins ; SOLIDS—TRITURATIONS 
55 
SOLID PREPARATIONS MADE -WITHOUT PERCOLATION 
OR MACERATION. 
There are nine official powders : 
PULVERES—POWDERS 
Title. 
Pulvis 
Antiinonialis (James’ 
Constituents. 
Properties and Dose. 
Powder). 
Antimony Oxide, 33 Gm.; 
Ppt. Calc. Phos. 67 Gm. 
Diaphoretic, Emetic, 0.2-0.52 
Gm. (3 to 8 gr.). 
Aromaticus. 
P. Cinnamon, 35 Gm.; P. 
Aromatic. 
Cretae Compositus. 
Ginger, 35 Gm.; P. Car- 
damon, 15 Gm.; P. Nut- 
meg, 15 Gm. 
Prep. Chalk, 30 Gm.; 
For Chalk Mixture. 
Effervescens Com- 
Acacia, 20 Gm.; Sugar, 
50 Gm. 
Sodium Bicarb., 31 Gm.; 
Laxative. 
positus (Seidlitz 
Rochelle Salt, 93 Gm. ; 
Powder). 
Tartaric Acid, 27 Gm.; 
Glycyrrhizas Com- 
Mix the Sod. Bicarb, 
and Roch. Salt, and 
divide into 12 pts. (blue 
papers.) Divide the T. 
Acid into 12 pts. (white 
papers.) 
P. Senna, 180 Gm.; P. 
Liquorice, 236 Gm.; 
Washed Sulphur, 80 
Gm.; Oil Fennel, 4 Gm.; 
Sugar, 500 Gm. 
P. Ipecac, 10 Gm.; P. 
Opium, 10 Gm.; Sugar 
of Milk, 80 Gm. Ten 
grains contain a grain 
each of the active con- 
stituents. 
P. Jalap, 35 Gm.; Potass. 
Laxative, 2-8 Gm. (30 to 120 
positus (Liquorice 
gr.). 
Powder). 
Ipecacuanhae et Opii 
Diaphoretic, 0.3-1 Gm. (5 to 
(Dover’s Powder). 
15 gr-). 
Jalapae Compositus. 
Cathartic, 1-4 Gm. (15 to 60 
Bitart., 65 Gm. 
gr-)- 
Morphinse Composi- 
tus (Tully’s Pow- 
Morph. Sulph., 1 Gm.; P. 
Diaphoretic, 0.3-0.9 Gm. (5 to 
Camphor, 19 Gm.; P. 
30 gr.). 
der). 
Liquorice, 20 Gm.; Pre- 
Rhei Compositus. 
cip. Calc. Carb., 20 Gm. 
P. Rhubarb, 25 Gm.; Mag- 
Laxative, Antacid, 0.3-2 Gm. 
nesia, 65 Gm.; P. Ginger, 
{y2 to 60 gr.). 
10 Gm. 
TRITURATIONES—TRITURATIONS, 
What are Triturationes, or Triturations ? A new class of powders 
introduced into the U. S. P. of 1880, for the purpose of fixing a definite 
relation between the active ingredient and the diluent. 
Give a general formula for their preparation, as directed by the 
U. S. P. 
Take of— 
Definite Formula. 
The Substance, 10 grammes, 10 Gm. 
Sugar of Milk, in moderately fine powder, 90 
grammes, 90 Gm. 
To make 100 grammes, 100 Gm. 
Weigh the Substance and Sugar of Milk separately ; then place the 56 
PHARMACY. 
Substance, previously reduced, if necessary, to a moderately fine powder, 
in a mortar ; add an equal bulk of Sugar of Milk, mix well by means of a 
spatula, and triturate them thoroughly together. Add fresh portions of 
the Sugar of Milk, from time to time, until the whole is added, and con- 
tinue the trituration until the Substance is intimately mixed with the Sugar 
of Milk, and reduced to a fine powder. 
There is one official trituration : 
Trituratio Elaterina. Elaterin, 10 Gm.; Sug. Milk, 90 Gm. Dose, 
0.03-0.04 Gm. {% to gr.). 
MASS AD—MASSES. 
What are Massae, or Masses ? Pill masses are official under this 
name. They are kept in bulk by pharmacists. 
There are three official masses : 
Massa Copaibae. 94 Gm. Cop. ; 6 Gm. Mag. (recently prepared) : mix 
intimately and set aside until it concretes. Dose 0.5--2 Gm. (8 to 60 grs.). 
Ferri Carbonatis. 100 Gm. Sulph. Iron; 100 Gm. Carb. Sod. ; 38 
Gm. Clarif. Honey; 25 Gm. Sugar; syrup and distilled water, each q.s. 
Syrup is added to the ferrous sulphate solution and the wash water, to 
protect the ferrous salt against the absorption of oxygen. Boiling distilled 
water is employed to avoid the oxidizing action of the air which is con- 
tained in the unboiled water.” (Coblentz.) Dose 0.2-0.5 Gm. (3tosgr.). 
Hydrargyri. 33 Gm. Hg.; 5 Gm. Glycyrr.; 25 Gm. Althaea; 3 Gm. 
Glycerin ; Honey of Rose, 34 Gm. Triturate the Hg with Honey of Rose 
and Glycerin until it is extinguished. Add, gradually the Glycyrrhiza and 
Althaea, and continue trituration till globules of Hg cease to be visible. 
Dose 0,02-0.05 Gm. (3 to 8 gr.). 
CONFECTIONES—CONFECTIONS. 
What are Confectiones, or Confections ? Confections are saccha- 
rine, soft solids, in which one or more medicinal substances are incorpo- 
rated, with the object of affording an agreeable form for their administra- 
tion and a convenient method for their preservation. Old names, con- 
serves and electuaries, under which they have been in use for centuries. 
There are two official confections:— 
Confectio Rosse.—R. Rose, 80 Gm. ; P. Sugar, 640 Gm. ; Clar. 
Honey, 120 Gm. ; Rose W., 160 Gm. 
Sennae.—Sen., 100 Gm. ; 01. Coriander, 5 Gm. ; Cas. Fist., 160 Gm. ; 
Tamarind, 100 Gm. ; Prune, 70 Gm. ; Fig, 120 Gm.; P. Sug., 555 
Gm, ; Water, to make 1000 Gm. 
pilula:—pills. 
What are Pilulae, or Pills ? “ Pills are small, solid bodies, of a 
globular, ovoid, or lenticular shape, which are intended to be swallowed, 
and thereby produce medical action.—(Remington.) 
Of what is a pill mass composed, and what is required of it ? It 
is composed of ingredients and excipients. It is required that the mass 
be I, adhesive; 2, firm; 3, plastic. 
How are excipients divided ? Give a list of the principal ex- 
cipients and directions when they should be used. Excipients are 
liquid or solid. SOLIDS—EXCIPIENTS. 
57 
1. Water; use only when ingredients possess inherent adhesiveness that 
water will develop. 
2. Syrup : adhesive. 
3. Syrup Acacia: more adhesive. 
4. Mucilage Acacia: most adhesive. Pills are liable to become hard 
and insoluble if acacia in any form is used as excipient. 
5. Glycerin: somewhat adhesive. It is hygroscopic and keeps pills 
soft. 
6. Glucose: very adhesive. Colorless, and non-volatile at ordinary 
temperature. Very valuable. 
7. Honey : Good substitute for glucose, but colors white pills. 
8. Extract of Malt; advantages of glucose, but possesses the disadvan- 
tage of dark color. 
9. Glycerite of Starch: Glycerin—adhesiveness of starch and jelly. 
Thickness sometimes an objectionable feature. 
10. Glycerite of Tragacanth : Similar to above. 
11. Remington’s general excipient: Glucose, 4 oz. av. ; Glycerin, 1 oz. 
av. ; Acacia (pulv.), 90 grains; Benzoic Acid, I grain. Dissolve benzoic 
acid in the glycerin, stir in acacia, then the glucose, and let stand till dis- 
solved. Moderate heat may be used. 
LIQUID EXCIPIENTS. 
SOLID EXCIPIENTS. 
1. Confection of Rose ; Useful when it is desired to dilute active ingre- 
dients and increase bulk. 
2. Bread Crumb: Used in making pills to contain croton oil, volatile 
oils, etc. 
3. Powdered Althaea: too bulky for ordinary use. 
4. Soaj>: valuable for resinous substances. Not only makes excellent 
mass, but increases the solubility of resins. 
5. Resin Cerate : for oxidizable substances, resins, etc. 
6. Cacao Butter ; for pills of permanganate of potassium, etc. 
7. Petrolatum : for oxidizable substances as above. 
How would you divide the mass ? On a graduated pill tile, or a 
pill machine. The former is made of porcelain, but preferably of plate 
glass. In either case the pill-mass is rolled into a cylinder. In the former 
the mass is divided into the required number of portions with a spatula. In 
the latter it is divided by laying it upon the grooves of the lower board in 
the pill machine ; the upper board is applied so that the cutting surfaces 
correspond with those on the lower board, and “ by a slight backward and 
forward motion, with downward pressure, the mass is divided.” 
How would you finish pills and keep them from adhering 
together ? Finish them either by rolling between the thumb and finger, 
or rotate them under an adjustable pill finisher. To prevent them from 
adhering together, dust with rice flour, powdered magnesium carbonate, 
lycopodium, powdered althaea, or powdered liquorice root. 
How may pills be coated ? Pills may be coated with various sub- 
stances. With gold or silver, “by first placing a drop of syrup of acacia 
in a mortar, and after carefully spreading it over the surface with the end 58 
PHARMACY. 
of the finger, dropping in the pills, rotating them so that#they shall be uni- 
forxnerly coated with a very thin layer of mucilage, and then dropping them 
into the gold or silver leaf contained in the coater—“ a smooth, globular 
box, opening in the middle.” An ordinary pill box will answer the pur- 
pose. With gelatin, by a simply constructed machine, in which the pills, 
arranged automatically in rows, are impaled on a system of pins, afterward 
dipped in a hot solution of gelatin, twirled gently until the coating is set, 
and rapidly dried by rotating on a wheel, after which they are removed 
from the pins. This can be accomplished in fifteen minutes. With stigar, 
by rotating them with a mixture of sugar and starch in a pill coater, which 
consists of a caldron-shaped copper vessel, revolving at an incline, and 
heated by steam. The process can only be accomplished economically on 
the large scale. 
How are compressed pills manufactured ? On the small scale, by 
Remington’s compressed pill machine. It is made of cast steel, and has 
at the base two countersunk depressions, with a short post in the centre of 
each; a lenticular depression is made in the upper surface of each post. 
Steel cylinders fit over the posts, and plungers fit in the cylinders, with 
lenticular depressions to correspond with those on the posts. The powder 
is compressed into pills between the lenticular surfaces by blows on the 
plungers with a mallet; the pills are removed by lifting the cylinders. On 
the large scale by power presses, working on a similar principle. 
There are fifteen official pills: 
Title. 
PlLUI.vC. 
Constituents. 
Dose. 
Aloes. 
Aloes and Soap, each 13 Gm., 
As a laxative, 1, 2, or 3 
in 100 pills. 
pills at bedtime ; as a 
purge, 5 pills. 
Aloes et Asafoetidae. 
Aloes, Asafetida, and Soap, 
each 9 Gm., in 100 pills. 
From 2 to 5 pills. 
Aloes et Ferri. 
Aloes Dried Sulph. Iron, and 
Aromat. Powder, each 7 
Gm.; Confect. Rose, q. s., in 
100 pills. 
1 to 3 pills. % 
Aloes et Mastiches 
Aloes, 13 Gm.; Mastic, 4 Gm.; 
One of them may be 
(Aloes and Mastic. 
Red Rose, 3 Gm.; in 100 
given as a laxative at 
Lady Webster Din- 
pills. 
bedtime or before a 
ner Pills). 
meal. 
Aloes et Myrrhse. 
Aloes, 13 Gm.; Myrrh, 6 Gm.; 
Aromat. Powd., 4 Gm.; 
Syrup, q. s., 100 pills. 
Sulphurated Ant., 4 Gm. ; 
From 3 to 6 pills. 
Antimonii Compositse 
1 to 2 pills or more may 
(Plummer’s Pills). 
Calomel, 4 Gm.; Guaiac., 8 
be given morning and 
Gm.; Castor Oil, q. s., 100 
pills. 
evening. 
Asafoetidae. 
As., 20 Gm.; Soap, 6 Gm.; 100 
pills. 
3 of the pills are a 
Catharticae Cotn- 
Ext. Col. Comp., 80 Gm.; 
positae. 
Calomel, 60 Gm.; Jalap 
medium dose for an 
(extract), 30 Gm.; Gamboge, 
15 Gm.; 1000 pills. 
adult. 
Catharticae Vege- 
Ext. Col. Comp., 60 Gm.; 
3 pills, and they may be 
tabilis. 
Ext. Hyoscyam., 30 Gm.; 
given in place of com- 
Ext. Jalap, 30 Gm.; Ext. 
pound cathartic pills. 
Leptandra, 15 Gm.; Resin 
Podophyllum, 15 Gm. ; Oil 
of Peppermint, 8 C.c.; in 
1000 pills. SOLIDS—TROCHES. 
59 
Title. 
PlLVLM. 
Constituents. 
Dose. 
Ferri Carbonatis (Fer- 
Ferrous Sulphate, 16 Gm.; 
2 to 6 pills—3 times a 
ruginous Pills, 
Chalybeate Pills. 
Blaud’s Pills. 
Ferri lodidi. 
Potass. Carb., 8 Gm.; Sugar, 
4 Gm.; Tragacanth, i Gm. ; 
Althaea, r Gm. ; Glycerin, 
q. s., in 160 pills. 
Reduced Iron, 4 Gm. ; Iodine, 
5 Gm. ; P. Glycyrr., 4 Gm. ; 
Sugar, 4 Gm.; Ext. Glycyrr., 
1 Gm. ; Acacia, t Gm.; q.s. 
each Water, Bals., Tolu, and 
Ether. (See U. S. P.) 
day. 
Opii. 
Opium, 6.5 Gm.; Soap, 2.0 
Gm.; 100 pills. 
1 pill. 
Phosphori. 
Phos., 0.06 Gm.; Althaea, 6.00 
Gm.; Acaciae, 6.00 Gm.; 
Phosphorus dissolved in 5 
C.c. Chloroform, and made 
into a pill with about 4 C.c. 
of a mixture of 2 vol. Gly- 
cerin, 1 vol. Water. Coated 
with 10 Gm. Bals. Tolu dis- 
solved in 15 C.c. Ether. 
1 pill—3 times a day. 
Rhei. 
Rhubarb, 20 Gm.; Soap, 6 
Gm., in 100 pills. 
1 or 2 pills. 
Rhei Compositae. 
Rhubarb, 13 Gm.; Aloes, 10 
Gm.; Myrrh, 6 Gm.; Ol. 
Pep., 0.5 Gm., in 100 pills. 
2 to 4 pills twice a day. 
TROCHISCI—TROCHES. 
What are Trochisci, or Troches ? Troches, or lozenges, are solid, 
discoid, or cylindrical masses, consisting chiefly of medicinal powders, 
sugar, and mucilage. They are prepared by making the ingredients into 
a mass which is rolled into a thin sheet, and cut into proper shape with a 
lozenge cutter. 
(From Coblentz's "Handbook of Pharmacy.") 
The U. S. Pharmacopoeia recognizes 15 formulas for Troches. 
Table of Troches. 
Title. 
Trochisci 
Constituents—100 Troches. 
Each Troche 
contains 
Acidi Tannici. 
Tannic Acid, 6 Gtn.; Sugar, powd., 65 
Gin.; Tragacanth, powd., 2 Gm.; 
Stronger Orange Flower Water, a 
sufficient quantity. 
Tannic , Acid, 0.06 
Gm. (1 gr.) 
Ammonii Chlor- 
Ammonium Chloride, 10 Gm.; Extract 
Ammonium Chlor- 
idi. 
of Liquorice, 25 Gm. ; Tragacanth, 
powd., 2 Gm.; Sugar, powd., 50 Gm.; 
Syrup of Tolu, a sufficient quantity, 
ide,0.1 Gm. (2gr.) 
Catechu. 
Catechu, 6 Gm. ; Sugar, powd., 65 Gm.; 
Tragacanth, 2 Gm.; Stronger Orange 
Flower Water, a sufficient quantity. 
Catechu, 0.06 Gm. 
(1 gr.) 
Cretae. 
Prepared Chalk, 25 Gm.; Acacia, 7 
Gm.; Spirit of Nutmeg, 3 C.c.; Sugar, 
powd., 40 Gm.; Water, a sufficient 
quantity. 
Prepared Chalk, 
0.25 Gm. (4 gr.) 
Cubebgc. 
Oleoresin of Cubeh, 4 Gm.; Oil of Sas- 
safras, 1 C.c.; Extract of Liquorice, 
25 Gm.; Acacia, powd., 12 Gm.; 
Syrup of Tolu, a sufficient quantity. 
Oleoresin Cubeh, 
0.04 Gm. gr.) 
Ferri. 
Ferric Hydrate, 30 Gm.; Vanilla, cut, 
1 Gm.; Sugar, powd., 100 Gm.; Mu- 
cilage of Tragacanth, a sufficient 
quantity.' 
Ferric Hydrate, 
0.03 Gm. {% gr.) 60 
PHARMACY. 
Table of Troches.—Continued.. 
Title. 
Trochisci. 
Constituents—100 Troches. 
Each Troche 
contains 
Glycyrrhizae e t 
Extract of Liquorice, 15 Gin.; Powd. 
P. Opium, 0.005 Gin. 
Opii. 
Opium, 0.5 Gm.; Acacia, powd., 12 
Gin.; Sugar, powd., 20 Gni.; Oil of 
Anise, 0.2 C.c.; Water, a sufficient 
quantity. 
(Vs gr.) 
Ipecacuanha. 
Ipecac, powd., 2 Gm.; Tragacanth, 
powd., 2 Gm. ; Sugar, powd., 65 Gm.; 
Syr. of Orange, a sufficient quantity. 
P. Ipecac, 0.02 Gm. 
(V, gr.) 
Krameriae. 
Extract of Krameria, 6 Gm.; Sugar, 
powd., 65 Gm.; Tragacanth, powd., 
2 Gm.; Stronger Orange Flower 
Water, a sufficient quantity. 
Ext. Krameria, 0.06 
Gm. (1 gr.) 
Menthae Piperitae. 
Oil of Peppermint, 1 C.c.; Sugar, powd., 
80 Gm.; Mucilage of Tragacanth, a 
sufficient quantity. 
Oil of Peppermint, 
0.01 C.c. (J gr.) 
Morphinaeet Ipe- 
Morphine Sulphate, 0.16 Gm.; Ipecac, 
powd., 0.5 Gm.; Sugar, powd., 65.00 
Gm.; Oil of Wintergreen, 0.2 C.c.; 
Mucilage of Tragacanth, a sufficient 
quantity. 
Morphine Sulphate, 
cacuanhae. 
0.0016 Gm.; P. Ipe- 
cac, 0.005 Gm. 
gr.) 
Potassii Chlora- 
Potassium Chlorate, 30 Gm.; Sugar, 
PotassiumChlorate, 
tis. 
powd., 120 Gm.; Tragacanth, powd., 
6 Gm.; Spirit of Lemon. 1 C.c. ; 
Water, a sufficient quantity. 
0.03 Gm. (y2 gr.) 
Santonini. 
Santonin, 3 Gm.; Sugar, powd., no 
Gm.; Tragacanth, powd., 3 Gm.; 
Stronger Orange Flower Water, a 
sufficient quantity. 
Santonin, 0.03 Gm. 
ilA gr.) 
Sodii Bicarbona- 
Sodium Bicarbonate, 20 Gm.; Sugar, 
Sodium Bicarbon- 
tis. 
powd., 60 Gm.; Nutmeg, bruised, 1 
Gm.; Mucilage of Tragacanth, a 
sufficient quantity. 
ate, 0.02 Gm. (lA 
gr.) 
Zingiberis. 
Tinct. Ginger, 20 C.c.; Tragacanth, 
powd., 4 Gm.; Sugar, powd., 130 Gm.; 
Syr. of Ginger, a sufficient quantity. 
Tincture of Ginger, 
0.02 C.c. {-% gr.) 
SOLID PREPARATIONS FOR EXTERNAL USE. 
CERAT A—CERATES. 
What are Cerata, or Cerates ? Cerates are unctuous substances of 
such consistency that they may be easily spread, at ordinary temperatures, 
upon muslin or similar material, with a spatula, and yet not so soft as to 
liquefy and run when applied to the skin. 
Why are they called cerates ? Owing to the presence of wax (Cera). 
What substances are used for bases ? Oil, lard, petrolatum. Wax, 
and sometimes paraffin or spermaceti, in the presence of wax, are used to 
raise the melting point of the bases. 
There are six official cerates. Two classes : 
Title. Composition. 
Ceratmn (Simple Cerate), . White Wax, 300 Gm.; Lard, 700 Gm. 
Ceratum Camphoras, . . . Camphor Liniment, 100 Gm.; White Wax, 300 Gm.; 
Lard, 600 Gm. 
Ceratum Cantharidis (Blis- Cantharidespulv.,32oGm.; Yellow Wax, iBoGm.; Re- 
tering Cerate), sin,iBoGm.; Lard,22o Gm.; Oil of Turpentine,lso C.c. 
Ceratum Cetacei (Sperma- Spermaceti, 100 Gm.; White Wax, 350 Gm.; Olive 
ceti Cerate), Oil, 550 Gm. 
Ceratum Plumbi Subace- Solution of Lead Subacetate, 200 Gm.; Camphor 
tatis, . . . . . . ... . • Cerate, 800 Gm. 
Ceratum Resinse (Basilicon Resin, 350 Gm.; Yellow Wax, 150 Gm.; Lard, 500 
Ointment), Gm. SOLIDS—PLASTERS. 
61 
What are Unguenta, or Ointments? Ointments are fatty prepara- 
tions, of a softer consistence than cerates, intended to be applied to the 
skin by inunction. 
UNGUENTA—OINTMENTS. 
Title. 
Per Cent, of Active Con- 
stituent. 
Base. 
Unguentum, 
Lard, 80$; Yellow Wax, 20$. 
Acidi Carbolici, ... 
Carbolic Acid, 5 $. 
Unguentum. 
Acidi Tannici 
Tannic Acid, 20 ji. 
Benz. Lard. 
Aquae Rosse, 
Spermaceti, WhiteWax, 
Exp. Oil Almond, 
Stronger Rose Water, 
Sodium Borate. 
Belladonnas 
Ext. Belladonna Leaves, 10$. 
Benz. Lard. 
Chrysarobini, 
Chrysarobin, 5 <ft. 
Benz. Lard. 
Diachylon, 
Lead Plaster, Olive Oil, 
Oil Lavender II. 
Gallas, 
Nutgall, 20 fc. 
Benz. Lard. 
Hydrargyri, 
Mercury, 50 $. 
Lard and Suet. 
Hydrargyri Ammoniati, 
Ammoniated Mercury, 10 $. 
Benz. Lard. 
Hydrargyri Nitratis, . . 
Mercuric Nitrate about 124$. 
Lard Oil. 
Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi, 
Yellow Mercuric Oxide, 10 j. 
Unguentum. 
Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri, 
Red Mercuric Oxide, 10 j. 
Unguentum. 
lodi, 
Iodine, 4 f (with Kl). 
Benz. Lard. 
lodoformi, 
Iodoform, 10 j. 
Benz. Lard. 
Picis Liquidse, 
Tar, 50 in. 
Yellow Wax and Lard. 
Plumbi Carbonatis, . . 
Lead Carbonate, 10 $. 
Benz. Lard. 
Plumbi lodidi, 
Lead Iodide, 10 f. 
Benz. Lard. 
Potassii lodidi, .... 
Potassium Iodide, 12 f. 
Benz. Lard. 
Stramonii, 
Ext. Stramonium Seed, 10 1. 
Benz. Lard. 
Sulphuris 
Washed Sulphur, 30 jL 
Benz. Lard. 
Veratrinse 
Veratrine, 4 it. 
Benz. Lard. 
Zinci Oxide 
Zinc Oxide, 20 <ft. 
Benz. Lard. 
What are Emplastra, or Plasters ? Plasters are substances intended 
for external application, of such consistence that they adhere to the skin, 
and require the aid of heat in spreading them. 
On what are plasters usually spread ? Plasters are usually spread 
on muslin, leather, paper, etc., and have as a basis, lead plaster, a gum- 
resin, or Burgundy pitch. 
As plasters are usually bought of the manufacturer, ready-made, a de- 
scription of the process for spreading them is omitted. 
EMPLASTRA—PLASTERS. 
There are seventeen official plasters. Four classes : 
Title. Constituents. 
Emplastrum 
Ferri, Ferric Hydrate, 90 Gm.; Olive Oil, 50 Gm.; Bur- 
gundy Pitch, 140 Gm.; Lead Plaster, 720 Gm. 
Hydrargyri Mercury, 300 Gm.; Oleate of Mercury, 12 Gm.; Lead 
Plaster, sufficient quantity, to make 1000 Gm. 
Opii, Ext. Opium, 60 Gm.; Burgundy Pitch, 180 Gm.; Lead 
Plaster, 760 Gm.; Water, 80 Gm. 
Plumbi Lead Oxide, 3200 Gm.; Olive Oil, 6000 Gm.; Water, 
sufficient quantity. 
Resinae, Resin, 140 Gm.; Lead Plaster, 800 Gm.; Yellow Wax, 
60 Gm. 
Saponis, Soap, 100 Gm.; Lead Plaster, 900 Gm.; Water, suffi- 
cient quantity. 
Plasters Containing Emplastrum Plumbi as Base, 62 
PHARMACY. 
Emplastrum 
Ammoniaci cum hydrar- Ammoniac, 720 Gm.; Mercury, 180 Gm.; Oleate of 
gyro, Mercury, 8 Gm.; Dilute Acetic Acid, 1000 C.c.; 
Lead Plaster, sufficient quantity. 
Arnicae, Ext. Arnica Root, 330 Gm. ; Resin Plaster, 670 Gm. 
Belladonnse, Ale. Ext. Belladonna Lvs., 200 Gm.; Resin Plaster, 
400 Gm.; Soap Plaster, 400 Gm. 
Picis Burgundicae, . . . Burgundy Pitch, 800 Gm.; Olive Oil, 50 Gm.; Yellow 
Wax, 150 Gm. 
Picis Cantharidatum, . . Cantharidis Cerate, 80 Gm.; Burgundy Pitch, to 
make 1000 Gm. 
Plasters—Spread. 
Emplastrum 
Capsici, Oleoresin of Capsicum ; Resin Plaster. 
Ichthyocollas, Isinglass, 10 Gm.; Alcohol, 40 Gm.; Glycerin, 1 Gm.-, 
Water, and Tincture of Benzoin, each, sufficient 
quantity. 
Plasters—Resinous. 
What are Charta, or Papers ? Papers are a small class of prepara- 
tions intended for external application, made either by saturating paper with 
medicinal substances, or by applying the latter to the surface of the paper 
by the addition of some adhesive liquid. 
There are two official papers : 
Charta Potassii Nitratis.—Nit. Potas. 20 Gm. ; Dist. Water 80 C.c. 
Immerse strips of white, unsized paper in the solution, and dry them. 
Charta Sinapis.—Black Mustard, 100 Gm. ; India Rubber, 10 Gm. ; Ben- 
zin, Carbon Disulphide, of each q. s. Percolate Mustard with Benzin, 
to rid it of fixed oil; dry. Dissolve India Rubber in mixture of 100 C.c. 
each, Benzin and Carbon Disulphide; make semi-liquid magma with 
mustard. Brush on rather stiff, well-sized paper. Each 60 sq. cent, of 
paper should contain about 4 Gm. black mustard deprived of oil. 
CHARTA—PAPERS. 
SUPPOSITARIA—SUPPOSITORIES. 
What are Suppositories ? Suppositories are solid bodies intended to be 
introduced into the rectum, urethra, or vagina, to produce medicinal action. 
What are the requirements in preparing them ? They should be 
prepared of materials of sufficient consistency to retain their shape when 
inserted, and, at the same time, melt at the temperature of the body. But- 
ter of cacao fulfils the requirements. Only in the hottest summer weather 
should its melting point be raised by the addition of spermaceti or wax 
unless some softening ingredient is used in making the suppositories. 
How are Gelatin Suppositories prepared ? Gelatin suppositories 
are made from a mass containing gelatin and glycerin, by soaking gelatin 
in water, draining off the excess, adding five parts, by weight, of glycerin 
to every twelve parts of soft gelatin, and heating in a water-bath. The 
medicating substance is rubbed into a smooth paste with a small quantity 
of water or glycerin, and added to the mass. 
By what three methods are Suppositories shaped ? By rolling, 
moulding, and pressing. 
Describe the method for performing each operation. 
I. Rolled Suppositories are made by incorporating the medicinal sub- 
stance with grated cacao butter, in a mortar, with a pestle, until the mix- 
ture becomes a mass. The mass is now rolled into a cylinder on a pill tile, SOLIDS —SUPPOSITORIES. 
63 
thoroughly dusted with lycopodium, and cut into the desired lengths, which 
are then made into a conical form by rolling one end on the tile with 'a 
spatula, so as to produce a rounded point. 
2. Moulded Suppositories.—The U. S. P. directs that they shall be made 
in the following manner: Mix the medicinal portion (previously brought 
to a proper consistence, if necessary) with a small quantity of Oil of Theo- 
broma, by rubbing them together, and add the mixture to the remaining Oil 
of Theobroma, previously melted and cooled to the temperature of 350 
C. (950 F.). Then mix thoroughly, without applying more heat, and im- 
mediately pour the mixture into suitable moulds. The moulds must be 
kept cold by being placed on ice or by immersion in ice cold water before 
the melted mass is poured in. In the absence of suitable moulds, sup- 
positories may be formed by allowing the mixture, prepared as above, to 
cool, care being taken to keep the ingredients well mixed, and dividing 
the mass into parts of a definite weight each, of the proper shape. 
What weights and shapes are directed by the U. S. P. ? Unless 
otherwise specified, suppositories should have the following weights and 
shapes, corresponding to their several uses : 
Rectal suppositories should be cone-shaped, and of a weight of about 1 Gm. 
Urethral suppositories should be pencil-shaped, and of a weight of about 
I gramme. 
Vaginal suppositories should be globular, and of a weight of about 3 Gm. 
3. Pressing.—This is usually accomplished by pressing the mass through 
a cylinder into a mould, without heat. Unsatisfactory. 
How many Suppositories are official in the U. S. P. ? One, 
Suppositoria Glycerini. 
Give Formula and Directions for making it. Take of Glycerin, 60 
Gm. ; of Sodium Carbonate, 3 Gm. ; Stearic Acid, 5 Gm.; to make 10 
rectal suppositories. Dissolve the Sodium Carbonate in the Glycerin in a 
capsule on a water-bath, then add the stearic acid, and heat carefully until 
this is dissolved, and the escape of carbonic acid gas has ceased. Then 
pour the melted mass into suitable moulds, remove the suppositories when 
they are cold, and wrap each in tin-foil. These suppositories should be 
freshly prepared when required. 
Into what three classes are suppository moulds divided ?* Into: 
1. Individual moulds. 2. Divided moulds. 3. Hinged moulds. 
What are Suppository Capsules? “Dr. F. E. Stewart has sug- 
gested the employment of gelatin shells, with conical caps, to be used as 
suppositories. The medicating ingredients are inserted in the lower por- 
tion ; the upper margin is then moistened with water, and the cap inserted. 
Before introducing them into the rectum, they should be wet with suffici- 
ent water to enable them to slip in easily.” 
What are Urethral Suppositories, or Bougies ? They are sup- 
positories usually made of gelatin, in the form of bougies, and used to 
medicate the mucous surface of the urethra. They may be prepared by 
melting together 3 p. gelatin, x p. glycerin, X p. distilled water (by weight), 
adding the desired medicament, and moulding into cylinders in a well- 
oiled glass tube, afterward cutting the cylinders into the desired lengths. 
* For excellent descriptions of the various forms of suppository moulds, see 
Remington’s “ Practice of Pharmacy.” PHARMACY. 
PART 111. 
THE PREPARATIONS OF THE INORGANIC 
MATERIA MEDICA. 
HYDRQGEN, OXYGEN, AND WATER. 
’ Hydrogen and oxygen are colorless, odorless gases, of no special in- 
terest pharmaceutically, except that they combine to form water, which is 
of the greatest importance in pharmacy. Hydrogen is also unity for quan- 
tivalence and atomic weight. 
His combustible; O aids combustion. 
‘ AQUA, U. S.—Water.—A colorless, limpid liquid, without odor and 
taste at ordinary temperatures, and remaining odorless while being heated 
to boiling ; of a perfectly neutral reaction. 
AQUA DESTILLATA, U. S.—Distilled Water.—A colorless, 
•limpid liquid, without odor or taste, and of a neutral reaction. On evapo- 
rating 1000 C.c. no residue should remain. 
» In pharmacy, water is used principally as a solvent. 
* AQUA HYDROGENII DIOXIDI, U. S.—Solution of Hydrogen 
Dioxide, or Peroxide.—An odorless, slightly acid, aqueous solution of 
Hydrogen Dioxide (H202 ; 33.92) containing, when freshly prepared, 
about 3 per cent, by weight of the pure Dioxide, corresponding to about 
10 vol. of available Oxygen, sp. gr. about 1.006 to 1.012 at I5°C. (590 F.). 
Made by decomposing barium peroxide with phosphoric acid, Ba02 -f- 
-2H3P04 = Ba(H2P04)2 -)- H202. Remove traces of the barium salt in 
the sol. by the cautious addition of H2S04. 
Antiseptic and disinfectant. Keep in cool place. 
H; I. 6 ; 15.96. H2O ; 17*96. 
Acids are distinguished from other bodies by three properties, i. 
They all contain hydrogen, and are sometimes called hydrogen salts. The 
hydrogen is capable of being replaced by metals to form salts. 2. Those 
which are soluble in water have a characteristic, sour taste, and corrosive 
action. 3. They act on litmus and other vegetable substances, changing 
their color. 
THE INORGANIC ACIDS. 
The inorganic acids will be considered in the following order:— 
Ist. Hydracids, or those not containing O, derived from non-metallic ele- 
ments. Ex., HCI, HBr. 2d. The O acids from non-metallic elements. 
Ex., HN03,H2S04, H2S03, etc. Anhydrides: A class of acid-forming 
oxides, erroneously termed acids—such as Arsenous Acid, Chromic Acid, 
Carbonic Acid (CO2), etc. 
The suffixes “ ous ” and “ ic,” are used as terminations to the names of DILUTED HYDROBROMIC ACID. 
65 
acids containing O; the former denoting a lower proportion of O, the 
lattter a higher amount. Ex., Sulphured acid, H2SG3, contains less O 
than sulphur A acid, H2SG4. 
Many of the official inorganic acids are solutions of gases in water, the 
amount of gas in solution varying in the stronger acids; but the official 
class known as diluted acids are intended to be uniform. 
Medical Properties.—Tonic and refrigerant in the dilute form ; caustic 
and corrosive poisons when strong. 
Antidotes.—Large amounts of mild alkalies administered with some 
bland, fixed oil. (Soap, carbonate or bicarbonate of sodium, dissolved in 
water ; after which, draughts of oil.) 
ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM, U. S.—Hydrochloric Aqid. 
Muriatic Acid. HCI.—A colorless, fuming liquid, composed of 31.9 
per cent, absolute HCI and 68.x per cent, water, with a sp. gr. 1.163; 
pungent, suffocating odor; intensely acid taste ; strongly acid reaction. 
Preparation.—Principally as a by-product in the manufacture of soda- 
ash, by decomposing NaCl at a high temperature with H2S04. The pro- 
cess has two steps : 
Ist Step.—Decomposition of half of the NaCl. 
2NaCI + H2S04 = HCI + NaCl + NaHS04. 
Sodium Sulphuric Hydrochlo- Sodium Acid Sodium 
Chloride. Acid. ric Acid. Chloride. Sulphate. 
2d Step.—Decomposition remaining NaCl at 220° C. (428° F.), or over. 
NaCl + NaHS04 = HCI -f- Na2SG4 
Sodium Acid Sodium Hydrochlo- Sodium 
Chloride. Sulphate. ric Acid. Sulphate. 
The yellow color in common hydrochloric acid is due to organic sub- 
stances, a trace of iron, nitrogen peroxide, or free chlorine. 
ACIDUM HYDROCHLORICUM DILUTUM, U. S.—Diluted 
Hydrochloric Acid.—A colorless liquid, containing 10 per cent, of abso- 
lute HCI, and prepared by diluting 100 Gm. Hydrochloric Acid with 
219 Gm. Distilled Water. Sp. gr. 1.050; odorless; strongly acid taste; 
acid reaction. 
ACIDUM HYDROBROMICUM DILUTUM, U. S.—Diluted 
Hydrobromic Acid. HBr.—A clear, colorless liquid, composed of 10 
per cent, absolute HBr and 90 per cent, water. Sp.gr. 1.077 ; odorless ; 
strongly acid taste ; acid reaction. 
Preparation.—Two methods—lst, distillation; 2d, double decomposi- 
tion and precipitation. 
Ist Method (distillation).—Decompose potassium bromide with sul- 
phuric acid. This forms acid potassium sulphate (crystals) and hydro- 
bromic acid (liquid). Separate the liquid HBr from the crystals and dis- 
till it in a retort nearly to dryness, then add q. s. distilled water to make 
the product contain 10 per cent, actual HBr. 
KBr + H2S04 = KHS04 + HBr. 
Potassium Sulphuric Acid Potassium Hydrobromic 
Bromide. Acid. Sulphate. Acid. 
zd Method (precipitation).—Add tartaric acid to a solution of potassium 66 
PHARMACY. 
bromide (400 gr. acid to 340 gr. bromide in 4 fl. oz. water). Tartrate of 
potassium precipitates and PIBr remains in solution. 
ACIDUM HYPOPHOSPHOROSUM DILUTUM, U. S 
Diluted Hypophosphorous Acid.—A liquid composed of about 10 per 
cent, by weight of absolute Hypophosphorous Acid (HPH2O2 = 65.88), 
and about 90 per cent, of water. A colorless liquid, without odor, and 
having an acid taste. Sp. gr. about 1.046 at 150 C. (59° F.). Miscible, 
in all proportions, with water. 
ACIDUM NITRICUM, U. S.—Nitric Acid. HN03. Aqua 
Fortis.—A colorless, fuming, very caustic and corrosive liquid, composed 
of 68 per cent., by weight, absolute HN03, and 32 per cent, water 
(HNO3 = 62.89); sp. gr. 1.414; peculiar, somewhat suffocating odor; 
strongly acid reaction. 
Preparation. —By acting on Chili Saltpetre (sodium nitrate) with 
H2S04. If two molecules of NaN03 and one of H2S04 be taken, the re- 
action will be as follows : 
Decomposition of Ist molecule NaN03. 
NaNOs + H2S04 = NaHS04 + HNQ3. 
Sodium Sulphuric Acid Sodium Nitric 
Nitrate. Acid. Sulphate. Acid. 
Then by raising the heat, the NaHS04, acts upon the second molecule 
of NaN03. 
Decomposition of 2d molecule NaNOs. 
NaN03 + NaHS04 = Na2S04 + HN03. 
Sodium Acid Sodium Sodium Nitric 
Nitrate. Sulphate. Sulphate. Acid. 
There are several varieties of nitric acid in commerce. The official acid 
of 1.414 sp. gr. is termed 430 acid. The ordinary weaker commercial acid 
of 1-355 SP- gr- 's called 38° acid. The reddish acid, known as nitrous 
acid, is nitric acid containing more or less nitrogen tetroxide (N204). 
The same acid may be made by impregnating nitric acid with nitrogen 
dioxide (N202). 
The effect of red heat on nitric acid.—lt evolves O, as follows : 
4HNO3 + Heat = (N20,)2 + 02 + (H2o)r 
The Great Characteristic Property of Nitric Acid.—lt oxidizes sulphur 
and phosphorus, giving rise to sulphuric and phosphoric acids, and it ox- 
idizes all the metals with but few exceptions. It is the great oxidizing 
agent. 
ACIDUM NITRICUM DILUTUM, U. S.~Dilute Nitric Acid. 
—A colorless liquid, containing lo per cent, absolute HN03 (14.3 per 
cent, official nitric acid). Sp. gr. 1.057. Prepared by diluting 100 gin. 
Nitric Acid with 580 gm. Distilled Water. 
ACIDUM NITROHYDROCHLORICUM, U. S.-Nitrohydro- 
chloric Acid. Nitromuriatic Acid. Aqua Regia.—A golden-yellow, 
fuming, and very corrosive liquid, having a strong odor of Cl, and a 
strong acid reaction, and containing nitrosyl chloride and free chlorine. 
It is made by mixing together 180 C.c. nitric acid, 820 C.c. hydrochloric SULPHURIC ACID. 
67 
acid in a capacious open glass vessel, and, after effervescence ceases, pre- 
serving in a cool, dark place, in glass-stoppered bottles, half full. 
HNOs + 3HCI = NOCI + Cl, + 211,0 
Nitric Hydrochloric Nitrosyl Chlorine. Water. 
Acid. Acid. Chloride. 
Nitrohydrochloric acid should be kept in a cool, dark place, because it 
loses Cl by heat, and its Cl is converted into HCI by the action of light 
and the decomposition of its water. 
It is called Aqua Regia, because of its power of dissolving gold, the 
king of metals. 
It is indispensable, in keeping and dispensing it, that care should be 
taken not to confine it until all effervescence ceases, or explosion is likely to 
occur. And the same care should be exercised in dispensing it in mixtures. 
ACIDUM NITROHYDROCHLORICUM DILUTUM, U. S.— 
Diluted Nitrohydrochloric Acid.—A colorless, or pale yellow liquid, 
odorless, or with faint odor of Cl, with a very acid taste and reaction, 
made by mixing 40 C.c. nitric acid with 180 C.c. hydrochloric acid, and 
after effervescence has entirely ceased, diluting with 780 C.c. distilled water 
to make 1000 C.c. 
These directions should be literally obeyed, because, unless the acids are 
mixed while concentrated, NOCI and Cl are not produced. 
ACIDUM SULPHURICUM, U. S.—Sulphuric Acid. H2S04. 
Oil of Vitriol.—A colorless liquid, of an oily appearance, composed of 
not less than 92.5 percent, absolute H2S04and not more than 7.5 percent, 
water, and with sp. gr. not below 1.835 > inodorous ; strongly caustic and 
corrosive ; strongly acid reaction. 
Sulphuric Acid is prepared by burning S or FeS2 (iron pyrites) in the 
air, by which S02 is formed. These fumes are conducted into leaden 
chambers and allowed to mix with steam and nitrous fumes obtained from 
the decomposition of sodium nitrate. The S02 is oxidized into S03 by 
the nitrous fumes containing nitrogen tetroxide (N204), which gives up 
part of its O for that purpose. S03 then unites with the H2O (steam) 
present to form H2S04. The H2S04 condenses on the floor of the leaden 
chambers and is afterward drawn off and concentrated. 
The reactions are as follows : First two molecules of S02 react with one 
molecule of N204, thus:— 
2SO, N,04 2503 -J- n,02. 
Sulphurous Nitrogen Sulphuric Nitrogen 
Oxide. Tetroxide. Oxide. Dioxide. 
In this reaction, N,04 gives up two atoms of its O to 250,, which be- 
comes 2503 in consequence, and N,04 is reduced to N,0,. Then N,O, 
goes back to the air for more O, and becomes N,04 again (N,O, -f- O, 
= N,04). The N,04 thus formed gives up its O, to fresh portions of 
2SO„ converting it into 2503, as before, and this operation is repeated 
again and again, until all the 2SO, is oxidized into 2503. During this 
time the 2503 that is formed unites with the vapors of H,O present, and 
forms H,SO4 (SO3 -j- H,o=: H,SO4). The nitrous fumes thus act as an 
oxygen carrier between sulphurf«j oxide and the air, and raise the former 
to sulphun’r oxide. 68 
PHARMACY. 
ACIDUM SULPHURICUM AROMATICUM, U. S.—Elixir 
of Vitriol.—An aromatic elixir of sulphuric acid, prepared by mixing 
together Sulphuric Acid 100 C.c.; Tr.Ging. 50C.C. ; 01. Cinnam. 1 C.c.; 
Alcohol to 1000 C.c. 
ACIDUM SULPHURICUM DILUTUM, U. S.—Diluted Sul- 
phuric Acid.—A colorless liquid, containing xo per cent., by weight, offi- 
cial sulphuric acid, with sp. gr. 1.070, and prepared by diluting 100 Gm. 
Sulphuric Acid with 825 Gm. Distilled Water to make 925 Gm. 
ACIDUM SULPHUROSUM, U. S.—Sulphurous Acid. H2- 
S03.—-A colorless liquid, of a characteristic sulphurous odor and taste, 
with sp. gr. 1.035, composed of about 6.4 per cent., by weight, of 
sulphurous anhydride and not more than 93.6 per cent, of water. It has 
a characteristic odor of burning sulphur; very acid, sulphurous taste; 
strongly acid reaction. 
Preparation.—By pouring 80 C.c. H2S04 on 20 Gm. coarsely pow- 
dered charcoal, in a flask connected with a wash-bottle, and a bottle 
partially filled with 1000 C.c. distilled water. Gentle heat is applied, and 
the gas distilled over. A bottle containing a solution of Na2C03 is pro- 
vided to absorb the excess of gas that bubbles up through the distilled 
water, and the latter is kept cool by placing ice around the bottle, as cold 
water will absorb more gas than warm water. 
Equation for the reaction that occurs : 
4H2504 -f- C 2 _ 4502 -f- zC02 -(- 4H20, 
Sulphuric Charcoal. Sulphurous Carbon Water. 
Acid. Acid Gas. Dioxide. 
ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM, U. S—Phosphoric Acid, Syr- 
upy Phosphoric Acid.—A colorless, syrupy liquid, of sp. gr. 1.710, com- 
posed of not less than 85 per cent., by weight, of absolute orthophos- 
phoric acid (H3PO4 = 97-8) and not more than 15 per cent, of water. 
Odorless ; strongly acid taste ; acid reaction. 
Pour 12 fl. oz., dist. water mixed with 11 fl. oz. HNOs into a 2-pint 
flask. Add 40 grains bromine and shake gently until dissolved. Now 
add 2 oz. P. and set aside so that nitrous vapors may be carried off without 
injury. 
ACIDUM PHOSPHORICUM DILUTUM, U. S.—Diluted 
Phosphoric Acid.—A colorless liquid of sp. gr. 1.057, containing 10 per 
cent, absolute orthophosphoric acid, by weight, and prepared by diluting 
100 Grn. of phosphoric acid with 750 Gm. distilled water to make 850 Gm. 
A precipitate sometimes occurs on mixing this acid with tincture of 
chloride of iron, generally due to the presence of pyrophosphoric acid. 
Pyrophosphate of iron is formed as an insoluble gelatinous precipitate. 
CHLORJNE, BROMINE, AND lODINE. 
(THE feALOGENS^^- 
'TI ; 35.37. Br; 79.76. I; 126.53. 
The four Halogens (salt producers) are Chlorine, Bromine, lodine, 
Fluorine. The. latter is not used in Pharmacy. SOLUTION OF CHLORINATED SODA. 
69 
A greenish-yellow, gaseous body, having a very suffocating odor, and 
sp. gr. 2.45 (when liquefied, 1.33). 
AQUA CHLORI, U. S.—Chlorine Water. —A greenish-yellow, 
clear liquid, having the suffocating odor and disagreeable taste of chlorine, 
made by passing Cl gas, generated by heating HCI with manganese diox- 
ide, into distilled water until a saturated solution is produced. Should 
contain 0.4 per cent, of the gas. 
Equation for the reaction that occurs : 
CHLORINE—CHLORINE. Cl; 35.37. 
Mn02 -f 4HCI = MnCl2 + Cl2 -f 2H20. 
Manganese Hydrochloric Manganese Chlorine. Water. 
Dioxide. Acid. Chloride. 
Chlorine Water should be secluded from the light, because it is partially 
converted into HCI by the light, owing to the decomposition of the water, 
the Cl uniting with the H of the water to form HCI. 
Chlorine Water maybe made extemporaneously by placing HCI f3 iv 
in a pint bottle, adding Potass. Chlor., 40 gr. When the bottle is full of 
Cl vapor, add 1 fluidounce Distilled Water. Not recommended. 
CALX CHLORATA, U. S.—Chlorinated Lime.—A white, or 
grayish-white, granular powder, or friable lumps, becoming moist and 
gradually decomposing on exposure to air, having a hypochlorous acid 
odor, and a disagreeable, saline taste, containing not less than 35 per cent, 
available chlorine, and prepared by subjecting calcium hydrate, placed on 
trays in a suitable chamber, to the action of chlorine. 
Its chemical formula is probably CaOCl2, yielding, by decomposition 
with water, calcium hypochlorite and calcium chloride. It is used as a 
disinfectant and for bleaching purposes, and its usefulness depends on its 
chlorine, wdiich being loosely combined, is, therefore, available. 
LIQUOR SOD./E CHLORATE, U. S.—Solution of Chlori- 
nated Soda. Labarraque's Solution.—A clear, pale greenish liquid, of 
a faint odor of chlorine, a disagreeable and alkaline taste, and an alkaline 
reaction, made by decomposing solution of chlorinated lime with sodium 
carbonate, and containing sodium hypochlorite and sodium chloride, 
calcium carbonate separating out as a precipitate. 
Equation expressing the reaction : 
Ca(OCl)2 + CaCl2 + 2Na2C03 = aNaOCI + 2NaCI -f 2CaCG3. 
Chlorinated Lime. Sodium Sodium Sodium Calcium 
Carbonate. Hypochlorite. Chloride. Carbonate. 
Eau de Javelle (Javelle Water) is a French preparation made with 
K2C03 instead of Na2C03. 
A dark brownish-red, mobile liquid, evolving, even at the ordinary 
temperature, a yellowish-red vapor highly irritating to the eyes and lungs ; 
peculiarly suffocating odor, resembling that of chlorine. Prepared by de- 
composing crude magnesium bromide (bittern) with chlorine gas. 
BROMUM, U. S.—BROMINE. Br 579.76. 
Mgßr2 -f- 2CI = MgCl2 -j- 2Br. 
Magnesium Chlorine. Magnesium Bromine. 
Bromide. Chloride. 70 
PHARMACY. 
Bibron's Antidote to Rattlesnake Poison.—Bromine, 300 gr. ; Dil. Alco- 
hol, f £ viij. Mix. KI, 4 gr. ; Corros. Sub. 2 gr. Place in a mortar and 
add q. s. of the solution to dissolve them. 
Heavy, bluish-black, dry and friable, rhombic plates, of a metallic 
lustre, distinctive odor, sharp and acrid taste, neutral reaction, formerly 
obtained exclusively from the ashes of seaweed (kelp), but now made from 
the mother-liquor obtained from the crystallization of sodium nitrate in 
South America, in which it occurs in the forms of sodium iodide and iodate. 
Preparation.—The iodides are decomposed by Cl, iodine being set 
free, whilst the iodine from the iodates is precipitated by acid sodium sul- 
phite. Kelp contains iodine in the form of Nal. The solution from it is 
treated with H2S04 and distilled with Mn02. The I condenses in glass 
receivers. 
lODUM, U. S.—IODINE. 1:126.53. 
2NaI -f 2H2SO< + Mn02 = I 2 + MnS04 + Na2S04 + 2H20. 
Sodium Sulphuric Manganese lodine. Manganese Sodium Water. 
lodide. Acid. Dioxide. Sulphate. Sulphate. 
The U. S. P. preparations of lodine: Tinctura lodi, Liquor lodi Com- 
positus, Unguentum lodi. 
SYRUPUS ACIDI HYDRIODICI, U. S—Syrup of Hydriodic 
Acid.—A syrupy liquid, containing I per cent, of absolute Hydriodic 
Acid, having the sp. gr. 1.313, and is made by dissolving KI and potas- 
sium hypophosphite in water, and decomposing them by adding a solution 
of tartaric acid in diluted alcohol. 
SULPHUR AND PHOSPHORUS 
SULPHUR. S; 31.98 
S; 31.98. P; 30.96. 
Sulphur occurs uncombined in Sicily and in other parts of the world, 
and is widely diffused in the form of sulphates and sulphides. 
Roll sulphur is prepared by fusing sulphur, permitting it to stand, to 
separate impurities, and then pouring into cylindrical moulds. 
Three forms of sulphur are official: sublimed, washed, and precipitated 
sulphur., 
HYDROSULPHURIC AClD.—Sulphuretted Hydrogen—An 
offensive gas formed by the combination of two parts hydrogen with one 
part sulphur, H2S, also known as hydrogen sulphide. It is made by acting 
on ferrous sulphide with dilute sulphuric acid, and is used for testing the 
presence of metals, with which it forms characteristic precipitates. 
SULPHUR SUBLIMATUM, U. S—Flowers of Sulphur— 
A fine, citron-yellow powder, of a slight characteristic odor, and generally 
of a faintly-acid taste, made by conducting the vapor of sulphur into a 
cool chamber, where it condenses in the form of crystalline powder. U. 
S. Preparations ; Sulphur Lotum, Sulphur Prcecipitatum. 
SULPHUR LOTUM, U. S.—Washed Sulphur.—A fine, citron- 
yellow powder, odorless and almost tasteless, made by washing sublimed DISULPHIDE OF CARBON. 
71 
sulphur with water containing ammonia, to rid it of sulphuric acid and 
other impurities. U. S. Preparations: Pulvis Glycyrrhiza Compositus, 
Unguenturn Sulphuris. 
SULPHUR PRiECI PI TATUM, U. S.—Precipitated Sulphur. 
—A very fine, yellowish-white, amorphous powder, odorless and almost 
tasteless, made by precipitating a solution of calcium disulphide with hydro- 
chloric acid. 
Calcium disulphide is prepared by boiling unslaked lime with sublimed 
sulphur, cooling, and filtering off the clear solution of calcium disulphide, 
which is then precipitated with IICI. 
Equations describing the reactions that occur:— 
Ist. The lime and sulphur react to form calcium disulphide and calcium 
thiosulphate (hyposulphite). 
3CaO -f- 6S = 2CaS2 CaS203. 
Calcium Sulphur. Calcium Calcium 
Oxide. Disulphide. Thiosulphate. 
2d. HCI is added, which precipitates the sulphur. 
2CaS2 + CaS203 + 6HCI = sCaCI2 + 6S + 3H./). 
Calcium Calcium Hydrochloric Calcium Sulphur. Water. 
Disulphide. Thiosulphate. Acid. Chloride. 
Lac Sulphuris, or Milk of Sulphur.—ln some processes, II2SOt is used 
instead of HCI. This precipitates calcium sulphate with the sulphur, giving 
it a milky color. It is an inferior product. 
SULPHURIS lODIDUM, U. S.—Sulphur lodide.—A grayish- 
black solid, generally in pieces, having a radiated, crystalline appearance, 
with a characteristic odor of iodine ; somewhat acrid taste; faintly acid 
reaction ; made by heating 20 Gm. sulphur with 80 Gm. iodine. It is 
also known as subiodide of sulphur, or iodine disulphide (?), S2I2. 
CARBONEI BISULPHIDUM, U. S.—Disulphide of"Carbon. 
—A clear, colorless, very diffusive, highly refractive liquid, with strong 
characteristic odor, and sharp, aromatic taste; neutral. Sp. gr. 1.268 to 
1.269. Made by the direct combination of carbon and sulphur, at a mod- 
erate red heat. 
Preparation.—Charcoal is heated to redness, in a vertical cylinder pro- 
vided with a lateral tubulure near the bottom, through which sulphur is 
admitted. The sulphur melts, volatilizes, and unites with the carbon, 
forming carbon bisulphide. This distills over and condenses in tubes, 
which collect it while allowing the H2S formed at the same time to escape. 
It is then purified by agitation with mercury, and distillation in contact 
with white wax. By repeated rectification it can be made odorless. Used 
principally as a solvent. Best solvent for rubber, etc. 
PHOSPHORUS. P; 30.96. 
A translucent, nearly colorless solid, of a waxy lustre, having, at the 
ordinary temperature, about the consistence of beeswax, and with a dis- 
tinctive, disagreeable odor and taste. It is prepared by deoxidizing phos- 
phoric acid with carbon. This is accomplished by heating acid calcium 72 
PHARMACY. 
phosphate, obtained by treating calcium phosphate with sulphuric acid, 
with charcoal. 
Ca3(P04)2 + 2H2S04 = CaH4(P04)2 + 2CaS04. 
Calcium Sulphuric Acid Calcium Calcium 
Phosphate. Acid. Phosphate. Sulphate. 
The process is conducted in a retort. Carbon, at a high temperature, 
takes oxygen from the phosphoric acid, and becomes carbonic acid. Phos- 
phorus and carbonic oxide distill over, and the former is condensed in 
water, while the latter escapes. 
Red Phosphorus.—Anon-luminous, non-poisonous, red amorphous pow- 
der, consisting of phosphorus in one of its allotropic forms, prepared by 
allowing phosphorus to remain in an atmosphere of carbon dioxide for 
several days, at a temperature ranging from 2150 to 250° C. (419°-482° 
F.). By heating it to 280° C. (536° F.) it is converted into ordinary 
phosphorus. 
The three oxides formed by phosphorus are : Phosphoric Oxide, PjOy ; 
Phosphorous Oxide, P1"10”; and Plypophosphorous Oxide (?), P20n. 
The three corresponding acids are: Orthophosphoric Acid (tribasic acid), 
PI3P04; Pyrophosphoric Acid, H+P207 ; and Metaphosphoric Acid, HP03. 
These acids are prepared as follows ; Orthophosphoric Acid-—by dis- 
solving P205 in boiling water (P2Os -j- 3PI/J = 2pf3P04). Pyrophosphoric 
Acid—by heating orthophosphoric acid to 2130 C. (4150 F.). Metaphos- 
phoric Acid—by igniting orthophosphoric acid. 
Orthophosphoric acid may also be made by acting on P with HN03. 
Metaphosophoric acid may also be prepared by dissolving P205 in cold 
water. 
The official Acidum Phosphoricum is the orthophosphoric acid. 
There are two other phosphoric acids ; Phosphorous Acid H3P03 (di- 
basic, containing one H atom not replaceable by a metal) ; and Hypo- 
phosphorous Acid, PI3P02 (monobasic, containing two FI atoms not re- 
placeable by a metal). These acids cannot be produced directly from their 
corresponding oxides, Phosphorous Oxide (P203), and Hypophosphorous 
Oxide, P2O. 
Official preparations of Phosphorus : Oleum Phosphoralum, Pilulce Phos- 
phori, and Spiritus Phosphori. 
CARBON, BORON, AND SILICON 
C ; 11.97. B; 10.9. Si; 28.3. 
Carbon is a constituent of all organic substances, and found in nature in 
the forms of coal, plumbago, diamond, etc. 
The two oxides of carbon and their corresponding acids are, carbon 
dioxide, C02, and carbonic acid, H2COs (CO2 + H2O = H2C03), carbon 
monoxide, CO, which is of little interest in pharmacy. 
Carbon Dioxide.—A colorless, odorless gas, with slightly acid taste, 
heavier than the air, incombustible and a non-supporter of combustion. 
Water absorbs its own volume of it at ordinary temperature and pressure, 
and many times its volume under cold and pressure. 
CARBON. C; 11.97. BORIC ACID. 
73 
Aqua Acidi Carbonici or “ Soda Water.” A solution of Carbon dioxide 
in water made under pressure, and dispensed under the well-known name, 
“ Soda Water.” It was formerly official. 
CARBO ANIMALIS, U. S.—Animal Charcoal. Bone Black, or 
Ivory Black.—Dull black, granular fragments, or a dull-black powder, 
odorless and nearly tasteless, prepared by subjecting bones to a red heat 
in close vessels. 
Preparation.—Bones consist of calcium phosphate and carbonate with 
animal matter. In the destructive distillation, which is conducted in iron 
cylinders without access of air, the N and II of the animal matter unite to 
form NH3, which distills over, leaving most of the C behind with the cal- 
cium salts. 
Bone Spirit and Bone Oil.—The ammoniacal liquor and dark tarry 
liquid that distill over are known as bone spirit and bone oil, respectively. 
CARBO ANIMALIS PURIFICATUS/U. S.—Purified Animal 
Charcoal.—Animal chajcoal purified from calcium salts by HCI. 
CARBO LIGNI, U. S.—Charcoal.—Prepared by burning wood out 
of contact with the air, whereby its volatile portions, hydrogen, oxygen, 
water, etc., are dissipated, carbon, mixed with mineral salts, being left. 
BORON. B; 10.9 
Boron exists in three allotropic forms, amorphous, crystalline, and 
graphitoidal (same as carbon). 
The result of its combination with O and H is Boric (Boracic) Acid, 
H3803. 
ACIDUM BORICUM, U. S.—Boric Acid. Boracic Acid. H3B03 
= 61.78.—Is obtained in the lagoons in Tuscany; in California lakes, 
etc., in the forms of boric acid and borate of sodium (borax). Boric acid 
is made by decomposing borax with HCl: 
Na2B40TioH2O -(- 2HCI = 2NaCI -j- 4H3803 -f 5H20. 
Sodium Borate. Hydrochloric Sodium Boric Water. 
Acid. Chloride. Acid. 
Acidum Boricum occurs in the form of transparent, colorless, six-sided 
plates, slightly unctuous’to the touch, permanent in the air. Odorless; 
cooling, bitterish taste, feebly acid in solution. 
SILICON. Si; 28.3 
Silicon exists in three allotropic forms, amorphous, crystalline, and 
graphitoidal. 
It is found in combination with Al, Mg, and Ca, in pumice, meer- 
schaum, asbestos, etc., and as an anhydride (silica) in sand, flint, quartz, 
etc. 
SILICA. Si02.—Silicic Anhydride.—ls obtained in a pure condi- 
tion by treating the official solution of silicate of sodium with HCI : 
Na2SiOa + 2HCI = Si02 -f 2NaCI + H2O. 
Sodium Hydrochloric Silica. Sodium Water. 
Silicate. Acid. Chloride. 74 
PHARMACY. 
LIQUOR SODII SILICATIS, U. S.-—(Na2Si03). Soluble Glass. 
—A semi-transparent, almost colorless, or yellowish, or pale greenish-yel- 
low, viscid liquid, sp. gr. 1.3 or 1.4. Odorless ; sharp, saline, and alka- 
line taste ; alkaline reaction. Made by fusing Ip. fine sand (silica) with 
2 p. dried sodium carbonate, and dissolving the product. 
Used in surgery to prepare mechanical dressings. 
POTASSIUM, SODIUM, LITHIUM, AND 
AMMONIUM. 
Alkaline Metals and their Characteristics.—The alkaline metals are 
Potassium, Sodium, and Lithium. They are characterized, I, by their 
silvery-white appearance ; 2, softness ; 3, powerful affinity for oxygen ; 4, 
lightness, being lighter than water, on which they float and take fire 
spontaneously, owing to their power of decomposing that fluid. They are 
all univalent. 
K; 39-03 Na; 23 Li; 7.01 NH4; 18.01. 
The metals may be obtained by exposing their carbonates, mixed with 
charcoal, to an intense heat, carbon monoxide being liberated, and the 
vaporized metals condensed in appropriate receivers. 
Ammonium is a compound radical, consisting of NH4, but, owing to 
its many analogies with the alkali metals, classed with them. 
Characteristics of Alkalies.—l. They combine with acids to form salts. 
2. They restore the color of reddened litmus, turn vegetable blues to 
green, and yellow to brown. 3. Their taste is characteristic and, if con- 
centrated, caustic. 
POTASSIUM. 
Sources of Potassium Salts.—Formerly, wood ashes ; now, the prin- 
cipal source is an impure chloride from the Stassfurt mines, in Germany. 
Lye, Potash, and Pearlash.—When wood is burned to allies, the salts 
of potassium contained therein are converted into carbonates. Wood 
ashes are placed in a conical wooden vessel, termed a leach, and water 
allowed to percolate through, which becomes impregnated with the potas- 
sium carbonate contained in the ashes, and the solution is called lye. 
By evaporating lye to dryness in an iron pot, a solid remains, consisting 
principally of impure carbonate, which is called potash. Potash, cal- 
cined on the hearth of a reverberatory furnace, loses its water and be- 
comes white. It is then known as pearlash, and is an impure carbonate 
of potassium. 
POTASSA, U. S.—Potassa. Potassium Hydrate, Potassium Hy- 
droxide, Caustic Potash. KHO ; 55-99-—A white, hard, and dry 
solid, generally in form of pencils; very deliquescent; odorless or 
having a faint odor of lye ; very acrid and caustic taste ; strongly alka- 
line reaction. Prepared from wood ashes by lixiviating, evaporating, puri- 
fying, redissolving, treating with lime, evaporating, fusing, and casting into 
moulds. 
K2C03 + Ca(OH)2 = 2KHO •+ CaC03. 
Potassium Calcium Potassium Calcium 
Carbonate. Hydrate. Hydrate. Carbonate. POTASSIUM BICHROMATE. 
POTASSA CUM CALCE, U. S.—Potassa with Lime.—A gray- 
ish-white powder, deliquescent, strongly alkaline, made by mixing together 
equal parts well-dried potassa and lime. 
LIQUOR POTASSzE, U. S.— Solution of Potassa.—An aqueous 
solution of hydrate of potassium, containing about 5 per cent, of the hy- 
drate ; clear and colorless ; odorless ; with very acrid and caustic taste ; 
strongly alkaline reaction. Made by decomposing potassium bicarbonate 
through the action of calcium hydrate and heat, or by dissolving the hy- 
drate in water. 
POTASSA SULPHURATA, U. S.—Sulphurated Potassa. 
Liver of Sulphur.—An indefinite chemical compound, occurring in irreg- 
ular pieces, of a liver-brown color when freshly prepared, turning gradually 
to greenish-yellow or brownish-yellow, with a faint, disagreeable odor, and 
bitter, alkaline, repulsive taste ; alkaline reaction. Made by melting potassa 
and sulphur together in a crucible, pouring the liquid on a slab, and cooling. 
3K2C03 + 452 2K2S3 + K2S203 -j- 3C02. 
POTASSII ACETAS, U. S.—Potassium Acetate. KC2H302; 
97.89.—White, foliaceous, satiny, crystalline masses, or a white, granular 
powder; very deliquescent; odorless; warming, mildly pungent, and 
saline taste; neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Made by decomposing 
potassium bicarbonate with acetic acid, filtering and evaporating, carefully 
avoiding contact with iron. ’ 
KHCOj + HC2H302 = KC2H302 + C02 + II20. 
Potassium Acetic Acid. Potassium Carbon Water, 
Bicarbonate. Acetate. Dioxide. 
POTASSII BICARBONAS, U. S.—Potassium Bicarbonate. 
KIICO3; 99.88.—Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, permanent in 
dry air ; odorless ; saline and slightly alkaline taste ; feebly alkaline reac- 
tion. Made by passing carbon dioxide into a solution of carbonate, evap- 
orating, and crystallizing. 
K2C03 + C02 + H2O = 2KHC03. 
Potassium Carbon Water. Potassium 
Carbonate. Dioxide. Bicarbonate. 
POTASSII BICHROMAS, U. S.-Potassium Bichromate. 
K2Cr207; 293.78.—Large, orange-red, transparent, four-sided tabular 
prisms; permanent in the air; odorless; bitter, disagreeable, metallic 
taste ; acid reaction ; made by treating potassium chromate, prepared from 
chrome iron ore, with sulphuric acid, evaporating, and crystallizing. 
The ore is heated with potassium carbonate and chalk in contact with 
air, and the following reaction takes place ; 
2(FeOCr2O3) + 4K2C03 + 70 = 
Chrome Iron Ore. Potassium Oxygen. 
Carbonate. 
4(K2CrOJ + Fe203 + 4C02; 
Potassium Ferric Carbon 
Chromate. Oxide. Dioxide. 
Then— 
-2(K2CrO4) + H2S04 = K2Cr207 + K2S04 + H2O. 76 
PHARMACY. 
POTASSII BITARTRAS, U. S.—Potassium Bitartrate. KHC#- 
H406 ; 187.67. Cream of Tartar.—Colorless, or slightly opaque, rhombic 
crystals, or a white, somewhat gritty powder; permanent in the air; odor- 
less ; pleasant, acidulous taste ; acid reaction. Made by purifying argol, 
the sediment deposited in wine casks during fermentation. 
POTASSII BROMIDUM, U. S.—Potassium Bromide, KBr; 
118.79.—Colorless, translucent, cubical crystals; permanent in dry air; 
generally appearing in commerce in white, opaque, or semi-transparent 
crystals, having a faint alkaline reaction ; odorless, pungent, saline taste; 
neutral reaction. Made by treating solution of potassa with bromine and 
charcoal. 
The rationale of the process is as follows : Bromine added to solution 
potassa forms bromide and bromate. The solution is evaporated to dry- 
ness, and heated with charcoal, which deoxidizes the bromate, CO escap- 
ing. 
2KBr03 + 3C2 = 2KBr 4- 6CO 
Potassium Carbon. Potassium Carbon 
Bromate. Bromide. Monoxide. 
POTASSII CARBON AS, U. S.—Potassium Carbonate. K2CO;!; 
137.91. Sal Tartar.—A white, crystalline or granular powder, very 
deliquescent at 130 C. (55-4° F.); odorless; strongly alkaline taste; alka- 
line reaction. Made by purifying pearlash, by dissolving it in cold water, 
filtering, evaporating, and granulating. 
POTASSII CHLORAS, U. S.—Potassium Chlorate. KCI03; 
122.28.—Colorless, monoclinic prisms or plates, or a white powder of a 
pearly lustre, permanent in the air; odorless ; cooling, saline taste, neu- 
tral reaction. Made by reacting on potassium chloride with calcium hy- 
pochlorite. 
The rationale of the process is as follows: When solution of calcium 
hypochlorite is boiled, it is decomposed into calcium chlorate and chloride ; 
and when calcium chlorate is heated with potassium chloride, double de- 
composition forms potassium chlorate and calcium chloride. 
Ist. 3Ca(OCI)2 4- boiling = 2CaCl2 4" Ca(o3Cl)2. 
Calcium Calcium Calcium 
Hypochlorite. Chloride. Chlorate. 
2d. Ca(o3Cl)2 4- 2KCI = 2KCI03 + CaCl2. 
Calcium Potassium Potassium Calcium 
Chlorate. Chloride. Chlorate. Chloride. 
POTASSII CITRAS, U. S.—Potassium Citrate. KsC8H507.H20; 
323.59.—A white, granular powder, deliquescent on exposure to air; 
odorless; slightly cooling, faintly alkaline taste ; neutral or faintly alkaline 
reaction. Made by decomposing potassium bicarbonate with citric acid, 
filtering, evaporating, and granulating. 
3KHCO3 -f- H3C6H50» k3c6h5o7 3nao -p 3C02. 
Potassium Citric Acid. Potassium Water. Carbon 
Bicarbonate. Citrate. Dioxide. 
POTASSII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS, U. S.—Effervescent 
Pofassium Citrate.—Citric Acid 63 Gm. ; Potassium Bicarb. 90 Gm.; 
Sugar 47 Gm. Powder ingredients separately and mix in warm mortar POTASSIUM HYPOPHOSPHITE. 
77 
Dry resulting paste at temperature not exceeding 1200 C. (248° F.) ; re- 
duce to powder. 
LIQUOR POTASSII CITRATIS, U. S.—Solution of Potassium 
Citrate.—An aqueous liquid containing in solution about nine per cent, 
of anhydrous Potassium Citrate (K3C6P1507; 305.63) together with small 
amounts of Citric and Carbonic Acids. Used by mixing together Potass. 
Bicarb. 8 Gm., Citric Acid 6 Gm., Water sufficient quantity. 
ATeutral Mixture.—A more agreeable preparation made by merely satu- 
rating lemon juice with Potass. Bicarb. Official in U. S. P. under name 
Mistura Potassii Citratis. 
POTASSII CYANIDUM, U. S.—Potassium Cyanide. KCN; 
65.01.—White, opaque, amorphous pieces, or a white, granular powder, 
deliquescent in damp air; colorless when perfectly dry, but generally of a 
peculiar, characteristic odor ; sharp, somewhat alkaline and bitter-almond 
taste ; strongly alkaline reaction. Made by fusing potassium ferrocyanide 
with potassium carbonate, separating the insoluble precipitate of metallic 
iron, and pouring the fused mass on a slab. 
K4Fe(CN)6 + K2C03 = 5 KCN + KOCN + C02 -f Fe. 
Potassium Potassium Potassium Potassium Carbon Metallic 
Ferrocyanide. .Carbonate. Cyanide. Cyanate. Dioxide. Iron. 
POTASSII ET SODII TARTRAS, U. S—Potassium and 
Sodium Tartrate. Rochelle Salt. KNaC4H406.4H20 ; 281.51.—Color- 
less, transparent, rhombic crystals, slightly efflorescent in dry air, or a 
white powder ; odorless, cooling, mildly saline, and slightly bitter taste ; 
neutral reaction. Made by treating solution of potassium bitartrate with 
sodium carbonate. 
2KHC4H406 + Na2COs = 2KNaC4H406 + H2O C02. 
Potassium Sodium Potassium and So- Water. Carbon 
Bitartrate. Carbonate. dium Tartrate. Dioxide. 
POTASSII FERROCYANIDUM, U. S.-Potassium Ferro- 
cyanide. K4Fe(CN)6.3H20 ; 421.76.—Large, coherent, lemon-yel- 
low, translucent, and rather soft, four-sided prisms c# tablets, slightly 
efflorescent in dry air; odorless, sweetish and saline taste ; neutral reac- 
tion. Made by treating nitrogenized substances (refuse animal matter) 
with crude pearlash, by which impure potassium cyanide is formed, lixivi- 
ating, and treating with freshly-precipitated ferrous carbonate, which 
produces ferrocyanide of potassium, by the following reaction:— 
6KCN + FeC03 = K4Fe(CN)6 + K2COs. 
Potassium Ferrous Potassium Potassium 
Cyanide. Carbonate. Ferrocyanide. Carbonate. 
POTASSII HYPOPHOSPHIS, U. S.—Potassium Hypophos- 
phite. KH2P02; 103.91.—White, opaque, confused, crystalline masses, 
or a white, granular powder, very deliquescent; odorless; sharp, saline, 
slightly bitter taste ; neutral reaction. Made by precipitating calcium hy- 
pophosphite with potassium carbonate, filtering, evaporating, and granu- 
lating, keeping it below ioo° C. (2120 F.) during the operation, for fear 
of explosion. 
Ca2H2P02 + K2C03 = 2KH2P02 + CaC03. 
Calcium Potassium Potassium Calcium 
Hypophosphite. Carbonate. Hypophosphite. Carbonate. 78 
PHARMACY. 
POTASSII lODIDUM, U. S.—Potassium lodide. KI ; 165.56. 
—Colorless, translucent, cubical crystals, slightly deliquescent. At a dull 
red heat the salt melts without losing weight. Of a peculiar faint odor, 
pungent, saline, afterward somewhat bitter taste ; neutral reaction. Made 
by treating solution of potassa with iodine, evaporating to dryness and 
heating with charcoal. The result is, the formation of two salts, lodide 
and lodate of Potassium : 
6KOH + (12)3 = SKI + KI03 + 3H20. 
Potassium lodine. Potassium Potassium Water. 
Hydrate. lodide. lodate. 
By evaporating to dryness, the mixed salts are obtained, and by expos- 
ing to heat with charcoal, the iodate is deoxidized to iodide. 
POTASSII NITRAS, U. S.—Potassium Nitrate. KNO„; 
x 00.92.—Colorless, transparent, six-sided rhombic prisms, or a crystalline 
powder, permanent in the air. Odorless, cooling, saline, and pungent 
taste. Neutral reaction. Usually a natural product; produced artificially, 
however, in what are known as nitre beds, consisting of earth, wood-ashes, 
animal and vegetable refuse. Ammonia is produced by decomposition, is 
oxidized and nitric acid formed, which unites with the potassa in the ashes, 
and potassium nitrate results. This is separated by lixiviation, filtration, 
evaporation, and crystallization. It is commonly called Nitre or Saltpetre. 
POTASSII PERMANGANAS, U. S.—Potassium Permanga- 
nate. KMn04 ; 157.67.—Deep, purple-violet or nearly black, needle- 
shaped, rhombic prisms, of a metallic lustre, permanent in the air. Odor- 
less, sweet, afterward disagreeable, astringent taste; neutral reaction. 
Made by heating together manganese dioxide, potassium chlorate, and 
potassa. 
The rationale of the reaction is as follows : The salts are mixed together 
and heated in a crucible, which results in a sembfused mass ; this is boiled 
with water and neutralized with dilute sulphuric acid, evaporated and crys- 
tallized. By this process, potassium chlorate yields oxygen to manganese 
dioxide, converting it into manganic acid, which unites with the potassa to 
form the manganate, potassium chloride being formed at the same time. 
3MnO2 + 6KHO + KCI0S = 3K2MnO4 + KCI + 3H20. 
Manganese Potassium Potassium Potassium Potassium Water. 
Dioxide. Hydrate. Chlorate. Manganate. Chloride. 
The potassium manganate is converted to potassium permanganate when 
the solution is boiled with water, as follows : 
3K2MnO* + 3H20 = 2KMn04 + Mn02.H20 + 4KHO. 
Potassium Water. Potassium Hydrated Manga- Potassium 
Manganate. Permanganate. nese Peroxide. Hydrate. 
The acid is used to neutralize the potassium hydrate liberated by the 
reaction, for in the presence of an excess of potassa, the permanganate 
otherwise remains in the condition of manganate. 
POTASSII SULPHAS, U. S.—Potassium Sulphate. K2S04; 
173.88.—Colorless, hard, six-sided, rhombic prisms, permanent in the air; 
odorless ; sharp, saline, slightly bitter taste ; neutral reaction. Made by 
purifying the residue from nitric acid manufacture, also from other sources, SODIUM BENZOATE. 
79 
as Kainite, the mineral found in the Stassfurt salt-beds, which is a double 
sulphate of potassium and magnesium. 
It may be made directly, at any time, by decomposing potassium nitrate 
with sulphuric acid. 
2KNO3 + II2S04 = K2S04 + 2HN03. 
Potassium Sulphuric Potassium Nitric 
Nitrate. Acid. Sulphate. Acid. 
SODIUM. Na; 23. 
The Salts of Sodium are generally more frequently used than those of 
Potassium, because they are relatively cheaper and often more soluble. 
SODA, U. S.—Soda. NaHO ; 39.96.—A white, hard, opaque solid, 
generally in the form of fibrous pieces, or of white, cylindrical pencils, 
deliquescent in moist air, but in dry air becoming dry and efflorescent; 
odorless; intensely acrid and caustic taste ; strongly alkaline reaction. 
Made by boiling solution of sodium carbonate with calcium hydrate and 
evaporating. Commercial name—Caustic Soda. 
LIQUOR SODAS, U. S.—Solution of Soda.—A clear, colorless 
liquid, consisting of hydrate of sodium (NaHO) about 5 per cent. ; odor- 
less; very acrid and caustic taste; strongly alkaline reaction. Made by 
decomposing the carbonate by heating it in contact with an aqueous mix- 
ture of calcium hydrate, or by dissolving NaHO in water. 
SODII ACETAS, U. S.—Sodium Acetate. NaC2H302.3H20; 
135-74-—Large, colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms or a granular 
crystalline powder; efflorescent in warm dry air; odorless; saline, bitter 
taste; neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Made by decomposing sodium 
carbonate with acetic acid. 
2HC2H302 + Na2C03 = 2NaC2H302 + H2O + C02. 
Acetic Acid. Sodium Sodium Acetate. Water. Carbon 
Carbonate. Dioxide. 
SODII ARSENAS, U. S. Sodium Arsenate. Na2HAs04.- 
7H20;3Xi.46.—Colorless, transparent, prismatic crystals; slightly efflo- 
rescent in dry air ; odorless ; mild, feebly alkaline taste ; faintly alkaline 
reaction. Made by heating together arsenious acid, sodium nitrate, and 
sodium carbonate. 
The rationale of this process is, that when these three salts are fused 
together, sodium pyroarsenate is formed, while nitrous anhydride and car- 
bon dioxide escape as gases. 
As203 -j- 2NaNOs + Na2C03 = Na4As207 -j- N203 -(- C02. 
Arsenious Sodium Sodium Sodium Nitrous Carbon 
Acid. Nitrate. Carbonate. Pyroarsenate. Anhydride. Dioxide. 
The sodium pyroarsenate is then converted into orthoarsenate by dis- 
solving the former in water, filtering and crystallizing. The orthoarsenate 
is the official salt. 
Na4As2G7 -f- 15H20 = 2(Na2HA504.7H20). 
Sodium Water. Sodium Orthoarsenate. 
Pyroarsenate. 
SODII BENZOAS, U. S.—Sodium Benzoate. NaC.H502; 
143.71.—A white, semi-crystalline or amorphous powder; efflorescent on 80 
PHARMACY. 
exposure to air ; odorless, or having a faint odor of benzoin ; sweetly 
astringent taste, free from bitterness ; neutral reaction. Made by decom- 
posing sodium carbonate with benzoic acid. 
2HC?H502 + Na2C03 = 2NaC?H.02 + C02 + H2O. 
Benzoic Acid. Sodium Sodium Carbon Water. 
Carbonate. Benzoate. Dioxide. 
SODII BICARBONAS, U. S.—Sodium Bicarbonate. NallCO,; 
83.85.—A white, opaque powder, permanent in dry, but slowly decom- 
posed in moist air. When heated the salt is decomposed into normal car- 
bonate, water, and carbon dioxide, and finally, at 100 0 C. (2120 F.) loses 
about 36.3 p. c. of its weight; odorless; cooling; mildly alkaline taste ; 
slightly alkaline reaction. Made by washing commercial sodium bicar- 
bonate with water. 
Sodium bicarbonate may also be prepared by Solvay’s process. (See 
Sodium Carbonate.) 
SODII BISULPHIS, U. S.—Sodium Bisulphite. NaHSO,; 
103.86.—Opaque, prismatic crystals, or a crystalline or granular powder; 
slowly oxidizing to sulphate, and losing sulphur dioxide on exposure to 
air ; sulphur dioxide odor; disagreeable sulphurous taste; acid reaction. 
Made by saturating a solution of sodium carbonate with sulphurous acid. 
Na2C03 + 2H2S03 = 2NaHS03 + C02 -f H2O. 
Sodium Sulphurous Sodium Carbon Water. 
Carbonate. Acid. Bisulphite. Dioxide. 
SODII BORAS,U. S.—Sodium Borate. Na2B4Or ioH20 ; 380.92. 
(Borax.)—Colorless, transparent, shining, monoclinic prisms or a white 
powder; slightly efflorescent in dry air; odorless; sweetish alkaline 
taste ; alkaline reaction. Made by purifying the neutral salts, found in 
immense quantities in California, as a crystalline deposit in the blue mud 
of an offset of Clear Lake. It is sometimes, also, called biborate of 
sodium, and is found native in Thibet, Persia, etc. Another name given 
it is Tincal. Tuscany is also a source of borax, where it occurs, princi- 
pally, as crude boric acid. 
SODII BROMIDUM, U. S.—Sodium Bromide. Naßr; 102.76. 
—Colorless, or white, cubical crystals, or a white granular powder; odor- 
less ; saline, slightly bitter, taste ; neutral or faintly-alkaline reaction. 
From the air the salt attracts water without deliquescing. Made by treat- 
ing ferrous bromide with sodium carbonate. The ferrous bromide is made 
by acting on iron wire with bromine, in the presence of water, and, after 
filtering, adding Na2C03. 
Feßr2 -f- Na3C03 = 2Naßr + FeCO,. 
SODII CARBONAS, U. S.—Sodium Carbonate. Na2C03.10- 
FI20 ; 285.45.—Colorless, monoclinic crystals ; rapidly efflorescing in dry 
air; and, if exposed soon loses about half of its water of crystallization 
(31.46 p. c. of its weight), and becomes a white powder; odorless; 
strongly alkaline taste ; alkaline reaction ; effervescing strongly with acids. 
Sodium Carbonate is made by three processes, as follows : 
Leblanc’s Process.—Common salt is converted into sodium carbon- 
ate, in this process, by two steps. SODIUM CARBONATE. 
81 
First Step.—Salt is converted into sodium sulphate by sulphuric acid. 
2NaCI + H2SQ4 = Na2S04 + 2HCI. 
Sodium Sulphuric Sodium Hydrochloric 
Chloride. Acid. Sulphate. Acid. 
Second Step.—The sodium sulphate, or salt cake, is decomposed by cal- 
cium carbonate and charcoal, at a high temperature, so as to yield sodium 
carbonate. 
Na2S04 + CaC03 + C 4 = Na2COs + CaS + 4CO. 
Sodium Calcium Carbon Sodium Calcium Carbon 
Sulphate. Carbonate. Carbonate. Sulphide. Monoxide. 
The sulphate, first dried, is mixed with its own weight of limestone and 
half its weight of coal, and fused into a black mass. Sodium sulphate is 
converted by the coal into sodium sulphide, which*reacts with the lime- 
stone (calcium carbonate), so as to form calcium sulphide and sodium car- 
bonate. The black mass is now digested in warm water, which takes up 
the alkali and leaves the insoluble impurities, called soda waste, which is 
afterward used in the manufacture of sodium hyposulphite. By evaporating 
to dryness, amass is obtained, which is calcined with sawdust, which con- 
verts the alkali—owing to the carbonic acid resulting from its combustion 
—fully into carbonate. Redissolving in water, and evaporating to dryness, 
gives the commercial salt. Soda-ash, contains about 50 per cent, of 
sodium carbonate. 
Solvay’s Process.—This process, also, has two steps, and is known 
as the ammonia-soda process. 
First Step.—Carbon dioxide is passed into a solution of common salt in 
ammonia water, which results in a double decomposition. Sodium bicar- 
bonate is precipitated and ammonium chloride remains in solution. 
NaCl + NH3 + C02 + H2O = HNaCOs + NH4CI. 
Sodium Ammonia. Carbon Water, Sodium Ammonium 
Chloride. Dioxide. Bicarbonate. Chloride. 
Second Step.—Sodium bicarbonate is decomposed into sodium carbonate 
by heat. 
2HNaC03 + Heat = Na2CG3 + H2O + C02. 
Sodium Bicarbonate. Sodium Carbonate. Water. Carbon Dioxide. 
Cryolite Process.—Largely used in the United States. This process 
has also two steps. 
First Step.—Cryolite, which consists, mainly, of a double fluoride of 
aluminium and sodium (Al2F6.6NaF), is heated with chalk. Calcium 
fluoride is formed, while the sodium and aluminium combine to form 
sodium aluminate, which is dissolved out by lixiviation. 
(AI2F6.6NaF) + 6CaC03 =' 2Na3AI03 + 6CaF2 + 6CG2. 
Cryolite. Calcium Sodium Aluminate. Calcium Carbon 
Carbonate. Fluoride. Dioxide. 
Second Step.— The sodium aluminate is converted into carbonate by pass- 
ing carbon dioxide, under pressure, through the solution. The alumina 
separates from the soda, becomes insoluble, and is deposited. 
2Na3AI03 -f- 3C02 3Na2CO3 -(- A1203. 
Sodium Aluminate. Carbon Sodium Alumina. 
Dioxide. Carbonate. 82 
PHARMACY. 
SODII CARBONAS EXSICCATUS, U. S.—Dried Sodium 
Carbonate.—A white, hygroscopic powder, made by heating the car- 
bonate. 
SODII CHLORAS, U. S.—Sodium Chlorate. NaCl03; 106.25 
—Colorless, transparent crystals (principally regular cubes, with tetrahe- 
dral facets), or a crystalline powder, permanent in dry air; odorless ; saline 
taste; neutral reaction. Made by double decomposition, between sodium 
bitartrate and potassium chlorate. (Wittstein’s process.) 
The details of the process are as follows: 
First, acid sodium tartrate is prepared by decomposing sodium carbonate 
with tartaric acid. 
Na2C03 + 2H2C4H406 = 2NaHC4H406 + C02 + H2Q. 
Sodium "{artaric Acid Sodium Carbon Water. 
Carbonate. Acid. Tartrate. Dioxide. 
Then the acid sodium tartrate is added to the potassium chlorate 
NaHC4H406 + KCIO3 = NaCl03 + KHC4H406. 
Acid Sodium Potassium Sodium Acid Potassium 
Tartrate. Chlorate. Chlorate. Tartrate. 
SODII CHLORIDUM, U. S.—Sodium Chloride. NaCl; 58.37. 
(Common Salt.)—Cubical crystals or a white crystalline powder, perma- 
nent in dry air; odorless; purely saline taste; neutral reaction. Ob- 
tained by evaporating sea water, and the salt from salt wells, springs, etc. 
SODII HYPOPHOSPHIS, U*. S.—Sodium Hypophosphite. 
NaH2P02. H2O; 105.84.—Small, colorless, transparent, rectangular plates, 
of a pearly lustre or a white, granular powder, very deliquescent on expos- 
ure to the air; odorless ; bitterish-sweetish, saline taste ; neutral reaction. 
Made by double decomposition between calcium hypophosphite and sodium 
carbonate. 
Ca(H2PO2)2 + Na2C03 = 2NaH2P02 + CaC03. 
Calcium Sodium Sodium Calcium 
Hypophosphite Carbonate. Hypophosphite. Carbonate. 
Sometimes this salt explodes with violence during evaporation ; this is 
supposed to be due to the employment of too much heat. Evaporation 
should, therefore, be performed below loo° C. (2120 F.). 
SNaH2PO2 = Na4P207 + NaP03 + 2PH3 + 2H2. 
Sodium Sodium Sodium Phosphoretted Hydrogen. 
Hypophosphite. Pyrophosphate. Metaphosphate. Hydrogen. 
Hydrogen and phosphoretted hydrogen are evolved, the latter being 
spontaneously inflammable. 
Hypophosphorous acid is the acid present in this salt. 
SODII HYPOSULPHIS, U. S. —“Sodium Hyposulphite.” 
Na2S203.5H20; 247.64. (Sodium Thiosulphate.')—Colorless, transparent, 
monoclinic prisms. Permanent in the air below 330 C. (91.40 F.), but 
efflorescent in dry air above that temperature; odorless; cooling, some- 
what bitter taste; neutral reaction. Made by decomposing calcium thio- 
sulphate with sodium sulphate. 
CaS203 + Na2S04 = Na2S203 + CaS04. 
Calcium Sodium Sodium Calcium 
Thiosulphate. Sulphate. Thiosulphate. Sulphate. SODIUM PHOSPHATE. 
83 
SODII lODIDUM, U. S.—Sodium lodide. Nal; 149.53._C010r1e5s 
orless cubical crystals, or a white crystalline powder ; in moist air it deli- 
quesces and becomes partially decomposed into sodium carbonate and free 
iodine, assuming, thereby, a reddish color; odorless ; saline, and slightly 
bitter taste ; neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Made by treating ferrous 
iodide with sodium carbonate. 
Fel2 -f- Na2C03 = 2NaI -f- FeCO,. 
Ferrous Sodium Sodium Ferrous 
lodide. Carbonate. lodide. Carbonate. 
SODII NITRAS, U. S—Sodium Nitrate. NaNOs; 84.89. (Cubic 
Nitre. Chili Saltpetre.)— Found in Chili and Peru. 
Colorless, transparent, rhombohedral crystals, deliquescent in damp air ; 
odorless ; cooling, saline, and slightly bitter taste ; neutral reaction. Made 
by purifying the native salt. 
It is the cheapest source for obtaining nitrates. 
SODII NITRIS, U. S.—Sodium Nitrite. NaN02; 68.93.—White, 
opaque, fused masses, usually in the form of pencils, or colorless, trans- 
parent, hexagonal crystals; odorless, mild, saline taste, alkaline reaction. 
SODII PHOSPHAS, U. S.—Sodium Phosphate. Na2HP04.- 
X 2H20 ; 357.32.—Large, colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms. The 
crystals effloresce in the air, and gradually lose five molecules of their 
water of crystallization (25.1 p. c.); odorless; cooling, saline taste; 
slightly alkaline reaction. Made by treating acid calcium phosphate with 
sodium carbonate. The details of the process are as follows: 
Acid calcium phosphate is made from bones, by treating them with sul- 
phuric acid, after thorough calcination. To the concentrated liquid ob- 
tained by boiling this solution down, carbonate of sodium is added until the 
phosphoric acid is completely saturated. The liquid is then filtered and 
set aside to crystallize. 
Details.—Bones consist of neutral calcium phosphate and animal matter. 
The latter is separated by burning them to whiteness, leaving a powder 
called bone phosphate or bone ash, associated with some calcium carbon- 
ate. When this is mixed with sulphuric acid, the calcium carbonate is de- 
composed, giving rise to effervescence. The calcium phosphate undergoes 
partial decomposition ; the greater part of the lime being liberated, precipi- 
tates as calcium sulphate, while the phosphoric acid combines with the 
undecomposed portions of the phosphate, and remains in solution as an acid 
calcium phosphate, holding dissolved a small portion of calcium sulphate. 
Ca3(P04)2 + 2H2S04 = CaH42PQ4 + 2CaSQ4. 
Calcium Sulphuric Acid Calcium Calcium 
Phosphate. Acid. Phosphate. Sulphate. 
“ In order to separate the acid phosphate from the precipitated mass of 
calcium sulphate, boiling water is added to the mixture. The whole is 
strained, and the sulphate washed as long as acid phosphate is removed, 
which is known by the water passing through in an acid state. The dif- 
ferent liquids which have passed the strainer, consisting of the solution of 
acid calcium phosphate, are mixed and allowed to stand, and, by cooling, 
a portion of calcium sulphate is deposited, which is got rid of by decanta- 
tion. The bulk of the liquid is now reduced by evaporation, and, in con- 84 
PHARMACY. 
sequence of the diminution of water, a fresh portion of calcium sulphate is 
deposited, which is separated by subsidence and decantation, as before. 
The acid calcium phosphate solution being heated, is now saturated by 
means of a hot solution of sodium carbonate, the carbonic acid is liberated 
with effervescence, and the alkali, combining with the excess of acid of 
the acid phosphate, produces sodium phosphate, while the acid calcium 
phosphate, by the loss of its excess of acid, becomes the neutral phosphate, 
and precipitates. 
CaH42P04 + Na2C03 = CaHP04 + Na2HP04 + H2O -f C02. 
Acid Calcium Sodium Calcium Sodium Water. Carbon 
Phosphate. Carbonate. Phosphate. Phosphate. Dioxide. 
“ The calcium phosphate is separated by filtration, and the filtered liquor, 
which is a solution of sodium phosphate, is evaporated, so as to crystal- 
lize. ’ ’—(Remington.) 
SODII PYROPHOSPHAS, U. S.—Sodium Pyrophosphate. 
Na4P207. xoH20; 445.24.—Colorless, transparent, raonoclinic prisms, or 
a crystalline powder; permanent in cool, slightly efflorescent in warm air. 
Odorless ; cooling, saline and feebly alkaline taste; slightly alkaline reac- 
tion. Made by heating sodium phosphate to redness, dissolving and crys- 
tallizing. 
SODII SALICYLAS, U. S.—Sodium Salicylate. NaC7H503; 
159.67.—A white, amorphous powder, permanent in cool air. Odorless ; 
sweetish, saline taste ; feebly acid reaction. Made by decomposing sodium 
carbonate with salicylic acid. 
2HC7H-03 + Na2C03 = 2NaC7H503 + H2O + C02. 
Salicylic Acid. Sodium Sodium Water. Carbon 
Carbonate. Salicylate. Dioxide. 
SODII SULPHAS, U. S.—Sodium Sulphate. Na2SG4. ioH?0 ; 
321.42. (Glauber's Salt.')—Large, colorless, transparent, monoclinic 
prisms or granular crystals, rapidly efflorescing on exposure to air, and 
ultimately falling into a white powder; insoluble in alcohol; odorless; 
saline and somewhat bitter taste ; neutral reaction. Made by treating 
common salt with sulphuric acid. 
SODII SULPHIS, U. S.—Sodium Sulphite. Na2S03.7H20; 
251.58.—Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms ; efflorescent in dry air, 
and is slowly oxidized to sulphate ; odorless ; cooling, saline and sulphu- 
rous taste ; neutral or feebly alkaline reaction. Made by decomposing 
sodium carbonate with sulphurous acid. 
Na2C03 + S02 = Na.2S03 + C02. 
Sodium Sulphurous Sodium Carbon 
Carbonate. Acid. Sulphite. Dioxide. 
SODII SULPHOCARBOLAS, U. S.—Sodium Sulphocarbolate. 
NaS03C6H4(0H).2H20 ; 231.56.—Colorless, transparent, rhombic prisms; 
slightly efflorescent in dry air; odorless, or nearly so; cooling, saline, 
somewhat bitter taste ; neutral reaction. Made by double decomposition 
between barium sulphocarbolate and sodium carbonate. 
The details of the process are as follows : Carbolic acid and strong 
sulphuric acid are mixed together, which produces sulphocarbolic acid, 
C 6HSHS04. After submitting the mixed liquids to a temperature of 550 LITHIUM SALICYLATE. 
85 
C. (1310 F.) for several days, the product is diluted in water. It is then 
mixed with barium carbonate gradually until effervescence ceases. Barium 
sulphate is precipitated also by any carbonate which may be present, and 
the liquor filtered. The solution of barium sulphocarbolate is now decom- 
posed by a sodium carbonate. The liquor is filtered from barium carbo- 
nate and sodium sulphocarbolate obtained by evaporating and crystal- 
lizing. 
c 6hsho + h2so4 = hc6h5so4 + h2o. 
Carbolic Sulphuric Sulphocarbolic Water. 
Acid. Acid. Acid. 
LITHII BENZOAS, U. S.—Lithium Benzoate. LiC7H502; 
127.72—A white powder, or small, shining, crystalline scales; permanent 
in the air ; odorless, or having a faintly benzoin-like odor ; cooling and 
sweetish taste ; faintly acid reaction ; made by treating lithium carbonate 
with benzoic acid. 
Li,2COs + 2HC7H502 = 2LiC7H502 + H2O + C02. 
Lithium Benzoic Lithium Water. Carbon. 
Carbonate. Acid. Benzoate. Dioxide. 
LITHII BROMIDUM,U. S.—Lithium Bromide. Lißr ; 86.77. 
A white, granular salt, very deliquescent; odorless; sharp, somewhat 
bitter taste ; neutral reaction. Made by decomposing ferrous bromide 
with lithium carbonate. 
Feßr2 -)- Li2C03 = 2Lißr -f- FeC03. 
Ferrous Lithium Lithium Ferrous 
Bromide. Carbonate. Bromide. Carbonate. 
LITHII CARBONAS, U. S.—Lithium Carbonate. Li2CG3; 
73.87.—A light, wdiite powder ; permanent in the air; odorless ; alkaline 
taste; alkaline reaction. Made by precipitating lithium sulphate with 
ammonium carbonate. 
LITHII CITRAS U. S.—Lithium Citrate. Li3C6H507; 209.57.— 
A white powder; deliquescent on exposure to air; odorless; cooling, 
faintly alkaline taste; neutral reaction. Made by decomposing the car- 
bonate with citric acid. 
3Li2CO3 + 2H3C6H507 = 2Li3C6H507 + 3H20 + 3C02. 
Lithium Citric Acid. Lithium Water. Carbon. 
Carbonate. Citrate. Dioxide. 
LITHII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS, U. S. Effervescent 
Lithium Citrate.—Made by triturating 370 Gm. citric acid, with about 
200 Gm. sugar, drying the mixture, and incorporating with it, by tritura- 
tion, 70 Gm. Lith. Garb., and 280 Gm. Sodium Bicarb, with Sugar q. s. 
ft. 1000 Gm. 
LITHII SALICYLAS, U. S.—Lithium Salicylate. LiC7H503; 
143.68.—A white, or grayish white powder ; deliquescent on exposure to 
air ; odorless, sweetish taste ; faintly acid reaction. Made by decomposing 
lithium carbonate with salicylic-acid. 
Li2C03 -f- 2HC7H303 = 2LiC7H503 + H2O + C02. 
Lithium Salicylic Lithium Water. Carbon 
Carbonate. Acid. Salicylate. Dioxide. 
LITHIUM. Li; 7. 86 
PHARMACY. 
AMMONIUM. NH4. 
AQUA AMMONIA, U. S.—Ammonia Water. —A colorless, 
transparent liquid ; very pungent odor ; acrid, alkaline taste ; strongly al- 
kaline reaction, consisting of an aqueous solution of ammonia (NH3), 
containing lo per cent, by weight of the gas. Made by mixing ammo- 
nium chloride with milk of lime, and distilling over the gas into distilled 
water. The reaction is as follows : 
2NH4CI + Ca(HO)2 = 2NHs + CaCl2 + 2lT20. 
Ammonium Calcium Ammonia. Calcium Water. 
Chloride. Hydrate. Chloride. 
AQUA AMMONIA FORTIOR, U. S.— Stronger Ammonia 
Water.—2B per cent, by weight aqueous solution NHS. Sp. gr. 0.901, 
at 150 C (590 F.). 
SPIRITUS AMMONIA, U. S. Spirit of Ammonia. —An 
alcoholic solution of ammonia containing xo per cent, by weight of the gas. 
SPIRITUS AMMONIAS AROMATICUS, U. S.— Aromatic 
Spirit of Ammonia.—An aromatic hydro-alcoholic solution of ammonium 
carbonate. (See Spiritus, Part II.) 
LIQUOR AMMONII ACETATIS, U. S. Solution of Am- 
monium Acetate. (Spirit of Mindererus.)—An aqueous solution of 
Ammonium Acetate (NH4C2H302; 76-87), containing about 7 per cent, 
of the salt, together with small amounts of acetic and carbonic acid. A 
clear, colorless liquid, free from empyreuma ; mildly saline taste ; neutral, 
or slightly acid reaction. Made by mixing solution of acetic acid and 
ammonium carbonate. 
(NH4HCO3)NH4NH2CO2 + 3HC2H302 = 
Acid Ammonium Carbonate Acetic Acid, 
and Carbamate. 
3nh4c2h302 + 2C02 + h2o. 
Ammonium Carbon Water. 
Acetate. Dioxide. 
AMMONII BENZOAS, U. S.—Ammonium Benzoate. NII4- 
C 7H502 ; 138.72.—Thin, white, four-sided, laminar crystals, gradually 
losing ammonia on exposure to the air; slight odor of benzoic acid; 
saline, bitter, afterward slightly acrid taste; neutral or slightly acid reac- 
tion. Made by dissolving benzoic acid in water of ammonia. 
HC7Hg02 + nh4ho = nh4c,h5o2 + h2o. 
Benzoic Ammonia Ammonium Water. 
Acid. , Water. Benzoate. 
AMMONII BROMIDUM, U. S.—Ammonium Bromide. NH,- 
11 r; 97.77.—Colorless, transparent, prismatic crystals, or a white crystal* 
line powder permanent in the air; odorless, pungent, saline taste ; slightly 
acid reaction. Made by adding water of ammonia, gradually, to bromine, 
under water. (Pile’s Process.) 
6Br + 8NHS = 6NH4Br + N2. 
Bromine. Ammonia. Ammonium Nitrogen. 
Bromide. 
AMMONII CARBONAS, U. S.—Ammonium Carbonate. NII4- 
IIC03.NH4NH2C02; 156.77.—White, hard, translucent, striated masses, MAGNESIA. 
87 
which lose both ammonia and carbonic acid gas on exposure to air, becoming 
opaque and finally converted into friable, porous lumps, or a white powder 
(acid ammonium carbonate) ; strongly ammoniacal odor, free from empy- 
reuma ; sharp, saline taste ; strongly alkaline reaction and effervesces with 
acids. Made by subliming a mixture of ammonium chloride and calcium 
carbonate. 
4NH4CI + 2CaC03 = NH4HC03.NH4NH2C02 + 
Ammonium Calcium Ammonium Carbonate. 
Chloride. Carbonate. 
2CaCl2 + NH3 + H2O. 
Calcium Chloride. Ammonia. Water. 
AMMONII CHLORIDUM, U. S.—Ammonium Chloride. 
NH4CI; 53.38. {Sal Ammoniac.')—A white, crystalline powder, perma- 
nent in the air ; odorless ; cooling, saline taste ; aqueous solution has a 
neutral reaction. Made by subliming a mixture of ammonium sulphate 
and sodium chloride. 
This salt is chiefly made from the gas liquor from gas works. 
AMMONII lODIDUM, U. S.—Ammonium lodide. NH4T; 
144.54.—Minute, colorless, cubical crystals, or a white, granular powder ; 
very hygroscopic and soon becoming yellow or yellowish brown on expo- 
sure to the air and light, owing to the loss of ammonia, and the elimina- 
tion of iodine ; odorless when white, but emitting a slight odor of iodine 
when colored; sharp, saline taste ; neutral reaction. Made by mixing 
solutions of potassium iodide and ammonium sulphate. 
2KI + (NH4).2504 = 2NH4I + K2S04. 
Potassium Ammonium Ammonium Potassium 
lodide. Sulphate. lodide. Sulphate. 
AMMONII NITRAS, U. S.—Ammonium Nitrate. NH4NQ3; 
79.9.—Colorless crystals, generally in the form of long, thin, rhombic 
prisms, or fused masses ; somewhat deliquescent; odorless ; sharp, bitter 
taste ; neutral reaction. Made by treating ammonium carbonate with 
nitric acid. 
(NH4HCO3)NH4NH2COa + 3HNO3 
Acid Ammonium Carbonate and Nitric Acid 
Carbamate. 
3nh4no3 + 2CO, + h2o. 
Ammonium Carbon Water. 
Nitrate. Dioxide. 
AMMONII VALERIANAS, U. S.—Ammonium Valerianate. 
NH4C5H902; 118.78.—Colorless, or white, quadrangular plates, deliques- 
cent in moist air; valerianic acid odor; sharp and sweetish taste ; neutral 
reaction. Made by passing ammonia gas into monohydrated valerianic 
acid. 
The salt found in commerce is, usually, the acid salt, and should be 
neutralized with ammonia when-used in solution for making preparations. 
MAGNESIUM, CALCIUM, BARIUM, AND 
STRONTIUM. 
MAGNESIA, U. S.—Magnesia. MgO ; 40.26. (Light Magne- 
sia. )—A white, very light and very fine powder, slowly absorbing mois- 
MAGNESIUM. Mg; 24.03. 88 
PHARMACY. 
ture and carbon dioxide from the air ; odorless ; an earthy, but no saline, 
taste ; faintly alkaline reaction when moistened with water. Made by 
calcining light magnesium carbonate. 
(MgC03)4.Mg(HO)2.5H20 + heat = SMgOSMgO + 4CG2 + 6H20. 
Magnesium Carbonate. Magnesia. Carbon Water. 
Dioxide. 
MAGNESIA PONDEROSA, U. S.—Heavy Magnesia. MgO ; 
40.26.—A white, dense and very fine powder, corresponding, in all other 
properties and reactions, with magnesia. Made by calcining heavy mag- 
nesium carbonate. 
MAGNESII CARBONAS, U. S.-—Magnesium Carbonate. 
(MgC03)4.Mg(HO)2.5H20 ; 484.62.—Light, white, friable masses, or a 
light, white powder, permanent in the air ; odorless ; slightly earthy taste ; 
feebly alkaline reaction. Made by double decomposition between magne- 
sium sulphate and sodium carbonate. 
SMgSO, + SNa2CO3 + HsO = 
Magnesium Sodium Water. 
Sulphate. Carbonate. 
(MgC03)4.Mg(HO), + SNa2SG4 + C02. 
Magnesium Carbonate. Sodium Carbon 
Sulphate. Dioxide. 
The process for making light magnesium carbonate differs in nothing 
from the above, except that it is made with a cold dilute solution instead 
of a concentrated boiling solution, thus illustrating the general rule in pre- 
cipitation, that dilute solutions produce light precipitates, and dense solu- 
tions heavy precipitates. 
MAGNESII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS, U. S.—Efferves- 
cent Magnesium Citrate.—A white, coarsely-granular salt, deliquescent 
on exposure to air; odorless; mildly acidulous, refreshing taste ; acid 
reaction. Made from magnesium carbonate, citric acid, sodium bicarbon- 
ate, sugar, alcohol and distilled water. The carbonate of magnesia and 
part of the citric acid are rubbed together in the form of a thick paste, 
with distilled water, dried and powdered. The sugar, bicarbonate of 
sodium and the remainder of the citric acid, previously reduced to a fine 
powder, are then mixed with it. The mass is then dampened with alcohol 
and rubbed into a coarse, granular powder, through a sieve. 
MAGNESII SULPHAS, U. S.—Magnesium Sulphate. Mg- 
-50(.7lT2O ; 245.84. (.Epsom Salt.)—Small, colorless, rhombic prisms, 
or acicular crystals, slowly efflorescent in dry air ; odorless ; cooling, saline 
and bitter taste; neutral reaction. Made by treating native magnesium 
hydrate with sulphuric acid. 
Native magnesium hydrate is found in the United States, and is a sili- 
cious hydrate, practically free from lime. The mineral is treated with the 
acid, dried, and calcined, in order to convert into red oxide any ferrous 
sulphate which maybe present. It is then dissolved in water, and calcium 
sulphide added to separate any remaining portion of iron. Purified by 
recrystallization. 
Dolomite, the double carbonate of magnesium and calcium, is used in 
England for preparing Epsom salts. The carbon dioxide is driven off by CALCIUM CHLORIDE. 
89 
heat, converting the residue into hydrates, which are treated with HCI. 
The calcium chloride formed by this reaction is dissolved out from the 
magnesium salt with water, and the latter converted into sulphate by treat- 
ing it with sulphuric acid. 
LIQUOR MAGNESII CITRATIS, U. S.—Solution of Mag- 
nesium Citrate.—Made by dissolving magnesium carbonate in citric acid, 
flavoring and adding potassium bicarbonate. 
CALCIUM. Ca; 39.91. 
CALX, U. S.—Lime. CaO ; 55-^7-—Hard, white, or grayish-white, 
masses, gradually attracting moisture and carbon dioxide on exposure to 
air, and falling to a white powder ; odorless ; sharp, caustic taste ; alkaline 
reaction. Made by calcining chalk or limestone. 
LIQUOR CALCIS, U. S.—Solution of Lime. (Lime Wafer).— 
A clear, colorless liquid ; odorless ; saline, and feebly caustic taste ; alka- 
line reaction. Made by dissolving lime in water. Contains about 0.17 
per cent, of hydrate of calcium. Varies with temperature. 
Syrup of Lime (Saccharine Solution), and Lime Liniment (Carron Oil), 
(see Part II). Calx Chlorata (see Chlorine). 
CALX SULPHURATA, U. S.—Sulphurated Lime.—A pale 
gray powder, gradually altered by exposure to air, exhaling a faint odor 
of hydrogen sulphide; offensive, alkaline taste; alkaline reaction. A 
mixture containing at least 60 per cent, of Calcium Monosulphide (CaS; 
71.89), together with unchanged Calcium Sulphate (CaSOt; 135.73), 
and Carbon, in varying proportions. Made by heating lime and sulphur 
to a low, red heat. 
CALCII BROMIDUM, U. S.—Calcium Bromide. Caßr2; 
199.43.—A white, granular salt; very deliquescent; odorless; pungent, 
sharp saline taste ; neutral reaction. Made by dissolving calcium carbo- 
nate in hydrobromic acid. 
CaC03 -)- 2HBr = Caßr2 -{- H2O -f- CO,2. 
Calcium Hydrobromic Calcium Water. Carbon 
Carbonate. Acid. Bromide. Dioxide. 
CALCII CARBONAS U. S.—Precipitated 
Calcium Carbonate. CaC03; 99.76.—A fine, white powder, perma- 
nent in the air ; odorless and tasteless. Made by double decomposition 
between calcium chloride and sodium carbonate. 
CaCl2 + = CaC03 + zNaCI. 
Calcium Sodium Calcium Sodium 
Chloride. Carbonate. Carbonate. Chloride. 
Precipitated calcium carbonate is also known as Precipitated Chalk. 
GRETA PR7EPARATA, U. S.—Prepared Chalk.—A white, 
amorphous powder, generally agglutinated in the form of small cones, per- 
manent in the air ; odorless and tasteless. 
Prepared chalk is made from the native friable carbonate of calcium 
(CaCO3), freed from most of its impurities by elutriation. (See Elutriation, 
Part I.) 
CALCII CHLORIDUM, U. S.—Calcium Chloride. CaCl2; 
110.65.—White, slightly translucent, hard fragments, very deliquescent; 90 
PHARMACY. 
odorless ; sharp, saline taste; neutral, or faintly alkaline reaction. Made 
by acting on calcium carbonate with hydrochloric acid. 
CaC03 + 2HCI = CaCl2 + C02 + H2O. 
Calcium Hydrochloric Calcium Carbon Water. 
Carbonate. Acid. Chloride. Dioxide. 
CALCII HYPOPHOSPHIS, U. S.—Calcium Hypophosphite. 
Ca (PH202)2; 169.67.—C010r1e55, transparent, monoclinic prisms, or small, 
lustrous scales, or a white, crystalline powder, permanent in dry air; odor- 
less ; nauseous, bitter taste ; neutral reaction. Made by heating phos- 
phorus with milk of lime. 
8P + 3Ca(HO)2 + 6H20 = 3Ca(H2PO2)2 + 2PH3. 
Phosphorus. Calcium Water. Calcium Phosphoretted 
Hydrate. Hypophosphite. Hydrogen. 
It is necessary to provide for the safe escape of the phosphoretted hy- 
drogen gas evolved in this reaction, by conducting it, by a hood, into a 
powerful draught. No higher heat than 85° C. (185° F.) should be used, 
for fear of explosion. 
CALCII PHOSPHAS PR.ECIPITATUS, U. S.—Precipitated 
Calcium Phosphate. Ca3(P04)2; 309.33.—A large, white, amorphous 
powder, permanent in the air ; odorless and tasteless. Made by treating 
bone ash with HCI, and precipitating it with ammonia. 
CALCII SULPHAS EXSICCATUS, U. S.—Dried Calcium 
Sulphate. {Dried Gypsum.)—A powder containing about 95 per cent., 
by weight, of Calcium Sulphate (CaSO4; i35-73)> and about 5 per 
cent, of Water; prepared from the purer varieties of native gypsum 
(CaSO4.2H20; 171.65), by carefully heating until about three-fourths 
of the water has been expelled. Occurring as a fine, white powder, 
without odor or taste. Keep dry. 
For Syr. Hypophos., Syr. Hypophos. with Iron, Syr. Calcis Lactophos., 
Pulvis Cretse Comp., Mistura Crette, and Troches of Chalk, see Part 11. 
This element furnishes to the Pharmacopoeia one salt and two test-solu- 
tions. 
BARII DIOXIDI, U. S.—Barium Dioxide, Ba02; 168.72. 
(Barium Peroxide).—Commercial anhydrous Barium Dioxide. It should 
be kept in well-closed vessels. A heavy, grayish-white, or pale yellowish- 
white, amorphous, coarse powder. Odorless and tasteless, alkaline reac- 
tion, almost insoluble in water, but decomposed by mineral acids, with the 
formation of corresponding salts and hydrogen dioxide, which remains in 
solution for a considerable time, if the reaction has taken place in the cold 
and an excess of the acid is present. The dioxide is prepared by heating 
the oxide to about 450° C. (842° F.) which causes it to take up another 
atom of Oxygen. 
Preparation : Aqua Hydrogenii Dioxidi. 
BARIUM. Ba; 136.8. 
STRONTIUM. Sr; 87.3. 
STRONTII BROMIDUM, U. S.—Strontium Bromide. Srßr2.- 
6H20; 354.58-—Colorless, transparent, hexagonal crystals; odorless, 
and having a bitter, saline taste. Very deliquescent. Soluble in 1.05 ZINC. 
91 
parts of water at 15° C. (590 F.), and in 0.5 parts of boiling water. It is 
readily soluble in alcohol. Made by dissolving the carbonate in hydro- 
bromic acid, evaporating and crystallizing. 
STRONTII IODIDUM, U. S.—Strontium lodide. SrI2,6H20; 
448.X2.—Colorless, transparent, hexagonal plates; odorless, and having 
a bitterish saline taste. Deliquescent, and colored yellow by exposure 
to light and air. Solution in 0.6 part of water at 150 C. (590 F)., and in 
0.27 part of boiling water. Also soluble in alcohol. Made by evapo- 
rating a solution of strontium hydrate in hydroiodic acid. 
STRONTII LACTAS, U. S.—Strontium Lactate. Sr(C3H503)2.- 
3H20; 318.76.—A white, granular powder, or crystalline nodules; odor- 
less, and having a slightly bitter, saline taste. Permanent in the air. 
Soluble in about 4 parts water at 150 C. (590 F.), and in less than 0.5 
part of boiling water. Soluble in alcohol. Made by dissolving freshly- 
precipitated strontium carbonate in lactic acid, filtering, evaporating, and 
granulating. 
ZINC, ALUMINIUM, CERIUM AND 
CADMIUM. 
ZINCUM, U. S.—ZINC. Zn ; 65.10. 
Metallic zinc, in the form of thin sheets, or irregular, granulated pieces. 
Prepared by roasting calamine (impure carbonate) with charcoal, and col- 
lecting the zinc vapors in water. A bluish-white metal. Used in making 
II and in preparing the Zn salts. 
ZINCI ACETAS, U. S.—Zinc Acetate Zn(C2H302)2.2H20; 
218.74-—Soft, white, six-sided, monoclinic plates, of a pearly lustre, some- 
what efflorescent in dry air, losing some of its acid; faintly acetous odor; 
astringent, metallic taste; acid reaction. Made by heating zinc oxide 
with acetic acid. 
Zn02 -f 2HC2H302 Zn(C2H3O2)2 + H2O. 
Zinc Oxide. Acetic Acid. Zinc Acetate. Water. 
ZINCII BROMIDUM, U. S.—Zinc Bromide. ZnPr2; 224.62. 
—A white, granular powder, very deliquescent; odorless; sharp, saline 
and metallic taste ; slightly acid reaction. Made by double decomposition 
of zinc sulphate and potassium bromide. 
ZnS04 + 2KBr = Znßr2 -f K2S04. 
Zinc Potassium Zinc Potassium 
Sulphate. Bromide. Bromide. Sulphate. 
ZINCI CARBONAS PRZECIPITATUS, U. S.—Precipitated 
Zinc Carbonate.—A white, impalpable powder, of somewhat variable 
chemical composition ; permanent in the air ; odorless and tasteless. Made 
by double decomposition of zinc sulphate and sodium carbonate. 
SNa2CO3 + SZnSO45ZnS04 + 3H20 = 
Sodium Zinc ' Water. 
Carbonate. Sulphate. 
(ZnCO3)2.3Zn (HO)2 + SNa2SO4 -f 3C02. 
Zinc Carbonate. Sodium Carbon 
Sulphate. Dioxide. 92 
PHARMACY. 
Conduct at boiling beat, to prevent loss by the action of the C02 on the 
neutral carbonate, which occurs if cold solutions are used. 
ZINCI CHLORIDUM, U. S.—Zinc Chloride. ZnCl2; 135.84. 
A white granular powder, or porcelain-like masses, irregular, or moulded 
into pencils, very deliquescent; odorless; very caustic, astringent and 
metallic taste ; acid reaction. Made by evaporating the official solution of 
chloride of zinc. 
2Zn + 4HCI = 2ZnCl2 + 4H. 
Zinc. Hydrochloric Zinc Hydrogen. 
Acid. Chloride. 
LIQUOR ZINCI CHLORIDI, U. S.—Solution of Zinc Chlo- 
ride. (Burnett's Disinfecting Fluid.)—An aqueous solution of ZnCl2 
containing about 50 percent, of the salt. Made by heating zinc with hy- 
drochloric acid. 
2Zn + 4HCI = 2ZnCl2 + 4H. 
Zinc. Hydrochloric Zinc Hydrogen. 
Acid. Chloride. 
ZINCI lODIDUM,U.S.—Zinc lodide. Znl2; 318.16.—A white, 
granular powder, very deliquescent, and liable to absorb oxygen from the 
air, and to become brown from liberated iodine ; odorless ; sharp, saline and 
metallic taste ; acid reaction. Made by digesting zinc with iodine diffused 
in water. 
Zn -f- I 2 = Znl2. 
Zinc. lodine. ' 
ZINCI OXIDUM, U. S.—Zinc Oxide. ZnO; 81.06.—An amor- 
phous white powder. It gradually absorbs carbon dioxide from the air ; 
odorless and tasteless. Made by calcining zinc carbonate. 
On the large scale, this salt is made by heating calamine and coal to- 
gether, and separating the impurities by blowing the mixed vapors up a 
large tower, allowing the heavier particles to subside, and then by a power- 
ful draught blowing outside into a room containing muslin bags, where it 
is deposited. 
UNGUENTUM ZINCI OXIDI, U. S.—Zinc Oxide Ointment. 
(See Unguenta, Part II.) 
OLEATUM ZINCI, U. S.—Oleate of Zinc.—Made by dissolving 
50 Gm. of zinc oxide in 950 Gm. of oleic acid, by the aid of a gentle heat. 
ZINCI PHOSPHIDUM, U. S.—Zinc Phosphide. Zn3P2; 257.22. 
—A gritty powder of dark gray color, or crystalline fragments of a dark 
metallic lustre. In contact with the air it slowly emits phosphorous vapor; 
faint odor and taste of phosphorus. Made bypassing vapors of phosphorus 
over fused zinc in a current of dry hydrogen. 
ZINCI SULPHAS, U.S.—Zinc Sulphate. ZnS04.7H20; 286.64. 
—Colorless, transparent rhombic crystals, efflorescing in dry air ; odorless ; 
astringent metallic taste; acid reaction. Made by acting on zinc with 
diluted sulphuric acid. 
2Zn + 2H2S04 + H2O = 2ZnS04 + 4H + H2O. 
Zinc. Sulphuric Water. Zinc Hydrogen. Water. 
Acid. Sulphate. CERIUM OXALATE. 
93 
ZINCI VALERI AN AS, U. S.—Zinc Valerianate. Zn(C5H902)2.- 
2H20; 302.56,—White, pearly scales, permanent in the air; odor of 
valerianic acid; sweet, afterward styptic and metallic taste; acid reaction. 
Made by double decomposition of zinc sulphate and sodium valerianate. 
2NaC5H902 + ZnS04 = Zn(CSH9O2)2 -J- Na2S04. 
Sodium Zinc Zinc Sodium 
Valerianate. Sulphate. Valerianate. Sulphate. 
ALUMINUM. Al; 27.04. 
ALUMEN, U. S.—Alum. (.Potassium Alum. Aluminum and 
Potassium Sulphate.') A12K2(S04)4.24,H20; 946.46.—Large, colorless, 
octahedral crystals, sometimes modified by cubes, or in crystalline frag- 
ments, which, on exposure to air, are liable to absorb ammonia and 
acquire a whitish coating ; odorless ; sweetish, strongly astringent taste ; 
acid reaction. Made by treating alum-clay (chiefly aluminum silicate) with 
sulphuric acid and potassium sulphate. 
ALUMEN EXSICCATUM, U. S—Dried Alum. A12K2(S04)4; 
515.42.—A white, granular powder, attracting moisture when exposed to 
the air; odorless ; sweetish, astringent taste. Prepared by driving ofif the 
water of crystallization from alum. 
ALUMINI HYDRAS, U. S.—Aluminum Hydrate. A12(HO)B; 
155.184. (.Aluminum Hydroxide. Hydrated Alumina.)—A white, light, 
amorphous powder, permanent in dry air; odorless and tasteless. Made 
by double decomposition of alum and sodium carbonate. 
A12K2(S04)4 + 3Na2CO3 + 3H20 = 
Potassium Alum. Sodium Water. 
Carbonate. 
Al2(HO)6 + K2S04 + 3Na2SQ4 + 3C02. 
Aluminum Potassium Sodium Carbon 
Hydrate. Sulphate. Sulphate. Dioxide. 
ALUMINI SULPHAS, U. S.—Aluminum Sulphate. Al2- 
(504)3. t6H20 ; 628.9.—A white, crystalline powder, permanent in the 
air; odorless; sweetish, and afterward astringent taste; acid reaction. 
Made by treating aluminum hydrate with sulphuric acid, and crystallizing. 
CERII OXALAS, U. S.—Cerium Oxalate. Ce2(C204)3.9H20 ; 
704.78.—A white, granular powder, permanent in the air; odorless and 
tasteless. Made by decomposing the silicates in the powdered mineral 
containing the metal, with H2S04. 
The mass is then heated, and subsequently treated with HN03 and 
H2S, to separate contaminating metals. Cerium chloride is now made by 
adding HCI, and this is precipitated by oxalic acid. This oxalate is then 
purified from lanthanum and didymium compounds by heating it with 
magnesium carbonate, to decompose the oxalates. The residue is now dis- 
solved in HN03, and the solution added to water containing a little 
H2S04. Ceric sulphate is produced, which is dissolved in H2S04, and 
sodium sulphite added to reduce it to cerous sulphate. This is collected 
and treated with oxalic acid, when cerium oxalate precipitates. 
CERIUM. Ce; 139.9. 94 
PHARMACY. 
The presence of the two rare metals, didymium and lanthanum, greatly 
complicates the preparation of this salt, as they can only be separated with 
difficulty. 
CADMIUM. Cd; 111.5. 
Cadmium enters into no official preparations, though it is used to some 
extent in medicine. 
MANGANESE, IRON AND CHROMIUM. 
MANGANESE. Mn; 54.8. 
MANGANI DIOXIDUM, U. S.—Manganese Dioxide. {Man- 
gam Oxidum Nigrum, Pharm. 1880. Black Oxide of Manganese.)— 
A heavy, grayish-black, more or less gritty powder, permanent in the 
air; odorless and tasteless; consisting of native crude Manganese 
Dioxide, containing at least 66 per cent, of the pure oxide (MnO.,; 
86.72). 
MANGANI SULPHAS, U. S.—Manganese Sulphate. MnS04.- 
4.H20; 222.46.—Colorless, or pale rose-colored, transparent, tetragonal 
prisms ; odorless ; slightly bitter and astringent taste ; neutral or faintly 
acid reaction. Made by Prof. Diehl’s process. Manganese dioxide and 
charcoal are heated together to redness, the residue treated with sulphuric 
acid and again heated to redness, and the residue dissolved in water. 
The solution is then filtered and crystallized. 
POTASSII PERMANGANAS, U. S.—Potassium Perman- 
ganate. (See Potassium.) 
FERRUM, U. S.—IRON. Fe ; 55.88. 
Metallic iron, in the form of fine, bright, and non-elastic wire. 
FERRUM REDUCTUM, U. S.—Reduced Iron.—A very fine, 
grayish-black, lustreless powder, permanent in dry air; without odor or 
taste. Made by passing hydrogen over subcarbonate of iron, heated in a 
reduction tube. 
The subcarbonate directed in the U. S. P. process, is more properly an 
oxyhydrate, and the H combines with the O to form water, and metallic 
iron in fine powder is left behind. 
Fe203 + 6H = 2Fe + 3H20. 
Ferric Oxide. Hydrogen. Iron. Water. 
FERRI CARBONAS SACCHARATUS, U. S.—Saccharated 
Ferrous Carbonate. {Saccharated Ferrous Carbonate.)—A greenish- 
gray powder, gradually oxidized by contact with air; odorless ; at first a 
sweetish, afterward a slightly ferruginous taste; neutral reaction. Made 
by double decomposition between ferrous sulphate and sodium bicarbonate. 
The precipitate is preserved with sugar. 
FeS04 + 2NaHC03 = Na2SG4 + FeC03 + H2O + C02. 
Ferrous Sodium Sodium Ferrous Water. Carbon 
Sulphate. Bicarbonate. Sulphate. Carbonate. Dioxide. 
MASSA FERRI CARBONATIS, U. S.—Mass of Ferrous 
Carbonate. ( Vaileds Mass.)—Prepared by double decomposition be- SOLUTION OF IRON CITRATE. 
95 
tween ferrous sulphate and sodium carbonate. The precipitate is 
preserved with honey, which prevents the ferrous carbonate from oxidizing. 
FeS04 + Na2C03 = FeC03 + Na2S04. 
Ferrous Sodium Ferrous Sodium 
Sulphate. Carbonate. Carbonate. Sulphate. 
For Compound Iron Mixture and Pills of Ferrous Carbonate, see Part 11. 
FERRI CHLORIDUM, U. S.—Ferric Chloride. Fe2Cl6.12H2Q ; 
539.5.—Orange-yellow, crystalline pieces, very deliquescent in moist 
air; odorless, or having a faint odor of hydrochloric acid; strongly 
styptic taste; acid reaction. Made by acting on iron with hydrochloric 
acid, which converts it into ferrous chloride, FeCl2, which is converted 
into ferric chloride (Fe2Cl6) by the addition of nitric and hydrochloric 
acids. The reaction is as follows : 
First Reaction.— 
Fe + 2HCI = FeCl2 + H2. 
Iron. Hydrochloric Ferrous Hydrogen. 
Acid. Chloride. 
Second Reaction.—Conversion of ferrous chloride into ferric chloride. 
6FeCl2 -(- 6HCI -f- 2HN03 = 3Fe2CI6 -f- N202 -)- 4H20. 
Ferrous Hydrochloric Nitric Ferric Nitrogen Water. 
Chloride. Acid. Acid. Chloride. Dioxide. 
LIQUOR FERRI CHLORIDI, U. S.—Solution of Ferric 
Chloride. (Solution of Ferric Chloride.)—A reddish-brown liquid, con- 
sisting of an aqueous solution (with some free hydrochloric acid) of ferric 
chloride (Fe2Cl 6) containing 37.8 per cent, of the anhydrous salt, corre- 
sponding to 62.9 per cent, of the crystallized salt (Fe2Q6.12H20 ; 
539-s)> or t0 about 13 per cent, of metallic iron. It has a faint odor of 
hydrochloric acid ; acid, strongly styptic taste ; acid reaction. Prepared 
by oxidizing solution of ferrous chloride with nitric acid. 
TINCTURA FERRI CHLORIDI, U. S.—Tincture of Ferric 
Chloride. (See Tincturse, Part II.) 
FERRI CITRAS, U. S.—Ferric Citrate.—Thin, transparent, 
garnet-red scales, permanent in the air ; odorless ; very faint, ferruginous 
taste ; acid reaction. Prepared by evaporating and scaling solution of 
ferric citrate. 
FERRI ET AMMONII CITRAS, U. S.—lron and Ammon- 
nium Citrate. {Ammonia-Ferric Citrate.)— Thin, transparent, garnet- 
red scales, deliquescent on exposure to damp air; odorless; saline, 
mildly ferruginous taste ; neutral reaction. Prepared by adding water of 
ammonia to solution of ferric citrate, evaporating and scaling. 
LIQUOR FERRI CITRATIS, U. S.—Solution of Iron Citrate. 
(.Solution of Ferric Citrate.')—A dark brown liquid; odorless; having a 
slightly ferruginous taste and an acid reaction; sp. gr. 1.250 ; consisting 
of an aqueous solution of ferric citrate, corresponding to about 7.5 per cent, 
of metallic iron. Prepared by dissolving ferric hydrate in citric acid. 
The ferric hydrate is prepared by precipitating solution of tersulphate 
of iron with water of ammonia. 
Fe23S04 + 6NH4HO = Fe2(HO)6 + 3(NH4)2504. 
Ferric Hydrate Ferric Ammonium 
Sulphate. Ammonium. Hydrate. Sulphate. 96 
PHARMACY. 
VINUM FERRI CITRATIS, U. S.—Wine of Iron Citrate.— 
Generally known as Wine of Iron. (See Vina, Part II.) 
FERRI ET QUININE CITRAS, U. S.—lron and Quinine 
Citrate.—Transparent, thin scales, varying in color from reddish brown 
to yellowish brown, slowly deliquescent in damp air; odorless; bitter and 
mildly ferruginous taste ; acid reaction. Made by dissolving quinine 
(alkaloid) in solution of ferric citrate, evaporating and scaling. 
FERRI ET QUININE CITRAS SOLUBILIS, U. S.— 
Soluble Iron and Quinine Citrate.—Thin, transparent scales of a 
greenish, golden-yellow color, deliquescent in damp air; odorless; bitter, 
mildly ferruginous taste. Made by adding to a solution of citrate of iron, 
quinine and citric acid, previously dissolved in distilled water, then adding 
sufficient ammonia water to precipitate and redissolve, evaporating and 
scaling on plates of glass. 
VINUM FERRI AMARUM, U. S.—Bitter Wine of Iron. (See 
Vina, Part II.) 
FERRI ET STRYCHNINE CITRAS, U. S.—lron and 
Strychnine Citrate.—Thin, transparent scales, varying in color from 
garnet-red to yellowish brown ; deliquescent in damp air ; odorless; bitter 
and slightly ferruginous taste ; slightly acid reaction. Made by adding to 
a solution of citrate of iron and ammonium, citric acid and strychnine, and 
scaling. 
SYRUPUS FERRI, QUININE ET STRYCHNINE PHOS- 
PHATUM, U. S.—Syrup of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnine Phos- 
phates.—Made by dissolving in an acid solution of ferric phosphate, 
quinine, strychnine, and sugar. (See Syrupi, Part II.) This preparation 
is also sometimes known as Easton's Syrup. 
FERRI ET AMMONII SULPHAS, U. S.—Ferric Ammon- 
ium Sulphate. Fe2(NH4)2(S04)4.24H20 ; 962.1. {Ammonia-Ferric 
Sulphate. Ammonia-Ferric Alum.)—Pale-violet, octahedral crystals, 
efflorescent on exposure to air; odorless; acid, styptic taste ; slightly acid 
reaction. Prepared by dissolving sulphate of ammonium in solution of 
tersulphate of iron, evaporating and crystallizing. 
Fe23S04 + (NH4)2SO4 = Fe2(NH4)2(S04)4. 
Ferric Sulphate. Ammonium Ammonio-Ferric Sulphate. 
Sulphate. 
FERRI ET AMMONII TARTRAS, U. S.—lron and Ammon- 
ium Tartrate. {Ammonia-Ferric Tartrate.)—Thin, transparent scales, 
varying in color from garnet-red to yellowish brown, only slightly deliques- 
cent ; odorless; sweetish and slightly ferruginous taste; neutral reaction. 
Prepared by dissolving ferric hydrate in solution of acid ammonium tar- 
trate, and scaling. 
FERRI ET POTASSII TARTRAS, U. S.— Iron and Potas- 
sium Tartrate. {Potassio-Ferric Tartrate.)—Thin, transparent, slightly 
deliquescent scales ; odorless ; sweetish, slightly ferruginous taste ; neutral 
reaction. Prepared by adding to ferric hydrate acid potassium tartrate 
and a trace of water of ammonia, and scaling. 
‘ ‘ Boule de Mars,” an olive-shaped ball of Ferri et Potassii Tartras, FERRIC HYDRATE. 
97 
devised by the French. When a mild chalybeate drink is required the 
ball is suspended in a glass of water until the necessary quantity is dis- 
solved to constitute a dose. 
FERRI HYPOPHOSPHIS, U. S.—Ferric Hypophosphite. 
Fe2(PH202)6; 501.04.—A white or grayish-white powder, permanent in 
the air; odorless; nearly tasteless. Made by double decomposition 
between calcium hypophosphite and ferrous sulphate. On evaporation, 
the resulting ferrous hypophosphite is changed to ferric hypophosphite. 
This is one of the hypophosphites recommended by Dr. Churchill in the 
treatment of phthisis : 
Ca(H2PO2)2 + FeS04 = CaSO* -f Fe(H2PO2)2. 
Calcium Ferrous Calcium Ferrous 
Hypophosphite. Sulphate. Sulphate. Hypophosphite. 
FERRI lODIDUM SACCHARATUM, U. S.—Saccharated 
Ferrous lodide.—A yellowish-white or grayish powder, very hygroscopic ; 
odorless; sweetish, ferruginous taste ; slightly acid reaction. Made by 
adding solution of ferrous iodide to sugar of milk. 
SYRUPUS FERRI lODIDI, U. S.—Syrup of Ferrous lodide. 
—Made by adding solution of ferrous iodide to sugar. A syrupy liquid, 
containing 10 per cent, of Fel2. (See Syrupi, Part II.) 
PILUL/E FERRI lODIDI, U. S.—Pills of Ferrous lodide. 
(See Pilulse, Part II.) 
FERRI LACTAS, U. S.—Ferrous Lactate. Fe(C3HSO3)2. 
3H20 ; 287.34.—Pale greenish-white crusts, consisting of small, needle- 
shaped crystals, permanent in air ; slight, peculiar odor ; mild, sweetish, 
ferruginous taste; slightly acid reaction. Prepared by acting on iron with 
lactic acid, and crystallizing the solution : 
Fe2 + 4HC3H503 == 2Fe(C3H503)2 + H4. 
Iron. Lactic Acid. Ferrous Lactate. Hydrogen. 
FERRI OXIDUM HYDRATUM, U. S.—Ferric Hydrate. 
Fe2(HO)6 ; 213.52.—Frequently used as an antidote for arsenic, and pre- 
pared by adding water of ammonia to solution of tersulphate of iron, col- 
lecting and washing the precipitate. The reaction is as follows : 
Fe23S04 + 6NH4HO = Fe2(HO)6 + 3(NH4)2504 
Ferric Ammonium Ferric Ammonium 
Sulphate. Hydrate. Hydrate. Sulphate. 
The reaction occurs when it is used as an antidote as follows: 
2Fe2(HO)6 + As203 Fe3(As04)2 + Fe(HO)2 + 5H20. 
Ferric Arsenious Ferrous Ferrous Water. 
Hydrate. Oxide. Arsenate. Hydrate. 
Hydrated oxide of iron should not be retained for any length of time on 
hand, because it decomposes even when kept under-water. The ingre- 
dients, however, should always be ready for immediate use, weighed out 
in suitable bottles, and kept in an accessible and well-known place, ready 
for instant use in case of emergency. 
FERRI OXIDUM HYDRATUM CUM MAGNESIA, U. S.— 
Ferric Hydrate with Magnesia. (.Arsenic Antidote.)—Solution of Ferric 
Sulphate 50 C.c. (1 fl.oz. s]/2 fl.dr.); Magnesia 10 Gm. (154 grains); 
Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the solution of ferric sulphate with 98 
PHARMACY. 
ioo C.c. (old form 3 f1.0z.) of water, and keep the liquid in a large, well 
stoppered bottle. Rub the magnesia with cold water to a smooth and thin 
mixture, transfer this to a bottle capable of holding about 1000 C.c. (old 
form 2 pints), and till it with water to about three-fourths of its capacity. 
When the preparation is wanted for use shake the magnesia mixture to a 
homogeneous, thin magma, add it gradually to the iron solution, and shake 
them together until a uniform, smooth mixture results. 
This preparation is to be preferred to the above as an antidote for 
arsenic, as it is not necessary to wash the precipitate, and the reaction that 
occurs leaves in solution sulphate of magnesium, which acts as a cathartic 
and carries off the ferrous arsenate formed. 
FERRI PHOSPHAS SOLUBILIS, U. S.—Soluble Ferric 
Phosphate.—Thin, bright green, transparent scales, permanent in dry air 
when excluded from light, but turning dark on exposure to light; odor- 
less ; acidulous, slightly saline taste ; slightly acid reaction. Prepared by 
mixing solution of citrate of iron and phosphate of sodium, evaporating 
in scales. 
This is not a definite chemical compound, but is sometimes termed 
sodio-ferric citro-phosphate, and greatly resembles the official ferric 
pyrophosphate. It is a scaled salt, and quite different from the insoluble 
slate-colored powder of phosphate of iron, formerly official. 
FERRI PYROPHOSPHAS SOLUBILIS, U. S.—Soluble 
Ferric Pyrophosphate.—Thin, apple-green, transparent scales, perma- 
nent in dry air when excluded from light, but turning dark on exposure to 
light; odorless; acidulous, slightly saline taste ; slightly acid reaction. 
Made by mixing solutions of citrate of iron and pyrophosphate of sodium, 
evaporating in scales. 
The compound is a mixture of several salts, and not a definite chemical 
compound. It consists of sodio-ferric pyrophosphate, sodio-ferric citrate, 
and ferric sulphate. It differs from the salt formerly official, which was 
an insoluble ferric phosphate Fe43P207, dissolved in solution of ammonium 
citrate. It also differs from that insoluble gelatinous precipitate, sometimes 
formed when tincture of chloride of iron is added to dilute phosphoric 
acid. This is also a pyrophosphate of iron. 
FERRI SULPHAS, U. S.—Ferrous Sulphate. FeS04.7H20; 
277.42.—Large, pale bluish-green, monoclinic prisms, efflorescent, and 
absorbing oxygen rapidly on exposure to air; odorless ; saline, styptic 
taste ; acid reaction. Made by treating iron with diluted sulphuric acid, 
evaporating and crystallizing : 
Fe2 -)- 2H2SOt = 2FeS04 -)- 4H. 
Iron. Sulphuric Ferrous Hydrogen. 
Acid. Sulphate. 
FERRI SULPHAS EXSICCATUS, U. S.—Dried Ferrous 
Sulphate. Approximately* 2FeS04.3H20; 357.28.—A grayish-white 
powder prepared by exsiccating 100 Gm. of ferrous sulphate at a tempera- 
ture about 40° C. (104° F.), and still containing about 15 per cent, water 
of crystallization; and then heating on water-bath, constantly stirring, 
until the product weighs from 64 to 65 Gm. Powder, and bottle tightly. 
Three grains represent about five grains of the crystals. SOLUTION OF FERRIC SULPHATE. 
99 
FERRI SULPHAS GRANULATUS, U. S.—Granulated Fer- 
rous Sulphate. (Ferri Sulphas Prcecipitatus, Pharm. 1880.) FeSO+. 
7P1,20; 277.42.—A very pale bluish-green, crystalline powder, efflorescent 
in dry air, but when in contact with moisture, becoming gradually oxidized ; 
odorless ; saline, styptic taste ; acid reaction. Made by precipitating an 
aqueous solution of ferrous sulphate with alcohol. 
FERRI VALERIANAS.U. S.—Ferric Valerianate. A dark brick- 
red, amorphous powder of somewhat varying chemical composition, perma- 
nent in dry air; faint odor of valerian ; acid, mildly styptic taste. Prepared 
by double decomposition, between ferric sulphate and sodium valerianate. 
LIQUOR FERRI ACETATIS, U. S.—Solution of Ferric Ace- 
tate.—A dark reddish-brown, transparent liquid ; acetous odor; sweetish, 
faintly styptic taste ; slightly acid reaction. An aqueous solution of ferric 
acetate (Fe2(C2H302)6 ; 464.92). Containing 31 percent, of the anhy- 
drous salt, and corresponding to about 7.5 per cent, of metallic iron. Sp. 
gr. about 1.160 at 150 C. (590 F.). Prepared by dissolving ferric hydrate 
in glacial acetic acid. 
LIQUOR FERRI ET AMMONII ACETATIS, U. S.—Solution 
of Acetate of Iron and Ammonium. (See Liquores, Part II.) 
LIQUOR FERRI NITRATIS, U. S.—Solution of Ferric 
Nitrate.—A transparent, amber colored, or reddish liquid, without odor, 
having an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction ; specific gravity 
1.050. An aqueous solution of Ferric Nitrate (Fe2(NO3)6; 483.1), 
containing about 6.2 per cent, of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding 
to about 1.4 per cent, of metallic iron. Made by dissolving ferric hydrate 
in dilute nitric acid. 
LIQUOR FERRI SUBSULPHATIS, U. S.—Solution of Ferric 
Subsulphate. {Solution of Basic Ferric Sulphate. Monsel's Solution.') 
—An aqueous solution of Basic Ferric Sulphate (of variable chemical 
composition, corresponding to about 13.6 per cent, of metallic iron. It is 
a dark reddish-brown liquid; sp. gr. 1.550; odorless, or nearly so; 
extremely astringent taste; acid reaction. Made by heating ferrous sul- 
phate in a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acid. An aqueous solution, 
containing 43.7 per cent, of Fe40(S04)5. 
LIQUOR FERRI TERSULPHATIS, U. S.—Solution of Ferric 
Sulphate.—An aqueous solution of normal Ferric Sulphate (Fe2(SO4)3; 
399.22), containing about 28.7 per cent, of the salt, and corresponding to 
about 8 per cent, of metallic iron. It is a dark reddish-brown liquid; 
sp. gr. about 1.320 at 150 C. (590 F.); almost odorless; acid, strongly 
styptic taste; acid reaction. Made by heating ferrous sulphate in a 
mixture of nitric acid with excess of sulphuric acid. 
This solution differs from the solution of subsulphate of iron, merely in 
containing a larger proportion of sulphuric acid. It has the sp. gr. of 
1.320, and is a solution of the true persulphate Fe2(S04)3, or normal 
ferric sulphate. Solution of persulphate of iron is the name under which 
Monsel’s Solution is erroneously prescribed. The latter is a solution of 
a subsalt, Fe4G(S04)5. The reaction is as follows: 
6FeS04 + 3H2504 + 2HNO3 = 3(Fe23504) + NO -f qH.O. 
Ferrous Sulphuric Nitric Ferric Nitrogen Water. 
Sulphate. Acid. Acid. Sulphate. Monoxide. 100 
PHARMACY. 
ACIDUM CHROMICUM, U. S.—Chromic Acid. Cr03; 99.88. 
—Small, dark purplish-red, needle-shaped, or rhombic crystals of a me- 
tallic lustre ; deliquescent in moist air, destructive to animal and vege- 
table tissues; odorless. Made by decomposing potassium bichromate 
with sulphuric acid. Chromic acid is more properly called chromic an- 
hydride : 
CHROMIUM. Cr; 52. 
K.2Cr,07 + 2H2SOi = 2CrO? + 2KHS04 + H2G. 
Potassium Sulphuric Chromic Potassium Water. 
Bichromate. Acid. Acid. Acid Sulphate. 
NICKEL, COBALT, AND TIN. 
Ni; 58. Co ; 58.6. Sn ; 118.8. 
There are no official preparations of these metals. Nickel has recently 
come into use in the form of bromide, chloride, etc., and seems to be of 
considerable merit. None of the unofficial salts of cobalt are of pharma- 
ceutical interest. Tin is of no interest pharmaceutically, but its salts are 
of* great importance in the arts. 
LEAD, COPPER, SILVER, AND MERCURY. 
Pb; 206.4. Cu ; 63.18. Ag; 107.66. Hg; 199.8. 
Lead is obtained by roasting the native sulphide, Galena. It is a heavy, 
soft, bluish metal, with a sp. gr. of 11.45. 
Lead and its compounds are poisonous; and as this metal is used to a 
large extent in the manufacture of water-pipes, the effect of water on lead 
is of interest. Pure water is a solvent of lead to a certain extent, owing 
to the formation of a slightly soluble hydroxide or carbonate. The purer 
the water the more dangerous it is in this way. If traces of sulphates or 
chlorides be present in the water, however, an insoluble coating is formed 
on the surface of the metal, which protects it from further decomposition. 
LEAD. Pb (Plumbum) ; 206.4. 
PLUMBI ACETAS, U. S.—Lead Acetate. Pb(C2H302)2.3H20; 
378.0. (Sugar of Lead.)—Colorless, shining, transparent, monoclinic 
prisms or plates, or heavy, white, crystalline masses, or in granular crys- 
tals, efflorescent and attracting carbon dioxide on exposure to air ; faintly 
acetous odor; sweetish, astringent, afterward metallic taste; faintly acid 
reaction. Made by treating lead oxide with acetic acid, evaporating and 
crystallizing:— 
PbO + 2HC2H302 = Pb(C3H302)2 + Ii20. 
Lead Oxide. Acetic Acid. Lead Acetate. Water. 
The commercial salt is unfit for use, because it usually contains carbon- 
ate and oxide of lead. 
LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS, U. S.—Solution of Lead 
Subacetate. [Goulard’s Extract.)—An aqueous liquid, containing in 
solution about 25 per cent, of Lead Subacetate (approximately Pb20- 
(C2H302)2; 546.48). It is a clear, colorless liquid ; odorless ;of a sweet- 
ish, astringent taste and an alkaline reaction; sp. gr. 1.195. Made by 
boiling solution of lead acetate with lead oxide. LEAD PLASTER. 
101 
The subacetate is not a definite salt, but as found in official solutions, it 
is a mixture of oxyacetates, produced by boiling the normal acetate in 
water in contact with the oxide. The following reaction occurs :—- 
3PbO + 3(Pb2C2H302) = 
Lead Oxide. Lead Acetate. 
Pb30(C2H302), + Pb302(C2H302)2. 
Lead Oxyacetates. 
LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS DILUTUS, U. S.— 
Diluted Solution of Lead Subacetate. {Lead-Water.)—Made by 
diluting 30 C.c. of solution of subacetate of lead with 970 C.c. of water. 
The opalescence of lead-water is due to the formation of a trace of car- 
bonate if the distilled water used has not been recently freed from carbonic 
acid gas by boiling and cooling it. A few drops of acetic acid will clear 
it, however; but it should be dispensed opalescent, to distinguish it from 
lime-water, for which it has often been mistaken, with serious results. 
CERATUM PLUMBI SUBACETATIS, U. S.—Cerate of Lead 
Subacetate. (Goulard's Cerate.)—20 Gm. Goulard’s Extract; 80 Gm. 
Camphor Cerate. (See Cerata, Part II.) 
PLUMBI CARBONAS, U. S. Lead Carbonate. (PbCG3)2. 
Pb(HO)2 ; 772.82 (White Lead).—A heavy, white, opaque powder or 
pulverulent mass, permanent in the air; odorless and tasteless. Made 
by acting on metallic lead with fumes of acetic acid and decaying matter. 
Plumbi carbonas is a mixture of carbonate and hydrate. 
UNGUENTUM PLUMBI CARBONATIS, U. S.—Ointment 
of Lead Carbonate.—Lead Carbonate, 10 Gm. ; Benzoated Lard, 90 
Gm. (See Unguenta, Part II.) 
PLUMBI lODIDUM, U. S.—Lead lodide. Pbl2; 459.46.— A 
heavy, bright yellow powder, permanent in the air; odorless ; tasteless; 
neutral reaction. Made by double decomposition between lead nitrate 
and potassium iodide : 
2KI + Pb2N03 = Pbl2 + 2KN03. 
Potassium Lead Lead Potassium 
lodide. Nitrate. lodide. Nitrate. 
UNGUENTUM PLUMBI lODIDI, U. S.—Ointment of Lead 
lodide.—Lead lodide, 10 Gm. ; Benzoated Lard, 90 Gm. (See Un- 
guenta, Part II.) 
PLUMBI NITRAS, U. S.—Lead Nitrate. Pb(NG3)2; 330.18. 
—Colorless, transparent, octahedral crystals, when obtained by the sponta- 
neous evaporation of cold solutions, or white, nearly opaque crystals, when 
formed by the cooling of hot solutions ; permanent in the air ; odorless ; 
sweetish, astringent, afterward metallic, taste; acid reaction. Made by 
treating lead oxide with diluted nitric acid, evaporating and crystallizing. 
PLUMBI OXIDUM, U. S.—Lead Oxide. PbO; 222.36. (Litharge.) 
—A heavy, yellowish or reddish-yellow powder or minute scales, perma- 
nent in the air ; odorless ; tasteless. Made by roasting lead ore. 
Red Lead is a higher oxide. Pb304. Made by sprinkling hot litharge 
(PbO) with water, powdering, drying and heating out of contact with air. 
EMPLASTRUM PLUMBI, U. S.—Lead Plaster.—Made by PHARMACY. 
boiling lead with olive oil and water. The lead combines with the fatty 
acids of the oil and forms an oleo-palmitate of lead, setting free glyceryl, 
which unites with the \yater present to form hydrate of glyceryl, or 
glycerin. (See Emplastra, Part II.) 
UNGUENTUM DIACHYLON, U. S.—Diachylon Ointment.— 
Made by diluting lead plaster with olive oil and perfuming with oil of 
lavender. (See Unguenta, Part II.) 
CUPRI SULPHAS, U. S.—Copper Sulphate. (Cupric Sulphate.') 
CuS04-5H20; 248.8—Large, translucent, deep-blue, triclinic crystals; 
efflorescent in dry air; odorless; nauseous, metallic taste ; acid reaction. 
Commonly called blue vitriol. Made by treating copper with diluted sul- 
phuric acid, evaporating the solution, and crystallizing. 
COPPER. Cu; 63.18. 
SILVER. Ag; 107.66. 
A brilliant, white metal, very malleable and ductile, having a specific 
gravity of 10.4 to 10.5. 
ARGENTI CYANIDUM,U. S.—Silver Cyanide. AgCN; 133.64. 
—A white powder, permanent in dry air, but gradually turning brown by 
exposure to light; odorless and tasteless. Made bypassing hydrocyanic 
gas into solution of silver nitrate, or by mixing solutions of silver nitrate 
with potassium cyanide : 
AgNOs + KCN = AgCN + KN03. 
Silver Potassium Silver Potassium 
Nitrate. Cyanide. Cyanide. Nitrate. 
ARGENTI lODIDUM, U. S.—Silver lodide. Agl ; 234.19. 
A heavy, amorphous, light-yellowish powder, unaltered by light if pure, 
but generally becoming greenish-yellow; odorless and tasteless. Made by 
double decomposition between potassium iodide and silver nitrate;— 
KI + AgN03 = Agl + KN03. 
Potassium Silver Silver Potassium 
lodide. Nitrate. lodide. Nitrate. 
ARGENTI NITRAS, U. S.—Silver Nitrate. AgN03; 169.55. 
Colorless, transparent, tabular, rhombic crystals, becoming gray or grayish- 
black on exposure to light in the presence of organic matter; odorless; 
bitter, caustic, and strongly metallic taste; neutral reaction. Made by 
treating metallic silver with nitric acid, evaporating and crystallizing:— 
Ag3 + 4HNO3 3AgN03 + NO -)- 2H20. 
Silver. Nitric Acid. Silver Nitrate. Nitrogen Water. 
Monoxide. 
ARGENTI NITRAS DILUTUS, U. S.—Diluted Silver Nitrate. 
(.Mitigated Caustic).—A white, hard solid, generally in form of pencils or 
cones of a finely granular fracture, becoming gray, or grayish-black on ex- 
posure to light in presence of organic matter. Odorless, having a caustic, 
metallic taste and a neutral reaction. Made by melting together one part 
of nitrate of silver and two of nitrate of potassium, and moulding. 
ARGENTI NITRAS FUSUS, U. S.—Moulded Silver Nitrate, 
(Lunar Caustic I)—Made by fusing and moulding silver nitrate in the form AMMONIATED MERCURY. 
103 
of points or cones. The description applied to mitigated caustic answers 
for the fused nitrate except the fracture of the latter is fibrous instead of 
granular. The official process calls for a small portion of HCI, which is 
added to give greater toughness to the pencils. 
ARGENTI OXIDUM, U. S.—Silver Oxide. AgsO ; 231.28. 
A heavy, dark brownish-black powder, liable to reduction by exposure to 
light; odorless; metallic taste; imparting alkaline reaction to water. 
Made by precipitating solution of silver nitrate with solution of potassium 
hydrate:— 
2AgN03 + 2KHO = Ag20 + 2KNO3 -f H2O. 
Silver Nitrate. Potassium Silver Potassium Water. 
Hydrate. Oxide. Nitrate. 
MERCURY. Hg; 199.8. 
HYDRARGYRUM, U. S. Mercury. Hg; 199.8. {Quick- 
silver. )—A shining, silver-white metal, liquid at temperatures above 
40° C. (—4o° F.); odorless and tasteless. 
Mercury may be purified from mechanical impurities by squeezing it 
through chamois, or by distillation with HCI, after which the HCI is washed 
out with distilled water, and the mercury dried by the aid of filtering paper 
and a water bath. 
HYDRARGYRUM CUM GRETA, U. S.—Mercury with Chalk. 
—A light gray powder, free from grittiness.. Made by extinguishing 38 
Gm. Hg with xo Gm. clarified honey and 57 Gm. prepared chalk. 
EMPLASTRUM HYDRARGYRI, U. S.—Mercurial Plaster. 
—Made by extinguishing 300 Gm. Hg, with 12 Gm. oleate of mercury, 
and incorporating with 688 Gm. melted lead plaster. (See Emplastra, 
Part II.) 
EMPLASTRUM AMMONIACI CUM HYDRARGYRO, U. 
S.—Ammoniac Plaster with Mercury.—Made by extinguishing 18 per 
cent, of Hg with ammonia, olive oil, sublimated sulphur, diluted acetic acid 
and lead plaster. (See Emplastra, Part II.) 
MASSA HYDRARGYRI, U. S—Mass of Mercury. (.Pilulce 
Hydrargyri. Blue Mass. Blue Pill.)—Made by extinguishing 33 Gm. 
Hg with honey of rose and glycerin, adding powdered glycyrrhiza and 
powdered althaea. (See Massae, Part II.) 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI, U. S.—Mercurial Ointment. 
—Made by extinguishing 500 Gm. Hg with 20 Gm. oleate of mercury and 
then adding 250 Gm. lard and 230 Gm. suet, melted together. (See 
Unguenta, Part II.) 
HYDRARGYRUM AMMONIATUM, U. S.—Ammoniated 
Mercury. NH.2EIgCI; 251.1. {White Precipitate. Mercuric Ammonium 
Chloride.)— White, pulverulent pieces, or a white, amorphous powder, 
permanent in the air ; odorless and tasteless. Made by precipitating solu- 
tion of mercuric chloride with water of ammonia : 
HgCl2 + 2NH,HO = NH4CI + NH2HgCI + 2H20. 
Mercuric Water of Ammonium Mercurammonium Water. 
Chloride. Ammonia. Chloride. Chloride. 104 
PHARMACY. 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI AMMONIATI, U. S.— 
Ointment of Ammoniated Mercury.—Ammoniated mercury, 10 Gra. ; 
benzoated lard, 90 Gm. 
HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM, U. S.—Cor- 
rosive Mercuric Chloride.—HgCl2; 270.5. (Corrosive Sublimate. 
Mercuric Chloride.)—Heavy, colorless, rhombic crystals, or crystalline 
masses, permanent in the air; odorless; acrid and persistent metallic 
taste ; acid reaction. Made by subliming mercuric sulphate with sodium 
chloride. 
The mercuric sulphate is formed by boiling Hg with H2S04 : 
2H2S04 + Hg = HgS04 + SOa + 2H20. 
Sulphuric Mercury. Mercuric Sulphurous Water. 
Acid. Sulphate. Acid. 
This is mixed with NaCl and sublimed. The following reaction occurs. 
Sodium sulphate remains behind : 
HgSG4 + (NaCl)2 = Na2S04 + HgCl2. 
Mercuric Sodium Sodium Mercuric 
Sulphate. Chloride. Sulphate. Chloride. 
HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE, U. S.—Mild Mer- 
curous Chloride. Hg2Cl2; 470.34. (Calomel. Mercurous Chloride.}— 
A white, impalpable powder, permanent in the air; odorless and tasteless. 
Prepared by subliming mercuric sulphate and mercury with sodium 
chloride. 
In preparing calomel, mercuric sulphate is formed in the same manner 
as in the preparation of corrosive sublimate ; this is then triturated with a 
quantity of mercury equal to that used in forming it, thus producing mer- 
curous sulphate, which is then sublimed with sodium chloride. Sodium 
sulphate remains behind : 
2H2S04 + Hg = HgSG4 + S02 + 2H20. 
Sulphuric Mercury. Mercuric Sulphur- Water. 
Acid. Sulphate. ous Acid. 
HgSO, + Hg = Hg2S04. 
Mercuric Mercury. Mercurous 
Sulphate. Sulphate. 
Hg2SO, + 2NaCI = Hg2Cl2 + Na2S04. 
Mercurous Sodium Mercurous Sodium 
Sulphate. Chloride. Chloride. Sulphate. 
HYDRARGYRI CYANIDUM, U. S.—Mercuric Cyanide. Hg 
(CN)2; 251.7.—Colorless, or white, prismatic crystals, becoming colored 
on exposure to light; odorless; bitter, metallic taste; neutral reaction. 
Made by passing hydrocyanic acid into a vessel containing mercuric 
oxide, with water : 
(HCN)2 + HgO = Hg(CN)2 + H2O. 
Hydrocyanic Mercuric Mercuric Water. 
Acid. Oxide. Cyanide. 
HYDRARGYRI lODIDUM RUBRUM, U. S.—Red Mercuric 
lodide. Hgl2; 452.86. (Biniodide of Mercury. Red lodide of Mer- 
cury. )—A scarlet-red, amorphous powder, permanent in the air ; odorless 
and tasteless. Made by double decomposition between mercuric chloride 
and potassium iodide : 
HgCl2 + 2KI = Hgl2 -f 2KCI. 
Mercuric Potassium Mercuric Potassium 
Chloride, lodide. lodide. Chloride. OINTMENT OF MERCURIC NITRATE. 
105 
HYDRARGYRI lODIDUM FLAVUM, U. S.—Yellow Mercur- 
ous lodide. Hg2I2 ; 652.66. [Hydrargyri lodidum Viride, Pharm. 1880. 
Protiodide of Mercury. Yellow [or Green) lodide of Mercury.)— Bright 
yellow, amorphous powder. Odorless and tasteless. By exposure to the 
light it becomes darker, in proportion as it undergoes decomposition into 
metallic mercury and mercuric iodide. Made by rubbing together mercury 
and iodine and adding alcohol. Alcohol is added to keep down the tem- 
perature by its evaporation, and as some Hgl2 is formed, and is soluble in 
alcohol, it may be washed out thereby. 
HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM FLAVUM, U. S.—Yellow Mercuric 
Oxide. HgO ; 215.76.—A light orange-yellow, heavy, impalpable pow- 
der, permanent in the air and turning darker on exposure to light:— 
HgCl2 + 2KHO = HgO + 2KCI + HjO. 
Mercuric Potassium Mercuric Potassium Water. 
Chloride. Hydrate. Oxide. Chloride. 
This oxide, when digested on a water-bath for fifteen minutes, with a 
strong solution of oxalic acid, forms mercuric oxalate of a white color, dis- 
tinguishing it from red oxide. 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI OXIDI FLAVI, U. S.— 
Ointment of Yellow Mercuric Oxide.—Oxide, 10 Gm.; ointment, 90 
Gm. 
OLEATUM HYDRARGYRI, U. S.—Oleate of Mercury.—Made 
by dissolving 20 Gm. yellow oxide in 80 Gm. oleic acid. 
HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM, U. S.—Red Mercuric 
Oxide. HgO ; 215.76. [Red Precipitate.)— Heavy, orange-red, crystal- 
line scales, or a crystalline powder, becoming more yellow the finer it is 
divided, permanent in the air; odorless, with somewhat metallic taste. 
Made by decomposing mercuric nitrate by heat:— 
Hg(NO?)2 -4- heat = HgO -)- 2N02 -(- O. 
Mercuric Mercuric Nitrogen Oxygen. 
Nitrate. Oxide. Dioxide. 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI OXIDI RUBRI, U. S.—Oint- 
ment of Red Mercuric Oxide.—Red oxide, 10 Gm. ; 5 Gm. castor oil; 
mercury ointment, 85 Gm. 
HYDRARGYRI SUBSULPHAS FLAVUS, U. S.—Yellow 
Mercuric Subsulphate. Hg(HgO)2S04 ; 727.14. [Basic Mercuric Sul- 
phate. Turpeth Mineral.')—A heavy, lemon-yellow powder, permanent in 
the air; odorless and almost tasteless. Made by adding mercuric sulphate 
to boiling water. Acid mercuric sulphate remains in solution. 
LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS, U. S.—Solution of 
M ercuric Nitrate.—A clear, nearly colorless, heavy liquid; sp. gr. 
2.100 ; faint odor of nitric acid ; strongly acid reaction. Made by dissolv- 
ing 40 Gm. red oxide with 45 Gm. nitric acid and 15 Gm. water. 
Contains about 60 per cent, of mercuric nitrate Hg(N03)2 with some free 
nitric acid. 
UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS, U. S Oint- 
ment of Mercuric Nitrate. (Citrine Ointment.)—Made by treating 106 
PHARMACY. 
lard oil with nitric acid, and then incorporating solution of mercuric nitrate. 
The olein is converted into elaidin, and the color changes to a deep orange, 
by the action of nitric acid on the lard oil. 
ANTIMONY, ARSENIC AND BISMUTH. 
Sb ; 119.6. As; 74.9. Bi; 208.9. 
ANTIMONY (STIBIUM). Sb; 119.6. 
ANTIMONII ET POTASSII TARTRAS, U. S.—Antimony 
and Potassium Tartrate. 2K(SbO)C4H4O6. H.20; 662.42. (Tartar 
Emetic. Tartarated Antimony.')— Small, transparent crystals of the rhom- 
bic system, becoming opaque and white on exposure to air, or a white, 
granular powder; sweet, afterward disagreeable metallic taste; feebly 
acid reaction. Made by boiling antimonous oxide and acid potassium 
tartrate together with water, evaporating and crystallizing:— 
2KHC4H406 + Sb203 = 2KSbOC4H406 + H2O. 
Acid Potassium Antimonous Antimony Potassium Water. 
Tartrate. Oxide. Tartrate. 
ANTIMONII OXIDUM, U. S.—Antimony Oxide. Sb2Os; 
287.08. (.Antimony Trioxide I)—A. heavy, grayish-white powder, perma- 
nent in the air; odorless and tasteless. Made by adding antimonous 
chloride to water, and treating the oxychloride formed with water of 
ammonia. 
The process consists of three steps, as follows: 
The first step is the formation of antimonous chloride, SbCl3, with the 
following reaction : 
Sb2S3 + 6HCI = 2SbCl3 + 3H2S. 
Antimony Hydrochloric Antimonous Hydrosulphuric 
Sulphide. Acid. Chloride. Acid. 
The second step consists of adding the antimonous chloride to water, 
oxychloride being formed - 
i2SbCl3 + 15H20 = 2SbCl35Sb203 + 30HCI. 
Antimonous Water. Antimony Oxy- Hydrochloric 
Chloride. chloride. Acid. 
The third step consists in converting the oxychloride into oxide, by 
treating it with ammonia : 
2SbCl3,5Sb203 -f 6NH3 + 3H20 = 6Sb203 + 6NH4CI. 
Antimony Ammonia. Water. Antimony Ammonium 
Oxychloride. • Oxide. Chloride. 
ANTIMONII SULPHIDUM, U. S.—Antimony Sulphide, 
Sb.2S3 ; 335.14. (Antimony Trisulphide.)—Native sulphide of antimony, 
purified by fusion, and as nearly free from arsenic as possible. Steel- 
gray masses, of a metallic lustre, and a striated, crystalline fracture, forming 
a black or grayish-black, lustreless powder ; odorless and tasteless. 
ANTIMONII SULPHIDUM PURIFICATUM, U. S.—Puri- 
fied Antimony Sulphide. Sb2S3 ; 335.14.—A dark-gray powder; odor- 
less and tasteless. Prepared by macerating antimonous sulphide with 
water containing a trace of water of ammonia. 
ANTIMONIUM SULPHURATUM, U. S. Sulphurated 
Antimony. (Kerntes Mineral.)—Chiefly antimony trisulphide (Sb2S3; SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM ARSENITE. 
107 
335.14) with a very small amount of antimony trioxide. A reddish-brown, 
amorphous powder; odorless and tasteless. Made by boiling antimonous 
sulphide with solution of soda, and adding sulphuric acid to the hot solution. 
This process consists of two steps. First, the formation of sodium anti- 
monite by the action of sodium hydrate on antimonous sulphide : 
Sb2S3 + 6NaHO = Na3Sb03 -f Na3SbS3 + 3H20. 
Antimonous Sodium Sodium Sodium Sulph- Water. 
Sulphide. Hydrate. Antimonite. Antimonite. 
Second, decomposition of sodium antimonite and sodium sulph-antimon- 
ite by sulphuric acid : 
2Na3SbG3 + 3H2504 = 3Na2SO4 + Sb203 -f 3H20. 
Sodium Sulphuric Sodium Antimonous Water. 
Antimonite. Acid. Sulphate. Oxide. 
And— 
2Na3SbS3 + 3H2SO, == 3Na2SO4 + Sb2S3 + 3H2S. 
Sodium Sulphuric Sodium Antimonous Hydrosulphu- 
Sulph-antimonite. Acid. Sulphate. Sulphide. ric Acid. 
PILULE ANTIMONII COMPOSITE, U. S.-Compound 
Pills of Antimony. {Plummer's Pills.)— Each contains one-half grain 
sulphurated antimony, one-half grain calomel, and one grain guaiac. (See 
Pilulse, Part II.) 
PULVIS ANTIMONIALIS, U. S.—Antimonial Powder. 
{James' Powder.)—33 Gm. antimonous oxide ; 67 Gm. precipitated cal- 
cium phosphate. (See Pulveres, Part II.) 
VINUM ANTIMONII, U. S.—Wine of Antimony.—4 Gm. tartar 
emetic; 65 C.c. distilled water; X5O C.c. alcohol; stronger white wine 
to make 1000 C.c. (See Vina, Part II.) 
ARSENIC. As; 74.9. 
ACIDUM ARSENOSUM, U. S.—Arsenous Acid. As203; 
197.68. {Arsenic Trioxide. White Arsenic.)—A heavy, white solid, occur- 
ring either as an opaque powder, or in transparent or semi-transparent 
masses, which usually have a striated appearance; odorless ; tasteless ; 
faintly acid reaction. Prepared by roasting arsenical ores, and resublim- 
ing the sublimate. “An anhydride, not a true acid.” 
The oxide (As203) becomes an acid (H3AsO3) when added to water: 
As2°s + 3H20 == 2H3As03. 
Arsenous Oxide. Water. Arsenous Acid. 
LIQUOR ACIDI ARSENOSI, U. S.—Solution of Arsenous 
Acid. {Liquor Arsenici Chloridi, Pharm. iSyo.)—A solution of arsen- 
ious acid in diluted hydrochloric acid. IO Gm. arsenic ; 50 C.c. diluted 
HCI; distilled water to 1000 C.c. No chemical reaction takes place. 
LIQUOR POTASSII ARSENITIS, U. S.—Solution of Potas- 
sium Arsenite. {Fowler's Solution.)—lo Gm. arsenous acid; 20 Gm. 
KHCOs; 30 C.c. tr. lavender comp.; distilled water to 1000 C.c.:— 
2KHCOs —(— As203 H2O = 2KH2AsQ3 -)- 2C02. 
Acid Potassium Arsenous Water. Potassium Carbon 
Carbonate. Oxide Arsenite. Dioxide. 
When arsenous oxide is boiled with KHCOs in concentrated solution, 
potassium arsenite is produced, and C02 evolved. The quantity of water 108 
PHARMACY. 
directed in the formula, however, is sufficient to dissolve the salts, so that 
a solution can be effected without any chemical change. 
SODII ARSENAS, U. S.—Arsenate of Sodium. Na2HAs04- 
7H20; 311.9.—Made by fusing arsenous acid with sodium nitrate and 
carbonate. 
LIQUOR SODII ARSENATIS, U. S. (See Liquores, Part II.) 
ARSENI lODIDUM, U. S.—Arsenic lodide. Asl3; 454.49. 
(.Arsenici lodidum, Pharm. 1870.) Glossy, orange-red, crystalline 
masses, or shining, orange-red, crystalline scales, gradually losing iodine 
when exposed to the air ; iodine-like odor ; iodine-like taste ; neutral re- 
action. Made by fusing Ip. of arsenic and sp. of iodine together. 
LIQUOR ARSENI ET HYDRARGYRI lODIDI, U. S.— 
Solution of Arsenic and Mercuric lodide. (Liquor Arsenici et 
Hydrargyri lodidi, Pharm. 1870. Donovan's Solution.) Solution 
should be light straw-color; if darker, free iodine is probably present. 
(See Liquores, Part II.) 
BISMUTH. Bi; 208.9. 
BISMUTHI CITRAS, U. S.—Bismuth Citrate. BiC6H507; 
397.44.—A white, amorphous powder, permanent in the air; odorless and 
tasteless. Prepared by boiling bismuth subnitrate with citric acid and 
water, and adding distilled water to the clear solution. The reaction is as 
follows : 
BiON03.H20 + H3C6PI507 = BiC6HB07 + HNOs + 2H20. 
Bismuth Subnitrate. Citric Acid. Bismuth Citrate. Nitric Acid. Water. 
BISMUTHI ET AMMONII CITRAS, U. S.—Bismuth and 
Ammonium Citrate.—Small, shining, pearly or translucent scales, be- 
coming opaque on exposure to air; slightly acidulous and metallic 
taste; neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. Made by dissolving bismuth 
citrate in water of ammonia, evaporating the solution, and scaling. 
BISMUTHI SUBCARBONAS, U. S.—Bismuth Subcarbonate. 
(8i0)2C03.H20 ; 530. A white, or pale yellowish-white powder, per- 
manent in the air; odorless and tasteless. Made by dissolving bismuth in 
nitric acid, purifying, and precipitating by adding solution of sodium car- 
bonate. 
The most injurious impurity in bismuth is arsenic. In the official 
formula, directions are carefully made to leave out the arsenic. “The 
bismuth is first dissolved in nitric acid, a portion of which oxidizes the 
metal, with evolution of nitrous vapors, while another portion combines 
with the oxide produced, to form a bismuth nitrate. At the same time the 
arsenic is also oxidized at the expense of the nitric acid, and unites with a 
portion of the oxidized metal, so as to produce bismuth arsenate. Both of 
these salts, therefore, are contained in the solution, which is very concen- 
trated. Both have the property, when their solution is diluted with water, 
of separating into two salts—one an insoluble subsalt, which is deposited, 
and the other a soluble acid salt, which is held in solution. But the 
arsenate is more disposed to the change than the nitrate, and requires for 
the purpose a smaller amount of water of dilution. The subarsenate is GOLD AND PLATINUM. 
109 
slowly deposited in twenty-four hours, and is then separated by filtration. 
The addition of a large quantity of distilled water precipitates the bismuth 
subnitrate, the ammonia being added to separate it more thoroughly by 
combining with the nitric acid. The precipitate thus freed from arsenic is 
now redissolved in nitric acid, partially diluted, and added to solution of 
sodium carbonate; by double decomposition bismuth subcarbonate and 
sodium nitrate are thus produced.”—(Remington.) 
BISMUTHI SUBNITRAS, U. S.—Bismuth Subnitrate. BiO- 
N03.H20; 306.—A heavy, white powder, permanent in the air; odor- 
less; almost tasteless; slightly acid reaction. Prepared by dissolving bis- 
muth in nitric acid, purifying and adding the solution, in nitric acid, to 
water. The reactions are as follows : 
Bi2 -f BHN03 = (8i3N03)2 + 4H20 + 2NO. 
Bismuth. Nitric Bismuth Water. Nitrogen 
Acid. Nitrate. Monoxide. 
then— 
-5(8i3N03) + 8H20 = 48i0N03H20 + Bi3NOs -f BHN03. 
Bismuth Water. Bismuth Bismuth Nitric 
Nitrate. Subnitrate. Nitrate. Acid. 
“The separation of the arsenic is accomplished by first preparing the 
carbonate, by adding the solution of bismuth to a solution of sodium car- 
bonate in excess, whereby most of the arsenic is retained in the solution, 
probably as sodium arsenate, while the insoluble carbonate is precipitated. 
This is dissolved, with the aid of heat, in nitric acid, so as to make a very 
concentrated solution of the nitrate, to which, when cold, just so much 
water is added as to begin to produce a permanent turbidness. The object 
of this is to allow any arsenic that may still be present to be deposited, 
happens for reasons explained above. (See Subcarbonate.) The 
deposited matter having been precipitated, only the pure nitrate remains in 
solution, which is made to yield the subnitrate by a large dilution with 
water, and still more completely, by the addition of ammonia.”—(Rem- 
ington.) 
GOLD AND PLATINUM 
Au ; 196.7. Pt; 194.3 
AURI ET SODII CHLORIDUM, U. S.—Gold and Sodium 
Chloride.—An orange-yellow powder, slightly deliquescent in damp air; 
odorless; saline, metallic taste; slightly acid reaction. A mixture com- 
posed of equal parts of dry chloride of gold (AuCl3) and chloride of sodium 
(NaCl). Made by dissolving gold in nitrohydrochloric acid, evaporating 
to dryness, weighing, and dissolving in eight times its weight of distilled 
water. Pure decrepitated common salt, equal in weight to the dry chlo- 
ride, is then added, previously dissolved in four parts of water. The mix- 
ture is then evaporated to dryness, with constant stirring. 
TEST-SOLUTION OF PLATINIC CHLORIDE.—I p. chlo- 
ride ; 20 p. distilled water. 110 
PHARMACY. 
PART IV. 
THE PREPARATIONS OF THE ORGANIC 
MATERIA MEDICA. 
What is Organic Chemistry ? The science of the carbon compounds. 
The following pages treat of both official and non-official organic sub- 
stances, and the former may be distinguished from the latter by the letters 
U. S. following the official names. 
THE CELLULOSE GROUP. 
CELLULOSE. C6Hi0O5. 
What is cellulose ? The woody fibre of plants, forming the skeleton 
for the vegetable tissues. 
What is lignin ? “ The substances which are found adhering to the 
cellulin skeleton of plants and vegetable tissues.” 
Describe pure cellulose. It is seen in the pure condition in raw 
cotton, the hairs of the seed of the cotton plant, and in many vegetable 
products. It is white, translucent, unalterable in the air; sp. gr. 1.5; 
insoluble in all the usual solvents, but soluble in ammoniacal solution of 
oxide of copper; converted into dextrin by treating with strong sulphuric 
or phosphoric acid, and, further, converted into glucose if the mixture be 
diluted with water and heated. 
What is parchment-paper ? Cellulose, in the form of unsized paper, 
after treatment with a mixture consisting of 2 p. H2SO+, sp. gr., 1.840, and 
Ip. PI20, by measure, cooled to 150 C. (590 F.), and washing in dilute 
nh4ho. 
For what is parchment-paper used in pharmacy? As a septum 
for dialysis. 
What important principle in pharmacy is owing to the insolu- 
bility of cellulose in ordinary solvents ? As cellulose forms the bulk 
of inert matter in plants, and is insoluble in ordinary solvents, active prin- 
ciples soluble in such solvents can be readily separated from it. 
When used for the purpose of separating the active principles in 
plants from the inert cellulose, what are solvents called ? Menstrua. 
GOSSYPIUM PURIFICATUM, U. S.—Purified Cotton* {Gos- 
sypium, Pharm. 1880. Absorbent Cotton.)— The hairs of the seeds of 
Gossypium herbaceum, freed from adhering impurities, and deprived of 
fatty matter. Cotton is freed from the trace of fatty matters always exist- 
ing in raw cotton, by boiling it in a weak alkaline solution, rinsing it in a 
weak solution of chlorinated lime, to whiten it, dipping it in a very dilute 
solution of HCI, washing with cold water, drying, and carding. The loss 
is about xo per cent. 
* Purified cotton wool is cellulose in one of its purest forms. OXALIC ACID. 
Products Resulting from the Decomposition of Cellulose. 
CLASS I.—PRODUCTS MADE BY DECOMPOSING CELLULOSE OR LIGNIN BY 
PYROXYLINUM,U. S.—Pyroxylin. [SolubleGun-Cotton. Colloxy- 
//«.)—A very inflammable, slightly explosive substance, resembling cotton, 
formed by acting on cotton I Gm. with nitric acid 14 C.c., and sulphuric 
acid 22 C.c., for ten hours, or until a portion taken out is found soluble 
in a mixture consisting of 1 p. Alcohol, 3 p. Ether (by volume), after 
which it is washed and dried. 
THE ACTION OF ACIDS OR ALKALIES. 
What is Pyroxylinum chemically ? Di-nitro-cellulin. C 6H8- 
(2N02)0,. 
Explain its formation. It belongs to a series of closely related nitro- 
compounds of ceilulin, formed by the action of nitric acid on this substance, 
in which the nitric acid radical replaces the hydroxyl of the cellulose formula. 
This may be shown by taking the double formula for cellulose Cl 2H20O10 
and the displacement of the HO, thus : 
6HN03 + Cl 2H20Ojo Qi^iA(No3)6 -(- 6H20. 
Nitric Acid. Cellulose. Cellulose-hexanitrate. Water. 
SHNO3 -f- Cl 2H20O10 Cl 2H150S(N03)5 -f- 5 H2O. 
Nitric Acid. Cellulose. Cellulose-pentanitrate. Water. 
4HNO3 -(- Cl 2H20O10 = C] 2H160b(N03)4 -|- 4H20. 
Nitric Acid. Cellulose. Cellulose-tetranitrate. Water. 
3HNO3 -f- Cl 2H20O10 = Cl 2H1707(N03)3 -f- 3H20. 
Nitric Acid. Cellulose. Cellulose-trinitrate. Water. 
2HN03 -f- Cl 2H20O10 = Cl 2H]808(N03)2 -}- 2H26. 
Nitric Acid. Cellulose. Cellulose-dinitrate. Water. 
The soluble pyroxylin used in preparing collodion is a varying mixture 
of the di- tri- tetra- and pentanitrates. The hexanitrate is the true explo- 
sive gun-cotton, and is insoluble in ether, alcohol and water. 
Celluloid.—A substance made from pyroxylin, camphor and coloring 
matter heated together and powerfully pressed into appropriate moulds. 
Pyroxylin was once extensively employed by photographers for produ- 
cing the basis of the sensitized film upon which impressions are made. It 
is now replaced to a great extent by gelatin. 
Pharmaceutically pyroxylin is used in collodion. (See Collodia, Part II.) 
ACIDUM OXALICUM.—OxaIic Acid. H2C2042H20; 125.7. 
Small, colorless, prismatic crystals; odorless, and with a very sour taste. 
Made by acting on ceilulin, sugar, or starch, with nitric acid ; but prepared 
on a commercial scale by heating sawdust with a mixture of two molecules 
caustic soda and one molecule potassa. The gray mass resulting is washed 
with Na2C03, whereby the potash is removed as carbonate, and the less 
soluble sodium oxalate remains. This is converted into calcium oxalate by 
milk of lime, and then decomposed with H2S04, and purified by recrystal- 
lization. 
Products Resulting from the Destructive Distillation of 
Cellulose and Lignin. 
What occurs when wood is distilled in close vessels without air ? 
Several solid, liquid, and gaseous products are formed, of which the prin- 
cipal ones are the following:— 
Solid.—Charcoal, inorganic salts, etc. Liquids.—I. Aqueous liquid, 112 
PHARMACY. 
containing acetic, formic, butyric, crotonic, capronic, propionic acids, ace- 
tone, methylic alcohol, furfurpl, methylamine, pyrocatechin, and small 
quantities of empyreumatic oils and resins. 2. Tarry liquid, containing 
toluol, xylol, cumol, methol, mesitylene, pseudocumol, phenol, cresol, guaia- 
col, creasol, phlorol, and methylcreasol, naphthalene, paraffin, pyrene, 
chrysene, retene, mesit. GASES.—Carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, marsh 
gas, acetylene, ethylene, propene, and others. 
Which are the most important of these ? Charcoal, tar, acetic acid, 
acetone, methylic alcohol, and creosote. 
ACIDUM ACETICUM, U. S.—Acetic Acid. HC2H302; 59.86. 
—A clear, colorless liquid, with a strong vinegar-like odor, purely acid 
taste, strongly acid reaction, composed of 36 per cent, absolute acetic acid 
and 64 per cent, water. Made by distilling oak wood at a temperature 
much less than that necessary to produce charcoal. 
Acetic acid is also made by distilling vinegar, which, in turn, is made by 
oxidizing dilute alcoholic liquids. In Germany it is made by oxidizing 
alcohol, by pouring a very dilute alcoholic solution on beech wood shav- 
ings, which exposes a large surface to the air. 
What two strengths of acetic acid are found in commerce ? The 
official acid and No. 8 acid. The former has a sp. gr. of 1.048, the latter 
1.040, and is 20 per cent, weaker. It is called No. 8 acid because it 
was formerly used in the proportion of I to 8, to make dilute acetic acid 
or distilled vinegar. 
ACIDUM ACETICUM DILUTUM, U. S.—Diluted Acetic 
Acid.—The liquid used as the menstruum for the official vinegars, con- 
taining 6 per cent. absolute HC2H302; sp. gr. 1.008. Made by diluting 
100 Gm. acetic acid with 500 Gm. distilled water, to make 600 Gm. 
ACIDUM ACETICUM GLACIALE, U. S.—Glacial Acetic 
Acid. HC2H302; 59.86.—A clear, colorless liquid, of a strong, vinegar- 
like odor, and a very pungent, purely acid taste. Somewhat below 150 C. 
(590 F.), a crystalline solid; nearly or quite absolute acetic acid; sp. gr., 
not higher than 1.058, at 150 C. (590 F.). Made by heating sodium 
acetate until the water of crystallization has been driven off, powdering the 
residue, and distilling it with concentrated sulphuric acid. The reaction 
is as follows : 
NaC2H302 + II2S04 = HC2H302 + NaHSO*. 
Sodium Sulphuric Glacial Acid Sodium 
Acetate. Acid. Acetic Acid. Sulphate. 
FIX LIQUIDA, U. S.—Tar .—An empyreumatic oleoresin, obtained 
by the destructive distillation of the wood of Pinus Palustris and of other 
species of pinus. It is usually obtained as a by-product in the manufac- 
ture of charcoal or acetic acid. A thick, viscid semi-fluid, blackish-brown, 
heavier than water, transparent in thin layers, becoming granular or 
opaque by age; having an acid reaction, an empyreumatic terebinthinate 
odor, and a sharp, empyreumatic taste; slightly soluble in water, soluble 
in alcohol, in fixed or volatile oils, and in solution of potassa or of soda. 
Official Preparations.—Syrupus Picis Liquidae, Unguentum Picis 
Liquidse. 
OLEUM PICIS LIQUIDS, U. S.—Oil of Tar.—An almost color- NAPHTALIN. 
113 
less liquid, distilled from tar, soon acquiring a dark, reddish-brown color 
when exposed to the air; having a strong, tarry odor and taste and acid 
reaction ; sp. gr. about 0.970. 
Black Pitch.—The residue left after the distillation of tar. 
OLEUM CADINUM, U.S.—Oil of Cade. [Oletim Juniperi Empy- 
reumaticum.)—A product of the dry distillation of the wood of Juniperus 
Oxycedrus. A dark brown, clear, thick liquid, having an empyreuinatic 
odor and burning taste. Sp. gr. about 0.990. 
CREOSOTUM, U. S.—Creosote.—An almost colorless or yellowish- 
pinkish, highly refractive, oily liquid, turning to reddish-yellow or brown 
by exposure to light; penetrating, smoky odor ; burning, caustic taste; 
neutral reaction ; sp. gr. not below 1.070 at 150 C (590 F.). 
Creosote is a production of the distillation of wood-tar, consisting, 
mainly, of the following phenols ; guaiacol or oxycresol, C,I f802, boiling 
at 200° C.-(392° F.) ; creosol, C 8H10O2, boiling at 2170 C. (422.6° F.) ; 
methylcreosol, C 9H1202, boiling at 214° C. (417° F.) to 218° C. (424.40 
F.); phlorol, CBII]9Oj, boiling at 219° C. (426.2° F.). 
When wood tar is distilled, a solution of several layers is formed. The 
lower, oily layer is treated with K2C03, to neutralize the acid present. 
Fractional distillation, with alternate treatment of the distillate with H2S04 
and KHO, to separate impurities, and final distillation, yields the product 
called creosote, which comes over between 205° and 220° C. (401° and 
428° F.). 
Nearly all of the liquid sold for creosote in the market is impure carbolic 
acid or coal tar creosote. It is distinguished from true wood creosote in 
the following manner: Creosote does not coagulate albumen or collodion. 
(For other tests, see U. S. P.) 
Official Preparation.—Aqua Creosoti. 
Products Resulting from the Natural Decomposition of Cellulin 
and Lignin and their Derivatives. 
Coal.—A fossil formatioil found in the earth, formed by the decomposi- 
tion of cellulin, lignin, etc., under the changing influence of moisture, 
temperature, and pressure. 
Coal Tar.—A residue left after the dry distillation of bituminous coal in 
the process of making illuminating gas. It consists of a large number of* 
products in the forms of solids, liquids, and gases, a number of which form 
very valuable products in the arts. 
NAPHTALINUM, U. S.—Naphtalin. ClOH8; 127.7. (Naphta- 
lene.)—A hydrocarbon obtained from coal tar. Colorless, shining, trans- 
parent laminae, having a strong, characteristic odor resembling that of coal- 
tar, and a burning, aromatic taste ; slowly volatilized on exposure to the 
air. Insoluble in water, but when boiled with the latter imparting to it a 
faint odor and taste. Soluble in 15 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59° F.), and 
very soluble in boiling alcohol; also very soluble in ether, chloroform, car- 
bon disulphide, and fixed or volatile oils. May be obtained by subjecting 
coal-tar to distillation, when it passes over after the coal naphtha. Frequently 
produced by dry distillation of organic bodies. Also known as coal-tar cam- 
phor, and employed to prevent the ravages of moth in woolen clothing. 114 
PHARMACY. 
NAPHTOL, U. S.—Naphtol. ClOH7OH ; 143.66. (.Beta-Na.ph.tol.) 
A phenol occurring in coal-tar, but usually prepared artifically from naph- 
talin. Colorless, or pale buff-colored, shining, crystalline laminse, or a 
white, or yellowish white, crystalline powder, having a faint, phenol-like 
odor and a sharp and pungent, but not persistent, taste. Permanent in tire 
air. Soluble at 150 C. (590 F.), in about 1000 parts of water, and in 0.75 
part of alcohol; in about 75 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in 
boiling alcohol. Also very soluble in ether, chloroform, or solution of 
caustic alkalies. Prepared by digesting 4p. naphtalin with 3p. H2S04 
at Bo° C. by which a- and ft-naphtalin-sulphonic acids are produced ; 
formula ClOH7SO3H. These may be separated by Ba or Pb salts. When 
treated with H2S04, the a-acid passes into the (3, therefore, the latter acid 
is produced exclusively at high temperatures (160° C.). When fused with 
alkaline hydrates both of the acids yield their corresponding naphtols, 
known as a- and /3-naphtols, respectively. 
When naphtalin is digested with H2S04 two acids are formed, one of 
them being known as alpha-naphtalin-sulphonic acid. When this acid is 
heated with H2S04, beta-naphtalin-sulphonic acid results. By fusing the 
latter acid with an alkaline hydrate, beta-naphtol (the official naphtol) is 
produced. 
ACETANILIDUM, U. S.—Acetanilid. C 6HSNH.C2H30 ; 134.73. 
(Phenylacetainide.)—An acetyl derivative of aniline, occurring in white, 
shining, micaceous, crystalline laminse, or a crystalline powder, odorless, 
having a faintly burning taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble at 
Is° C. (590 F.), in 194 parts of water, and in 5 parts of alcohol; in 18 
parts of boiling water, and in 0.4 part of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 
18 parts of ether, and easily soluble in chloroform, melting at 1130 C. 
(235.40 F.), and consumed without residue when ignited. 
Acetanilidum, also known as antifebrin, is made by heating a mixture of 
aniline and glacial acetic acid to the boiling point; the cooled, congealed 
residue is purified by sublimation or recrystallization. 
ACIDUM CARBOLICUM CRUDUM, U. S.—Crude Carbolic 
Acid.—A liquid consisting of various constituents of coal-tar, chiefly 
cresol and phenol, obtained during the fractional distillation of coal-tar. 
The portion coming over between 165° C., and 190° C. (329°-374°F.) is 
known as “ dead oil” because once deemed valueless. When dead oil is 
redistilled the product is Crude Carbolic Acid. If the latter is redistilled, 
water (principally) comes over, but when distillation is carried on between 
165° to 185° C. (329°-365° F.) nearly pure and crystallizablephenol (car- 
bolic acid) results; above this temperature 185° C. to 1950 C. (365°-383° 
F.) the distillate consists mainly of cresol and other phenols, (uncrystal- 
lizable). At temperatures from 1950 C. to 2110 C. (383°-4ii.B° F.), 
cresol, C 7H80, and xylenol, CgH100, are obtained. A nearly colorless or 
reddish-brown liquid, of a strongly empyreumatic and creosote-like odor, 
having a benumbing, blanching, and caustic effect on the skin or mucous 
membrane, and a slightly acid reaction. 
ACIDUM CARBOLICUM, U. S.—Carbolic Acid. C 6HSHO ; 
93.78. (.Phenol.)—Colorless, separate or interlaced, needle-shaped crys- 
tals, or a white, crystalline mass, sometimes acquiring a reddish tint ; de- SALOL, 
115 
liquescent on exposure to moist air. It produces a benumbing, blanching, 
and caustic effect on the skin. It has a distinctive, slightly aromatic odor, 
resembling creosote; when diluted, a sweetish taste, with a slightly burn- 
ing after-taste ; faintly acid reaction; and is a product of the distillation 
of coal-tar between the temperatures of ißo° C. and 190° C. (35b°~374° 
F-)- 
Official Preparations.—Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici, Unguentum Acidi 
Carbolici. 
RESORCINUM, U. S.—Resorcin. C 6H4(OH)2; 109.74 (Resorci- 
nol. Metadioxybenzol.)—A diatomic phenol, colorless, or faintly reddish, 
needle-shaped crystals or rhombic plates, having a faint, peculiar odor, and 
disagreeable, sweetish, and afterward pungent taste. Resorcin acquires a 
reddish or brownish tint by exposure to light and air. Soluble at 150 C. 
(590 F.), in 0.6 part of water, and in 0.5 part of alcohol; very soluble in 
boiling water or in boiling alcohol; also readily soluble in ether or gly- 
cerin ; very slightly soluble in chloroform. Usually prepared by fusing 
sodium benzol disulphonate with caustic soda, but may be made in several 
other ways. It is a diatomic phenol isomeric with pyrocatechin and hydro- 
quinone. 
ACIDUM SALICYLICUM, U. S.—Salicylic Acid. HC7H503; 
137.67.—Fine, white, light, prismatic, needle-shaped crystals, permanent 
in the air; free from odor of carbolic acid; having sometimes, a slight 
aromatic odor ; sweetish and slightly acrid taste ; acid reaction. Prepared 
by treating sodium phenol (or carbolate) with carbon dioxide. The sodium 
phenol is prepared by evaporating to dryness equal amounts of concentrated 
caustic soda solution and phenol; this is then heated to loo° C. (2120 F.), 
while a stream of dry CC)2 is passed over it. The temperature is gradually 
raised as soon as the phenol distills over, until it reaches 250° C. (482° 
F.), until no more phenol distills. Half of the phenol used remains in the 
retort, as sodium salicylate, while the other half distills over unchanged. 
The reaction is as follows : 
CgHSONa + C02 = C 6H4OH.COONa. 
Sodium Phenol. Carbon Phenol. Normal Sodium 
Dioxide. Salicylate. 
The normal sodium salicylate thus obtained is then decomposed by 
HCI, and the salicylic acid is filtered out, washed and crystallized, or 
purified by sublimation and superheated steam or by dialysis. 
SALOL, U. S.—Salol. C 6H5C7H503 ; 213.49. {Phenyl Salicylate.) 
—The salicylic ether of phenol. A white, crystalline powder, odorless, or 
having a faintly aromatic odor, and almost tasteless. Permanent in the 
air. Almost insoluble in water; soluble in 10 parts of alcohol at 150 C. 
(590 F.); very soluble in boiling alcohol; also soluble in 0.3 part of 
ether, and readily in chloroform, and in fixed and volatile oils. Pre- 
pared by heating salicylic acid with phenol in the presence of phos- 
phorus pentachloride or phosphorus oxychloride ; the elements of water 
are withdrawn by this action, and the phenol group is caused to unite with 
the salicylic radical. 116 
PHARMACY. 
AMYLACEOUS AND MUCILAGINOUS PRIN- 
CIPLES AND THEIR PRODUCTS. 
AMYLUM, U. S.—Starch.—The fecula of the seed of Zea Mays, 
occurring in irregular, angular masses, which are easily reduced to powder 
of a white color; under the microscope appearing as granules, mostly 
very minute, more or less angular in form, and indistinctly striated, but 
with a distinct hilum near the centre. Inodorous and tasteless. 
Starch is present in many drugs and is an important constituent of many 
vegetable foods. It is usually made from potatoes by separating the cellular 
substance from the starch, by grating and pressing the soft mass upon a 
sieve, the starch granules falling through. It may be, also, prepared from 
wheat or corn, by allowing the grain to ferment, which disintegrates it, and 
stopping the fermentation before the starch is affected. The quality of 
starch depends largely upon the quality and purity of the water used in 
washing it. 
Chemical Composition of Starch.—lt has the same chemical composition 
as cellulose, C 6H10O5, and is closely allied to it and its properties. 
Office of Starch in the Vegetable Kingdom.—lt is stored up in plants 
as a food, in anticipation of future usefulness in the formation of plant 
tissues. 
Description of the Starch Granule.—ln young plants the starch granule 
is always spherical, but it subsequently becomes ovoid, lenticular, poly- 
hedral, or irregular in shape. Various plants exhibit characteristic starch 
granules peculiar to each, which may be identified by the microscope. 
The granule occurs in concentrically arranged layers of different densities, 
arranged around a central point, usually situated at one end of the granule, 
and called the hilum. 
GLYCERITUM AMYLI, U. S.—Glycerite of Starch. (.Starch 
Jelly.')—lo p. starch ; 90 p. glycerin. 
CETRARIA, U. S.—Cetraria. (Iceland Moss.)—A lichen found in 
northern latitudes, on both continents, named cetraria islandica, contain- 
ing 70 per cent, lichenin, C] 2H20OJ0 (strongly allied to starch, which 
swells up in water) ; about 3 per cent, cetraric acid, ClBH]608 (crystalline 
and very bitter) ; lichenstearic acid, Cl 4HM03 ; sugar, oxalic acid, fumaric 
acid, and cellulin. 
DECOCTUM CETRARIA, U. S.—Decoction of Cetraria.— 
(See Decocta, Part II.) 
In the official process for this preparation, the cetraria is first macerated 
with water, and expressed before it is finally boiled with water, to 
separate the bitter principle, cetraric acid. 
CHONDRUS, U. S.—Chondrus (Irish Moss.)—An alga growing in 
the Atlantic Ocean, named Chondrus crispus, containing 70 per cent, car- 
rageenin, a mucilaginous principle, differing from gum by not precipitating 
with alcohol ; from starch, by not becoming blue with iodine; and from 
pectin, by not precipitating with subacetate of lead. TRAGACANTH. 
117 
GUMS AND MUCILAGINOUS SUBSTANCES. 
Gum, now known by the name, arabin, is a vegetable substance, forming 
a thick, glutinous liquid with water; insoluble in alcohol, and converted 
into mucic and oxalic acid with nitric acid. 
Three Proximate Principles found in Gums.—Arabin, or arabic acid, 
C,2H220u (soluble), found in acacia; bassorin, CnH20O10 (insoluble), found 
in tragacanth ; cerasin (insoluble) found in cherry gum. 
Gums differ from starch or cellulin by being soluble in water or by 
swelling up in contact with it. 
They differ from sugar by being incapable of vinous fermentation with 
yeast. 
ACACIA, U. S.—Acacia. (Gum Arabic I)—A gummy exudation 
from Acacia Senegal, consisting, mainly, of calcium, potassium, or 
magnesium arabate ; occurring in roundish or amorphous pieces, or irreg- 
ular fragments of various sizes, more or less transparent, hard, brittle, 
pulverizable, and breaking with a shining fracture. It is usually white or 
yellowish-white, but frequently presents different shades of red, and is 
sometimes of a deep orange or brownish color. It is bleached by exposure 
to the sun. In powder it is always white. It is inodorous, has a feeble, 
slightly sweetish taste, and, when pure, dissolves in the mouth; sp. gr., 
1.31 to 1.525. At ordinary temperatures, it forms a thick, glutinous 
liquid, of distinctly acid reaction when dissolved in water. It does not 
precipitate with neutral lead acetate, but the basic acid forms a precipitate, 
even with dilute solution. Solutions of ferric salts, silicates and borates 
render gum solution turbid or thicken it to jelly. lodine, silver, and mer- 
curic chloride produce no alteration. Ammoniacal solution of cupric 
oxide dissolves it. 
Official Preparations.—Mucilago Acacia;, Syrupus Acacia;. 
TRAGACANTHA, U. S.—Tragacanth.—A gummy exudation 
from Astragalus gummifer and from other species of Astragalus, consist- 
ing of 33 per cent, of bassorin, 53 percent, soluble gum (not arabin), 11 
per cent, water, 3 per cent, impurities ; occurring either in flaky, leaf-like 
pieces or in tortuous, vermicular filaments, of a whitish color, somewhat 
translucent and resembling horn in appearance; hard, and more or less 
fragile, but difficult of pulverization unless exposed to a freezing tempera- 
ture or thoroughly dried and powdered in a heated mortar; odorless; very 
little taste ; sp. gr. 1.384 ; introduced into water, it absorbs a certain pro- 
portion, swells very much, and forms a soft, adhesive paste, but does not 
dissolve ; agitated with an additional quantity of water, this paste forms a 
uniform mixture ; but in the course of one or two days, the greater part 
separates, and is deposited, leaving a portion dissolved in the supernatant 
fluid ; the gelatinous mass is turned blue by iodine, and the fluid portion is 
not precipitated by alcohol; wholly insoluble in alcohol. Tragacanth 
appears to be composed of two different constituents, one resembling 
acacia, soluble in water; the other insoluble, but swelling in water. The 
former differs from acacia in affording no precipitate with potassium silicate 
or ferric chloride.. 
Official Preparation.—Mucilago Tragacanthae. 118 
PHARMACY. 
ULMUS, U. S.—Elm. {Slippery Elm.}—The inner bark of Ulmus 
fulva, containing a mucilage precipitated by alcohol and lead acetate. 
Official Preparation.—Mucilago Ulmi. 
SASSAFRAS MEDULLA, U. S.—Sassafras Pith.—The pith of 
Sassafras variifolium, containing a delicate mucilage, which is not precipi- 
tated by alcohol. 
Official Preparation.—Mucilago Sassafras Medullse. 
ALTHAEA, U. S.—Althaea. (Marshmallow.)—The root of Alllura 
officinalis, containing a large quantity of mucilage, Cl 2H20O10, associated 
with asparagin, sugar, and starch. 
Official Preparation.—Syrupus Althaeas. 
LINUM, U. S.—Linseed.—The seed of Linum usitatissimum, con- 
taining 15 per cent, mucilage, CJ2H20O10, in the epithelium, and 20 to 35 
per cent, fixed oil in the nucleus, besides resin, sugar, wax, etc. The 
mucilage is soluble in water, readily soluble in hot water, forming a thick, 
viscid liquid, precipitated by alcohol and subacetate of lead. 
SUGARS AND SACCHARINE SUBSTANCES. 
Sugars are organic bodies, having a sweet taste, generally of vegetable 
origin and crystallizable ; of a neutral reaction ; soluble in water, their 
solutions being optically active to polarized light. 
Two Classes of Sugar.—Fermentable and non-fermentable sugars. 
x. FERMENTABLE SUGARS are the most important, being 
largely consumed in food products. The fermentable sugars are divided 
into two sub-classes—glucoses, or sugars directly subject to vinous fermen- 
tations, and saccharoses, or sugars indirectly subject to vinous fermentation. 
GLUCOSES. C 6H1206.—The formula for the glucoses is C 6H1206. The 
principal ones are—glucose (dextro-glucose or dextrose), which rotates the 
plane of polarization strongly to the right ; obtained by treating starch 
with H2S04 and lime, separating the CaS04, and evaporating the solution. 
Grape sugar (crystallized glucose) ; obtained by crystallizing the above 
solution. Lceviilose (laevo glucose) rotates the plane of polarization 
strongly to the left; found in sugar cane. Maltose, Cl 2U22On H2O; 
obtained by action of diastase on starch, etc. 
Glucose, C 6H1206, is prepared by the action of dilute H2SG4 upon 
starch. It may also be obtained from candied sugar, grapes, and other 
sources. Glucose is the term applied to the syrupy preparation, grape 
sugar to the solid product. The process is as follows : Corn is first soaked 
in warm water, then ground with a stream of water, the starch washed 
from the meal in a trough with bolting cloth bottom, beaten with caustic 
soda, to separate the gluten, washed and treated with dilute II2S04 and 
steam. This process is called “ open conversion,” and takes about two 
hours. Or the substances are acted upon with superheated steam, in a 
closed cylinder. This is called “ close conversion, and takes about fifteen 
minutes. After conversion, the substances are treated with marble dust 
and animal charcoal, filtered, and evaporated in vacuo. 
Glucose can be obtained as a hydrate, in small and laminated crystals, 
from aqueous solutions, and anhydrous in hard, crystalline masses, either 
from alcoholic solutions or from very concentrated aqueous solutions. GLYCYRRHIZA. 
119 
Proper-ties.—Less sweet than cane sugar; less soluble in water, more 
soluble in alcohol; sp. gr. 1.54-1.57, when anhydrous. Strong mineral 
acids act sparingly on it, but with facility on cane sugar. Alkalies readily 
destroy it, but form definite compounds with cane sugar. Boiled with 
water, it suffers very little alteration; rotates polarized light to the right; 
undergoes vinous fermentation directly ; reduces alkaline tartrate of cop- 
per, producing a reddish precipitate. 
SACCHAROSES, Cl 2H22011.—The peculiar characteristic of sugars 
of this class is, that they are fermentable only after being converted into 
glucoses. 
Principal Saccharoses.—Cane sugar (saccharose), from sugar cane, beets, 
etc. ; para-saccharose, by fermenting spontaneously cane sugar; milk 
sugar (lactose, lactin), from milk. 
2. NON-FERMENTABLE SUGARS. (Sometimes called sac- 
charoids.) 
Principal non-fermentable sugars. Mannite, C6PIu06; dulcite, C 6HuOs; 
eucalyn ; inosite, etc., etc. 
SACCHARUM, U. S.—Sugar. Cl 2H22On ; 341.2.—The refined 
sugar of Saccharum officinarum, made, commercially, from sugar cane, 
beet root, and sorghum; occurring in white, dry, hard, distinctly crystal- 
line granules, permanent in the air; odorless; purely sweet taste; neutral 
reaction. Prepared by crushing and expressing sugar cane, adding calcium 
bisulphite and a little lime, heating, straining, evaporating, cooling, and 
stirring, transferring to casks perforated at the bottom, and the crystals 
drained. This is known as the open-pan process. The vacuum-pan pro- 
cess, which now almost completely displaces it, consists in removing the 
lime by C02, filtering through bone-black, concentrating in a vacuum-pan, 
crystallizing, and drying the crystals in “centrifugals” by rapid re- 
volutions. 
The best sugar for pharmaceutical uses is granulated sugar, as it is not 
liable to absorb moisture, like loaf sugar, and does not lose weight when 
kept in dry air. 
Rock Candy.—Crystallized sugar. Sp. gr. 1.606. 
MEL, U. S.—Honey .—A saccharine secretion deposited in the 
honey comb by Apis mellifica, and occurring as a syrupy liquid, of a light 
yellowish or pale brownish-yellow color, translucent, gradually becoming 
crystalline and opaque ; characteristic odor ; sweet, faintly acrid taste. 
MANNA, U. S—Manna. —A concrete, saccharine exudation of 
Fraxinus ornus, usually occurring of a yellowish-white color externally; 
internally white, porous, and crystalline ; sp. gr. 0.834. When pure, it is 
soluble in three parts of cold water and its own weight of boiling water. 
It separates, in crystalline masses, from a boiling saturated aqueous solu- 
tion ; soluble in alcohol, and depositing, from a boiling alcoholic solution, 
beautiful crystals of a peculiar, sweet principle, found in manna and many 
other plants, called mannite. 
GLYCYRRHIZA, U. S.—Glycyrrhiza. (.Liquorice Root.)— The 
root of glycyrrhiza glabra, and of the variety glandulifera, containing the 
sweet principle glycyrrhizin, or glycyrrhizic acid, C 44 existing in 
the root, in combination with ammonium. 120 
PHARMACY. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Glycyrrhizse, Extractum Glycyrrhizse 
Purum, Pul vis Glycyrrhizse Compositus, Extractum Glycyrrhizse Fluidum. 
GLYCYRRHIZINUM AMMONIATUM, U. S.—Ammoniated 
Glycyrrhiza.—Made by percolating liquorice root with water, adding 
H2S04 as long as a precipitate is produced, and redissolving the precipitate 
in water with the aid of NH4HO, and scaling. Yield, about 10 per cent, 
TRITICUM, U. S.—Triticum. (Couch Grass.)—The rhizome of 
Ayropyrum repens, gathered in the spring, and deprived of the roots, con- 
taining triticin, a principle resembling inulin, also glucose, lawulose, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extraction Tritici Fluidum. 
Derivatives of Sugar through the Action of Ferments. 
Fermentation.—Decomposition occurring in organic bodies on exposure 
to the action of moisture, air and a warm temperature, resulting in the forma- 
tion of new products. When the products are worthless or offensive, the 
process is called putrefaction ; when useful, it is called fermentation. 
Causes of Fermentation.—The present theory is, that fermentation is 
caused by the presence of certain micro-organisms, called bacteria. 
Two Classes into which Ferments are Divided.—Ferments are divided 
into two classes—organized, or physiological ferments, as yeast, myco- 
derms, torulas, etc., and unorganized, or chemical ferments, like diastase, 
synaptase, myrosin, etc. 
Vinous Fermentation.—The decomposition of cane sugar into alcohol 
and carbon dioxide, which occurs when sugar is exposed to the action of 
water, air, and a warm temperature, and seems to be caused by a micro- 
scopic plant, which has been named Torula cerevisia. 
Result of the Action of Dilute Acids and Ferments on Cellulin and 
Starch.—They are converted into alcohol or acetic acid:— 
(C6H10O5)3 + H2O = Cl 2H220u + C 6H10O5; 
Cellulose Water. Maltose. Starch, 
or Starch. 
then, 
C,2H220h -f- C 6H10O5 -f- 2H20 = (CfiH1206)3; 
Maltose. Starch. Water. Glucose. 
then, 
C 6H1206 - (C2HSHO)2 + 2C02. 
Glucose. Alcohol. Carbon 
Dioxide. 
If the process is not stopped here, the alcohol is oxidized into acetic 
acid : 
C 2HSHO + o2 = c 2h4o2 + h2o. 
Alcohol. Oxygen. Acetic Acid. Water. 
The most important derivative of sugar through the action of a ferment 
is alcohol, usually obtained from whiskey by distillation. 
The distilled products of vinous liquors forming the different ardent 
spirits of commerce are : brandy, from wine ; rum, from fermented mo- 
lasses ; whiskey, from cider, malted barley or rye ; Thailand gin, from 
malted barley and rye meal, with hops, and rectified from juniper berries ; 
common gin, from malted barley, rye, or potatoes, and rectified from tur- 
pentine ; arrack, from fermented rice. DILUTED ALCOHOL. 
121 
The compounds derived from sugars may be considered under three 
heads : Ist. Ethyl hydrate and oxide, and their preparations ; 2d. Prepa- 
rations of the compound ethers of the ethyl and amyl series; 3d. Aldehyd, 
its derivatives and preparations. 
Ethyl Hydrate and Oxide, and their Preparations. 
Alcohol is a term used to designate a class of carbon compounds called 
alcohols. Alcohols are hydrates of the radicals ethyl, amyl, etc., just as 
calcium hydrate is the hydrate of the metal calcium. 
Ethers are the oxides of the radicals, just as the calcium oxide is the 
oxide of the metal calcium. 
Compound ethers are analogous to the salts of metals, just as potassium 
nitrate, sodium acetate, etc., are compounds of the metals potassium and 
sodium with the acidulous radicals characterizing nitrates and acetates. 
They are formed by the decomposition of their alcohols (hydrates) by 
acids, just as calcium sulphate may be produced by decomposing hydrate 
of calcium. Water is formed as one of the results of the decomposition. 
The following reactions will illustrate the formation of compound 
ethers : 
NaHO + HC2H302 = NaC2H302 + H.20. 
Sodium Acetic Sodium Water. 
Hydrate. Acid. Acetate. 
C 2HSHO + HC2H302 = C 2H5C2H302 + H2O. 
Alcohol, or Acetic Ethyl Acetate. Water. 
Ethyl Hydrate. Acid. 
ALCOHOL, U. S.—A liquid composed of 91 per cent, by weight 
(94 percent, by volume) of ethyl alcohol (C2HSHO; 46.9) and 9 per 
cent, by weight of water. Sp. gr. 0.820 at 15.6° C. (6o° F.), and 0.812 
at 250 C. (970 F.); occurring as a transparent, colorless, mobile, and vol- 
atile liquid, of a characteristic, pungent, and agreeable odor and a burn- 
ing taste. Boiling at 78° C., and usually obtained by distilling whiskey, 
redistilling, and rectifying. 
Impurities.—Alcohol is liable to contain fusel oil, or nmylic alcohol, 
giving it a characteristic odor. It may be deprived of odor by treating it 
with potassium permanganate and redistilling. 
Absolute Alcohol.—Alcohol entirely free from water. It is prepared by 
separating the 11 per cent, of water from the strongest alcohol that can be 
made by distillation, by the use of x'ecently burned lime, out of contact with 
the air, and redistilling in vacuo. Its freedom from water may be tested 
with anhydrous baryta, or by its forming a clear solution when mixed with 
an equal bulk of pure benzol. 
ALCOHOL DILUTUM, U. S.—Diluted Alcohol.—A liquid 
composed of 41 per cent, by weight (48.6 per cent, by volume) of ethyl 
alcohol, and 59 per cent, of water; sp. gr. about 0.938 at 150 C (590 F.), 
and 0.930 at 250 C. (770 F.). Alcohol, distilled water, each 500 C.c. or 
each I pint. Mix them. Or alcohol 410 Gm., water 500 Gm. (41 oz. 
av. and 5° oz. av.). Mix them. 
Rule for Preparing Diluted Alcohol from Alcohol of any Higher Per- 
centage.—“ Divide the alcoholic percentage of the alcohol to be diluted by 
45.5 and substract 1 from the quotient. This gives the number of parts of 122 
PHARMACY. 
water to be added to I part of the alcohol.” All terms denote weight in 
this rule. 
Result if Alcohol and Water are mixed together.—A rise in temperature 
and a contraction of volume takes place. (55 gallons of alcohol -|- 45 
gallons of water equals gallons—a loss of gallons.) 
United States Proof Spirits.—U. S. proof spirit contains 50 per cent, by 
volume of absolute alcohol. 
ALCOHOL ABSOLUTUM, U. S.—Absolute Alcohol. C 2H5- 
OH ; 45-9-—Ethyl alcohol, containing not more than I per cent, by weight 
of water. A transparent, colorless, mobile, and volatile liquid, of a 
characteristic, rather agreeable odor, and a burning taste. Sp. gr. 0.797. 
ALCOHOL DEODORATUM, U. S.—Deodorized Alcohol.— 
A liquid composed of about 92.5 per cent, by weight, or 95.1 per cent, by 
volume of ethyl alcohol (C2H5OH ; 45-9), and about 7.5 per cent, by 
weight of water. Sp. gr. about 0.816 at 150 C. (590 F.). 
Whiskey and brandy are referred to under Spiritus, Part 11. 
EITHER, U. S.—Ether. {fPther Fortior, Pharm. 1886).—A liquid 
composed of about 96 per cent, by weight of absolute ether, or ethyl oxide, 
(C2H5)20; 73.84, and about 4 per cent, of alcohol containing a little 
water; sp. gr. about 0.725 to 0.728. A thin and very diffusive, clear, 
and Refreshing, characteristic odor ; burning and sweetish 
taste, slightly bitter after-taste, neutral reaction. Made by acting on alcohol 
with H2S04, between the temperatures of 130° and 137-7° C. (266° and 
280° F.). The following reactions occur:— 
C 2HSHO + H2S04 = CJTHSO, + H2O; 
Alcohol. Sulphuric Ethyl sulphuric Water. 
Acid. Acid. 
then, 
c 2hshso4 + C 2HSHO = (C2115)20 + II2S04. 
Ethyl-sulphuric Alcohol. Ether. Sulphuric 
Acid. Acid. 
It will be seen that the sulphuric acid is not consumed in the process, 
but is regenerated, so that theoretically the making of ether is continuous. 
SPIRITUS yETHERIS, U. S.—Spirit of Ether.—Ether 325 C.c.; 
Alcohol 675 C.c. (4 fl. oz. and 8% fl. oz.). 
SPIRITUS AETHERIS COMPOSITUS, U. S.—Compound 
Spirit of Ether. {Hoffmann'sAnodyne.')—Ether 325 C.c. ; Alcohol 650 
C.c.; ethereal oil 25 C.c. 
Substitute usually sold for Hoffmann's Anodyne.—After the rectification 
of crude ether, an additional distillate is obtained, consisting of ether and 
alcohol, impregnated with a little ethereal oil. This is “ doctored'' to con- 
form to the taste, smell, etc., of Hoffmann’s Anodyne, and may be detected 
by mixing it with water, with which it forms a clear solution, instead of 
the milky solution characterizing the genuine article. Castor oil is some- 
times added to circumvent this test, which may be detected by mixing equal 
parts with water, and collecting the separated oil on filtering paper ; castor 
oil leaves a permanent, greasy stain, distinguishing it from ethereal oil. SPIRIT OF NITROUS ETHER. 
123 
Preparations of the Compound Ethers of the Ethyl and Amyl 
Series. 
OLEUM /ETHEREUM, U. S.—Ethereal Oil.—A volatile liquid, 
consisting of equal volumes of Heavy Oil of Wine and Stronger Ether, 
occurring as a transparent, nearly colorless, volatile liquid; of a peculiar, 
aromatic odor; a pungent, refreshing, bitterish taste ; and a neutral reac- 
tion to dry litmus paper; sp. gr. 0.910. Made by distilling alcohol and 
sulphuric acid together at a temperature between 150° and 157° C. (302° 
and 314.6° F.), until the liquid ceases to come over, or until a black froth 
begins to rise in the retort; separating the yellow ethereal liquid and ex- 
posing it to the air for 24 hours, in a shallow capsule, transferring it to a 
wet filter, and washing with distilled water and draining, then adding an 
equal volume of stronger ether. 
When alcohol is distilled with a large excess of sulphuric acid, there are 
produced heavy oil of wine, sulphurous acid, olefiant gas, and empyreu- 
matic products. This occurs toward the close of the distillation, and the 
products generally separate into two layers, one consisting of water hold- 
ing sulphurous acid in solution, and the other, of ether containing the 
heavy oil of wine. The heavy oil of wine is obtained by separating it 
from the other products, exposing for twenty-four hours, to dispel the ether, 
and washing with water, to free it from all traces of sulphurous acid. 
The above refers to the products formed in the latter stages of distilla- 
tion. In the earlier stage, ethyl-sulphuric acid, C 2HSHS04, is formed, 
which, during the process, is decomposed, so as to yield ether. But if 
there is a large excess of sulphuric acid present, the ethyl sulphuric acid is 
decomposed, so as to form a small quantity of heavy oil of wine. 
Ethereal oil is a mixture of compound ethers—ethyl sulphate (C2115)2504, 
ethyl sulphite (C2H-)2SO3, with polymeric forms of ethylene, C 2H4. 
SPIRITUS 7ETHERIS NITROSI, U. S.—Spirit of Nitrous 
Ether. {Sweet Spirit of Nitre.)—A clear, mobile, volatile, and inflam- 
mable liquid, of a pale straw color, inclining slightly to green, and con- 
sisting of an alcoholic solution of ethyl nitrite, C 2H5N02 ; 74.87. Frag- 
rant, ethereal, pungent odor ; free from acridity ; sharp, burning taste ; sp. 
gr. 0.836 to 0.848. Prepared by distilling a mixture of deodorized alco- 
hol, sulphuric acid, and sodium nitrite together, using a well-cooled con- 
denser, and a receiver surrounded by ice, connected air tight, and further 
connected with a small vial containing water, into which the connecting 
tube dips. The distillation is then washed first with ice-cold water to 
remove any alcohol which may have passed over, and then with ice-cold 
solution of sodium carbonate in distilled water to remove traces of acid, 
the ethereal layer separated and agitated with potassium carbonate to re- 
move traces of water, and mixed with enough deodorized alcohol to make 
the mixture weigh 22 times the weight of the nitrous ether added. 
In this process, ethyl nitrite is formed, and a compound ether is produced 
by substituting the acid radical N02 for the hydroxyl in the alcohol. 
This is then preserved from decomposition by adding sufficient alcohol. 124 
PHARMACY. 
Reactions for producing ethyl nitrite from alcohol: 
2C2HSOH -f 2NaN02 + H2S04 = 2C2H5N02 + 
Alcohol. Sodium Sulphuric Ethyl Nitrite. 
Nitrite. Acid. 
Na2S04 -)- 2ll20; 
Sodium Water. 
Sulphate. 
then, 
C 2H5(HO) + HN02 = C2H.N02 + H2O. 
Alcohol. Nitrous Ethyl Water. 
Acid. Nitrite. 
Pure Ethyl Nitrite is pale yellow; has the smell of apples; boils at 
18° C. (64.4° F.) ; sp. gr. 0.900. 
Sweet spirit of nitre is never entirely free from aldehyd ; it is apt to 
contain a large amount of it if carelessly prepared. Aldehyd readily oxid- 
izes to acetic acid, rendering the preparation sour. 
/ETHER ACETICUS, U. S.—Acetic Ether. (Acetate of Ethyl.) 
—A transparent and colorless liquid, with a strong, fragrant, ethereal, and 
somewhat acetous odor; burning, acetous taste and neutral reaction, con- 
taining about 98.5 per cent., by weight, of ethyl acetate (C2H5C2H302; 
87.8) and about 1.5 of alcohol containing a little water. Sp. gr. 0.893 to 
0.895. Prepared by distilling sodium acetate, alcohol, and sulphuric acid 
together, shaking the distillate with exsiccated sodium acetate, and re-dis- 
tilling it. It is a solution of ethyl acetate and a mixture of alcohol and 
water;— 
NaC2H302 + C 2HSHS04 = C 2H5C2H302 + NaHS04. 
Sodium Ethyl-sulphuric Ethyl Acetate. Acid Sodium. 
Acetate. Acid. Sulphate. 
AMYL NITRIS, U. S.—Amyl Nitrite.—A clear, pale-yellowish 
liquid; ethereal, fruity odor; pungent, aromatic taste; neutral or slightly 
acid reaction; containing about 80 per cent, of amyl (principally isoamyl) 
nitrite (CSHnNO2 ; 116.78), together with variable quantities of undeter- 
mined compounds. Prepared by acting on amylic alcohol with nitric 
acid, by which the latter is deoxidized into nitrous acid, which acts on 
amylic alcohol as follows : 
C 5 + HNO, = CH..NO, -f H.,0. 
Amylic Nitrous 5 Amyl Water. 
Alcohol. Acid. Nitrite. 
Aldehyd, its Derivatives and Preparations. 
Aldehyd is a general term used to define a class of organic bodies. It 
has a more limited signification, however, as ordinarily used, and applies 
to ethyl aldehyd, which has a composition C 2H40, and is made by depriv- 
ing alcohol, C 2HbO, of two hydrogen atoms. This is effected by acting 
on alcohol with oxidizing agents. 
PARALDEHYDUM, U. S.—Paraldehyde. C 6H12Q3; 131.7.—A 
polymeric form of Ethylic Aldehyde (C2H4O ; 43.9). A colorless, trans- 
parent liquid, having a strong, characteristic, but not unpleasant or pun- 
gent odor, and a burning and cooling taste. Soluble in 8.5 parts of lODOFORM. 
125 
water at 150 C. (590 F.), and in 16.5 parts of boiling water; miscible in 
all proportions with alcohol, ether, and fixed or volatile oils. 
CHLORAL, U. S.—Chloral. C2HC130.H20; 164.97. (Chloral 
Hydrate.')— Chloral is aldehyd in which three atoms of hydrogen have 
been replaced by three atoms of chlorine. It occurs in separate, rhom- 
boidal, colorless, and transparent crystals, slowly evaporating on exposure 
to air ; aromatic, penetrating, and slightly acrid odor; a bitterish, caustic 
taste; neutral reaction. Prepared bypassing dry chlorine gas, in a con- 
tinuous stream, through absolute alcohol for six or eight weeks : 
C 2H5.0H -f 2CI = CH3.COH + 2HCI; 
Alcohol. Chlorine. Aldehyd. Hydrochloric 
Acid. 
then, 
CH3COH + 6CI = CCl3.COH + 3HCI. 
Aldehyd. Chlorine. Chloral. Hydrochloric 
Acid. 
CHLOROFORMUM, U. S.—Chloroform. CHCI,; 119.08. 
(Chloroformum Purification, Pharm. 1880.)—A heavy, clear, colorless, 
mobile, and diffusible liquid, of a characteristic, ethereal odor, and a burn- 
ing, sweet taste ; sp. gr. not below 1.490 at 150 C. (590 F.), or X.473 at 
25° C. (77° F.); boiling at 6o° to 6l° C. (140° to 141.8° F.); consisting 
of 99 to 99.4 per cent, by weight of absolute chloroform, and 1 to 0.6 per 
cent, of alcohol; neutral reaction : 
C 2H60 + CaOCl2 = CHg.COH + CaCl2 + H2O; 
Alcohol. Calcium Aldehyd. Calcium Water. 
Hypochlorite. Chloride. 
then, 
2CH3.COH + 6(CaOCI2) = 2CCI3.COH + 3CaCI2 + 3Ca(HO)2; 
Aldehyd. Calcium Chloral. Calcium Calcium 
Hypochlorite. Chloride. Hydrate. 
then, 
2CCI3.COH + Ca(HO)2 = (CHCI3)2 + Ca(CIIO2)2. 
Chloral. Calcium Chloroform. Calcium 
Hydrate. Formate. 
Chloroform can also be produced by substituting three atoms of chlorine 
for three hydrogen atoms of methane, marsh gas, CH4. It is, therefore, 
chemically termed trichlormethane. 
Purification of Chloroform.—Chloroform sometimes contains as an 
impurity, a chlorinated pyrogenous oil, from which it may be purified by 
treating with H2S04 dried Na.2C03, and distilling with deodorized alcohol. 
The pyrogenous oil is decomposed by the H2S04, and, in turn, blackened 
by it; the chloroform is separated from the H2S04, agitated with solu- 
tion of Na2COs, to neutralize adhering acid, then mixed with alcohol, 
to preserve it from decomposition, and redistilled from lime, to separate 
water. 
Official Preparations.—Aqua Chloroformi, Spiritus Chloroformi, Emul- 
sum Chloroformi, Linimentum Chloroformi. 
IODOFORMUM, U. S.—lodoform. CHI3; 392.56.—Small, 
lemon-yellow, lustrous crystals, of the hexagonal system ; saffron-like and 
almost insuppressible odor; unpleasant, slightly sweetish, iodine-like 
taste ; neutral reaction in solution. Made by heating alcohol, acid potas- 126 
PHARMACY. 
sium carbonate, and iodine together, with water, and passing chlorine gas 
through the mixture, to cause the separation of iodoform, which may be 
filtered out, and purified by washing with distilled water and drying 
(Filhol’s Process) : 
C 2HSHO + 81 + 2KHCO3 = 
Alcohol. lodine. Acid Potassium 
Carbonate. 
2KI + 2CHI3 -f 3H20 -f- 2C02. 
Sodium lodoform. Water. Carbon 
lodide. Dioxide. 
Official Preparation.—Unguentum lodoformi. 
Products of the Action of Ferments upon Acid Saccharine 
Fruits. 
Important alcoholic liquids, which have received various names, ac- 
cording to the fruits from which they are derived, are formed by the action 
of ferment upon acid saccharine fruits. 
Wine, from grapes ; cider, from apples; perry, from pears, etc., occur 
by fermenting these fruits. 
For a description of the official White and Red Wines see Vina, Part 
11. 
The plant furnishing the grape is called Vitis vinifera. The juice of 
the fruit contains grape sugar, tannin, acid potassium tartrate, calcium tar- 
trate, potassium sulphate, sodium chloride, pectin, albuminous principles, 
and water. 
The aroma of wines depends upon the formation of certain compound 
ethers during the fermentation, and also during the ageing or ripening 
process. 
Difference between Sweet and Dry Wine.—When the quantity of sugar 
in the juice is large, and the amount of ferment insufficient to convert it all 
into alcohol, sweet wine is produced. When the quantity of ferment is 
sufficient to convert all the sugar into alcohol, a strong, or generous, wine 
is formed. If only a moderate amount of sugar is present, with enough 
ferment to convert it all into alcohol, the wine is termed dry. 
Sparkling Nature and Roughness.—Wine containing carbonic acid gas 
is called sparkling; when the gas is absent it is called still. When fer- 
mented with the seeds, it becomes rough and astringent, owing to the 
presence of tannic acid in the seeds, 
Argol.—A precipitate of acid potassium tartrate, rendered impure by 
calcium tartrate, more or less coloring matter, and other matters deposited 
from the juice of the grape during fermentation and clarification. The 
precipitation is due to the fact that these matters, though soluble in grape 
juice, are insoluble in the dilute solution of alcohol formed by the fermen- 
tation. 
SPIRITUS VINI GALLICI, U. S.—Brandy.—An alcoholic liquid 
obtained by the distillation of fermented grapes, and at least four years old. 
It should have a pale, amber color, a distinctive taste and odor, slightly 
acid reaction, and sp. gr. not above 0.941 nor below 0.925, corresponding, TAMARIND. 
127 
approximately, with an alcoholic strength of 39 to 47 per cent, by weight, 
or 46 to 55 per cent, by volume. 
ACIDUM TARTARICUM, U. S.—Tartaric Acid. H2C4H406 ; 
149.64.—Nearly or entirely colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, per- 
manent in the air ; odorless ; purely acid taste ; acid reaction. Prepared 
by saturating the excess of acid in acid potassium tartrate or cream of tartar 
(prepared from argol) with calcium carbonate, and decomposing the re- 
sulting insoluble calcium tartrate by sulphuric acid, which precipitates it in 
combination with the lime, as calcium sulphate, and liberates the tartaric 
acid. Only one-half the tartaric acid is thus obtained. The remainder 
may be procured by decomposing the neutral potassium tartrate remaining 
in the solution after the precipitation of the calcium tartrate, by calcium 
chloride in excess. This may be decomposed by sulphuric acid, together 
with the first portion : 
2KHC4H4Oe + CaC03 = 
Acid Potassium Calcium 
Tartrate. Carbonate. 
K2C4H406 -f- CaC4H406 -j- H2O -j- C02; 
Potassium Calcium Water. Carbon 
Tartrate. Tartrate. Dioxide. 
then, 
K2C4H406 + CaCl2 = CaC4H406 -j- 2KCI, 
Potassium Calcium Calcium Potassium 
Tartrate. Chloride. Tartrate. Chloride. 
and 
2CaC4H4Oe -(- 2H2S04 = 2CaS04 -f- 2H2C4H40B. 
Calcium Sulphuric Calcium Tartaric Acid. 
Tartrate. Acid. Sulphate. 
Official Preparation.—Pulvis Effervescens Compositus (Seidlitz Pow- 
der). 
LIMONIS SUCCUS, U. S.—Lemon Juice.—A yellowish, slightly 
turbid, acid liquid, having a slight odor of lemon, due to the presence of a 
trace of the volatile oil of the rind, containing about 7 per cent, of citric 
acid, and consisting of the freshly-pressed juice of the ripe fruit of Citrus 
limonum. 
ACIDUM CITRICUM, U. S—Citric Acid. H3C6H507. H2O; 
209.50.—Colorless, translucent, right-rhombic prisms, not deliquescent ex- 
cept in moist air ; efflorescent in warm air; odorless ; agreeable, acid taste ; 
acid reaction. Obtained from the juice of limes and lemons, by saturat- 
ing the boiling juice with calcium carbonate, and decomposing the result- 
ing calcium citrate with sulphuric acid, concentrating, and crystallizing: 
2H3C6H507 -f sCaCO3 = Ca32C6H507 + 3H20 + 3C02; 
Citric Acid in Calcium Calcium Citrate. Water. Carbon 
Lemon Juice- Carbonate. Dioxide. 
then, 
Ca32C6H507 -f- 3H2504 = 2H3CeH507 -)- 3CaSO4. 
Calcium Citrate. Sulphuric Citric Acid. Calcium 
Acid. Sulphate. 
Official Preparation.—Syrupus Acidi Citrici. 
TAMARINDUS, U. S.—Tamarind.—The preserved pulp of the 128 
PHARMACY. 
fruit of Tamarindus indica, containing citric and tartaric acids and small 
quantities of malic acid. Used in preparing confection of senna. 
RHUS GLABRA, U. S.—Rhus Glabra. [Rhus Glabrum, Pharm. 
iByo. Sumach.')—The fruit of Rhus glabra, containing malic acid, which 
exists in it as calcium and potassium malate. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Rhois Glabrae Fluidura. 
Acid Saccharine Fruits Containing Pectinous Bodies. 
Pectin.—A peculiar principle existing in certain fruits, and formed by 
the action of two other principles, pectase and pectose, upon each other 
during the process of ripening. 
The moderate action of heat and water upon the fruits causes the citric, 
tartaric, or malic acid therein contained to act on the pectose, softening it 
and converting it into pectin. The pectin is then acted upon by the fer- 
ment pectase, which causes it to gelatinize on cooling, through the produc- 
tion of pectosic acid. This explains the formation of fruit jellies. 
Official Preparation.—Syrupus Rubi Idsei. 
Volatile or essential oils are odorous principles found in various parts of 
plants, pre-existing, or produced by the reaction of certain constituents 
when brought in contact with water ; or sometimes formed through destruc- 
tive distillation, as the oil of amber; or they may be obtained from the 
animal kingdom, as the oil from ambergris. „ 
Four Classes into which Volatile Oils maybe Divided.—lst. Terpenes, or 
hydrocarbons, consisting of C and H, mostly with the formula C]oH16 ; 
type, oil of turpentine. 2d. Oxygenated oils, or hydrocarbons containing 
oxygen ; type, oil of cinnamon. 3d. Sulphurated oils, containing sulphur ; 
type, volatile oil of mustard. 4th. Nitrogenated oils, a small class, con- 
taining hydrocyanic acid ; type, oil of bitter almond. 
Two Proximate Principles of which Volatile Oils Consist.—Stearopien 
and eleopten, the former congealing at a lower temperature than the latter. 
Some of the stearoptens are called camphors. 
Action of Light and Air on Volatile Oils.—The fragrance of the oil is 
destroyed, ozone is developed, and the oils thicken, resinify, or deposit 
crystalline compounds. 
Action of Acids and Alkalies on Volatile Oils.—Strong nitric acid 
decomposes them with great rapidity; some oils react with iodine with 
explosive violence. Alkalies, with the exception of a few oils with which 
they form chemical compounds, have, generally, but little effect on volatile 
oils. 
VOLATILE OILS. 
Principal Adulterations.—Fixed oil; detected by dropping the suspected 
oil on a piece of filtering paper ; if a fixed oil is present, the stain will not 
evaporate on gently heating. Alcohol; detected by shaking in a gradu- 
ated tube, with glycerin or water, which takes up the alcohol and de- 
creases the volume of oil. Or if a large quantity of alcohol has been 
used, by setting fire to a small portion in a dish in a dark room, when the 
lambent blue flame of burning alcohol will be seen, in contrast to the BITTER ORANGE PEEL. 
129 
yellow, sooty flame of volatile oil. Other tests are metallic sodium, cal- 
cium chloride, and aniline red. Volatile oils, or cheaper grades of the same 
oil, or a cheaper oil having a similar odor; test, by the olfactories. 
Preparation.—Volatile oils are usually prepared from plants, and gen- 
erally, either by distillation with water, distillation per se, expression, or 
solution. 
I. Distillation with Water.— Put the substance from which the oil is to 
be extracted into a still, and add enough water to cover it; then distill, by 
a regulated heat, into a large refrigeratory. Separate the distilled oil from 
the water which comes over with it. 
2. Distillation per se.—Distillation “ by itself,” or without the use of 
water. Ex.—Certain oleoresins, copaiba, etc. 
3. Expression.—The volatile oil of orange will illustrate this process. 
The advantage is, that heat is not employed; but the disadvantage is, that 
expressed oils have a small portion of albumen, which renders them turbid. 
4. Solution or Absorption.—This operation is effected by maceration, 
digestion, percolation with carbon bisulphide or similar solvent, enfleurage, 
or the pneumatic process. Used in cases where the oils are so delicate that 
they are decomposed by distillation, and exist in such small proportion in 
the plant that it does not pay to express them. 
Maceration.—This is accomplished by allowing the odorous portion of 
a plant to stand in contact with a bland, inodorous, fixed oil. The oil 
absorbs the odor, and, after a certain length of time, it is strained. The 
odorous fixed oil is generally used in perfumes. 
Digestion.—Similar to maceration, except moderate heat is employed. 
Enfleurage.—A cold process, and much used for delicate flowers ; con- 
ducted by sprinkling the flowers on thin layers of purified, inodorous fat 
spread on glass. The glasses are fixed in frames resembling window-sashes. 
The frames are piled in a stack, and left undisturbed for twelve hours or 
three or four days. 
When strong pomade is desired, fresh flowers are added from time to 
time, as long as absorption continues, and the pomades are known com- 
mercially as Nos. 6, 12, 18, and 24, which indicate their strength. When 
the volatile oils are desired, they are extracted from the pomade by macer- 
ating the latter, in a finely chopped condition, in pure alcohol ; afterward 
separating the small amount of fatty matter dissolved by the alcohol, by 
refrigerating and filtering. 
Pneumatic Process.—Used only with very delicate volatile oils. It 
consists in forcing a current of air through a vessel filled with fresh flowers, 
into another vessel containing melted purified fat, with revolving circular 
plates half immersed therein. These circular plates become coated with 
fat, and absorb the odor from the perfumed air. 
Percolation.—Odorous flowers are percolated with purified carbon disul- 
phide. The latter is distilled, thus separating' it from the volatile oil. 
Official Products from the Aurantiaceae. 
AURANTII DULCIS CORTEX, U. S.—Sweet Orange Peel. 
Official Preparations.—Syrupus Aurantii, Tinctura Aurantii Dulcis. 
AURANTII AMARI CORTEX, U. S.—Bitter Orange Peel. 130 
PHARMACY. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Aurantii Amari Fluidum, Tinctura 
Aurantii Amari. 
OLEUM AURANTII CORTICIS, U. S.—Oil of Orange Peel. 
Official Preparations.—Spiritus Aurantii, Spiritus Aurantii Compositus. 
OLEUM AURANTII FLORUM.—OiI of Orange Flowers.—An 
inferior sort of oil, essence de petit grain, is made by distilling the leaves 
and unripe fruit. 
LIMONIS CORTEX, U. S.—Lemon Peel. 
OLEUM LIMONIS, U. S.—Oil of Lemon. 
Official Preparation.—Spiritus Limonis. 
OLEUM BERGAMOTTjE, U. S.—Oil of Bergamot. {Oil of 
Bergamia, Pharm. 1880.) 
Official Products from the Labiatae. 
MENTHA PIPERITA, U. S—Peppermint. 
OLEUM MENTHjE PIPERITA, U. S—Oil of Peppermint. 
Official Preparations.—Aqua Menthse Piperitae, Spiritus Menthse 
Piperitse, Trochisci Menthse Piperitse. 
MENTHA VIRIDIS, U. S.—Spearmint. 
OLEUM MENTHA VIRIDIS, U. S.—Oil of Spearmint. 
Official Preparations.—Aqua Menthse Viridis, Spiritus Menthse Yiridis. 
MENTHOL, U. S.—Menthol. ClOH1;) OH ; 155.66.—A stearopten 
(having the character of a secondary alcohol), obtained from the official 
oil of peppermint, or from Japanese or Chinese oil of peppermint; color- 
less, acicular, or prismatic crystals, having a strong and pure odor of 
peppermint, and a warm, aromatic taste, followed by a sensation of cold 
when air is drawn into the mouth. Menthol is only slightly soluble in 
water, but imparts to the latter its odor and taste. It is freely soluble in 
alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, or glacial acetic acid. 
OLEUM LAVANDULAE FLORUM, U. S.—Oil of Lavender 
Flowers. 
Official Preparations.—Tinctura Lavandulse Composita, Spiritus 
Lavandulae. 
OLEUM ROSMARINI, U. S.—Oil of Rosemary. 
HEDEOMA, U. S.—Hedeoma. (Pennyroyal.) 
OLEUM HEDEOMiE, U. S.—Oil of Hedeoma. {Oil of Penny- 
royal.) 
MARRUBIUM, U, S.—Marrubium. {Horehound.)—The leaves 
and tops of Marrubium vulgare contain a volatile oil associated with resin, 
and a bitter principle, Marrubiin. 
MELISSA, U. S.—Melissa. {Balm.)—The leaves and tops of 
Melissa officinalis contain an oxygenated volatile oil. 
OLEUM THYMI, U. S.—Oil of Thyme. 
THYMOL, U. S.—Thymol. ClOHuO ; 149.66.—A phenol oc- 
curring in the volatile oil of Thymus vulgaris, Monarda punctata, and 
Carum ajowan; occurring in light, colorless, translucent crystals of the CEYLON CINNAMON. 
131 
hexagonal system; aromatic, thyme-like odor; pungent; aromatic taste 
with a very slight caustic effect upon the lips ; neutral reaction. Soluble in 
1200 parts water, and less than its own weight of alcohol. 
SALVIA, U. S.—-Salvia. [Sage).—The leaves of Salvia officinalis 
contain a volatile oil, which consists of a terpene, ClOH16, and an oxy- 
genated portion, salviol, CloH180. 
SCUTELLARIA, U. S.—Scutellaria. [Scullcap.)—Scutellaria 
lateriflora contains volatile oil, tannin, and a bitter principle. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Scutellariae Fluidum. 
CARUM, U. S.—Caraway. 
OLEUM CARI, U. S.—Oil of Caraway. 
FCENICULUM, U. S.—Fennel. 
OLEUM FCENICULI, U. S.—Oil of Fennel. 
Official Preparation.—Aqua Foeniculi. 
CORIANDRUM, U. S.—Coriander.—The fruit of Coriandrum 
sativum furnishes about 1 per cent, of an agreeable, aromatic oil, also 
about 10 per cent, of fixed oil. 
OLEUM CORIANDRI, U. S.—Oil of Coriander. 
SUMBUL, U. S.—Sumbul.—The root of Ferula Sumbul contains 
about ]A per cent, of volatile oil and about 10 per cent, of a resinous com- 
pound having a musky odor. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Sumbul. 
ANISUM, U. S.—Anise. 
OLEUM ANISI, U. S.—Oil of Anise.—A volatile oil distilled from 
anise or from illicium. At io° to 150 C. (50° to 590 F.) it solidifies to a 
crystalline mass, which does not resume its fluidity until the temperature 
rises to about X70 C. (62.6° F.). Oil of Illicium [Star-anise) has nearly 
the same properties, except that it congeals at about 2° C. (35.6° F.). It 
consists of a small quantity of hydrocarbon, ClOH16, but mainly of anethol, 
CioHi2O, which is present in two modifications—one, solid at ordinary 
temperatures and heavier than water (anise camphor, solid anethol), the 
other liquid and more volatile (liquid anethol). Anethol, both in the 
liquid and in the solid form, is present, and is the chief constituent of the 
oils of anise, star-anise, and fennel. 
Official Preparations.—Aqua Anisi, Spiritus Anisi. 
ILLICIUM, U. S.—Star-Anise. 
Official Products of the Aromatic Umbelliferae 
Official Aromatic Products, with their Volatile Oils. 
CINNAMOMUM CASSIA, U. S.—Cassia Cinnamon. (China- 
mo mum, Pharm. 1880. Cassia Bark.')—The bark of the shoots of one or 
more undetermined species of Cinnamomum grown in China (Chinese 
Cinnamon). 
CINNAMOMUM SAIGONICUM, U. S.—The bark of an unde- 
termined species of Cinnamon. 
CINNAMOMUM ZEYLANICUM, U. S.—Ceylon Cinnamon. 132 
PHARMACY. 
(Cinnamomum, Phartn. 1880.)—The inner bark of the shoots of Cin- 
nantomum zeylanicum. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Cinnamomum. 
OLEUM BETUL.E VOLATILE, U. S.—Volatile Oil of Be- 
tula. (Oil of Sweet Birch.)—A volatile oil obtained by distillation from 
the bark of Betula lenta. It is identical with Methyl Salicylate, CH3C7- 
H503, and nearly identical with Oil of Gaultheria. 
OLEUM CINNAMOMI, U. S.—Oil of Cinnamon, Oil of Cassia. 
—A volatile oil distilled from Cassia Cinnamon. 
There is no essential difference between the oil of Ceylon cinnamon and 
oil of cassia, except the latter is much the cheaper and more abundant of 
the two. 
Oil of Ceylon Cinnamon has a slightly acid reaction; sp. gr. about 
1.040. When cooled to xo° C. (i4°F.) it remains clear, but at a lower 
temperature a solid portion separates from it. Oil of Chinese Cinnamon 
(Oil of Cassia) has the same properties, except that its specific gravity is 
about 1.060, and its odor and taste are not quite so agreeable. 
Oil of cinnamon consists of cinnamic aidehyd, C 9HgO, which, by mod- 
erate oxidation, yields the corresponding cinnamic acid C 9Hg02, but, by 
more energetic oxidation, yields benzoic acid, C 7Hfi02. 
Oil of Ceylon cinnamon, when it is not very fresh, contains cinnamic acid 
in sufficient quantity to give a permanent cloudiness to cinnamon water 
made from it. 
Official Preparations.—Aqua Cinnamomi, Spiritus Cinnamomi. 
CARYOPHYLLUS, U. S.—Cloves. 
OLEUM CARYOPHYLLI, U. S.—Oil of Cloves. 
PIMENTA, U. S.—Pimenta. (.Allspice.) 
OLEUM PIMENT.E, U. S.—Oil of Pimenta. (Oil of Allspice.) 
OLEUM MYRCIjE, U. S.—Oil of Myrcia. {Oil of Bay.) 
Official Preparation.—Spiritus Myrcise, (Bay Rum). 
VANILLA, U. S.—Vanilla.—Contains a trace of a volatile oil, 10 
per cent, of fixed oil, resin, sugar, etc., and vanillin, C 8Hg03. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Vanillse. 
OLEUM CAJUPUTI, U. S—Oil of Cajuput. 
EUCALYPTUS, U. S.—Eucalyptus.—The leaves of Eucalyptus 
globulus, collected from rather old trees, contain a volatile oil, resin, tan- 
nin, chlorophyl, fatty acid, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Eucalypti Fluidum. 
EUCALYPTOL, U. S.—Eucalyptol. ClOHlgO; 153.66.—A 
neutral body obtained from the volatile oil of Eucalyptus globulus, and of 
some other species of Eucalyptus. A colorless liquid, having a character- 
istic, aromatic, and distinctly camphoraceous odor, and a pungent, spicy, 
and cooling taste. 
OLEUM EUCALYPTI, U. S—Oil of Eucalyptus. 
MYRISTICA, U. S.—Nutmeg. 
OLEUM MYRISTIC/E, U. S.—Oil of Nutmeg. 
Expressed oil of nutmeg, or oil of mace, is a fixed oil, made by express- CAMPHOR. 
133 
ing nutmegs between hot plates, or macerating them in carbon disulphide 
and distilling. 
Official Preparation.—Spiritus Myristicse. 
MACIS, U. S.—Mace.—The arillus of the fruit of Myristica fragrans 
contains about 70 per cent, of a light, volatile oil, chiefly a terpene ClOH16 
(macene), and a fixed oil. 
CASCARILLA, U. S.—Cascarilla.—The bark of Croton Eluteria, 
Bennett, contains about 2 per cent, of an oxygenated volatile oil, a crystal- 
line principle, cascarillin, Cl 2H1804, 15 per cent, of resin, also tannin, gum, 
pectin, etc. 
SASSAFRAS, U. S.—Sassafras. 
OLEUM SASSAFRAS, U. S.—Oil of Sassafras. 
METHYL SALICYLAS, U. S.—Methyl Salicylate. CH3C7H503; 
151.64. (Artificial (or Synthetic) Oil of Wintergreen.)—Methyl sali- 
cylate produced synthetically. A colorless or slightly yellowish liquid, 
having the characteristic, strongly aromatic odor and the sweetish, warm, 
and aromatic taste of Oil of Gaultheria, with the essential constituents of 
which it is identical. It is wholly identical with Volatile Oil of Betula. 
(See Oleum Betula Volatile.) 
OLEUM GAULTHERIA, U. S.—Oil of Gaultheria. (Oil of 
Wintergreen.)—lt is the heaviest of all the volatile oils, having the sp. gr. 
1.180. It is a colorless or yellow or reddish liquid ; of a peculiar, strong, 
and aromatic odor; a sweetish, warm, and aromatic taste, and a slightly 
acid reaction ; sp. gr. about 1.180. The reddish color is due to a trace of 
iron. Oil of Wintergreen is nearly identical with Volatile Oil of Betula. 
Official Preparation.—Spiritus Gaultherise. 
CALAMUS, U. S.—Calamus. (Sweet Elag.)—The rhizome of 
Acorus calamus contains a volatile oil, having the composition of a ter- 
pene, ClOHIb, soft resin, a bitter principle, acorin, starch, and mucilage. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Calami Fluidum. 
CARDAMOMUM, U. S.—Cardamom.—The fruit of Elettaria 
repens contains 5 per cent, of an oxygenated volatile oil, of the sp. gr. 
0.943, 10 Per cent, of fixed oil, starch, mucilage, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Tinctura Cardamomi, Tinctura Cardamomi Com- 
posita. 
ZINGIBER, U. S.—Ginger. —The rhizome of Zingiber officinale 
owes its virtues to about 4 per cent, of volatile oil (terpene), having the 
composition ClOHJ6, and a soft, pungent, aromatic resin, which is soluble 
in alcohol and ether. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Zingiberis Fluidum, Oleoresina Zin- 
giberis, Syrupus Zingiberis, Tinctura Zingiberis, Trochisci Zingiberis. 
CAMPHORA, U. S.—Camphor. ClOH160 ; 151.66.—A stearopten 
(having the nature of a ketone) derived from Cinnamomum Camphor a, 
and purified by sublimation. It occurs in white, translucent masses, of a 
tough consistence and crystalline' structure ; readily pulverizable in the 
presence of a little alcohol, ether, or chloroform. 
Stearoptens from Volatile Oils. 134 
PHARMACY. 
Official Preparations.—Aqua Camphorae, Ceratum Camphorae, Lini- 
mentum Camphorae, Spiritus Camphorae. 
CAMPHORA MONOBROMATA, U. S.—Monobromated 
Camphor. C3OH15BrO ; 230.42.—Colorless, prismatic needles or scales, 
permanent in the air, and unaffected by light; mild, camphoraceous odor 
and taste ; neutral reaction. Made by heating camphor and bromine 
together, cooling, dissolving the crystalline mass in petroleum benzine, 
and recrystallizing. 
Official Substances Containing Nitrogenated and Sulphurated 
Oils, with Allied Products. 
AMYGDALA AMARA, U. S.—Bitter Almond—The seed of 
Ai?iygdalus communis, var. amara, containing a glucoside called amyg- 
dalin , which splits into benzyl-aldehyd, or oil of bitter almond, hydro- 
cyanic acid and glucose, under the influence of emulsin, or synaptase, a 
ferment, which becomes active in the presence of water : 
C2OH27NOu -)- 3H20 
Crystallized Water. 
Amygdalin. 
2(C6Hl2Og) + HCN + C 7H60 + H2O. 
Dextro-glucose. Hydrocyanic Oil of Water. 
Acid. Bitter Almond. 
OLEUM AMYGDALAE AMAR/E, U. S—Oil of Bitter Al- 
monds.—A colorless or yellowish, thin, volatile oil, with a peculiar, aro- 
matic odor ; bitter and a burning taste ; neutral reaction. Obtained from 
bitter almond by maceration with water and subsequent distillation. 
Preparation.—The bitter almond cake obtained after extracting the fixed 
oil is mixed with water, and distilled by passing a current of steam through 
it. The emulsin reacts on the amygdalin in presence of the aqueous vapor, 
and oil of bitter almond, or benzyl aldehyd, is produced : 
C2OH27NOu + 2H20 = C 7H60 + 2C6H]206 + HCN. 
Amygdalin. Water. Benzyl- Glucose. Hydrocyanic 
Aldehyd. . Acid. 
As sweet almond does not contain amygdalin, oil of bitter almond cannot 
be prepared from it. 
Artificial benzyl-aldehyd is made by the action of chlorine upon hot 
toluol, C 7H8. Benzyl-chloride, C 6H5CH2CI, results, and this yields benzyl- 
aldehyd on distillation with lead nitrate and water, in an atmosphere of 
C02. It is identical with oil of bitter almond. 
Oil of Myrbane, or nitro-benzol, is an entirely different product, made 
by reacting on benzol with nitric acid. Its odor is similar to, but not 
identical with, oil of bitter almond. It is used for perfuming soaps. 
Official Preparation.—Aqua Amygdalae Amarae. 
PRUNUS VIRGINIANA, U. S—Wild Cherry—The bark of 
Prunus serotina, collected in autumn, contains amygdalin, emulsin, tannin, 
bitter principle, starch, etc., and furnishes the same reaction with water, 
with the production of oil of bitter almond and hydrocyanic acid, as bitter 
almond. 
Official Preparations.—lnfusum Pruni Virginianae, Syrupus Pruni Vir- 
ginianae, Extractum Pruni Virginianae Fluidum. GARLIC. 
135 
ACIDUM HYDROCYANICUM DILUTUM, U. S.—Diluted 
Hydrocyanic Acid. (Prussic Acid.)—A colorless liquid, of a character- 
istic odor and taste, resembling bitter almonds; slight acid reaction ; com- 
posed of 2 per cent, absolute hydrocyanic acid (HCN ; 26.98) and 98 per 
cent, of alcohol and water. Made by distilling together potassium ferro- 
cyanide, diluted alcohol, and sulphuric acid, and diluting to the proper 
strength with distilled water:— 
2K4FeC6N6 -f 3H2504 = 
Potassium Sulphuric 
Ferrocyanide. Acid. 
K2Fe2C6N6 + 3K2504 + 6HCN. 
Potassium Potassium Hydrocyanic 
Ferrous Acid Sulphate Acid. 
Ferrocyanide. 
(Everitt’s Salt.) 
Scheele's Hydrocyanic Acid is a stronger solution, containing about 5 
per cent, anhydrous acid. 
SINAPIS ALBA, U. S.—’White Mustard.—The seed of Sinapis 
alba Linne “ contains sinalbin, C3OH44N2O16S2, a crystalfine glucoside, 
which, under the influence of a peculiar ferment, my rosin, and water, is 
split into acrinyl thiocyanate, CgH7NOS, which is a pungent, volatile oil 
(this is not the official oil of mustard), sinapine sulphate, Cl 6H23N05- 
H2S04, and glucose. The seed contains, in addition, 20 per cent, of fixed 
oil, mucilage, gum, etc., but no starch.”—(Remington.) 
SINAPIS NIGRA, U. S.—Black Mustard.—The seed of Sinapis 
nigra “ contains potassium myronate (KCI0HIgNS2OIO), myrosin, a fer- 
ment, 25 per cent, of fixed oil, mucilage, etc. Under the influence of the 
myrosin and water, the potassium myronate is converted into allyl iso- 
thiocyanate, or volatile oil of mustard. This action takes place at ordi- 
nary temperatures, and explains the pungency of aqueous mixtures of 
ground mustard.”—(Remington.) 
Official Preparation.-—Charta Sinapis—Mustard Paper. 
OLEUM SINAPIS VOLATILE, U. S.—Volatile oil of Mus- 
tard.—A volatile oil obtained from black mustard by maceration with 
water, and subsequent distillation. 
Chemically, this oil is allyl iso-thiocyanate; it is also called sulpho- 
cyanide of allyl. It is prepared artificially by distilling allyl sulphate with 
potassium thiocyanate. It is a colorless or pale-yellow liquid, having a 
very pungent and acrid odor and taste, and a neutral reaction : sp. gr. 
1.017 to 1.021. 
Official Preparation.—Linimentum Sinapis Compositum. 
ALLIUM, U. S.—Garlic.—The bulb of Allium satii mm contains a 
volatile sulphurated oil known as allyl sulphide (C3HS)2S, mucilage, albu- 
min, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Syrupus Allii. 136 
PHARMACY. 
OFFICIAL DRUGS AND PRODUCTS CON- 
TAINING VOLATILE OIL WITH 
SOFT RESIN. 
PIPER, U. S.—Pepper. (Black Pepper.)— The unripe fruit of Piper 
nigrum contains piperine, a feeble alkaloid, 2 per cent, volatile oil (a ter- 
pene CIOII]6), a pungent resin. 
Official Preparation.—Oleoresinse Piperis. 
PIPERINUM U. S.—Piperin. CwH1?N03; 284.38.—A neutraL 
principle, obtained from pepper, and also obtainable in other plants of the 
Nat. Ord. Piperacece. 
Description.—Colorless or pale-yellowish, shining, four-sided prisms, 
permanent in the air; odorless; almost tasteless when first put in the 
mouth, but, on prolonged contact, producing a sharp and biting sensation ; 
neutral reaction. 
Preparation.—Pepper is treated with alcohol; the tincture evaporated 
to an extract; the extract treated with an alkaline solution, to saponify 
oleaginous mafter; the undissolved portion washed with cold water; 
filtered; the matter left on the filter treated with alcohol, the resulting 
solution evaporated spontaneously or by gentle heat. Crystals of piperin 
are deposited and purified by alternate solution in alcohol or ether, and 
crystallizing. 
Piperin is decomposed by alkalies in alcoholic solution into piperic acid, 
Ci2III,A, and piperidine, C 5HUN. 
MATICO, U. S.—Matico.—The leaves of Piper angustifolium con- 
tain about 2 per cent, of volatile oil, a pungent resin, a crystalline prin- 
ciple, artanthic acid, and tannin. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Matico Fluidum, Tinctura Matico. 
CUBEBA, U. S.—Cubeb.—The unripe fruit of Piper cubeba contains 
about 10 per cent, of volatile oil, 3 per cent, of resin, cubebin, cubebic acid, 
wax, fat, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Cubebae Fluidum, Oleoresina Cubebse, 
Trochisci Cubebae, Tinctura Cubebae. 
OLEUM CUBEBiE, U. S.—Oil of Cubeb. 
CAPSICUM, U. S.—Capsicum. (Cayenne Pepper. African Pepper.) 
—The fruit of Capsicum fastigiatum, containing capsaicin, C 9Hu02, 
traces of a volatile alkaloid and a volatile oil, fixed oil, resin, coloring 
matter, etc. Capsaicin is in colorless crystals, volatile, intensely acrid, 
and soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixed oils. 
Official Preparations.—Emplastrum Capsici, Extractum Capsici Fluid- 
um, Oleoresina Capsici, Tinctura Capsici. 
COPAIBA, U. S.—Copaiba. {Balsam of Copaiba.)— The oleoresin 
of Copaiba Langsdorffii and of other species of Copaifera contains copaivic 
acid, volatile oil, and a bitter principle. Copaivic acid, C2OH80O2, the 
resinous mass left after distilling the oil, forms a series of amorphous salts. 
Description.—A transparent or translucent, more or less viscid liquid, 
of a color varying from pale yellow to brownish yellow; sp. gr. 0.940 to 
0.993 ; pecvdiar aromatic odor; persistently bitter and acrid taste. 
Official Preparations.—Massa Copaiboe, Resina Copaibae. CHENOPODnfM. 
137 
OLEUM COPAIBA, U. S.—Oil of Copaiba. 
OLEUM SANTALI, U. S.—Oil of Santal. {Oil of Sandal Wood.) 
BUCHU, U. S.—Buchu.—The leaves of Barosma betulina, and 
Barosma crenulata, contain a volatile oil and resin, a bitter principle, mucil- 
age, etc. The stearopten diosphenol is colored dark green by ferric chloride. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Buchu Fluidum. 
SERPENTARIA, U. S.—Serpentaria. {Virginia S7iakeroot.)— 
The rhizome and rootlets of Aristolochia serpentaria Linne and of Aristo- 
lochia reticulata Nuttall, contain I per cent, of volatile oil, a bitter prin- 
ciple, starch, sugar, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Serpentariae Fluidum, Tinctura Ser- 
pentarise. 
HUMULUS, U. S.—Hops. —The strobiles of Humulus Lupulus con- 
tain a small quantity of volatile oil; their bitterness is due to the resin 
and lupulin present. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Humuli. 
LUPULINUM, U. S.—Lupulin. (Lupulina, Pharm. /Syo.)—The 
glandular powder separated from the strobiles of Humulus Lupulus con- 
tains to per cent, of volatile oil, which, on exposure, yields valerianic 
acid, trimethylamine, a bitter principle (lupamaric acid), Cg2H50O7, resin, 
wax, and an alkaline liquid termed lupuline. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Lupulinse Fluidum, Oleoresina Lu- 
pulini. 
CANNABIS INDICA, U. S.—lndian Cannabis. {lndian Hemp.) 
—The flowering tops of the female plant of Cannabis sativa, grown in the 
East Indies, contain a resinous substance, cannabinine, volatile oil, and 
tetano-cannabinine. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Cannabis Indicae, Extractum Canna- 
bis Indicae Fluidum, Tinctura Cannabis Indicae. 
VALERIANA, U. S.—Valerian.—The rhizome and rootlets of 
Valeriana officinalis contain about I per cent, of volatile oil, valerianic 
acid, resin, starch, tannin, etc.; there are also present some acetic and 
formic acids. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Valerianae Fluidum, Tinctura Vale- 
rianae, Tinctura Valerianae Ammoniata. 
VIBURNUM OPULUS, U. S.—Viburnum Opulus. {Cramp 
Bark.)—The bark of Viburnum Opulus. 
VIBURNUM PRUNIFOLIUM, U. S.—Black Haw.—(Vibur- 
num, Pharm. 1880.)—The bark of Viburnum prunifolium contains vale- 
rianic acid, a bitter, resinous principle, viburnin, tannin, sugar, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Viburni Prunifolium Fluidum. 
SAMBUCUS, U. S.—Sambucus. {Elder.)—The flowers of Sam- 
bucis canadensis contain a little volatile oil and resin, sugar, mucilage, etc. 
CHENOPODIUM, U. S.—Chenopodium, {American Wormseed.) 
—The fruit of Chenopodium ambrosioides, variety anthelminticum, contains 
a volatile oil, a small quantity of resin, and a bitter extractive. 
OLEUM CHENOPODII, U. S.—Oil of Chenopodium. {Oil of 
American Wormseed.) 138 
Pharmacy. 
OLEUM JUNIPERI, U. S.—Oil of Juniper. 
Official Preparations.—Spiritus Juniperi, Spiritus Jumped Compositus. 
SABINA, U. S.—Savine.—The tops of Juniperus Sabina contain a 
terpene ClOH10, and resin, with a trace of tannin. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Sabinse Fluidum. 
OLEUM SABINSE, U. S.—Oil of Savine. 
Official Drugs and Products containing Volatile Oil Associated 
with Bitter Principle or Extractive. 
ABSINTHIUM, U. S.—Absinthium. (Wormwood.)—The leaves 
and tops of Artemisia Absinthium contain I per cent, of an oxygenated 
volatile oil, which is chiefly absinthol, ClOH160. The bitter principle is 
absinthin, C4OH58O9. It also contains tannin, resin, and succinic acid. 
TANACETUM, U. S.—Tansy.—The leaves and tops of Tanacetum 
vulgare contain a small quantity of volatile oil, which is freely soluble in 
alcohol. The bitter principle is tanacetin. It also contains tannin, fat, 
resin, etc. 
ARNIC./E FLORES, U. S.—Arnica Flowers.—The flower heads 
of Arnica motttana contain a trace of volatile oil, and a bitter principle, 
arnicin, with resin, coloring matter, etc. 
Official Preparation. —Tinctura Arnicse riorum. 
ARNIC./E RADIX, U. S.—Arnica Root.—The rhizome and root- 
lets of Arnica montana contain about I per cent, of volatile oil, the bitter 
principle arnicin, acrid resin, tannin, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Arnica; Radicis, Emplastrum Arnicse, 
Extractum Arnicse Radicis Fluidum, Tinctura Arnicse Radicis. 
CALENDULA, U. S.—Calendula. (Marigold.)—The florets of 
Calendula officinalis contain a small quantity of a volatile oil, a bitter 
principle, gum, sugar, etc. Calendulin is not the active principle, having 
very little taste. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Calendulse. 
OLEUM ERIGERONTIS, U. S.—Oil of Erigeron. (Oil of 
Fleabane.) 
INULA, U. S.—lnula. (Elecampane.)— The root of Inula Helenium 
contains acrid resin and a volatile oil, which are the active principles. 
Helenin, C 5HgO, is inert. Inulin, a kind of starch, is abundant. 
ANTHEMIS, U. S.—Anthemis. (Chamomile.)—The flower- 
heads of Anthemis nobilis, collected from cultivated plants, contain a vola- 
tile oil and a bitter principle, which has been called authentic acid. 
MATRICARIA, U. S.—Matricaria. (German Chamomile.)—The 
flower-heads of Matricaria Chamomilla contain a dark-blue volatile oil; 
the bitter principle is termed authentic acid. 
EUPATORIUM, U. S.—Eupatorium. (Thoroughwort, Boneset.) 
—The leaves and flowering tops of Eupatorium perfoliatum contain a 
volatile oil and resin, eupatorin, gum, tannin, sugar, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Eupatorii Fluidum. 
GRINDELIA, U. S.—Grindelia.—The leaves and flowering tops of 
Grindelia robusta contain a volatile oil and a bitter and resinous principle. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Grindelise Fluidum. CIMICIFUGA. 
139 
ERIODICTYON, U. S.—Eriodictyon. —The leaves of Eriodictyon 
glutinosum, known as Yerba Santa, or mountain balm, contain a 
bitter resin, volatile oil, and extractive. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Eriodictyi Fluidum. 
MEZEREUM, U. S.—Mezereum.—The bark of Daphne Mezereum 
and other species of Daphne contains daphnin, C3lH34019, a glucoside, 
associated with an acrid, soft resin, and oil. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Mezerei Fluidum. 
ASPIDIUM, U. S.—Aspidium. (Male Fern.)— The rhizome of 
Dryopteris Filix-mas, Schott, and of Dryopteris marginalis, Asa Gray, 
contains filicic acid, Cl 4H1805, filix red, filitannic acid, fixed oil, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Oleoresina Aspidii. 
CYPRIPEDIUM, U. S.—Cypripedium. (Lady's Slipper.')— The 
rhizome and rootlets of Cypripedium pubescens, Wildenow, and of Cypri- 
pedium parviflorum, Salisbury, contain resins, an acrid principle, volatile 
oil, tannin, starch, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Cypripedii Fluidum. 
PHYTOLACCA RADIX, U. S.—Phytolacca Root. {Poke Root.) 
—The root of Phytolacca decandra contains an acrid resin, tannin, muci- 
lage, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Phytolaccse Radicis Fluidum. 
PHYTOLACCA FRUCTUS, U. S.—Phytolacca Fruit. {Poke 
Berry.)—The fruit of Phytolacca decandra contains reddish-purple color- 
ing-matter, sugar, gum, etc. 
ZEA, U. S.—-Zea. (Corn Silk.)—The styles and stigmas of Zea Mays 
contain, when dried, maizenic acid, fixed oil, resin, etc. 
STILLINGIA, U. S.—-Stillingia. {Queen's Root.)—The root of 
Stillingia sylvatica contains an acrid resin, starch, fixed oil, gum, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Stillingise Fluidum. 
PYRETHRUM, U. S.—Pyrethrum. {Pellitory.)—The root of 
Anacyclus Pyrethrum contains an acrid, brown resin, and fixed oils, inulin, 
mucilage, etc. 
Official Preparatio7i.—Tinctura Pyrethri. 
XANTHOXYLUM, U. S.—Xanthoxylum. {Prickly Ash.)—The 
bark of Xanthoxylum Americanum, Willdenow, and of Xanthoxylum 
Clava-Herculis, Lambert, contains a soft resin, a crystalline resin, a bitter 
principle, and an acrid, green oil. 
Official Preparation.- Extractum Xanthoxyli Fluidum. 
IRIS, U. S.—lris. {Blue Flag.)— The rhizome and rootlets of Iris 
versicolor contain a bitter resin. There are also present sugar, gum, 
tannin, and fatty matter. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Iridis Fluidum, Extractum Iridis. 
CIMICIFUGA, U. S.—Cimicifuga. {Black Snakeroof.)—The rhi- 
zome and rootlets of Cimicifuga racemosa contain resin, an acrid principle 
(possibly an alkaloid), starch, tannin, gum, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Cimicifugse, Extractum Cimicifuga' 
Fluidum, Tinctura Cimicifugte. 140 
PHARMACY. 
PULSATILLA, U. S.—Pulsatilla.—The herb of Anemone Pulsatilla 
and Anemone pratensis, Linne, collected soon after flowering. Should be 
carefully preserved, and not be kept longer than one year; contains an 
acrid, odorous, resinous substance, coloring matter, gum, etc. The acrid 
principle may be converted into anemonin, Cl 5H1206, which, through the 
action of alkalies, becomes anemonic acid. 
APOCYNUM, U. S.—Apocynum. [Canadian Hemp.)— The root 
of Apocynum cannabinum contains resin, apocynin, apocynein, bitter ex- 
tractive, tannin, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Apocyni Fluidum. 
ASCLEPIAS, U. S.—Asclepias. (Pleurisy Root.)—The root of 
Asclepias tuherosa contains resins, volatile principle, tannin, mucilage, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Asclepiadis Fluidum. 
LACTUCARIUM, U. S.—Lactucarium.—The concrete milk-juice 
of Lactuca virosa contains a bitter resinous principle, lactucin,CnHl2o3.H2o, 
lactucic acid (bitter and crystalline), lactucopicrin (bitter and amorphous), 
lactucerin in large quantity, nearly 60 per cent, (this principle is inert and 
crystallizable), caoutchouc, resin, asparagin, volatile oil, mucilage, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Tinctura Laclucarii, Syrupus Lactucarii. 
RESINS, OLEORESINS, GUM-RESINS, AND 
BALSAMS. 
What are Resins ? Natural or induced, solid or semi-solid exudations 
from plants, characterized by being insoluble in water, mostly soluble in 
alcohol, uncrystallizable, and softening and melting at a moderate heat. 
What are they chemically ? Mixed products. Some of them are 
acids, and combine with alkalies, forming soaps, as in the case of common 
resin. They are commonly the oxidized terpenes of plants. 
Describe them. When pure, they are usually transparent, hard, and 
brittle; when they contain water, are opaque and no longer hard, and 
brittle. 
Into what three Classes are they usually Divided ? Natural 
Oleoresins (oil and resin), generally obtained by incising the trunks of 
trees which contain them; ex., turpentine. Gum resins; natural mixtures 
of gum and resin—usually exudations from plants; ex., myrrh. Balsams, 
resinous substances which contain benzoic, cinnamic, or analogous acids; 
ex., balsam of tolu. 
TEREBINTHINA, U. S.—Turpentine. —A concrete oleoresin 
obtained from Pinus palustris and from other species of Finns ; contains 
abietic anhydride, which may be converted into abietic acid, C 44 a 
bitter principle, and 25 per cent, of volatile oil. 
OLEUM TEREBINTHINA, U. S.—Oil of Turpentine.—A 
volatile oil distilled from turpentine ; has the composition C]oH16, and is 
the type of the terpenes. 
Official Preparation.—Linimentum Terebinthinse. ASAFETIDA. 
141 
OLEUM TEREBINTHIN/E RECTIFICATUM, U. S.— 
Rectified Oil of Turpentine.—A thin, colorless liquid, having the gen- 
eral properties mentioned under Oil of Turpentine. Made by distilling 
Oil of Turpentine with Lime Water. 
TEREBENUM, U. S.—Terebene, CloHlfi ; 135-7-—A liquid con- 
sisting chiefly of Pinene, and containing not more than very small portions 
of Terpinene and Dipentene. A colorless, or slightly yellowish, thin liquid, 
having a rather agreeable, thyme-like odor, and an aromatic, somewhat tere- 
binthinate taste; sp. gr. about 0.862 at 150 C. (590 F.). Only slightly 
soluble in water, but soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, glacial acetic 
acid, or carbon disulphide. 
TERPINI HYDRAS, U. S.—Terpin Hydrate, CiqH13 (OH), + 
H2O ; 189.58.—The hydrate of the diatomic alcohol terpin. Colorless, 
lustrous, rhombic prisms, nearly odorless, and having a slightly aromatic 
and somewhat bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble at 15° C. (590 
F.) in about 50 parts of water, and in 10 parts of alcohol, in 32 parts of 
boiling water, and in 2 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in about 100 
parts of ether, 200 parts of chloroform, or I part of boiling glacial acetic 
acid. Made by acting on a mixture of oil of turpentine with nitric acid. 
RESINA, U. S.—Resin. (Colophony.)—The residue left after dis- 
tilling off the volatile oil from turpentine consists of abietic anhydride, 
which passes into abietic acid when treated with diluted alcohol. It is a 
transparent, amber-colored substance, hard, brittle, with a glossy and shal- 
low conchoidal fracture, and having a faintly terebinthinate odor and taste ; 
sp. gr. 1.070 to 1.080. 
Official Preparations.—Ceratum Resinse, Emplastrum Resinae. 
TEREBINTHINA CANADENSIS, U. S.—Canada Turpen- 
tine. [Balsam of Fir.)—A liquid oleoresin obtained from .Abies balsantea. 
It contains resin, associated with a terpene, CIOPI16, and a small quantity 
of a bitter principle. It is a yellowish or faintly greenish, transparent, 
viscid liquid ; of an agreeable, terebinthinate odor, and a bitterish, slightly 
acrid taste. 
MASTICHE, U. S.—Mastic. —A concrete, resinous exudation from 
Pistacia Lentiscus, containing a resin (mastichic acid, C2OH32O2), which is 
soluble in strong alcohol; also masticin, a resinous principle, which is in- 
soluble in alcohol; a small quantity of volatile oil is likewise present. 
FIX BURGUNDICA, U. S.—Burgundy Pitch.—The prepared, 
resinous exudation of Abies excelsa contains resin, a small quantity of a 
terpene ClOH16, and water. 
Official Preparations.—Emplastrum Picis Burgundicae, Emplastrum 
Picis cum Cantharide. 
AMMONIACUM, U. S.—Ammoniac.—A gum resin obtained from 
Dorema Ammoniacum contains about 25 per cent, of gum, 70 per cent, of 
resin, and about 3 per cent, of volatile oil. The resin is remarkable for 
yielding resorcin when fused with potassa. 
Official Preparations.— Emulsum Ammoniaci, Emplastrum Ammoniaci 
cum Plydrargyro. 
ASAFCETIDA, U, S.—Asafetida.—A gum-resin obtained from the 142 
PHARMACY. 
root of Ferula foelida. It contains a sulphurated volatile oil (ferulyl sul- 
phide), about 20 per cent, of gum, and 70 per cent, of resin. 
Official Preparations.—Emulsum Asafoetidas, Tinctura Asafoetidse, Pilu- 
Ise Asafoetidae. 
ELASTIC A, U. S.—lndia-Rubber. (Caoutchouc.)—The prepared 
milk-juice of various species of Hevea, known in commerce as Para Rubber. 
MYRRHA, U.S.—Myrrh. —A gum resin obtained from Commiphora 
Myrrha ; contains 3 per cent, of an oxygenated volatile oil, a bitter prin- 
ciple, and about 30 per cent, of gum and 60 per cent, of resin. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Myrrha. 
GUAIACI LIGNUM, U. S.—Guaiacum Wood.—The heart-wood 
of Guaiacum officinale and of Guaiacum sanctum owes its virtues to resin, 
which is present, usually, to the amount of 25 per cent. 
GUAIACI RESINA, U. S.—Guaiac.—The resin of the wood of 
Guaiacum officinale consists of guaiacic acid (C 1 guaiaconic acid 
(C 1 guaiaretic acid (C 2 beta resin, gum, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Tinctura Guaiaci, Tinctura Guaiaci Ammoniata. 
BALSAMUM TOLUTANUM, U. S.—Balsam of Tolu.—A 
balsam obtained from Toluifera Balsamum contains cinnamic and benzoic 
acids, resins, a volatile oil called benzyl benzoate, C 7H5(C7H7)G2, benzyl 
cinnamate, a terpene ClOH16, termed iolene, and other unimportant con- 
stituents. 
Official Preparations.—Tinctura Tolutana, Syrupus Tolutanus. 
BALSAMUM PERUVIANUM, U. S.—Balsam of Peru.—The 
balsam obtained from Toluifera Pereira contains cinnamic and benzoic 
acids, benzyl cinnamate, C 9H7(C7H7)02, resin, benzyl benzoate, stilbene, 
etc. 
Description.—A liquid having a syrupy consistency free from stringi- 
ness or stickiness, of a brownish-black color in bulk, reddish-brown and 
transparent in thin layers; somewhat smoky, but agreeable and vanilla- 
like odor; bitter taste, leaving a persistent after taste ; acid reaction. 
BENZOINUM, U. S.—Benzoin.—The balsamic resin obtained from 
Styrax Benzoin, contains benzoic acid, cinnamic acid (C9H802), a fragrant, 
volatile oil, and resins ; in some varieties vanillin is found. 
Official Preparations.—Adeps Benzoinatus, Tinctura Benzoini, Tinc- 
tura Benzoini -Composita. 
STYRAX, U. S.—Storax.—The balsam prepared from the inner bark 
of Liquidambar orientalis contains cinnamic acid, benzoic acid, styi-acin, 
C 9H7(C9H9)02, storesin, C3fiH5803, ethyl cinnamate, C 9H7(C2H5)62, phenyl 
propyl cinnamate, C 9H7(C9H17)02, styrol, C 8H8, a fragrant hydrocarbon, 
and a resinous substance not yet investigated. 
ACIDUM BENZOICUM, U. S.—Benzoic Acid. HC7H502; 
121.71.—White, or yellowish-white, lustrous scales, or friable needles, 
permanent in the air; slight aromatic odor of benzoin; a warm acid 
taste ; acid reaction. It is found natural in benzoin, balsam of tolu, etc., 
but is usually made artificially— 
1. From the urine of cattle, by treating it with lime, evaporating, de- 
composing the lime hippurate with HCI, purifying the hippuric acid with FIXED OILS, FATS, AND SOAPS. 
143 
animal charcoal, and treating with HCI, when benzoic acid and glycocine 
are produced : 
C 9H9NOs + II20 = C 7H602 + C 2H5N02. 
Hippuric Water. Benzoic Glycocine. 
Acid. Acid. 
2. From naphtalin, Cj0Hg, by treating it with HNO;j; phthalic acid is 
produced, which, when heated with excess of Ca(HO)2, yields calcium 
benzoate and carbonate - 
C 8H604 C 7H602 + C02. 
Phthalic Benzoic Carbon 
Acid. Acid. Dioxide. 
3. From trichlormethyl-benzol, a coal-tar hydrocarbon from toluol, C 7Hg, 
by heating with zinc chloride and acetic acid, by which benzoic acid is 
formed and HCI liberated. 
FIXED OILS, FATS, AND SOAPS. 
What is the Source of Fixed Oils and Fats, and how are they 
Distinguished ? They are obtained from both the vegetable and animal 
kingdoms. Characteristics.—Greasy to the touch, leave a permanent oily 
stain on paper; insoluble in water, but soluble in ether, chloroform, car- 
bon disulphide, benzol, benzin, turpentine, and volatile oils, usually mix- 
ing with one another without separating; when pure, generally colorless 
or of a pale yellow color, with distinctive odor and taste, often caused by 
impurities, as they are rendered odorless and tasteless by refining them. 
When heated moderately, if solid, they melt; if liquid, they become 
thinner; decomposed by heating strongly in the air, with evolution of 
offensive vapors, they burn with a sooty flame and much heat. Sp. gr. 
0.870100.985. On exposure to air, they acquire an acrid, disagreeable 
taste and acid reaction, owing to a change that occurs, termed rancidity, 
believed to be due to impurities, like albuminous substances, which act as 
ferments, induce decomposition, liberate the fatty acids, and produce 
volatile, odorous acids, like caproic, caprylic, butyric, and valerianic acids. 
Rancid oils may often be purified by shaking thoroughly with hot water, 
then with a cold solution of C02, and washing with cold water. 
What are Fixed Oils chemically? They are ethers of the higher 
members of the fatty acids, the alcohol being glycerin and the radical gly- 
ceryl. As they consist, in most cases, of two or three proximate principles, 
called olein, palmitin or stearin in combination with glyceryl, they are 
sometimes called glycerides of oleic, palmitic, and stearic acids. The con- 
sistency of fixed oils and fat vary, on account of these proximate principles, 
which occur in various proportions. Olein is liquid, the other two solid. 
Almond oil being principally composed of olein, is, at ordinary tempera- 
tures, liquid ; tallow being largely stearin, is solid at the same temperatures. 
What is Olein ? The oleate of the triad radical glyceryl, having the 
chemical composition C 3H5(C18H3302)3, obtained by treating oils or fats 
with boiling alcohol, cooling, to deposit the concrete principles, the olein 
remaining in solution, which is obtained by evaporating off the alcohol, or 
by compressing one of the solid fats, or a liquid fat concreted by cold, be- 144 
PHARMACY. 
tween folds of bibulous paper, which absorb the olein and give it up after- 
ward by compressing under water. 
Describe Olein. It is a liquid of oily consistence, congealing at —6° 
C. (21.20 F.); colorless, when pure; with little odor and a sweetish taste; 
insoluble in water, soluble in boiling alcohol and ether. 
What is Palmitin ? The glyceride of palmitic acid, or tripalmitate 
of glyceryl. 
What is Stearin ? A glyceride of stearic acid, C 3HS(C,8H30O2)3, 
and has been formed synthetically by heating a mixture of these two mate- 
rials to 28o°-30o° C. 
Describe it and its Method of Preparation. A white, opaque mass, 
of a pearly appearance as crystallized from ether, pulverizable, fusible at 
66.5° C. (1520 F.), soluble in boiling alcohol and ether, nearly insoluble 
in those liquids cold, insoluble in water. Prepared by dissolving suet in 
hot oil of turpentine, cooling, expressing with unsized paper, dissolving 
in hot ether, which deposits the stearin on cooling. 
What is Margarin ? A compound of stearin and palmitin—once 
regarded as a principle. 
What is Stearic Acid ? A firm, white solid, like wax, with chemical 
composition ClBH3602, fusible at 69.2° C. (1570 F.), greasy to the touch, 
pulverizable, soluble in alcohol, very soluble in ether, insoluble in water. 
Describe Palmitic Acid. Palmitic acid, Cl 6H3.202, forms a white, 
scaly mass, melting at 62° C. (143.6° F.). 
Describe Oleic Acid. An oily liquid, soluble in alcohol and ether, 
lighter than water, in which it is insoluble; crystallizable in needles at a 
temperature a little below zero C. (320 F.); having a slight smell and 
pungent taste ; chemical composition, ClBH3402. 
AMYGDALA DULCIS, U. S.—Sweet Almond.—The seed of 
Prunus amygdalus, var. dulcis, contains about 40 per cent, of fixed oils, 
protein compounds (conglutin and amandin), sugar, mucilage, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Emulsum Amygdalae, Syrupus Amygdalae. 
OLEUM AMYGDALAE EXPRESSUM, U. S.—Expressed Oil 
of Almond.—A fixed oil expressed from bitter or sweet almond. A 
clear, pale straw-colored, or colorless, oily liquid; almost inodorous; 
mild, nutty taste ; its sp. gr. is from 0.915 to 0.920. It consists princi- 
pally of olein 70 per cent. 
OLEUM OLIViE, U. S.—Olive Oil.—A fixed oil, expressed from 
the ripe fruit of Olea europcea. It is a pale yellow or light greenish- 
yellow, oily liquid ; slight, peculiar odor; nutty, oleaginous taste, with a 
faintly acrid after-taste ; neutral reaction. 
OLEUM GOSSYPII SEMINIS, U. S.—Cotton Seed Oil. 
OLEUM SESAMI, U. S.—Oil of Sesamum. {Benne Oil.) 
OLEUM LINI, U. S.—Linseed Oil. 
PEPO, U. S.—Pumpkin Seed. —The seed of Cucurbita pepo con- 
tains about 40 per cent, of fixed oil, starch, protein compounds, a little 
acrid resin, sugar, etc. 
OLEUM RICINI, U. S.—Castor Oil.—A fixed oil expressed from 
the seed of Ricinus communis. GLYCERIN. 
145 
Preparation.—Castor oil has been obtained from the seed in four ways: 
1. By cold expression ; 2. By expression with heat; 3. By percolation 
with alcohol; 4. By decoction. The first method produces the best oil. 
It is an almost colorless, transparent, viscid liquid, of a faint, mild odor; 
a bland, afterward slightly acrid, and generally offensive taste, and a neu- 
tral reaction ; sp. gr. 0.950 to 0.970. It contains ricinolein and palmitin. 
OLEUM TIGLII, U. S.—Croton Oil. 
OLEUM THEOBROMATIS, U. S.—Oil of Theobroma. {Oil 
of Theobroma;, Pharm. 1880. Butter of Cacao I)—A fixed oil expressed 
from the seed of Theobroma cacao by expressing the kernels of the 
“chocolate nut” between hot iron plates, and running the product into 
moulds. The yield is about 40 per cent. It is a yellowish-white solid, 
having a faint, agreeable odor; a bland, chocolate-like taste, and a neutral 
reaction. It melts between 30° and 35° C. (86° to 950 F.). 
Chemically, it is a mixture of stearin, palmitin, olein, arachin, and 
laurin, and, owing to its low fusing point and its property of becoming 
solid at a temperature just above the fusing point, it is valuable in phar- 
macy in making suppositories. 
LYCOPODIUM, U. S.—Lycopodium. —The sporules of Lycopo- 
dium clavatum and of other species of Lycopodium contain 47 per cent, 
of fixed oil, with minute quantities of volatile bases. 
ACIDUM OLEICUM, U. S.—Oleic Acid. HC18H3302; 281.38. 
An organic acid, prepared in a sufficiently pure condition by cooling com- 
mercial oleic acid to about 50 C. (410 F.), then separating and preserving 
the liquid portion. A yellowish, oily liquid, gradually becoming brown, 
rancid, and acid when exposed to air; lard-like odor and taste; when 
pure, of a neutral reaction; feebly acid reaction in alcoholic solution ; sp. 
gr. 0.900. Obtained as a by-product in the manufacture of candles from fats. 
Red oil is crude oleic acid. 
ACIDUM STEARICUM, U. S.—Stearic Acid. HC18H3502; 
283.38.—An organic acid, in its commercial, more or less impure, form, 
usually obtained from the more solid fats, chiefly tallow. A hard, white, 
somewhat glossy solid, odorless and tasteless, and permanent in the air. 
Insoluble in water; soluble in about 45 parts of alcohol at 150 C. (590 F.); 
readily soluble in boiling alcohol and ether. Used for making Supposi- 
toria Glycerini. 
GLYCERINUM, U. S.—Glycerin.—A clear, colorless liquid, of 
syrupy consistence, oily to the touch, hygroscopic ; odorless ; very sweet 
and slightly warm to the taste; neutral reaction. Obtained by the de- 
composition of fats or fixed oils, and containing not less than 95 per cent, 
of absolute glycerin (C3HS(HO)3 ; 92). 
Preparation.—Glycerin is made in several ways:— 
1. Through the saponification of fats and oils, in making soap or lead 
plaster:— 
2(C3H53C18H3302) + 3PbO + 3H20 = 
Glyceryl Oleate Lead Oxide Water. 
(Olive Oil). (Litharge). 
3(Pb2C]8H3302) -f- 2(C3H53H0). 
Lead Oleate Glyceryl Hydrate 
(Lead Plaster). (Glycerin). 146 
PHARMACY. 
2. By the decomposition of fats and oils through pressure and super- 
heated steam, whereby the fats, which are glycerides, or ethers of the fatty 
acids, are broken up into glycerin and fatty acids, the water supplying the 
elements of hydrogen and oxygen necessary for that change. The decom- 
position of stearin in this way will illustrate:— 
18H3502 -(- 3H20 C 3H53H0 -{■ 3HC18H3502. 
Stearin. Water. Glycerin. Stearic Acid. 
In this, its present form, it is known as distilled glycerin. 
Glycerin is the hydrate of the radical glyceryl, therefore an alcohol, and 
is sometimes called glycerol or glyceric alcohol. It is triatomic, and one, 
two, or three of the hydrogen atoms may be replaced by monad radicals. 
SAPO, U. S.—Soap. (White Castile Soap.)— Soap prepared from 
soda and olive oil. It is a white or whitish solid, hard, yet easily cut when 
fresh; with a slight, peculiar odor; free from rancidity; disagreeable, 
alkaline taste ; alkaline reaction. 
Official Preparations.—Eraplastrum Saponis, Linimentum Saponis. 
SAPO MOLLIS, U. S.—Soft Soap. (Sapo Viridis, Pharm. 1880. 
Green Soap.)—A soft soap, generally imported from Germany; prepared 
from potassa and various fixed oils, containing but little stearin. It is a 
soft, greenish-yellow, unctuous jelly, having a peculiar odor, which should 
be free from rancidity, and an alkaline reaction. 
Official Preparation.—Linimentum Saponis Mollis. 
PETROLATUM LIQUIDUM, U. S.—Liquid Petrolatum.—A 
mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the marsh-gas series, obtained by dis- 
tilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from petroleum, and 
purifying the residue when it has the desired consistence. A colorless, or 
more or less yellowish, oily, transparent liquid, without odor or taste, or 
giving off, when heated, a faint odor of petroleum. Sp. gr. about 0.875 to 
0.945 at 150 C. (57° F.). Insoluble in water; scarcely soluble in cold or 
hot alcohol, but soluble in boiling absolute alcohol, and readily soluble in 
ether, chloroform, carbon disulphid, oil of turpentine, benzin, benzol, and 
fixed or volatile oils. 
Unsaponifiable Fats and Petroleum Products. 
PETROLATUM MOLLE.—Soft Petrolatum. (Petrolatum, 
Pharm. 1880. Soft Petroleum Ointment.)—A fat-like mass, of about the 
consistency of an ointment, varying from white to yellowish or yellow, 
more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being melted ; trans- 
parent in thin layers, completely amorphous, and without odor or taste, or 
giving off when heated a faint odor of petroleum. Consisting of hydro- 
carbons, chiefly of the marsh-gas series (C 1 etc.). Obtained by dis- 
tilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from American petroleum, 
and purifying the residue. Melting point about 40° C. to 450 C. (104° F. 
to 113° F.). 
If a portion be liquefied, and brought to a temperature of 6o° C. (140° 
F.), it will have a sp. gr. of about 0.820 to 0.840. 
When petrolatum is prescribed or ordered without further specification, 
soft petrolatum is to be dispensed. BENZIN. 
147 
Petrolatum is known commercially as cosmoline, vaseline, pelrolina, 
deodorolina, etc. 
Paraffin.—The degree of hardness of petrolatum is due to the greater 
or less proportion of paraffin present. This substance may be obtained in 
a pure form by distilling the residuum obtained from the refiners of petro- 
leum, and collecting and purifying the distillate. In its pure state it is a 
white, waxy, inodorous, tasteless substance, harder than tallow, softer than 
wax. Sp. gr. 0.877; melting point ranges between 430 C. and 65° C. 
(109° F. and 151° F.). 
If a portion be liquefied and brought to a temperature of 6o° C. (140° 
F.), it will have a sp. gr. of about 0.820 to 0.850. Range of melting 
point about 450 and 51° C. (1130 and 1250 F.). 
PETROLATUM SPISSUM, U. S.—Hard Petrolatum. (.Petro- 
latum., Pharm. 1880. Hard Petroleum Ointment.)—A mixture of hydro- 
carbons, chiefly of the marsh gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter 
and more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the residue when 
it has the desired melting point. A fat-like mass, of about the consistence 
of cerate, varying from white to yellowish or yellow, more or less fluores- 
cent when yellow, especially after being melted; transparent in thin layers, 
completely amorphous, and without odor or taste, or giving off, when heated, 
a faint odor of petroleum. 
BENZINUM, U. S.—Benzin. (Petroleum Benzin. Petroleum 
Ether I)—A transparent, colorless, diffusive liquid, with a strong, charac- 
teristic odor, slightly resembling that of petroleum, but much less disagree- 
able, neutral reaction. It is a purified distillate from American petroleum, 
consisting of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the marsh-gas series (CSHI2, CbHh, 
and homologous compounds), having a sp. gr. from 0.670 to 0.675, and 
boiling at 50° to 6o° C. (1220 to 140° F.). 
Benzin should be carefully kept in well-stoppered bottles or cans, in a 
cool place, remote from lights or fire ; for it is highly inflammable, and its 
vapor, when mixed with air and ignited, explodes violently. Natural Order. 
Official and English Names 
Source. Other Important 
Constituents besides 
Volatile Oil. 
Part from which Oil is 
Derived. 
Per Cent, of Yield. 
Chemical Composition of Oil. 
Rutaceae. 
Oleum, 
Citrus aurantii (sweet orange). 
Cortex (rind). 
Composition of the terpenes, CioHi6. 
Aurantii Corticis (Orange 
Peel), 
Aurantii Florum (Orange 
Flower) (Oil of Neroli), . . 
Citrus vulgaris (bitter orange) 
hesperidin. 
Citrus vulgaris. 
Flowers. 
Very fragrant terpene, CioHig. 
Limonis (Lemon), 
Citrus limonum, hesperidin. 
Cortex (fresh lemon peel). 
Terpene, Ci0H16. 
Bergamottse (Bergamot), . . 
Citrus bergamia, var. vulgaris. 
Cortex (rind of fresh fruit). 
Terpene, CioHi6. 
Labiatese. 
Menthae Piperitse (Pepper- 
mint), 
Mentha piperita. 
Leaves and tops 2 56. 
Menthol, a stearopten, C]0HooO. 
Menthae Viridis (Spearmint), 
Mentha viridis. 
Leaves and tops % to 1 jg. 
Oxygenated oil, C10H14O, and a terpene, 
Ci0H13O. 
CioHig, and compound ethers, CjoHjeO, 
Ci0H18O. 
CioHig, and compound ethers, C10H:0O, 
Lavandulae Florum (Laven- 
der Flowers), 
Lavandula officinalis. 
Fresh flowers. 
Rosmarini, 
Rosmarinus officinalis. 
Leaves. 
Hedeomse (Pennvroval), . . 
Hedeoma pulegioides. 
Leaves and tops. 
CioH180. 
Oxygenated oil. 
Thymi (Thyme) (Oil of Ori- 
ganum), 
Thymus vulgaris. 
Leaves and flowering tops. 
Mixture of cymene, C10H14, thymene, CioHi6; 
Umbelliferae. 
Cari (Caraway) 
Carum carvi. 
Fruit, 5 56. 
the latter is chiefly thymol, C10H14O. 
A carvene, terpene, Ci0Hi6, and carvol, 
C10H14. 
Terpene, CjoHie, and anethol, C10H12O. 
Foeniculi (Fennel), 
Fceniculum capillaceum. 
Fruit, 5 i- 
Coriandri (Coriander), . . . 
Coriandrum sativum. 
Fruit, 1 fi. 
Anisi (Anise), 
Pimpinella anisum. 
Fruit, 2 <ft. 
CioHie, and anethol (mainly), CioHjjO. 
Laurineae. 
Cinnamomi (Cassia), .... 
Undetermined species of cin- 
Cinnamic aldehyde, C9H80, oxydizing, first 
Sassafras (Sassafras), .... 
namomum. 
Sassafras variifolium. 
Bark of root. 
into cinnamic acid, C9H8Oo, then into 
benzoic acid, C7H602. 
Terpene, safran, CmHie. oxygenated por- 
tion, sa/rol, CiqHjoOs. 
OFFICIAL VOLATILE OILS. Myrtaceae. 
Oleum 
Caryophylli (Cloves), .... 
Eugenia aromatica, caryo- 
Unexpanded flowers, 16 I. 
Mixture of two oils. Light oil is CioHi6. 
Pimentae {Pimenta, Allspice), 
Myrciae (Myrcia, Oil of Bay), 
phyllm, CjoHjeO, eugemn, 
CioHioOo. 
Pimenta officinalis. 
Nearly ripe fruit. 
Heavy' oil consists of eugenol (eugenic 
acid), CioHjoOs, which can be converted 
into vanillin. 
Terpene, CioHjs, and eugenol, CioH1202. 
Myrcia acris. 
Leaves. 
Terpene, CjoHje, and eugenol, C10H12O2. 
Cajuputi (Cajuput), 
Melaleuca leucodendron. 
Leaves. 
C10H10H2O = cajuputene hydrate, or caju- 
putol. 
Eucalvntol, CmHifiO, two terpenes, GinK™, 
Eucalypti, 
Eucalyptus globulus. 
Fresh leaves. 
Myristicaceae. 
Myristicae (Nutmeg), 
Myristica fragrans. 
Seed, deprived of its testa. 
CioHi6. 
Terpene, CioHig, and an oxygenated por- 
tion, myristicol, C10H14O. 
Principally methyl salicylate, CH3C7H6O3, 
Ericaceae. 
Gaultherias (Gaultheria, Win- 
tergreen), 
Gaultheria procumbens. 
Leaves. 
_ Betulaceae. 
£ Betulse Volatile (Volatile Oil 
of Betula, Oil of Sweet 
Birch), 
Betula lenta. 
Bark. 
and nearly identical with oil of Betula, 
also a terpene, gaultheriline, CkjHj6. 
Identical with methyl salicylate, CHgCjHs- 
Methyl Salicylas, Methyl Sali- 
cylate, Artificial (or Syn- 
A colorless, or slightly yellowis 
h liquid ; strongly aromatic 
O3; nearly identical with oil of Gaultheria. 
odor and sweetish, warm and aromatic taste 
thetic) Oil of Wintergreen. 
of Oil of Gaultheria ; neutral or chiefly acid reaction. Wholly identical with the volatile oil of betula. 
Rosaceae. 
Amygdalae Amarae (Oil of 
Bitter Almond), 
Prunus amygdalus,var. araara. 
Seed. 
Benzyl-aldehyd, C7H0O. 
Cruciferae. 
Sinapis Volatile (Volatile Oil 
of Mustard) 
Brassica nigra. 
Seed. 
Allyl-iso-thiocyanate, also called allyl-sul- 
Piperaceae. 
Cubebae (Oil of Cubeb), . . . 
Piper cubeba. 
Unripe fruit, 10 )£. 
pho-cyanide. 
Contains a hydrocarbon, terpene, CioHie, 
and two oils of the formula, C15H24. Natural Order. 
Official and English Names 
Source. Other Important 
Constituents besides 
Volatile Oil. 
Part from which Oil is 
Derived. 
Per Cent. of-Yield. 
Chemical Composition of Oil. 
Leguminosse. 
Oleum 
Copaibae (Oil of Copaiba), . . 
Copaiba langsdorffi and other 
Oleoresin. 
Is a hydrocarbon, consisting of CioHi6, ter- 
Santalaceae. 
Santali (Oil of Santal, Oil of 
Sandalwood), 
species. 
Santalum album. 
Wood. 
pene, and C15H04. 
Oxygenated oil, consisting of C15H24O and 
C16H2cO. 
Consists of a terpene, C]oHi6, and an oxy- 
Chenopodiaceae. 
Chenopodii (Oil of Cheno- 
podium ; Oil of American 
S Wormseed), 
Chenopodium ambrosioides 
Fruit. 
Coniferae. 
Tuniperi (Oil of Juniper), . . 
(var. anthelminticum). 
Juniperis communis. 
Fruit. 
genated portion, CjoHieO. 
A terpene, CioH16. 
Sabinse (Oil of Savine), . . . 
Juniperus sabina. 
Tops. 
A terpene, CioHie- 
Terebinthinas (Oil of Tur- 
pentine), 
Pinus palustris and other 
Oleoresin, 25 f. 
A terpene, CioH16. 
Terebinthinas Rectificatum 
(Rectified Oil of Turpen- 
tine). 
Compositse. 
Erigerontis (Oil of Erigeron ; 
Oil of Fleabane), 
species. 
Erigeron canadense. 
A terpene, CioHje, and an oxygenated por- 
tion. 
OFFICIAL VOLATILE OILS—Continued. Rosaceae. 
Oleum 
Amygdalae Expressum (Ex- 
pressed Oil of Almond; 
Oil of Sweet Almond), . . 
Prunus amygdalus,var. dulcis. 
Seed, 35 56-40 j. 
Olein, 70 56. 
Oleacese. 
Olivae (Olive Oil), 
Olea europoea. 
Ripe Fruit. 
Malvaceae 
Gossypii Seminis (Cotton 
Seed Oil) 
Gossypium herbaceum and 
Seed, 15 56. 
Pedaliaceae. 
Sesami (Oil of Sesamum : Se- 
same Oil; Teel Oil; Benne 
Oil), 
other species. 
Sesamum indicum. 
Seed. 
Olein, 70 56; palmitin, stearin and myristicin. 
2 Lineae. 
Lini (Linseed Oil; Oil of 
Flaxseed), 
Linum usitatissimum. 
Seed, 20 56-35 /. 
Consists mainly of linolein, which by expos- 
Euphorbiaceae. 
Ricini (Castor Oil), 
Ricinus communis. 
Seed. 
ure becomes linoxyn, C30H34O11; myristin 
and palmitin are also present. 
Contains ricinolein and palmitin. 
Tiglii (Croton Oil) 
Croton tiglium. 
Seed. 
Crotonol, CigHsgO,;, is said to be present. 
Sterculiaceae. 
Theobromatis (Oil of Theo- 
broma; Butter of Cacao),. 
Theobroma cacao. 
Seed, 40 56. 
A mixture of stearin, palmitin, olein, ara- 
chin and laurin. 
FIXED OILS. 152 
PHARMACY. 
DRUGS CONTAINING GLUCOSIDES OR 
NEUTRAL PRINCIPLES, WITH THEIR 
PREPARATIONS. 
Glucosides are bodies mostly found in plants yielding glucose, C 6H1206, 
as one of their products of decomposition when heated in contact with a 
diluted mineral acid and water. The other product which is formed at the 
same time differs in character from the original glucoside. Thus, Saltan, 
if boiled with diluted sulphuric acid, yields dextro-glucose and saligenin, 
or saligenol. 
+ H2O = C 7H802 -f- C 6H12Og. 
Salicin. Water. Saligenin. Glucose. 
Glucosides may sometimes be split into glucose and the derived product 
by heating them with baryta water or alkaline solutions, by nitrogenous 
principles, which act as ferments, like emulsin or synaptase, or by treat- 
ment with yeast ferment or ptyalin found in saliva. 
Glucosides are sometimes the active principles of the plants in which 
they are found, but they are more frequently associated with resins, oils, 
alkaloids, and bitter principles.—Remington. 
GENTIANA, U. S.—Gentian.—The root of Gentiana lulea con- 
tains the glucoside gentiopicrin (which splits, when heated with dilute 
acids, into gentiogenin and grape sugar), gentisic acid, CuH10O5, pectin, 
sugar (gentianose), and a little fixed oil. 
Official Preparations. Extractum Gentians Fluidum, Extractum 
Gentianse, Tinctura Gentianse Composita. 
CALUMBA, U. S.—Calumba. (Columbo.)—The root of Jateor- 
rhiza palmata owes its virtues to colombin, C2lH2207, and berberine, both 
of which are very bitter; starch and colombic acid are present, with a 
mucilage which is often troublesome by interfering with percolating opera- 
tions. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Calumba; Fluidum, Tinctura Calum- 
bse. 
QUASSIA, U. S.—Quassia.—The wood of Picrczna excelsa con- 
tains quassin, C]oH12O3, which is intensely bitter and soluble in both 
alcohol and water; there are also present resin, mucilage, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Quassise Fluidum, Extractum Quas- 
sise, Tinctura Quassise. 
CHIRATA, U. S.~Chirata.—Swertia Chirata contains a bitter glu- 
coside, chiratiti, C 26 and a very bitter principle, ophelic acid, 
C,aH.,0010. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Chirata; Fluidum, Tinctura Chiratse. 
SALICINUM, U. S.—Salicin. Cl 3H]807; 285.33—Colorless, or 
white, silky, shining, crystalline needles, permanent in the air; odorless; 
very bitter taste; neutral reaction. Prepared by removing gum, tannin, 
and extractive matter from a boiling concentrated decoction of the bark 
by treating it with lead oxide, separating the portion of lead oxide dis- 
solved in combination, probably with the salicin, with H2SG4 and BaS; 
filtering, evaporating, and purifying the deposited salicin by repeated solu- SANTONIN. 
153 
tion and crystallization. Salicin is a glucoside, splitting into saligenin and 
sugar under the influence of dilute acids and heat. 
TARAXACUM, U. S.—Taraxacum. (Dandelion.)—The root of 
Taraxacum officinalis, gathered in autumn, owes its bitterness to taraxa- 
cin, C 8H160, an acrid crystalline principle, soluble in alcohol and water; 
it also contains pectin, sugar, resin, gum, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Taraxaci Fluidum, Extractum Tar- 
axaci. 
LAPPA, U. S.—Lappa. (Burdock.)—The root of Arctium Lappa 
and other species of Lappa contains a bitter substance, inulin, sugar, 
mucilage, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Lappse Fluidum. 
SCILLA, U. S.—Squill. —The sliced bulb of Urginea niaritima con- 
tains the bitter principle scillipicrin, scillitoxin, scillin, and scillain, a 
poisonous glucoside. There are also present a large quantity of mucilage, 
calcium oxalate, sinistrin, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Acetum Scillae, Extractum Scillae Fluidum, 
Syrupus Scillse, Syrupus Scillae Compositus, Tinctura Scillae. 
DIGITALIS, U. S.—Digitalis. (Foxglove.)—The leaves of Digi- 
talis purpurea, collected from plants of the second year’s growth. 
Digitalis has been the subject of exhaustive investigation. The principle 
digitalin was at one time considered to be an alkaloid. It is, as usually 
seen, a mixture of digitoxin and other neutral principles. Digitoxin is 
converted into toxiresin by the action of diluted acids and heat. 
Official Preparations.— Infusum Digitalis, Extractum Digitalis Fluidum, 
Extractum Digitalis, Tinctura Digitalis. 
STROPHANTHUS, U. S.—Strophanthus.—The seed of Stro- 
phanthus hispidus, deprived of its long awn, contains a glucoside, stro- 
phanthin, which yields, on decomposition, glucose and strophanthidin. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Strophanthi. 
SPIGELIA, U. S.—Spigelia. (Pinkroot..)—The rhizome and root- 
lets of Spigelia marilandica contain a bitter principle, resin, and a trace of 
volatile oil, with tannin and wax. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Spigelise Fluidum. 
CUSSO, U. S.—Kousso. (Brayera, Pharm. 18S0.)—The female 
inflorescence of Hagenia abyssinica contains a bitter resinous principle, 
kosin, CjjFlggOjQ, about 24 per cent, of tannin, gum, sugar, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Cusso Fluidum. 
SANTONICA, U. S.—Santonica. (Levant Wormseed.)—The un- 
expanded flower-heads of Artemisia paucijlora, contain about 2 per cent, 
of santonin, resin, volatile oil, gum, etc. 
SANTONINUM, U. S.—Santonin. Cl 5H1803 ; 245.43.—A neutral 
principle prepared from santonica. 
It should be kept in dark, amber:colored vials, and should not be ex- 
posed to light. 
Description.—Santonin occurs in colorless, shining, flattened, prismatic 
crystals, not altered by exposure to air, but turning yellow on exposure to 
light; odorless ; nearly tasteless when first placed in the mouth, but after- 
ward bitter; neutral reaction. 154 
PHARMACY. 
Preparation.—Santonin may be made by exhausting santonica mixed 
with lime with diluted alcohol, distilling off the alcohol and adding acetic 
acid to the residue. The precipitated santonin is purified by dissolving it 
in alcohol, treating with animal charcoal, and crystallizing. 
Official Preparation.—Trochisci Santonini. (jj gr. S. in each.) 
PICROTOXINUM, U. S.—Picrotoxin. C? 0H34O13; 600.58—A 
neutral principle prepared from the seeds of Anamirta paniculatd, occur- 
ring in the form of colorless, flexible, shining, prismatic crystals, perma- 
nent in the air; odorless; very bitter taste ; neutral reaction. 
Preparation.—Picrotoxin is made from the kernel of cocculus indicus by 
treating an aqueous extract, which has been triturated with magnesia, with 
hot alcohol; the solution is evaporated, and the crystalline mass purified 
by recrystallization, after decolorizing with animal charcoal. 
ERGOTA, U. S.—Ergot. (Ergot of Rye.)— The sclerotium of 
Claviceps purpurea, replacing the grain of Secale cereale. 
Ergot should be only moderately dried. It should be preserved in a 
close vessel, and a few drops of chloroform should be dropped upon it 
from time to time, to prevent the development of insects. When more 
than one year old it is unfit for use. 
Ergot owes its activity to sclerotic acid, sclererythrin, scleromucin, sclero- 
iodin, and pierosclerotin ,* there is also present scleroxanthin and sclero- 
crystallin, with 25 per cent, of fixed oil, mycose, and protein compounds. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Ergotse Fluidum, Extractum Ergotae, 
Vinum Ergotae. 
GOSSYPII RADICIS CORTEX, U. S—Cotton Root Bark— 
The bark of the root of Gossypium herhaceum and of other species of gas- 
sy pium contains a yellow resin, which becomes red upon exposure to air, 
fixed oil, tannin, starch, sugar, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Gossypii Radicis Fluidum. 
CROCUS, U. S.—Saffron.—The stigmas of Crocus sativus contain 
polychroit, C4BU6u0ls, a glucoside, which splits into crocin and glucose, 
volatile oil, wax, fixed oil, protein compounds, sugar, wax, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Croci. 
SANTALUM RUBRUM, U. S—Red Saunders—The wood of 
Pterocarpus santalinus contains santalic acid, a resinous substance, ptero- 
carpin, and santol. 
RHUS TOXICODENDRON, U. S—Rhus Toxicodendron. 
(_Poison Ivy.)— The fresh leaves of Rhus radicans contain toxicodendric 
acid, fixed oil, tannin, mucilage, wax, etc. 
Drugs Containing Saponified Principles, with their Preparations. 
QUILLAJA, U. S.—Quillaja. (Quill a ia, Pharm. 18S0. Soap 
Bark.)—The bark of Quillaja Saponaria owes its action to a peculiar 
principle, saponin, C 32 a glucoside, splitting upon heating with 
dilute acid, into sapoge7iin and sugar. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Quillajse. 
SARSAPARILLA, U. S.—Sarsaparilla. —The root of Smildx 
offcinalis, Smilax medica, Smilax papyracece, and of other undetermined 
species of Smilax, contains a glucoside analogous to, if not identical with, CHRYSAROBIN. 
155 
saponin, termed parillin. When boiled with dilute acids, it splits into 
parigenin and grape sugar. 
Official Preparations.—Decoctum Sarsaparillae Compositum, Extractum 
Sarsaparillse Fluidum, Extractum Sarsaparillae Compositum Fluidum, 
Syrupus Sarsaparillse Compositus. 
SENEGA, U. S—Senega. —The root of Polygala senega. Senega 
contains polygallic acid (sometimes called senegin),, fixed oil, pectose, etc. 
Polygallic acid is analogous to, if not identical with, saponin. Liquid 
preparations of senega are very apt to gelatinize, owing to the presence of 
pectin ; this is obviated by using water of ammonia or other alkali, to dis- 
solve it. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Senegse Fluidum, Syrupus Senegae. 
CAULOPHYLLUM, U. S.—Caulophyllum. {Blue Cohosh.)— 
The rhizome find rootlets of Caulophyllum thalictroides contain saponin, 
associated with resin, starch, albumin, coloring matter, extractive, etc. 
Drugs Containing Cathartic Principles, and their Preparations. 
SENNA, U. S.—Senna.—The leaflets of Cassia acutifolia (Alexan- 
dria Senna), and of Cassia elongata (India Senna), contain cathartic acid, 
which, under the influence of dilute acids and heat, splits into catharto- 
genic acid and glucose; there are also present phseoretin, sennacrol, 
cathartomannit, crysophan, mucilage, etc. Cathartic acid is believed to be 
the chief purgative principle, although several of the others possess cathar- 
tic properties. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Sennse Fluidum, Infusurn Sennae 
Compositum, Syrupus Sennse, Confectio Sennse. 
TAMARINDUS, U. S.—Tamarind.—The preserved pulp of the 
fruit of Tamarindus indica. 
CASSIA FISTULA, U. S.—Cassia Fistula. (.Purging Cassia.)— 
The fruit of Cassia fistula yields about 25 per cent, of pulp, which con- 
tains pectin, sugar, albuminous principles, salts, etc. 
FICUS, U. S.—Fig. —The fleshy receptacle of Ficus carica, bearing 
fruit upon its inner surface. 
PRUNUM, U. S.—Prune.—The fruit of Primus domestica contains 
sugar, malic acid, pectin, salts, etc. 
RHEUM, U. S.—Rhubarb.—The root of Rheum officinale. Rhubarb 
contains four resins, which are cathartic in their properties—erythroretin, 
phceoretin, aporetin, emodin. There are also present chrysophan and 
chrysophanic acid, both yellow, the former yielding the latter and glucose 
when treated with diluted acids. The astringent properties of rhubarb 
are due to rheotannic acid, C26 rheumic acid, C2OH16O9, and cal- 
cium oxalate are also present. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Rhei, Extractum Rhei Fluidum, 
Tinctura Rhei, Tinctura Rhei Aromatica, Tinctura Rhei Dulcis, Syrupus 
Rhei, Syrupus Rhei Aromaticus, Mistura Rhei et Sodse, Pul vis Rhei 
Compositus, Pilulse Rhei, Pilulae Rhei Compositse. 
CHRYSAROBINUM, U. S.—Chrysarobin.—ln its commercial, 
more or less impure form (commonly misnamed Chrysophanic Acid), ex- 156 
PHARMACY. 
tracted from Goa Powder, a substance found deposited in the wood of the 
trunk of Andira araroba. Chrysarobin is -a pale, orange-yellow, crystal- 
line powder, permanent in the air; odorless and tasteless; almost insolu- 
ble in water, only slightly soluble in alcohol, readily soluble in ether and 
boiling benzol. 
, Official Preparation.—Unguentum Chrysarobini. 
KAMALA, U. S.—Kamala. [Rottlera, Pharm. ißyo.)—The glands 
and hairs from the capsules of Mallotus philippinensis contain rottlerin, 
C 22 nearly 75 per cent, of resins soluble in alcohol, coloring matter, 
etc. 
CAMBOGIA, U. S.—Gamboge. (Gambogia, Pharm. ißyo.)—A 
gum-resin obtained from Garcinia Hanburii; contains about 75 per cent, 
of resin called gambogic acid. 
JALAPA, U. S.—Jalap. —The tuberous root of Ipomcea Jalapa con- 
tains from 12 to 20 per cent, of resin, the greater part of which is con- 
volvulin, C62 a glucoside, insoluble in ether; there are also present 
gum, sugar, starch, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Jalapae, Pulvis Jalapae Compositus, 
Resinae Jalapae. 
SCAMMONIUM, U. S.-Scammony. —A resinous exudation from 
the root of Convolvulus scammonia ; contains from 80 to 90 per cent, of 
resin having cathartic properties, called scammonin, C 34 ; this is 
identical with the jalapin obtained from Ipomoea orizabensis. 
Official Preparation.—Resina Scammonii. 
PODOPHYLLUM, U. S.—Podophyllum. (May Apple!)— The 
rhizome and rootlets of Podophyllum peltatum contains picropodophyllin, 
podophyllotoxin, and podophyllinic acid. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Podophylli, Extractum Podophylli 
Fluidum, Resina Podophylli. 
LEPTANDRA, U. S.—Leptandra. [Culver's Root.)—The rhizome 
and rootlets of Veronica virginica contain a crystalline principle, leptan- 
drin, resin, tannin, saponin, gum, mannit, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Leptandrae, Extractum Leptandrae 
Fluidum. 
FRANGULA, U. S.-Frangula. —The bark of Rhamnus frangula, 
collected at least one year before being used, contains frangulin, C2OH20- 
010,O10, sometimes called rhamnoxanthin, and emodin; both are glucosides. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Frangulae Fluidum. 
RHAMNUS PURSHIANA, U. S.—Cascara Sagrada,—The bark 
of Rhamnus Purshiana. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Rhamni Purshianae Fluidum. 
RUM EX, U. S.—Rumex. ( Yellow Dock.)—The root of Rumex 
crispus, and of other species of rumex, contains chrysophanic acid (rumicin, 
lapathin), mucilage, tannin, starch, calcium oxalate, gum, coloring matter, 
etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Rumicis Fluidum. 
JUGLANS, U. S.—-Juglans. (Butternut.)—The inner bark of the ELATERIN. 
157 
root of Juglans cinerea, collected in autumn. It contains nucin, C 36 
010,O10, fixed oil, volatile oil, tannin, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Juglandis. 
EUONYMUS, U. S.—Euonymus. (Wahoo.)—The bark of 
Euonymus atropurpureus contains resins, a bitter principle called euony- 
min, euonic acid, starch, asparagin, and pectin. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Euonymi. 
ALOE SOCOTRINA, U. S.—Socotrine Aloes.—The inspissated 
juice of the leaves of Aloe Perryi contains aloin, a trace of volatile oil, 
and a substance which has been improperly called resin. The aloin 
present in official aloes is socaloin, C]sH16Or This may be distinguished 
from nataloin and barbaloin by Histed’s Test.* 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Aloes, Aloe Purificata. 
ALOE BARBADENSIS.—Barbadoes Aloes.—The inspissated 
juice of the leaves of Aloe vera. 
ALOE PURIFICATA, U. S.—Purified Aloes.—lt occurs in ir- 
regular, brittle pieces, of a dull brown or reddish-brown color, and having 
the peculiar odor of Socotrine aloes. It is purified by melting, adding 
alcohol, to reduce its consistency, and straining off the impurities, sand, 
earth, chips, etc., evaporating, and, when cool, breaking the brittle mass 
into pieces of a convenient size. 
Official Preparations.—Tinctura Aloes, Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhfe, 
Pilulse Aloes, Pilulse Aloes et Asafoetidae, Pilulse Aloes et Ferri, Pi hike 
Aloes et Mastiches, Pilulse Aloes et Myrrhse. 
ALOINUM, U. S.—Aloin.—A neutral principle obtained from sev- 
eral varieties of aloes, chiefly Barbadoes aloes (yielding Barbaloin) ; and 
Socotra or Zanzibar aloes (yielding Socaloin), differing more or less in 
chemical composition and physical properties according to the source from 
which it is derived. Minute acicular crystals, or a microcrystalline powder, 
varying in color from yellow to yellowish-brown, odorless or possessing a 
slight odor of aloes, of a characteristic, bitter taste, and permanent in the 
air. 
Barbaloin is soluble, at 150 C. (590 F.), in about 60 parts of water, 20 
parts of alcohol, or 470 of ether. 
Socaloin is soluble in about 60 parts of water, 30 parts of absolute alco- 
hol, 380 parts of ether, or 9 parts of acetic ether. 
COLOCYNTHIS, U. S.—Colocynth. —The fruit of Citrullus colo- 
cynthis, deprived of its rind, contains colocynthin, colocynthitin, gum, resin, 
etc. Colocynthin is a very bitter glucoside, splitting, under the action of 
diluted acids, into colocynthein and grape sugar. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Colocynthidis, Extractum Colocyn- 
thidis Compositum. 
ELATERINUM, U. S.—Elaterin. C2OH28O5; 347.20.—Minute, 
white, hexagonal scales or prisms, permanent in the air; odorless; hav- 
ing a bitter, somewhat acrid taste, and a neutral reaction. Prepared from 
elaterium, a sediment deposited by the juice of the fruit of the squirting 
cucumber, Ecballium elaterium, by exhausting with alcohol, evaporating 
* See Remington’s 11 Practice of Pharmacy.” 158 
PHARMACY. 
to the consistency of a thin oil, and throwing the residue, while yet warm, 
into a weak boiling solution of potassa, by which the green resin is held 
in solution, and the elaterin crystallizes out when the liquor cools. Or it 
may be made by exhausting elaterium with chloroform, and precipitating 
the elaterin from the chloroform solution by ether. 
Official Preparation.—Trituratio Elaterini. 
BRYONIA, U. S.—Bryonia. {Bryonyl)—The root of Bryonia 
alba and of Bryonia dioica contains bryonin, a bitter glucoside, soluble in 
alcohol and in water, starch, sugar, resin, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Bryonise. 
Drugs Containing Astringent Principles, and their Preparations. 
GALLA, U. S.—Nutgall. —Excrescences on Quercus lusitanica, 
caused by the punctures and deposited ova of Cynips Gallic tinctorice. 
(Class insecta; order Hymenoptera). Nutgall contains about 50 per 
cent, of tannin, 2 per cent, of gallic acid, sugar, gum, resin, and starch. 
Official Preparations.—Tinctura Gallse, Unguentum Gallse. 
ACIDUM TANNICUM, U.S.—Tannic Acid. HC14H9G9; 321.22 
{Gallotannic Acid, Digallic Acid.)—Anorganic acid obtained from nut- 
gall. A light yellowish, amorphous powder, usually cohering in form of 
glistening scales or spongy masses ; gradually darkens on exposure to air 
and light; faint, peculiar odor; strongly astringent taste ; acid reaction. 
Prepared by exposing nutgall, in fine powder, to a damp atmosphere for 
twenty-four hours, making into a paste with ether, setting the paste aside, 
covered closely, for six hours, then expressing it powerfully between 
tinned plates, so as to obtain the liquid portion. The resulting cake is 
again made into a paste with ether and water, and expressed as before, 
after which the liquids are mixed and evaporated spontaneously to a 
syrupy consistence, then spread on glass or tin plates, and dried quickly 
in a drying closet. Water and ether form a soluble compound with the 
tannic acid, and the expression separates it from the paste, after which the 
ether and water are driven off by the heat. Tannic acid, chemically, is 
an anhydride of gallic acid:— 
2Cth6o5 - h2o = cl 4h10o9. 
Gallic Acid. Water. Tannic Acid. 
Official Preparations.—Glyceritum Acidi Tannici, Unguentum Acidi 
Tannici, Trochisci Acidi Tannici. 
ACIDUM GALLICUM, U. S.—Gallic Acid. HC7H605.H20; 
*B7.ss—An organic acid usually prepared from Tannic Acid. White or 
pale fawn-colored solid, crystallizing from water in long, silky, interlaced 
needles or triclinic prisms, permanent in the air; odorless; astringent and 
slightly acidulous taste ; acid reaction. Prepared by macerating nutgalls 
(powdered and made into a paste) with water, for a month, expressing, 
rejecting the expressed liquor, boiling the residue in water, filtering, while 
hot, through animal charcoal, and crystallizing. The tannic acid of the 
galls is converted into gallic acid through the continued maceration with 
water:— 
cuh10o9 + h2o = 2C7h6o5. 
Tannic Acid. Water. Gallic Acid. OIL OF ROSE. 
159 
PYROGALLOL, U. S.—Pyrogallol. (Pyrogallic Acid.)—A tri- 
atomic phenol obtained chiefly by the dry distillation of gallic acid. Light, 
white, shining laminae, or fine needles, odorless, and having a bitter taste ; 
acquiring a gray or darker tint on exposure to air and light. Soluble, at 
150 C. (590 F.), in 1.7 parts of water, and in I part of alcohol; very 
soluble in boiling water and in boiling alcohol; also soluble in 1.2 parts of 
ether. 
When gallic acid is sublimed, the heat converts it into pyrogallic acid 
and carbon dioxide : 
C7II605 = C 6H603 + C02. 
Gallic Acid. Pyrogallic Carbon 
Acid. Dioxide. 
CATECHU, U. S.—Catechu.—An extract prepared from the wood 
of Acacia catechu ; contains catechutannic acid, a peculiar form of tannin, 
which is insoluble in ether, and turns greenish-black with ferric salts. 
Catechin and catechol are also present. Owing to the decomposition of 
the tannic acid, the liquid preparations often gelatinize. 
Official Preparations.—Tinctura Catechu Composita, Trochisci Catechu. 
KINO, U. S.— Kino.—The inspissated juice of Pterocarpus marsupium 
contains kino-tannic acid, pyrocatechin, kino red, kinoin, gum, etc. Owing 
to the decomposition of the kino-tannic acid, the liquid preparations fre- 
quently gelatinize. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Kino. 
H/EMATOXYLON, U. S.—Hsematoxylon. {Logwood.)—The 
heart-wood of Hcematoxylon campechianutn contains a colorless, sweet 
principle, hcematoxylin, C] 6H1406, which is reddened upon exposure to 
light, and turned blackish-purple upon contact with alkalies, yielding 
ha mate in, Cl 6H1206. H2O ;it also contains tannin, resin, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Hsematoxyli. 
KRAMERIA, U. S.—Krameria. (Rhatany.)—The root of Krameria 
triandra, and of Krameria Ixina, contains about x 8 per cent, of kramero- 
tannic acid, starch, gum, rhatannic red, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Krameriae, Extractum Kramerise 
Fluidum, Tinctura Kramerise. 
QUERCUS ALBA, U. S.—White Oak.—The bark of Quercus alba 
contains about xo per cent, of tannic acid, with pectin, resin, and brown- 
ish-red coloring matter. 
ROSA GALLICA, U. S.—Red Rose.—The petals of Rosa gallica, 
collected before expanding. It contains quercitrin and quercitannic acid; 
the pale red coloring matter is made bright red by the addition of sulphuric 
acid. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Rosse Fluidum, Mel Rosse, Con- 
fectio Rosse. 
ROSA CENTIFOLIA, U. S.—Pale Rose.—The petals of Rosa 
centifolia contain a little tannin, volatile oil, sugar, mucilage, etc. 
OLEUM ROSAE, U. S.—Oil of Rose.—A volatile oil distilled from 
the fresh flowers of Rosa damascena. It is a pale-yellowish, transparent 
liquid, having a strong odor of rose ; a sweetish, rather mild taste, and a 
slightly acid reaction ; sp. gr. about 0.860. PHARMACY. 
RHUS GLABRA, U. S.—Rhus Glabra.—The fruit of Rhus Glabra. 
RUBUS, U. S.—Rubus. (.Blackberry.)—The bark of the root of 
Rubus villosus, Rubus canadensis, and Rubus trivialis, owes its astringent 
properties to tannic acid. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Rubi Fluidum. 
GERANIUM, U. S.—Geranium. (Cranesbill.)—The rhizome of 
Geranium niaculatum contains about 15 per cent, of tannic acid, with 
brownish-red coloring matter, starch, sugar, pectin, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Geranii Fluidum. 
HAMAMELIS, U. S.—Hamamelis. (Witchhazel.)—The leaves 
of Hamamelis virginica, collected in autumn, contain tannic acid, chloro- 
phyl, bitter principle, mucilage, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Hamamelidis Fluidum. 
CHIMAPHILA, U. S.—Chimaphila. {Pipsissewa.)—The leaves 
of Chimaphila umbellata contain about 5 per cent, of tannic acid, with 
chimaphilin, ericolin, arbutin, urson, sugar, gum, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Chimaphila Fluidum. 
UVA URSI, U. S.—Uva Ursi. (.Bearberry.)—The leaves of Arc- 
tostaphylos uva ursi contain about 6 per cent, of tannic acid, with gallic 
acid, urson, arbutin, ericolin, gum, resin, coloring matter, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Uvae Ursi Fluidum, Extractum Uvse 
Ursi. 
CASTANEA, U. S.—Castanea. {Chestnut.)—The leaves of Cas- 
tanea dentata, collected in September or October, while still green. Chest- 
nut leaves contain tannic acid, mucilage, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Castanese Fluidum. 
SALVIA, U. S.—Salvia. {Sage.)—The leaves of Salvia officinalis. 
Into what two General Divisions are Alkaloids Divided Chemi- 
cally ? Amides—Composed of CH N and 0 ; Amines—Composed of 
C H and N (oxygen wanting). 
What is the Source of Alkaloids ? They are found in both the 
animal and vegetable kingdoms. 
What are their Distinctive Features? First, they all contain N. 
The non-volatile alkaloids (amides) are solid ; the volatile alkaloids (amines) 
are liquid. Second, they restore the color of reddened litmus, combine 
with acids to form salts, and are precipitated from their saline solutions 
by alkalies. Third, they are generally the active principles of the plants 
in which they reside, are mostly poisonous, and have a bitter, acrid, or 
pungent taste. Fourth, they are mostly crystallizable and colorless, insol- 
uble in H2O, soluble in alcohol, chloroform, benzin, benzol, and some in 
ether. Their salts, however, are mostly soluble in H2O, less so in alco- 
hol; insoluble in chloroform, ether, benzin, and benzol. Fifth, they are 
mostly precipitated by one or more of the following reagents: Potassio- 
mercuric iodide, auric chloride, tannic acid, phospho-molybdic acid, and 
picric acid. 
ALKALOIDS. MORPHINE SULPHATE. 
161 
What Nomenclature has been adopted for the Alkaloids? The 
last syllable should terminate in ine; the Latin termination is ina; the 
names of neutral principles and glucosides end in in. 
OPIUM, U. S.—Opium.—The concrete, milky exudation obtained by 
incising the unripe capsules of Papaver somniferum, and yielding, in its nor- 
mal moist condition, not less than 9 per cent, of morphine when assayed. 
What two Acids are found in Opium combined with the Alka- 
loids ? Meconic and lactic acids. 
How many Alkaloids does Opium contain ? Nineteen, of which 
the most important is morphine. 
OPII PULVIS, U. S.—Powdered Opium.—-Opium dried at a tem- 
perature not exceeding 85° C. (185° F.), and reduced to a very fine (No. 
80) powder. Should yield not less than 13 nor more than 15 per cent, of 
crystallized morphine. 
OPIUM DEODORATUM, U. S.—Deodorized Opium. (Opium 
Denarcotisatum, Pharm. 1880.)—Opium from which the narcotine has 
been extracted with stronger ether, mixed with sugar of milk, and con- 
taining 14 per cent, of morphine. 
Official Preparation.—Pul vis Opii. 
Official Preparations of Powdered Opium.—Opium Deodoratum, Ace- 
tum Opii, Extractum Opii, Tinctura Opii, Tinctura Opii Deodorati, Tinc- 
tura Opii Camphorata, Vinum Opii, Pilulae Opii, Pulvis Ipecacuanhae et 
Opii, Trochisci Glycyrrhizse et Opii. 
Official Preparation of Extract of Opium.—Emplastrum Opii. 
MORPHINA, U. S.—Morphine. Cl 7H19NO? + H2O; 302.34. 
An alkaloid obtained from Opium. Colorless or white, shining, prismatic 
crystals, or fine needles, or a crystalline powder, permanent in the air ; 
odorless ; bitter taste; alkaline reaction. Prepared from an aqueous solu- 
tion of opium containing the alkaloid in combination with meconic and 
lactic acids, by treating it with alcohol and water of ammonia—-the former 
retaining the coloring matter, caoutchouc, resins, etc., in solution, while 
the latter sets free the morphine, by combining with the natural acids. The 
alkaloid is then purified by dissolving in boiling alcohol, filtering through 
animal charcoal, and crystallizing. 
MORPHINE ACETAS, U. S.—Morphine Acetate. C„HI9NO3- 
C 2H402 -f- 3H20; 398.12.—A white or faintly yellowish-white crystalline 
or amorphous powder, slowly losing acetic acid when exposed to the air ; 
having a faintly acetous odor, a bitter taste, and a neutral or faintly alka- 
line reaction. Prepared by acting on morphine with acetic acid. 
MORPHINE HYDROCHLORAS, U. S.—Morphine Hydro- 
chlorate. Cl 7H19N03HCI -)- 3H20 ; 374.63.—White, feathery needles, 
of a silky lustre, or minute, colorless, needle-shaped crystals; permanent 
iy the air; odorless; bitter taste ; neutral reaction. Made by acting on 
morphine with hydrochloric acid. 
MORPHINE SULPHAS, U. S.—Morphine Sulphate. (C 1 
N03)2H2S04 + 5H20; 756.38.—White, feathery, acicular crystals, of a 
silky lustre, permanent in the air; odorless ; bitter taste ; neutral reaction. 
Prepared by acting on morphine with sulphuric acid. 
Official Preparations.—Pulvis Morph inae Compositus, Trochisci Mor- 
phinae et Ipecacuanhae. 162 
PHARMACY. 
CODEINA, U.S.—Codeine. (Codeia.) CjgH21N03-|- H2O; 316.31.— 
An alkaloid prepared from opium, occurring in the form of white, more 
or less translucent, orthorhombic prisms, or octohedral crystals ; somewhat 
efflorescent in warm air; odorless; slightly bitter taste; alkaline reaction. 
Prepared by precipitating the hydrochlorates of morphine and codeine with 
ammonia, codeine remaining in solution, and afterward obtained by 
evaporation, crystallization, and purifying by dissolving in hot ether, and 
evaporating spontaneously. 
APOMORPHINiE HYDROCHLORAS, U. S.—Apomorphine 
Hydrochlorate. Cl 7H17N02HCI; 302.79.—The hydrochlorate of an ar- 
tificial alkaloid prepared from morphine or codeine, occurring in the form 
of minute, grayish-white, shining acicular crystals, turning greenish on 
exposure to light and air; odorless; bitter taste; neutral or faintly acid 
reaction. Prepared by heating morphine in a closed tube, with a great 
excess of hydrochloric acid, for two or three hours, to the temperature of 
140° to 150° C. (284°-302° F.), dissolving the contents of the tube in 
water, adding an excess of NaHC03, and exhausting the precipitate with 
ether or chloroform; the addition of HCI now results in crystals of the 
salt. The rationale of the process is one of dehydration ; the morphine 
parts with one molecule of water. 
CINCHONA, U. S.—Cinchona.—The bark of Cinchona Calisaya, 
Cinchorta officinalis, and of hybrids of these and of other species of Cin- 
chona, yielding, when assayed by the U. S. P. process, not less than 5 per 
cent, of total alkaloids, and at least 2.5 per cent, of quinine (C 2 
+ H2O ; 341-3)- 
CINCHONA RUBRA, U. S.—Red Cinchona. (Red Bark.)— 
The bark of the trunk of Cinchona succirubra, containing at least 5 per 
cent, of quinine. 
Cinchona barks are assayed, first, for total alkaloids ; second, for quinine, 
by a process directed in the U. S. P. (which see). About twenty alkaloids 
have been discovered in cinchona bark. Some of these are found only in 
one kind of bark ; some are, doubtless, “ split products ” (alkaloids not 
existing naturally in the bark, but the result of the action of chemical 
agents upon it). The most important alkaloids found in cinchona are 
quinine, quinidine, cinchonine, and cinchonidine. The acids present are 
kinic or quinic, cinchotannic, and kinovic or quinovic. The neutral prin- 
ciple is kinovin or quinovin ; cinchonic red, volatile oil, and red and yel- 
low coloring matters are also present. 
Official Preparations.—lnfusum Cinchonse, Extractum Cinchonse, Ex- 
tractum Cinchona; Fluidum, Tinctura Cinchonse, Tinctura Cinchonse Com- 
positse. 
QUININA, U. S.—Quinine. C2OH24N2O2 + 3H20 (crystallized); 
377.22.—An alkaloid obtained from the bark of various species of cin- 
chona. Quinine occurs in the form of a white, flaky, amorphous, or minutely 
crystalline powder, permanent in the air. It is odorless, has a very bitter 
taste and alkaline reaction. Prepared by adding to the acid solution of the 
sulphate, ammonia water or solution of soda, which precipitates the alkaloid. 
As quinine is soluble in alkalies, carefully avoid excess. 
QUININAE SULPHAS, U. S.—Quinine Sulphate. (C2OH2i- 
N202)2H2S04.7H20; 870.22.—White, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped CINCHONINE. 
163 
crystals, fragile and somewhat flexible, making a very light and easily 
compressible mass ; lustreless from superficial efflorescence after standing 
in the air. The salt is liable to lose water on exposure to warm air, to 
absorb moisture in damp air, and to become colored by exposure to light. 
Odorless; persistent, very bitter taste; neutral reaction. Prepared by 
treating yellow cinchona bark with hydrochloric acid, which forms, with 
the alkaloids soluble hydrochlorates ; decomposing with lime, which pre- 
cipitates the alkaloid; dissolving out the alkaloid from the excess of lime 
with boiling alcohol ; evaporating; acidulating with sulphuric acid, which 
forms the sulphate, then purifying with the animal charcoal, and crystal- 
lizing. 
QUININE BISULPHAS, U. S.—Quinine Bisulphate. C2OH24- 
N202H2S04 -j- 7H20 ; 546.88.—Colorless, transparent, or whitish ortho- 
rhombic crystals, efflorescing on exposure to air; odorless; very bitter 
taste; strongly acid reaction. Prepared by acting on quinine sulphate by 
sulphuric acid. The bisulphate of quinine contains 13 per cent, less alka- 
loid than the sulphate. 
QUININE HYDROCHLORAS, U. S.—Quinine Hydrochlo- 
rate. C2OH24N2O2HCI -f- 2H20 ; 395.63.—White, silky, light and fine 
needle-shaped crystals. The salt is liable to lose water when exposed to 
warm air. When heated to 120° C. (248° F.) the salt loses its water of 
crystallization. Odorless, very bitter taste; neutral or faintly alkaline 
reaction. Prepared by double decomposition between quinine sulphate 
and barium chloride, or by dissolving the alkaloid in dilute HCI, evaporat- 
ing, and crystallizing. 
QUININE HYDROBROMAS, U. S.—Quinine Hydrobromate. 
C2OH24N2O2HBr -j- 2H20 ; 422.06.—White, light, silky needles. The 
salt is liable to lose water on exposure to warm or dry air; odorless; very 
bitter taste; neutral or slightly alkaline reaction. Prepared by decompo- 
sing quinine sulphate in alcohol, with potassium bromide, in water. 
K2S04 crystallizes out, and the hydrobromate may be obtained by evapo- 
rating and crystallizing. Quinine hydrobromate may also be made by 
double decomposition between quinine sulphate and barium bromide, or by 
dissolving the alkaloids in hot dilute hydrobromic acid. 
QUININE VALERI AN AS, U. S.—Quinine Valerianate. 
C2OH24N2O2C-H10O2 + H2O ; 443.07.—White or nearly white, pearly, 
lustrous, triclinic crystals, permanent in the air and slight odor of valeri- 
anic acid ; bitter taste ; neutral or slightly alkaline reaction. Prepared by 
decomposing the sulphate by AmHO, and combining it with valerianic 
acid. (Hot solutions are used and the valerianate crystallizes on cooling.) 
QUINIDINi® SULPHAS, U. S.—Quinidine Sulphate, (C2n- 
H24N202)2H2S04 —(— 2H20; 780.42.—A salt of an alkaloid of cinchona, 
obtained from the mother-liquors obtained after the crystallization of quinine, 
occurring in the form of white, silky needles, permanent in the air; odor- 
less ; very bitter taste; neutral or faintly alkaline reaction, and differing 
from quinine in being dextrogyre (quinine is laevogyre) and being almost 
insoluble in ether. 
CINCHONINA, U. S.—Cinchonine. Cl 9H22N20 ; 293.41.—An 
alkaloid of cinchona, which may be obtained from the mother-waters of 
quinine sulphate by diluting them with water, precipitating with AmHO, 164 
PHARMACY. 
washing and drying, and then dissolving in boiling alcohol, which deposits 
the cinchonine in a crystalline form upon cooling. It may be purified still 
further by re-crystallization. It occurs in the form of white, lustrous 
prisms or needles, permanent in the air; odorless ; at first nearly tasteless, 
but developing a bitter after-taste ; alkaline reaction. 
CINCHONINE SULPHAS, U. S.—Cinchonine Sulphate. 
(C 1 -f- 2ll20 ; 720.56.—■ Hard, white, lustrous, prismatic 
crystals, permanent in the air; odorless ; very bitter taste ; neutral reaction. 
Prepared from quinine mother-liquors by precipitating with soda, and con- 
verting into a sulphate by H2S04, decolorizing and crystallizing. 
CINCHONIDINE SULPHAS, U. S.—Cinchonidine Sulphate. 
(C19H22N20)2H2504 -|- 3b120 ; 738.52.—A neutral sulphate of an alka- 
loid of cinchona, obtained from quinine mother-liquors by a fractional 
crystallization, and occurring in the form of white, silky, acicular crystals, 
slightly efflorescent on exposure to the air; odorless; very bitter taste; 
neutral or faintly alkaline reaction. 
NUX VOMICA, U. S.—Nux Vomica.—The seed of Strychnos Nux- 
vomica. It contains strychnine, brucine (C2SH26N204), probably loganin, 
igasuric acid, protein compounds, gum, fixed oil, sugar, etc. It owes its 
activity principally to strychnine. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Nucis Vomicae, Extractum Nucis 
Vomicae Fluidum, Tinctura Nucis Vomicae. 
STRYCHNINA, U. S.—Strychnine. C? 1H22N202 ; 333.31.—An 
alkaloid obtained from nux vomica, and also obtainable from other plants of 
the natural order Loganiacece. Colorless, transparent, octahedral or pris- 
matic crystals, or a white, crystalline powder, permanent in the air; odor- 
less ; intensely bitter taste, which is still perceptible in a highly dilute (one 
in 700,000) solution ; alkaline reaction. Prepared by treating nux vomica 
with hydrochloric acid, decomposing with lime, dissolving out from the 
excess of lime with boiling alcohol (the brucine having been previously 
removed by treatment with diluted alcohol), evaporating the alcoholic solu- 
tion, acidulating with H2S04, to form a sulphate, decolorizing and crystal- 
lizing, then dissolving the crystals and precipitating the alkaloid by 
ammonia water. 
STRYCHNINE SULPHAS, U. S.—Strychnine Sulphate. 
(C21H22N202)2H2504 4- SH2O; 854.24.—Colorless or white, prismatic 
crystals, efflorescent in dry air; odorless; intensely bitter taste, which is 
still perceptible in a highly dilute (one in 700,000) solution; neutral 
reaction. Prepared during the process for making strychnine, and much 
more soluble than the latter. 
COCA, U. S.—Coca. (Erythroxylon, Pharm. 1880.)—The leaves of 
Erythroxylon Coca contain cocaine, Cl 7H21NQ4, and hygrine, combined 
with cocatannic acid 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Coca; Fluidum. 
COCAINE HYDROCHLORAS, U. S.—Cocaine Hydrochlo- 
rate. CnH21N04HCI; 338.71.—This hydrochloride is an alkaloid ob- 
tained from coca. Colorless, transparent crystals, or a white, crystalline 
powder, permanent in the air. Odorless, saline, slightly bitter taste, pro- ATROPINE SULPHATE. 
165 
ducing upon the tongue a tingling sensation, followed by numbness of 
some minutes’ duration ; neutral reaction. 
GELSEMIUM, U. S.—Gelsemium. ( Yellow Jasmine.)—The 
rhizome and rootlets of Gelsemium sempervirens contains gelsetnine, 
CuH12N02, gelseminic acid, volatile oil, starch, resin, fat, coloring matter, 
etc. 
Official Preparations. —Extractum Gelsemii Fluidum, Tinctura Gel- 
semii. 
PHYSOSTIGMA, U. S.—Physostigma. (Calabar Bean.)—The 
seed of Physostigma venenosum containing physostigmine or eserine, 
CisH21N:A, an alkaloid, amorphous and without taste ; also calabarine, 
an alkaloid derived from eserine ; and a neutral principle, physosterin ; 
also starch, protein compounds, mucilage, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Physostigmatis, Tinctura Physostig- 
matis. 
PHYSOSTIGMINE SALICYLAS, U. S.—Physostigmine 
Salicylate. Cl 5H27N302C7H603; 412.17.—Colorless, or faintly yellowish, 
shining, acicular, or short columnar crystals, gradually turning reddish 
when long exposed to air and light; odorless ; bitter taste ; neutral reac- 
tion. Prepared by adding 2p. of physostigmine to a solution of Ip. of 
salicylic acid in 35 p. boiling distilled water, and allowing the salt to 
crystallize on cooling. 
PHYSOSTIGMINE SULPHAS, U. S.—Physostigmine Sul- 
phate. (C15H21N302)2H2504 ; 646.82. (Eserine Sulphate.)— The 
sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from Physostigma. A white or yellowish- 
white, micro-crystalline, very deliquescent powder, odorless, and having a 
bitter taste. 
BELLADONNE FOLIA, U. S.—Belladonna Leaves.—The 
leaves of Atropa Belladonna. 
BELLADONNE RADIX, U. S.—Belladonna Root. The root of 
Atropa Belladonna. Belladonna owes its activity to atropine, Cl 7H23N03, 
and a small quantity of hyoscyamine ; it also contains belladonnine. 
Official Preparations of the Leaves.—Extractum Belladonna; Foliorum 
Alcoholicum, Tinctura Belladonna;, Unguentum Belladonnse. 
Of the Root:—Extractum Belladonna; Radicis Fluidum, Emplastrum 
Belladomue, Linimentum Belladonnse. 
ATROPINA, U. S.—Atropine. Cl 7H23N03; 288.38.—An alkaloid 
obtained from Belladonna. As it occurs in commerce, it is always ac- 
companied by a small proportion of hyoscyamine extracted along with it, 
from which it cannot be readily separated. White acicular crystals, or 
a more or less amorphous, white powder, and gradually assuming a yel- 
lowish tint on exposure to the air. Odorless; bitter and acrid taste; al- 
kaline reaction. Prepared by treating a concentrated alcoholic tincture of 
the root with H2SG4, to convert the atropine into sulphate, distilling off the 
alcohol, adding water to the residuary liquid, filtering, to separate oil and 
resin, treating the filtrate with potassium hydrate and chloroform—the 
former to decompose the sulphate, and evaporating the latter to obtain the 
alkaloid. 
ATROPINE SULPHAS, U. S.—Atropine Sulphate. (C17H23- 166 
PHARMACY. 
N03)2H2S04; 674.58.—A white, indistinctly crystalline powder, per- 
manent in the air ; odorless ; very bitter, nauseating taste ; neutral reaction. 
Prepared by treating the alkaloid with dilute sulphuric acid, and evaporat- 
ing at a temperature not exceeding 37.70 C. (ioo° F.) 
HYOSCYAMUS, U. S.—Hyoscyamus. [Henbane.)—The leaves 
of Hyoscyamus nigra, collected from plants of the second year’s growth 
and containing hyoscyamine, Cl 7H23N03 ; hyoscine, C] 7H23N03 ; hyoscy- 
picrin, C27 chlorophyl, mucilage, extractive matter, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Hyoscyami Alcoholicum, Extractum 
Hyoscyami Fluidum, Tinctura Flyoscyami. 
HYOSCINE HYDROBROMAS, U. S.—Hyoscine Hydrobro- 
mate. Cl 7H21N04HBr -j- 3H20; 436.98.—The hydrobromate of an 
alkaloid obtained from hyoscyamus; occurring in colorless, transparent, 
rhombic crystals ; odorless, and having an acrid, slightly bitter taste ; per- 
manent in the air; soluble at 150 C (590 F ) in 1.9 p. of water, and in 13 
p. alcohol; very slightly soluble in ether and chloroform. It should be 
kept in small, well-stoppered vials. 
HYOSCYAMINE HYDROBROMAS, U. S.—Hyoscyamine 
Hydrobromate. Cl 7H23N03HBr; 369.14.—The hydrobromate of an 
alkaloid obtained from Hyoscyamus; occurring as a yellowish-white, 
amorphous, resin-like mass, or prismatic crystals, deliquescent on exposure 
to the air, having—particularly when damp—a tobacco-like odor, and an 
acrid, nauseous, and bitter taste; neutral reaction. Soluble at 150 C. (590 
F.) in about 0.3 p. of water, 2 p. alcohol, 3000 p. of ether, or 250 p. of 
chloroform. 
HYOSCYAMINE SULPHAS, U. S.—Hyoscyamine Sulphate. 
(C 1 674.58.—A neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained 
from Hyoscyamus ; white, indistinct crystals, or a white powder, deliques- 
cent on exposure to damp air; odorless, having a bitter and acrid taste, 
and a neutral reaction. Prepared by heating an acidulated tincture of the 
seeds, after separating the fixed oil, with soda, precipitating with tannin, 
mixing the precipitate with lime, exhausting with alcohol, acidulating, 
concentrating, agitating with ether, to remove coloring matter and oil, 
afterward decolorizing and recrystallizing. 
STRAMONII FOLIA, U. S.—Stramonium Leaves.—The leaves 
of Datura stramonium. 
STRAMONII SEMEN, U. S.—Stramonium Seed.—The seed of 
Datura stramonium. Stramonium contains daturine (a mixture of hyos- 
cyamine and atropine) ; the leaves also contain albumen, mucilage, and 
potassium nitrate, while in the seeds exist about 25 per cent, of fixed oil, 
with resin, mucilage, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Stramonii Seminis, Extractum Stra- 
monii Seminis Fluidum, Tinctura Stramonii Seminis, Unguentum Stra- 
monii Seminis. 
DULCAMARA, U. S.—Dulcamara. [Bittersweet.)—The young 
branches of Solanum dulcamara, containing solanine (alkaloid) and dul- 
camarine, C 22 (glucoside), (the latter is the bitter and sweet prin- 
ciple), gum, wax, fat, resin, etc. 
Official Preparation. Extractum Dulcamara Fluidum. SANGUINARIA. 
167 
PILOCARPUS, U. S.—Pilocarpus. (Jabo7-andi.)—The leaflets 
of Pilocarpus Selloanus, and of P. Jaborandi, containing pilocarpine, £n- 
Hi6N2O2, and volatile oil, consisting principally of dipentene, ClOH16, a 
terpene. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Pilocarpi Fluidum. 
PILOCARPINE HYDROCHLORAS, U. S.— Pilocarpine 
Hydrochlorate. CllH16N202.HCI; 243.98.—Minute, white crystals, de- 
liquescent on exposure to damp air ; odorless ; faintly bitter taste ; neutral 
reaction. Prepared by treating pilocarpine with dilute HCI, concentrating, 
and crystallizing. 
COLCHICI RADIX, U. S.—Colchicum Root.—The corm of Col- 
chicum autumnale. 
COLCHICI SEMEN, U. S.—Colchicum Seed.—The seed of Col- 
chicum autumnale. Colchicum contains the alkaloid colchicine, both in 
corm and seed. In the former there are present starch, gum, fat, sugar, 
resin, etc. In the latter a fixed oil is found in addition to the other prin- 
ciples. The alkaloid may be extracted by digesting the seeds in hot alco- 
hol without powdering them. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Colchici Radicis, Extractum Colchici 
Radicis Fluidum, Vinum Colchici Radicis, Extractum Colchici Seminis 
Fluidum, Tinctura Colchici Seminis, Vinum Colchici Seminis. 
VERATRUM VIRIDE, U. S.—Veratrum Viride. (American 
hellebore.')—The rhizome and rootlets of Veratnan viride, containing the 
alkaloids jervine, veratroidine, pseudojervine, and rubijervine, also resins, 
starch, coloring matter, etc. 
Official Preparatio7is—Extractum Veratri Viridis Fluidum, Tinctura 
Veratri Viridis. 
VERATRINA, U. S.—Veratrine.—An alkaloid or mixture of alka- 
loids, prepared from the seeds of Asagrcea officinalis, occurring in the form 
of a white or grayish-white, amorphous, semi-crystalline powder, perma- 
nent in the air ; odorless, but causing intense irritation and sneezing when 
even a minute quantity reaches the nasal mucous membrane; of acrid 
taste, leaving a sensation of tingling and numbness on the tongue; feebly 
alkaline reaction. Prepared by exhausting the seeds with alcohol, recov- 
ering the alcohol by distillation, diluting the residuary liquid, which con- 
tains veratrine in its neutral combination with veratric acid, with water, to 
precipitate the resin, filtering, adding potassa or ammonia to precipitate the 
alkaloid, redissolving, decolorizing, and reprecipitating. 
Official Preparations.—Oleatum Veratrinse, Unguentum Veratrin;e, 
CHELIDONIUM, U. S.—Chelidonium. (Celandine. ]—Chelido- 
nium majus contains chelerythrine, chelidonine, Cl 9H17N303, chelido- 
xanthin, and chelidonic acid. 
SANGUINARIA, U.S. —Sanguinaria. (Bloodroot.)—The rhizome 
of Sanguinaria canadensis, collected in autumn and containing sanguina- 
rine, C] 9H17N04 ; a colorless alkaloid, which yields bright red salts ; an- 
other unnamed alkaloid; also malic and citric acid, starch, resins, color- 
ing-matter, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Sanguinarise, Fluidum, Tinctura San- 
guinarise. 168 
PHARMACY. 
STAPHISAGRIA, U. S.—Staphisagria. (Stavesacre.)—The seed 
of Delphinium Staphisagria, containing three alkaloids, delphinine, delphi- 
sine, and delphinoidine, also, staphisain, with fixed oil, protein compounds 
etc. 
ACONITUM, U. S.—Aconite.—The tuberous root of Aconitum 
Napellus, containing aconitine, C 33 isaconitine, C33 
pseudaconitine, C36 Aconine, C26 ; and pseudaconine, 
C 27 are products of hydrolysis. Aconitic acid, H6C606 is present 
together with resin, sugar, fat, coloring matter, etc. Aconitic acid may 
be produced by heating citric acid to 155° C. (3XX0 F.). 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Aconiti, Extractum Aconiti Fluidum, 
Tinctura Aconiti. 
HYDRASTIS, U. S.-—Hydrastis. (Golden Seal.)—The rhizome 
and rootlets of Hydrastis canadensis, containing hydrastine, C 22 
berberine, C2OH17NO4; xanthopuccine, sugar, starch, resin, coloring-matter, 
etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Hydrastis Fluidum, Tinctura Hy- 
drastis, Glyceritum Hydrastis. 
HYDRASTININiE HYDROCHLORAS, U. S.—Hydrastinine 
Hydrochlorate. CnHuN02HCI; 224.97.—The hydrochlorate of an 
artificial alkaloid derived from hydrastine, the latter being a colorless alka- 
loid obtained from hydrastis. Light-yellow, amorphous granules, or a 
pale-yellow, crystalline powder; odorless, and having a bitter, saline taste; 
deliquescent on exposure to damp air; soluble at 150 C. (590 F.) in 0.3 
part of water and in three parts of alcohol; difficultly soluble in ether or 
chloroform. Keep in well-stoppered vials. 
MENISPERMUM, U. S. Menispermum. ( Yellow Parilla, 
Canadian Moonseed.)—The rhizome and rootlets of Menispermum cana- 
dense, containing menispine, berberine, resin, starch, tannin, coloring-mat- 
ter, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Menispermi Fluidum. 
ASPIDOSPERMA, U. S.—Aspidosperma. (Quebracho.)—The 
bark of Aspidosperma-blanco. Contains aspidospermine, aspidosperma- 
tine, aspidosamine, quebrachine, hypoquebrachine, and quebrachamine. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Aspidosperraatis Fluidum. 
GRANATUM, U. S.—Pomegranate.—The bark of the root of 
Punica Granatum, containing four alkaloids ; pelletierine, isopelletierine, 
methylpelletierine, pseudopelletierine. The first three are liquid, the latter 
solid and crystalline. The drug also contains punico-tannic acid, C2OH16- 
013, sugar, mannit, pectin, gum, etc. 
PAREIRA, U. S.—Pareira. (Pareira Brava.)— The root of Chon- 
dodendron tomentosum, containing pelosine, or cissampeline, which is iden- 
tical with buxine and berberine, alkaloids obtained from Buxus semper 
virens and Nectandra Rodisei. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Pareirae Fluidum. 
IPECACUANHA, U. S.—lpecac. —The root of Cephaelis Ipecacu- 
anha, containing emetine, C2BH40N2O5, ipecacuanhic acid, pectin, starch, 
resin, sugar, etc. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Ipecacuanha; Fluidum, Trochisci Ipe- LOBELIA. 
169 
cacuanha?, Trochisci Morphinse et Ipecacuanhse, Syrupus Ipecacuanha?, 
Tinctura Ipecacuanhse et Opii, Vinum Ipecacuanhse, Pulvis Ipecacuanhse 
et Opii. 
COCA, U. S.—Coca. [Erytkroxylon, Pharm. 1880.)—The leaves 
of Erytkroxylon coca contain cocaine, Cl 7H21N04, and hygrine combined 
with cocatannic acid. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Cocse Fluidum. 
GUARANA, U. S.—Guarana.—A dried paste, consisting of the 
crushed or ground seeds of Paullinia sorbilis, containing caffeine, C 8H10- 
N402, about 25 per cent, of tannin, resin, mucilage, starch, volatile oil, 
saponin, etc. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Guaranse Fluidum. 
CAFFEINA, U. S.—Caffeine. C 8H10N4O2 + H2O; 211.68. 
(Theine).—A feeble basic proximate principle obtained from the dried 
leaves of Thea sinensis, or from the dried seeds of the Coffca arabica, and 
found also in other plants. Fleecy masses of flexible crystals, generally 
quite long, and of a silky lustre, odorless, bitter taste, neutral reaction, and 
permanent in the air. Obtained from a decoction of tea or coffee by pre- 
cipitating with lead acetate, removing the lead by H2S, adding Nli4HO, 
evaporating, and recrystallizing. 
CAFFEINA CITRATA, U. S.—Citrated Caffeine.—A white 
powder; odorless ; having a purely acid taste, and an acid reaction ; pre- 
pared by adding caffeine to a solution of citric acid, evaporating and re- 
ducing the product to powder. 
CAFFEINA CITRATA EFFERVESCENS, U. S.—Efferves- 
cent Citrated Caffeine.—An effervescing, coarse, granular powder, pre- 
pared by uniting together caffeine, citric acid, sodium bicarbonate, tartaric 
acid, and sugar, making a paste with alcohol, rubbing the same through a 
No. 6 tinned iron sieve or enameled colander, and drying the powder. 
CONIUM, U. S.—Conium. [Hemlock.)*-The full-grown fruit of 
Conium maculatum, gathered while yet green, and containing canine, 
CBHnN; conhydrine, C 8H]7NO; and methylconine, CgH16CH3N ; also 
a little volatile oil and fixed oil. Conium is a liquid volatile alkaloid, 
containing no oxygen, and with an odor resembling that of the urine 
of mice. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Conii, Extractum Conii Fluidum. 
SCOPARIUS, U. S.—Scoparius. [Broom.')—The tops of Cytisus 
scoparius. Contains sparteine, a colorless liquid alkaloid which probably 
represents the diuretic and purgative action of the drug. 
Official Preparation.—Extractum Scoparii Fluidum. 
SPARTEINE SULPHAS, U. S.—Sparteine Sulphate. Cl 5H2<;- 
N2H2S04 -f- qH20; 403.23.—The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid ob- 
tained from Scoparius; colorless, white, prismatic crystals, or a granular 
powder ; odorless, and having a slightly saline and somewhat bitter taste. 
Liable to attract moisture when exposed to damp air. Very soluble in 
water and alcohol. 
LOBELIA, U. S.—Lobelia.—The leaves and tops of Lobelia inflata, 
collected after a portion of the capsules have been inflated, contain 170 
PHARMACY. 
lobeline, lobelic acid, lobelacrin, wax, resin, gum, etc. Lobeline is a liquid 
alkaloid, and contains no oxygen. 
Official Preparations.—Extractum Lobelise Fluidum, Tinctura Lobelise. 
TABACUM, U. S.—Tobacco.—The commercial dried leaves of 
Nicotiana Tabacum, containing nicotine, ClOHUN2, a liquid alkaloid, 
which is colorless, very acrid, poisonous, and rapidly turns brown on 
exposure to air; soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. 
PRODUCTS FROM ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. 
The animal products of pharmaceutical interest are not numerous, but 
some of them are very important. Their chemical composition is not 
very well understood. 
Official Products Derived from the Class Mammalia. 
ADEPS, U. S.—Lard.—The prepared internal fat of the abdomen 
of Sus scrofa (Class, Mammalia, Order, Pachydermatd), purified by wash- 
ing with water, melting, and straining. Lard should be preserved in 
securely-closed vessels, impervious to fat, and in a cool place. It is a 
soft, white, unctuous solid. It melts at 38° to 40° C. (100.4° to 104° F.) 
to a clear liquid, which is colorless in thin layers, which should not 
separate an aqueous layer, and at or below 30° C. (86° F.) it is a soft 
solid; sp. gr. about 0.932; faint odor, free from rancidity; bland taste; 
neutral reaction; entirely soluble in ether, benzin, and disulphide of 
carbon. 
ADEPS BENZOINATUS, U. S.—Benzoinated Lard. {Un- 
guentum Benzoini, Pharm. 1870.)—Benzoin 20 Gm., Lard 1000 Gm. 
ADEPS LANiE HYDROSUS, U. S.—Hydrous Wool-Fat.— 
The purified fat of the wool of the sheep, Ovis aries, Linne (Class, Mam- 
malia ; Order, Ruminantia), mixed with not more than 30 per cent, of 
water. A yellowish-white, or nearly white, ointment-like mass, having a 
faint, peculiar odor. Insoluble in water, but miscible with twice its 
weight of the latter without losing its ointment-like character. It melts 
at about 40° C. (104° F.). 
OLEUM ADIPIS, U. S.—Lard Oil.—A fixed oil expressed from 
lard at a low temperature. 
SEVUM, U. S.—Suet.—The internal fat of the abdomen of Ovis 
aries (sheep) (Class, Mammalia; Order, Ruminantia'), purified by melt- 
ing and straining. Suet should be kept in well-closed vessels impervious 
to fat. It should not be used after it has become rancid. It is a white, 
smooth, solid fat; nearly inodorous, gradually becoming rancid on exposure 
to air; bland taste, neutral reaction. 
PANCREATINUM, U. S.—Pancreatin. —A mixture of the en- 
zymes naturally existing in the pancreas of warm-blooded animals, usually 
obtained from the fresh pancreas of the hog, Sus scrofa (Class, Mam- 
malia ; Order, Pachydermatd). A yellowish, yellowish-white, or grayish, 
amorphous powder, odorless, or having a faint, peculiar, not unpleasant MUSK 
171 
odor, and a somewhat meat-like taste. .Slowly and almost completely 
soluble in water, insoluble in alcohol. 
Pancrealin digests albuminoids, and converts starch into sugar. 
PEPSINUM, U. S.—Pepsin.—A proteolytic ferment or enzyme 
obtained from the glandular layer of fresh stomachs from healthy pigs, and 
capable of digesting not less than 3000 times its own weight of freshly 
coagulated and disintegrated egg albumen, when tested by the process 
given below. A fine, white, or yellowish-white, amorphous powder, or 
thin, pale yellow or yellowish, transparent or translucent grains or scales, 
free from any offensive odor, and having a mildly acidulous or slightly 
saline taste, usually followed by a suggestion of bitterness. Soluble, or 
for the most part soluble, in about 100 parts of water, with more or less 
opalescence; more soluble in water, acidulated with hydrochloric acid; 
insoluble in alcohol, ether, or chloroform. 
VALUATION OF PEPSlN.—Prepare first the three following 
solutions : 
a. Water, 294 C.c.; HCI, 6 C.c. b. In 100 C.c. of A, dissolve 0.067 
Gm. of the pepsin to be tested, c. To 95 C.c., sol. A, at 40° C. (104° 
F.) add 5 C.c. of sol. B. The resulting 100 C.c. of liquid will contain 
0.2 C.c. (0.21 Gm.) of absolute HCI, 0.00335 Gm. of the pepsin to be 
tested, and 98 C.c. of water. Immerse an egg 15 m. in boiling water, 
remove, and place in cold water. When cold rub the albumen through a 
No. 30 sieve, reject the first portion, take 10 Gm. of the second cleaner 
portion, place it in a 200 C.c. flask; add of sol. C., shake well, add 
the second of sol. C., shake well, place in a water-bath or thermostat 
at 30° to 40° C. (100.4° to 104° F.) for 6 hours, shaking gently every 15 
minutes. At the expiration of this time the albumen should have dis- 
appeared, leaving at most only a few thin, insoluble flakes. 
The relative proteolytic power of pepsin stronger or weaker than that 
described above may be determined by ascertaining, through repeated 
trials, how much of sol. B made up to 100 C.c. with sol. A will be re- 
quired exactly to dissolve 10 Gm. of coagulated and disintegrated albumen 
under the conditions given above. 
PEPSINUM SACCHARATUM, U. S—Saccharated Pepsin.— 
Pepsin, the digestive principle of the gastric juice, obtained from the 
mucous membrane of the stomach of the hog, and mixed with powdered 
sugar of milk. 
Preparation.—Prof. Scheffer’s Process : Macerate mucous membranes 
of hogs’ stomachs in very dilute HCI, precipitate pepsin with NaCl, skim, 
drain, dry, and dilute with sugar of milk until 0.67 Gm. will dissolve 300 
times its own weight coagulated albumen. Saccharated pepsin is a white 
powder; slight, but not disagreeable odor; slight, but not disagreeable 
taste. It is not completely soluble in water, leaving floccules of pepsin 
floating in the solution, which, however, dissolve on the addition of a 
small quantity of hydrochloric acid. 
MOSCHUS, U. S.—Musk.—The dried secretion from the preputial 
follicles of Moschus moschiferus (Class, Mammalia ; Order, Ruminantia) 
contains cholesterin, ammonia, and acid principle, wax, fat, albuminous 
and gelatinous principles, and an odorous matter not yet determined. 
Official Preparation.—Tinctura Moschi. 172 
PHARMACY. 
AGIDUM LACTICUM, U. S.—Lactic Acid.—An organic acid, 
usually obtained by subjecting milk sugar or grape sugar to lactic fermen- 
tation ; composed of 75 Per cent-, by weight, of absolute lactic acid 
(HCjHjOj ; 89.79), and 25 per cent, of water. 
Lactic acid is made from sour milk, cheese, meat juice, lactin, and 
from many vegetable products. Cane sugar is treated with sulphuric acid, 
so as to convert it into invert sugar, solution of caustic soda added, and 
the mixture heated until it ceases to precipitate Fehling’s solution, showing 
the absence of sugar. Sulphuric acid is added, and the sodium sulphate 
formed is crystallized out, an addition of alcohol causing the precipitation 
of the remainder. The alcoholic liquid contains impure lactic acid ; one- 
half of it is heated and zinc carbonate added until effervescence ceases; 
the other half of the alcoholic liquid is now added, and the whole allowed 
to cool. Zinc lactate crystallizes out; this, by treatment with hydro- 
sulphuric acid, yields zinc sulphide, lactic acid remaining in solution. 
Acidum lacticum is a colorless syrupy liquid, absorbing moisture on ex- 
posure to damp air; sp. gr. 1.213; odorless; very acid taste; acid 
reaction; freely miscible with ether, but insoluble in chloroform, benzin, 
or carbon disulphide. 
SACCHARUM LACTIS, U. S.—Sugar of Milk. CI2H22Ou.- 
H2O; 359.16.—A peculiar, crystalline sugar obtained from the whey of 
cow’s milk by evaporation and purified by recrystallization. It occurs in 
the form of white, hard, crystalline masses, yielding a white powder feel- 
ing gritty on the tongue, permanent in the air; odorless; faintly sweet 
taste; neutral reaction. 
FEL BOVIS, U. S.—Ox Gall.—The fresh gall of Bos tanrus (Class, 
Mammalia; Order, Ruminantia) contains glycocholic acid, C 26 
taurocholic acid, C 26 hyoglycocholic acid, C 27 hyotauro- 
cholic acid, C 27 and chenotaurocholic acid, 029H49NS06. A 
brownish-green or dark-green, somewhat viscid liquid, having a peculiar 
odor; a disagreeable, bitter taste, and a neutral or faintly alkaline 
reaction; sp.gr. 1.018-1.028. 
FEL BOVIS PURIFICATUM, U. S.-~Purified Ox Gall.— 
Fresh Ox Gall, 300 C.c.; Alcohol, 100 C.c. Evaporate the ox gall in a 
porcelain capsule, on a water-bath, to one part, then add to it the alcohol, 
agitate the mixture thoroughly, and let it stand, well covered, for twenty- 
four hours. Decant the clear solution, filter the remainder, and, having 
mixed the liquids and distilled off the alcohol, evaporate to a pilular 
consistence. 
CETACEUM, U. S.—Spermaceti.—A peculiar, concrete, fatty sub- 
stance, obtained from Physeter macrocephalns (Class, Mammalia; Order, 
Cetacea) contains cetin, cetin elain, which, when saponified, yield cetin- 
elaic acid, an acid resembling, but distinct from, oleic acid. The cetin 
is essentially cetylpalmitate, C]fiH33(C16H3]02). There are small amounts 
of fats containing stearic acid, ClBH3602 ; myristic acid, CuH280 ; and 
lauro-stearic acid, Cl 2H2402, and the alcohol radicals corresponding to 
these acids. 
Official Preparation.—Ceratum Cetacei. WHITE WAX. 
173 
Official Products of the Class Pisces. 
ICHTHYOCOLLA, U. S.—lsinglass.—The swimming bladder of 
Acipenser huso, and of other species of Acipenser (Class, Pisces; Order, 
Sluriones). 
Official Preparation.—Emplastrum Ichthyocollse. 
OLEUM MORRHUjE, U. S—Cod-liver Oil. {Oleum Jecoris 
Aselli.)—A fixed oil obtained from the fresh livers of Gadus morrhua, or 
of other species of Gadus (Class, Pisces; Order, Teleostia; Family, 
Gadida). 
Preparation.—Heat the livers in a wooden tank by means of low-pres- 
sure steam, and drain off the oil. In the case of the finest varieties, the 
oil, which is made only in the winter months, is drawn off by taps from 
the bottom of the cooking tank, and then put into a cooling house to 
freeze. The solid frozen mass is put into canvas bags, and submitted, 
while at a low temperature, to severe pressure, whereby the pure oil is 
expressed. This constitutes the light oil of commerce. Cod-liver oil 
consists chiefly of olein, some palmitin, and stearin, with minute traces 
of iodine, chlorine, bromine, phosphorus, and sulphur. Oleum Morrhua; 
is a colorless or pale-yellow, thin, oily liquid; sp. gr. 0.920-0.925; 
peculiar, slightly fishy, but not rancid odor; bland, slightly fishy taste; 
faintly acid reaction. 
Official Products of the Class Aves. 
VITELLUS, U. S.—Yolk of Egg.—The yolk of the egg of Gallus 
Bankiva, var. domesticus (Class, Aves; Order, Gallince'), contains vitellin, 
a protein compound resembling casein, albumen, fat, cholesterin, inorganic 
salts, coloring matter, etc.; water 50 per cent. White of egg consists 
principally of albumen, with 80 per cent, of water. The inorganic salt 
present in largest proportion is potassium chloride. 
Official Preparation.—Glyceritum Vitelli. 
Official Products of the Class Insecta. 
CANTHARIS, U. S.—Cantharides. (Spanish Flies.) Cantharis 
vesicatoria (Class, Insecta; Order, Coleoptera.)—Cantharides should be 
thoroughly dried at a temperature not exceeding 40° C. (104° F.), and 
kept in well-closed vessels. Cantharides owe their blistering properties 
to cantharidin, CIOH,2O4, a white substance, in the form of crystalline 
scales, of a shining micaceous appearance ; inodorous ; tasteless. 
Official Preparations.—Ceratum Cantharidis, Collodium Cantharide, 
Tinctura Cantharidis. 
COCCUS, U. S.—Cochineal.—The dried female of Coccus cacti 
(Class, Insecta ; Order, Hemiptera) owes its red color to carminic acid, 
CnHlgO,0. It contains mucilage, fat, inorganic salts, etc. 
CERA FLAVA, U. S.—Yellow Wax.—A peculiar, concrete sub- 
stance, prepared by Apis mdlijica (Class, Insecta ; Order, Hymenoptera). 
CERA ALBA, U. S.—-White Wax.—Yellow wax bleached. A 
yellowish or brownish-yellow solid. It is brittle when cold, and when 
broken presents a dull, granular, not crystalline fracture, but becomes 174 
PHARMACY* 
I 
plastic by the heat of the hand. It melts at 63°-64° C. (145.4°-147.2° 
F.); sp. gr. 0.955-0.967; agreeable, honey-like odor; faint, balsamic 
taste. Beeswax is a mixture of three different substances, which may be 
separated from one another by alcohol, viz.: I, myricin, insoluble in 
boiling alcohol, and consisting chiefly of myricil palmitate, C3OH61- 
(C16H3102), which is a compound of palmitic acid, Cl 6H3202, and myricyl 
alcohol, C3OH620 ; 2, cerotic acid, C2-II5t02 (formerly called cerin when 
obtained only in an impure state), which is dissolved by boiling alcohol, 
but crystallizes out on cooling; 3, cerolein, which remains dissolved in 
the cold alcoholic liquid. This latter is probably a mixture of fatty acids, 
as indicated by its acid reaction to litmus paper. (Remington.) UNITED STATES COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY. 
permission of T. C. MEN 
TABLES FOR CONVERTING U. S. WEIGHTS 
Inches to millimetres. Feet to metres. 
Yards to metres. 
Miles to 
kilometres. 
I = 
25.4000 0.304801 
O.914402 
1.60935 
2 = 
50.8001 0.609601 
I.828804 
3.21869 
3 = 
76.2001 O.914402 
2.743205 
4.82804 
4 = 
101.6002 I.219202 
3.657607 
6-43739 
5 = 
I27.OOO2 I.524003 
4.572009 
8.04674 
6 = 
152.4003 I.828804 
5.486411 
9.65608 
7 = 
177.8003 2.133604 
6.400813 
ix.26543 
8 = 
203.2004 2.438405 
7-3I52I5 
12.87478 
9 = 
228.6004 2.743205 
8.229616 
14.48412 
LINEAR. 
Square inches to 
Square feet to 
Square yards to 
Acres to 
square centimetres. 
square decimetres. 
square metres. 
hectares. 
1 = 
6.452 
9.290 
0.836 
O.4047 
2 = 
X2.903 
18.581 
I.672 
0.8094 
3 = 
19-355 
27.871 
2.508 
I.2X4I 
4 = 
25.807 
37.161 
3-344 
I.6187 
5 = 
32-258 
46.452 
4.181 
2.0234 
6 
38.710 
55-742 
5-017 
2.4281 
7 = 
45-i6i 
65.032 
5-853 
2.8328 
8 = 
51-613 
74-323 
6.689 
3-2375 
9 = 
58.065 
83-613 
7-525 
3.6422 
SQUARE. 
Cubic inches to 
Cubic feet to 
Cubic yards to 
Bushels to 
cubic centimetres. 
cubic metres. 
cubic metres. 
hectolitres. 
I = 
16.387 
0.02832 
0.765 
O.35242 
2 = 
32-774 
0.05663 
1-529 
0.70485 
3 = 
49. 161 
0.08495 
2.294 
I.05727 
4 = 
65-549 
0,1x327 
3-058 
I.40969 
5 = 
81.936 
O.I4158 
3-823 
I.76211 
6 = 
98.323 
0.16990 
4-587 
2.II454 
7 = 
114.710 
0.19822 
5-352 
2.46696 
8 = 
131.097 
0.22654 
6.116 
2.81938 
9 = 
147.484 
O.25485 
6.881 
3- I7I8x 
CUBIC. 
The only authorized material standard of customary length is the Troughton 
standard. The yard in use in the United States is therefore equal to the British 
The only authorized material standard of customary weight is the Troy pound 
standard of mass. It was derived from the British standard Troy pound of 1758 
latter, and contains 7000 grains Troy. 
The grain Troy is therefore the same as the grain Avoirdupois, and the pound 
The British gallon = 4.54346 litres. 
The British bushel = 36.3477 litres. OFFICE OF STANDARD WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
DENHALL, Superintendent. 
AND MEASURES—CUSTOMARY to metric. 
Fluidrachms to 
millilitres to 
cubic centimetres. 
Fluidounces to 
millilitres. 
Quarts to litres. 
Gallons to 
litres. 
I = 
3-70 
29-57 
0.94636 
3-78544 
2 = 
7-39 
59-15 
I.89272 
7.57088 
3 — 
11.09 
88.72 
2.83908 
II-35632 
4 = 
14-79 
118.30 
3-78544 
15.14176 
5 = 
18.48 
147.87 
4.73180 
18.92720 
6 = 
22.18 
177-44 
5.67816 
22.71264 
7 = 
25.88 
207.02 
6.62452 
26.49808 
8 = 
29-SI 
236.59 
7.57088 
30.28352 
9 = 
33-28 
266.16 
8.51724 
34.06896 
CAPACITY. 
WEIGHT. 
Grains to 
Avoirdupois ounces 
Avoirdupois pounds 
Troy ounces 
milligrammes. 
to grammes. 
to kilogrammes. 
to grammes. 
I = 
64.7989 
28.3495 
o-4S359 
31.10348 
2 = 
129.5978 
56.6991 
0.90719 
62.20696 
3 = 
194.3968 
85.0486 
1.36078 
93-3io44 
4 = 
259-1957 
II3.3981 
1.8x437 
I24-4I392 
5 = 
323.9946 
141.7476 
2.26796 
155.51740 
6 = 
388.7935 
170.0972 
2.72156 
186.62089 
7 = 
453-5924 
198.4467 
3-I75I5 
2I7-72437 
8 = 
5IB-39i4 
226.7962 
3.62874 
248.82785 
9 = 
583-1903 
255-1457 
4.08223 
279-93I33 
I chain 
= 20.1169 
metres. 
I square mile 
= 259- 
hectares. 
I fathom 
= 1.829 
metres. 
I nautical mile 
= 1853.27 
metres. 
i foot 
= 0.304801 metre, 9.4840158 
log. 
I avoir, pound 
= 453.5924277 
grammes. 
15432.35639 grains 
= 1 
kilogram. 
scale belonging to this office, whose length at 59.62° Fahr. conforms to the British 
yard. 
of the Mint. It is of brass of unknown density, and therefore not suitable for a 
by direct comparison. The British Avoirdupois pound was also derived from the 
Avoirdupois in use in the United States is equal to the British pound Avoirdupois. 
Washington, D. C., Januaryt 1890. UNITED STATES COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY. 
TABLE FOR CONVERTING U. S. WEIGHTS 
Permission of T. C. MEN 
Metres to inches. 
Metres to feet. 
Metres to yards. 
* 
Kilometres, 
to miles. 
I = 
39.3700 
3.28083 
I.09361I 
0.62137 
2 = 
78.7400 
6.56167 
2. 187222 
I.24274 
3 — 
118.1IOO 
9.84250 
3.280833 
I.864II 
4 = 
157.4800 
13-12333 
4-374444 
2.48548 
5 = 
196.8500 
16.40417 
5.468056 
3.10685 
6 = 
236.2200 
19.68500 
6.561667 
3.72822 
7 = 
275.5900 
22.96583 
7-65527« 
4-34959 
8 = 
314.9600 
26.24667 
8.748889 
4.97096 
9 = 
354-3300 
29.52750 
9.842500 
5-59233 
LINEAR. 
SQUARE. 
Square centimetres 
Square metres 
Square metres 
Hectares 
to square inches. 
to square feet. 
to square yards. 
to acres. 
I — 
o.i5S° 
IO.764 
I. X96 
2.471 
2 = 
0.3100 
21.528 
2.392 
4.942 
3 == 
0.4650 
32.292 
3-588 
7-4I3 
4 = 
0.6200 
43-055 
4.784 
9.884 
5 = 
0.7750 
53-819 
5.980 
12-355 
6 = 
0.9300 
64-583 
7.176 
14.826 
7 = 
1.0850 
75-347 
8.372 
17.297 
8 = 
1.2400 
86. in 
9.568 
19.768 
9 = 
1-395° 
96.874 
10.764 
22.239 
Cubic centimetres 
Cubic decimetres 
Cubic metres 
Cubic metres 
to cubic inches. 
to cubic inches. 
to cubic feet. 
to cubic yards. 
I = 
0.0610 
61.023 
3S-3H 
I.308 
2 =-; 
0.1220 
122.047 
70.629 
2.616 
3 = 
O.183I 
183.070 
105.943 
3-924 
4 = 
O. 244I 
244.093 
141.258 
5.232 
5 = 
0.3051 
30S-II7 
176.572 
6.540 
6 = 
O.3661 
366.140 
2IX.887 
7.848 
7 = 
O.4272 
427.163 
247.201 
9.156 
8 = 
O.4882 
488.187 
282.516 
IO.464 
9 - 
O.5492 
549.210 
317-830 
II.771 
CUBIC. 
By the concurrent action of the principal governments of the world an Inter 
the direction of the International Committee, two ingots were cast of pure plati 
From one of these a certain number of kilogrammes were prepared, from the other 
tercompared, without preference, and certain ones were selected as International 
ments, and are called National prototype standards. Those apportioned to the 
The metric system was legalized in the United States in 1866. 
The International Standard Metre is derived from the Metre des Archives, 
platinum-iridium bar deposited at the International Bureau of Weights and Meas 
The International Standard Kilogramme is a mass of platinum-iridium de 
gramme des Archives. 
The liter is equal to a cubic decimetre of water, and it is measured by the quan 
ard kilogramme in a vacuum, the volume of such a quantity of water being, as OFFICE OF STANDARD WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
DENHALL, Superintendent. 
AND MEASURES—METRIC TO CUSTOMARY. 
Millimetres or 
Centilitres 
Litres 
Decalitres 
Hectolitres 
cubic centimetres 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to Jtuidrachms. 
fluidounces. 
quarts. 
gallons. 
bushels. 
I = 
O.27 
0.338 
I.0567 
2.6417 
2.8375 
2 ~ 
0-54 
0.676 
2.II34 
5-2834 
5.6750 
3 = 
O.81 
1.014 
3.I700 
7-925I 
8.5125 
4 = 
I.08 
1-352 
4.2267 
IO.5668 
11.3500 
5 = 
i 35 
1.691 
5-2834 
13.2085 
14.1875 
6 = 
1.62 
2.029 
6.34OI 
15.8502 
I7.0250 
7 = 
1.89 
2.368 
7-3968 
18.4919 
19.8625 
8 =. 
2.16 
2.706 
8-4534 
21.1336 
22.7000 
9 = 
2.43 
3-°43 
9-Sioi 
23-7753 
25-5375 
CAPACITY. 
I — 
Milligrammes 
to 
grains. 
0.01543 
Kilogrammes 
to 
grains. 
15432.36 
Hectogrammes 
(too grammes) 
to ounces Av. 
3.5274 
Kilogrammes 
to pounds 
Avoirdupois. 
2.20462 
2 = 
0.03086 
30864.71 
7-0548 
4.40924 
3 = 
0.04630 
46297.07 
IO.5822 
6.61386 
4 = 
0.06173 
61729.43 
14.IO96 
8.81849 
5 = 
0.07716 
77161.78 
17.6370 
II.023IX 
6 = 
0.09259 
92594.14 
21.1644 
13.22773 
7 — 
0.10803 
108026.49 
24.6918 
1543235 
8 = 
0.12346 
123458.85 
28.2192 
17.63697 
9 = 
0.13889 
138891.21 
31.7466 
19.84159 
WEIGHT. 
WElGHT—(Continued). 
Quintals to 
Milliers or tonnes 
Grammes to 
pounds Av. 
to pounds Av. 
ounces, Troy. 
X = 
220.46 
2204.6 
O.03215 
2 = 
440.92 
4409.2 
0.06430 
3 = 
661.38 
6613.8 
0.09645 
4 - 
881.84 
8818.4 
0.12860 
5 = 
IIO2.3O 
IIO23.O 
0.16075 
6 - 
1322.76 
I3227.6 
O.I929O 
7 = 
1543-22 
I5432-2 
O.22505 
8 = 
1763.68 
17636.8 
O.2572I 
9 = 
1984.14 
19841.4 
0.28936 
national Bureau of Weights and Measures has been established near Paris. Under 
num-iridium in the proportion of nine parts of the former to one of the latter metal, 
a definite number of metre bars. These standards of weight and length were in- 
prototype standards. The others were distributed by lot to the different govern- 
United States are in the keeping of this office. 
and its length is defined by the distance between two lines at o° Centigrade, on a 
ures. 
posited at the same place, and its weight in vacuo is the same as that of the Kilo- 
tity of distilled water which, at its maximum density, will counterpoise the stand- 
nearly as has been ascertained, equal to a cubic decimetre. INDEX. 
Absinthium, 138 
Acacia, 117 
Aceta, 52 
Acetanilid, 114 
Acetanilidura, 114 
Acetone, 112 
Acid, arabic, 117 
boracic, 73 
boric, 73 
chromic, 100 
gallic, 158 
hydriodic, 70 
hydrosulphuric, 70 
lactic, 161, 172 
raeconic, 161 
nitromuriatic, 66 
oleic, 144,145 
oxalic, in 
palmitic, 144 
prussic, 135 
pyrogallic, 159 
salicylic, 115 
stearic, 144, 345 
sulphuric, 67 
Acids, 64 
inorganic, 64 
Acidum aceticum, 112 
glaciale, 112 
dilutum, 112 
benzoicum, 142 
boricum, 73 
carbolicum, 114 
crudum, 114 
citricum, 127 
gallicum, 158 
hydrobromicum dilu- 
tum, 65 
hydrochloricum, 65 
dilutum, 65 
hydrocyanicum dilu- 
tum, 135 
hypophosphorosum di- 
lutum, 66 
lacticum, 172 
nitricum, 66 
dilutum, 66 
nitrohydrochloricum 
66 
dilutum, 67 
oleicum, 145 
oxalicum, m 
phosphoricum, 68 
dilutum, 68 
Acidum stearicum, 145 
sulphuricum aromati- 
cum, 68 
dilutum, 68 
sulphurosum, 68 
tannicum, 158 
tartaricum, 127 
Aconite, 168 
Aconitum, 168 
Adapters, 17 
Adeps, 170 
benzoinatus, 170 
lanae hydrosus, 170 
.Ether, 122 
aceticus, 124 
Alcohol, 120, 121 
absolutum, 121 
deodoratum, 122 
dilutum, 121 
methylic, 112 
Alcoholic solution, 39 
Aldehyd, 124 
Alkaloids, 160 
Allspice, 132 
Allyl iso-thiocyanate, 135 
sulpho-cyanide, 135 
Aloin, 157 
Aloinum, 157 
Almond, bitter, 134 
sweet, 134 
oil, 144 
sweet, 144 
Aloe barbadensis, 157 
purificata, 157 
Aloes, Barbadoes, 157 
socotrine, 157 
Allium, 135 
Althaea, 118 
Alum, 93, 96 
Aluminum, 91 
salts, 93 
American Hellebore, 167 
wormseed, 137 
Amides, 160 
Amines, 160 
Ammoniac, 141 
Ammoniacum, 141 
Ammonium, 74 
salts, 86 
Amygdala amara, 134 
Amygdala dulcis, 144 
Amyl, 123 
nitris, 124 
Amylum, 116 
Anethol, 131 
Animal substances, 170 
Anise, 131 
star, 131 
Anisum, 131 
Anthemis, 138 
Antidote, Bibron’s, for 
Rattlesnake poison, 70 
for arsenic, 97 
Antimony, 106 
tartrated, 106 
trioxide, 106 
trisulphide, 106 
wine, 107 
Apocynum, 140 
Aporaorphinse hydrochlo- 
ras, 162 
Apomorphine hydrochlor- 
ate, 162 
Aqua, 64 
acidi carbonic!, 73 
chlori, 69 
destillata, 64 
hydrogenii liioxidi, 64 
regia, 66 
Aquae, 32 
Arabin, 117 
Argols, 76, 126 
Arnica flowers, 138 
root, 138 
Arnicae flores, 138 
radix, 138 
Arsenic, 106, 107 
antidote, 97 
trioxide, 107 
white, 107 
Asafetida, 141 
Asafoetida, 141 
Asclepias, 140 
Aspidium, 139 
Aspidosperma, 168 
Atropine, 165 
sulphate, 165 
Atropina, 165 
Atropinae sulphas, 165 
Aurantii dulcis cortex. 129 
Balance. See Metrology. 
Balm, 130 
Balsam copaiba, 135 
Peru, 142 
181 182 
INDEX 
Balsam tolu, 142 
Balsams, 140 
Balsamum Peruvianum, 
142 
tolutanum, 142 
Barium, 87 
salts, 90 
Bassorin, 117 
Bay rum, 132 
Bearberry, 160 
Belladonna leaves, 165 
root, 165 
folia, 165 
radix, 165 
Benne oil, 144 
Benzin, 147 
Benzinum, 147 
Benzoic acid, 142 
Benzoin, 142 
Benzoinum, 142 
Benzyl-aldehyd (artificial), 
*34 
Beta-naphtol, 114 
Bibron’s antidote, 70 
Bismuth, 106 
Bitter almond, 134 
Bittersweet, 166 
Blackberry, 160 
Black haw, 137 
snakeroot, 139 
Bloodroot, 167 
Blowpipe, 13 
Blue cohosh, 155 
f1ag,139 
mass, 103 
ointment, same as Un- 
guentum hydrargyri, 
103 
pill, 103 
vitriol, 102 
Boiling point, 15 
Bone black, 73 
oil, 73 
spirit, 73 
Boneset, 138 
Borax, 80 
Boron, 72 
Boule de Mars, 96 
Brandy, 120, 126 
Brayera, 153 
Bromine, 68, 69 
Broom, 169 
Bryonia, 158 
Bryony, 158 
Buchu, 137 
Burdock,ls3 
Burnett’s disinfecting fluid, 
92 
Burgundy pitch, 141 - 
Butternut, 156 
Caffeine, 169 
citrated, effervescent, 
169 
Calabar bean, 165 
Calamus, 133 
Calcium, 87, 89 
salts, 89 
Calendula, 138 
Calomel, 104 
Calumba, 152 
Calx, 89 
chlorata, 69 
Camphor, 133 
Camphora, 133 
monobromata, 134 
Canadian hemp, 140 
moonseed, 168 
Cannabis indica, 137 
Cantharides, 173 
Cantharis, 173 
Caoutchouc, 142 
Capsicum, 135 
Caraway, 131 
Carbo animalis purificatus, 
73 
Carbon, 72 
disulphide, 74 
Carbonei bisulphidum, 71 
Cardamomum, 133 
Carum, 131 
Caryophyllus, 132 
Cascara sagrada, 156 
Cascarilla, 133 
Cassia bark, 131 
fistula, 155 
Castanea, x6o 
Castor oil, 144 
Catechu, 159 
Caulophyllum, 155 
Caustic, lunar, 102 
mitigated, 102 
soda, 78 
Celandine, 167 
Cellulin, no 
Celluloid, in 
Cellulose, no 
Cera alba, 173 
flava, 173 
Cerasin, 117 
Cerata, 60 
Cerate, Goulard's, 101 
Ceratis, 60 
Cerium, 91 
salts, 93 
Cetaceum, 172 
Cetraria, 116 
Chalk, prepared 89 
Chamomile, 138 
Charcoal, 73, in 
animal, 73 
Chartse, 62 
Chelidonine ,167 
Chenopodium, 137 
Chestnut, 160 
Chili saltpetre, 83 
Chimaphila, 160 
Chirata, 152 
Chloral, 125 
hydrate, 125 
Chlorine, 68, 69 
Chloroform, 125 
Chondrus, n6 
Chrome iron ore, 75 
Chromium, 94 
salts, 100 
Chrysarobin, 155 
Chrysarobinum, 155 
Ceylon cinnamon, 131 
Cimicifuga, 139 
Cinchona, 162, 163 
red,l62 
rubra,j 62 
Cinchonine, 163 
Cinchoninae sulphas, 164 
Cinchonidinae sulphas, 164 
Cinnamomum, cassia, 131 
saigonicum, 131 
zeylanicum, 129 
Cinnamon, 131 
Citrated caffeine, 169 
Citric acid, 127 
Citrine ointment, 105 
Clarification, 20 
Cloves, 132 
Coal, 11, 113 
Cobalt, 100 
Coca, 163, 169 
Cocainae hydrochloras, 164 
Cocaine hydrochlorate, 164 
Coccus, 173 
Cochineal, 173 
Codeia, 162 
Codeina, 162 
Codeine, 162 
Cod-liver oil, 173 
Colation, 20 
Colchici radix, 167 
semen, 167 
Colchicum root, 167 
seed,l67 
Collodion, 41 
Colocynth, 157 
Colocynthis, 157 
Colophony, 140 
Columbo, 152 
Comminution, 17 
Confections, 56 
Conium, 169 
Copaiba, 135 
Copper, 100 
salt, 102 
Coriander, 131 
Coriandrum, 131 
Corn silk, 139 
Corrosive sublimate, 104 
Cotton, no 
absorbent, no 
gun, in 
root bark,ls4 
seed oil, 144 
Couch grass, 120 
Cramp bark, 137 
Cranesbill, 160 
Cream of tartar, 76 
Cade, oil of, 113 
Cadmium, 91,94 
Caffeina, 169 
citrata, 169 
effervescens, 169 INDEX 
183 
Creosote, 113 
Creosotum, 113 
Creta preparata, 89 
Crocus, 154 
Croton oil, 145 
Crucible, 13 
Cryolite, 81 
process, 81 
Crystallization, 22 
Cubeb, 135 
Cubeba, 135 
Cubic centimetre. See 
Metrology. 
nitre, 83 
Culver’s root, 156 
Cusso, 153 
Cypripedium, 139 
Ethyl, 123 
hydrate, 121 
nitrite, 124 
oxide, 121 
Eucalyptol, 132 
Eucalyptus, 132 
Euonymus, 157 
Eupatorium, 138 
Evaporation, 14, 15 
Excipients, 56, 57 
Expression, 23 
Extract, Goulard's, 100 
Extracta, 52 
fluida, 47 
Glycyrrhizinum ammoni- 
atum, 120 
Graduate, 8 
Grain. See Weight. 
Gramme. See Weight. 
Granatum, 168 
Green iodide of mercury, 
i°S 
Grindelia, 138 
Grommet, 16 
Guaiac, 142 
Guaiaci lignum, 142 
resina, 142 
Guaiacum wood, 142 
Guarana, 169 
Gum, 117 
arabic, 117 
resins, 140 
Gun cotton, 111 
Gypsum (dried), 90 
Fats, 143 
Fel bovis, 172 
Fennel, 131 
Fermentation, 120 
Ferrura, 94 
Ficus, 155 
Fig, iSS 
Fixed oils, 143 
table of, 151 
Filtration, 20 
Flax seed. See Linseed, 
144 
Fluid extracts, 47 
Foeniculum, 131 
Fowler’s solution, 107 
Foxglove, 153 
Frangula, 156 
Fuel, n 
Furnace, 11 
Dandelion, 153 
Decantation, 20 
Decocta, 43 
Decoction, 43 
Decoloration, 21 
Deodorized alcohol, 122 
Desiccation, 17 
Diachylon ointment, 102 
Dialyses, 23 
Digallic acid, 158 
Digitalis, 153 
Dispensatories, 1, 3 
Displacement, 24 
Distillation, 15, 16 
Distilled water, 64 
Dock, yellow, 156 
Dolomite, 88 
Donovan’s solution, 107, 
108 
Dulcamara, 166 
Drop, size of, 8 
Drug mill, 19 
Easton’s syrup, 96 
Eau de Javelle, 69 
Ebullition, 15 
Egg, yolk of, 173 
Elder, 137 
Elastica, 142 
Elaterium, 157 
Elecampane, 138 
Eleopten, 128 
Elixiria, 40 
Elixir of vitriol, 68 
Elixirs, 40 
Elm, slippery, 118 
Elutriation, 19 
Emplastra, 61 
Emulsions, 37 
Epsom salt, 88 
Eriodictyon, 139 
Ergot, 154 
Ergota, 154 
Erythroxylon, 169 
Essence de petit grain, 130 
Ether, 120 
Ethereal oil, 123 
Ethereal solution, 41 
Halogens, 68 
Hseraatoxylon, 159 
Hamamelis, 160 
Hard petrolatum, 147 
Heat, n 
Hedeoma, 130 
Hemlock, 169 
Hemp, Canadian, 140 
Indian, 137 
Henbane, 166 
Honey, 119 
Honeys, 37 
Hood, 16 
Hops, 137 
Horehound, 130 
Hydrargyrum, 103 
Hydrastinse hydrochloras, 
168 
Hydrastinine hydrochlo- 
rate, 168 
Hydrastis, 168 
Hydrogen, 64 
sulphuretted, 70 
Hydrometer, 91 
Hyoscinse hydrobromas, 
166 
Hyoscyamus, 166 
Hyoscyamine hydrobrom- 
ate, 165, 166 
sulphate, 166 
Hyoscyaminse hydrobro- 
mas, 166 
sulphas, 165, 166 
Humulus, 137 
Galla, 158 
Gall, nut, 158 
ox, 172 
Gallotannic acid, 158 
Gamboge, 156 
Garabogia, 156 
Garlic, 135 
Gas, illuminating, 11 
Gaultheria, 133 
Gelsemium, 165 
Gentian, 152 
Gentiana, 152 
Geranium, 160 
German chamomile, 138 
Ginger, 133 
Gold, 109 
Golden seal, 168 
Gossypii radicis cortex, 
i 54 
Gossypium, no 
purificatum, no 
Goulard’s cerate, 101 
extract, 100 
Glass, soluble, 74 
Glauber’s salt, 84 
Glucoses, 118 
Glucosides, 152 
Glycerin, 145 
Glycerinum, 145 
Glycerita, 38 
Glycyrrhiza, 119 
Iceland moss, 116 
Ichthyocolla, 173 
Illicium, 131 
India-rubber, 142 
Indian cannabis, 137 
hemp, 137 
Infusa, 42 
Infusions, 42 
Inorganic acids, 64 184 
INDEX 
Inula, 138 
lodine, 68, 70 
lodoform, 125 
lodoformum, 125 
Ipecac, 168 
Ipecacuanha,l6B 
Iris, 139 
Irish moss, 116 
Iron, 94 
salts, 94 
Isinglass, 173 
Ivory black, 73 
Lobelia, 169 
Logwood, 159 
Lotion, 20 
Lunar caustic, 102 
Lupulin, 137 
Lupulinum, 139 
Lute, 16 
Lycopodium, 145 
Lye, 74 
Mustard, black, 135 
oil, 135 
white, 135 
Myrislica, 132 
Myrrh, 142 
Myrrha, 142 
Naphtalin, 113 
Naphtalinum, 113 
Naphtol, 115 
Neutral mixture, 76, 77 
Nickel, 100 
Nitre, 78 
beds, 78 
cubic, 83 
Nitrite of amyl, 124 
Nomenclature of U.S.P. 1 
Nutgall, 158 
Nutmeg, 132 
Nux Vomica, 164 
Mace, 133 
oil of, 132 
Maceration, 23 
Macis, 133 
Magnesia, 87 
Magnesium, 87 
Male fern, 139 
Manganese, 94 
salts, 94 
Manna. 119 
Margarin, 144 
Marigold, 138 
Marrubium, 130 
Marshmallow, 118 
Mass, blue, 103 
Massx, 56 
Masses, 56 
Mastic, 141 
Mastiche, 141 
Matico, 135 
Matricaria, 138 
May apple, 156 
Measure, 4 
Mel, 119 
Melissa, 130 
Mellita, 37 
Meniscus, 8 
Menispermum, 168 
Mentha Piperita, 130 
viridis, 130 
Menthol, 130 
Mercury, 100, 103 
biniodide, 104 
green iodide, 105 
protiodide, 105 
red iodide, 104 
with chalk, 103 
yellow iodide, 105 
yellow oxide, 105 
Methyl salicylas, 133 
Metre. See Weight. 
Metrology, 4 
Mezereum, 139 
Mill, drug, 18 
Misturse 38 
Mixture, neutral, 97 
Mixtures, 38 
Morphinse acetas, 161 
hydrochloras, 161 
sulphas, 161 
Morphine, 161 
hydrochlorate, 161 
Moss, Iceland, 116 
Irish, 116 
Moschus, 171 
Mucilagines, 37 
Musk, 71 
Jaborandi, 166 
Jalap, 156 
Jalapa, 156 
James’s powder, 107 
Jasmine, yellow, 165 
Juglans, 156 
Kamala, 156 
Kerraes mineral, 106 
Kino, 159 
Kousso, 153 
Krameria, 159 
Oil, almond (sweet), 144 
anise, 131 
bay, 132 
benne, 144 
of bergamot, 130 
betula, 132 
bone, 73 
of cade,ll3 
cajuput, 132 
caraway, 131 
cassia, 132 
castor, 144 
chenopodium, 137 
cloves, 132 
cod-liver, 173 
copaiba, 137 
cotton seed, 144 
croton, 145 
cubeb,l3s 
erigeron, 138 
erigerontis, 138 
essential, 128 
eucalyptus, 132 
of fennel, 131 
fixed,l43 
fleabane, 138 
juniper, 138 
lard, 170 
of lavender flowers, 
I 3° 
of lemon, 130 
lemon peel, 130 
mustard, 135 
myrbane, 134 
olive, 144 
of orange peel, 130 
of pennyroyal, 130 
of peppermint, 130 
rose, 159 
of rosemary, 130 
sandal wood, 137 
santal, 137 
sassafras, 133 
savine, 138 
sesamum, 144 
Labarraque’s solution, 69 
Lactucarium, 140 
Lady’s slipper, 139 
Lappa, 153 
Lard oil, 170 
Lead, 100 
plaster, 101 
red,lol 
salts, ico 
sugar of, 100 
water, 101 
white, 101 
Leblanc’s process, 80 
Leibig condenser, 16 
Lemon juice, 127 
peel, 130 
Leptandra, 156 
Levant wormseed, 153 
Levigation, 19 
Lignin, no 
Lime, 8g 
chlorinated, 69 
water, 89 
Limonis cortex, 130 
succus, 127 
Linimenta, 41 
Linseed, 118 
oil, 144 
Linum, 118 
Liquid Petroleum, 146 
Liquor arsenici chloridi, 
107 
potassse, 33, 75 
sodae chloratae, 35, 69 
sodii silicatis, 74 
Liquorice, 119 
Liquores, 33 
Lithium, 74 
salts, 85 
Liver of sulphur, 75 INDEX 
185 
Oil, of spearmint, 130 
theobroma, 145 
turpentine, 140 
rectified, 141 
of thyme, 130 
of vitriol, 67 
wormseed (American), 
>37 
Oils, fixed, 143, 151 
table of, 151 
volatile, 128, 148 
table of, 148 
Ointments, 61 
Olein, 143, 144 
Oleic acid, 145 
Oleoresinse, 52 
Oleoresins, 140 
Oleum adipis, 170 
eethereum, 123 
amygdalae araarae, 134 
amygdalae expressum, 
(44 
anisi, 131 
aurantii corticis, 130 
aurantii florum, 130 
bergamottae, 130 
betulae, volatile, 132 
cadinum, 113 
cajuputi, 132 
cari, 131 
caryophylli, 132 
chenopodii, 137 
cinnamomum, 132 
copaibae, 137 
cubebae, 135 
eucalypti, 132 
gaultheriae, 133 
gossypii seminis, 144 
juniperi, 138 
juniperi empyreumati- 
cum, 113 
lavandulae florum, 130 
limonis, 130 
lini, 144 
menthae piperitae, 130 
menthae viridis, 130 
morrhuae, 173 
myrciae, 132 
myristicae, 132 
nutmeg, 132 
olivae, 144 
picis liquidae, 112 
pimentae, 132 
ricini, 144 
rosae, 159 
rosmarini, 130 
sabinae, 138 
santaii, 137 
sassafras, 133 
sesam i, 144 
sinapis volatile, 13s 
terebinthinae, 140 
terebinthinae rectifica- 
tum, 141 
theobromatis, 145 
Oleum thymi, 130 
tiglii, 145 
Opium, 161 
deodoratum, 161 
deodorized, ifii 
powder, 161 
pulvis, 161 
Orange peel, bitter, 129 
sweet, 129 
Ox gall, 172 
Oxide of manganese, black, 
94 
Oxygen, 64 
135 
Pipenn, 135 
Piperinum, 135 
Pipette, 8 
Pipsissewa, 160 
Pix Burgundica, 141 
liquida, 112 
Plasters,fit 
Platinum, 109 
Pleurisy root, 140 
Plumbum, 100 
Plummer’s pills, 107 
Podophyllum, 156 
Poison ivy, 154 
Poke berry, 139 
root, 139 
Pomegranate, 168 
Potash, 74 
caustic 74 
Potassa, 74 
cum calce, 75 
sulphurata, 75 
with lime, 75 
Potassium, 74 
hydrate, 74 
hydroxide, 74 
salts, 75 
Powder, James’s, 107 
Precipitate, red, 105 
white, 103 
Precipitation, 21 
Presses, 23 
Prickly ash, 139 
Proliodide of mercury, 
105 
Prototypes. See Metrol- 
ogy. 
Prune, 155 
Prunum, 155 
Primus Virginiana, 134 
Pulsatilla, 140 
Pulverization by interven- 
tion, 19 
Pumpkin seed, 144 
Purging cassia, 155 
Pyrethrum, 139 
Pyrogallol, 159 
Pyroxylinum, 111 
Paraldehydum, 124 
Parchment, no 
paper, no 
Pareira brava, 168 
Palmitin, 144 
Pancreatin, 170 
Papers, 62 
Pearlash, 74 
Pectin, 128 
Pellitory, 139 
Pennyroyal, 130 
Pepo, 144 
Pepper, black, 135 
Cayenne, 135 
African, 135 
Peppermint, 130 
Pepsin, 171 
saccharated, 171 
valuation of, 171 
Pepsinum, 171 
Percolation, 24 
Petrolatum, 146 
liquidum, 146 
mollis, 146 
spissum, 147 
Petroleum benzine, 147 
ether, 147 
Pharmacopoeia, 1 
Phosphorus, 70, 71 
red, 72 
Physostigma, 164 
Physostigminse salicylas, 
165 , 
sulphas, 165 
Physostigmine salicylate, 
165 
sulphate, 163 
Phytolacca; fructus, 139 
radix,l39 
root, 139 
Picrotoxin, 154 
Picrotoxinum, 154 
Pill, blue, 103 
Pills, 56 
coating of, 57 
compressed, 58 
Plummer’s, 107 
Pilulse, 56 
Pilocarpinae hydrochloras, 
167 
Pilocarpine hydrochlorate, 
167 
Pilocarpus, 167 
Pimenta, 132 
Pinkroot, 153 
Quassia, 152 
Quebracho, 168 
Queen’s root, 139 
Quercus alba, 159 
Quicksilver, 103 
Quillaja, 154 
Quinidinae sulphas, 163 
Quinidine sulphate, 163 
Quinina, 162 
Quininae bisulphas, 163 
hydrobromas, 163 
hydrochloras, 163 
sulphas, 162 
valerianas, 163 
Quinine, 162 
bisulphate, 163 
hydrobromate, 163 
hyrochlorate, 163 186 
INDEX 
Quinine sulphate, 162 
valerianate, 163 • 
Santoninum,is3 
Sarsaparilla, j 54 
Scales. See Metrology. 
Scammony, 156 
Scammonium, 156 
Scilla, 153 
Scoparius, 169 
Scullcap, 131 
Scutellaria, 131 
Sediment, 21 
Senega, 155 
Senna, 155 
Serpentaria, 137 
Sevum, 170 
Silicia, 73 
Silicon, 72, 73 
anhydride, 73 
Silver, 100 
Silver salts, 102 
Sinapis alba, 135 
Sinapis nigra, 135 
Siphon, 20 
Snakeroot, Virginia, 137 
Soap, 146 
Soaps, 143 
Socotrine aloes, 157 
Soda ash, 81 
water, 73 
Sodium, 74, 79 
salts, 79 
thiosulphate, 82 
Soft soap, 146 
petrolatum, 246 
Soluble glass, 74 
Solution, 19 
chlorinated soda, 69 
Donovan's, 107 
Fowler's, 107 
hydrogen dioxide (per- 
oxide), 44 
Labarraque’s, 69 
Solutions, 33 
Solvay’s process, 80, 81 
Solvents, 20 
Spanish flies, 173 
Sparteinse sulphas, 169 
Sparteine sulphate, 169 
Spearmint, 130 
Specific gravity, 48 
Spermaceti, 172 
Spigelia, 153 
Spirit, bone, 73 
mindererus, 86 
Spiritus, 39 
setheris, 122 
compositus, 122 
nitrosi, 123 
vini gallici, 126 
Squill, 153 
Staph isagria, 168 
Star-anise, 131 
Starch, 116 
glycerite of, 116 
Stavesacre, 168 
Steam, 14 
Stearin, 144 
Stearopten, 128 
Stearoptens, 133 
Stibium, 106 
Still, 17 
Stillingia, 139 
Storax, 142 
Straining, 20 
Stramonii folio, 166 
semen, 166 
Stramonium leaves, 166 
sulphate, 166 
Strontium, 87 
salts, go 
Strophanthus, 153 
Strychnina, 164 
Strychninse sulphas, 164 
Strychnine, 164 
Styrax, 142 
Sublimate, corrosive, 104 
Sublimation, 17 
Suet, 170 
Sugars, 118 
Sugar of lead, 100 
Sumach, 128 
Sumbul, 131 
Sulphur, 70 
flowers of, 70 
iodide, 71 
liver of, 75 
lotum, 70 
precipitated, 71 
prsecipitatum, 70, 71 
sublimed, 70 
sublimatum, 76 
washed, 70 
Sulphuretted hydrogen, 70 
Sulphuris iodidum, 71 
Suppositoria, 62 
Suppositories, 62 
Syrup, Easton’s, 96 
Syrupi, 35 
Syrups, 35 
Syrupus acidi hydriodici, 
70 
Sweet flag, 133 
spirits of nitre, 123 
Tabacum, 170 
Tamarind, 127, 155 
Tamarindus, 127, 155 
Tanacetum, 138 
Tannin. See Acid Tan- 
nic., 158 
Tansy, 138 
Taraxacum, 153 
Tartar emetic, 106 
Tartaric acid, 127 
Tar, ri2, 113 
Terpenes, 128 
Terpina hydras, 141 
Terpin hydrate, r4o 
Terebenum, 141 
Terebinthina, 140 
canadensis, 141 
Terebinthine, 140 
Thermometer, 11 
Thiosulphate, sodium, 82 
Receivers, 17 
Red iodide of mercury, 104 
Red lead, 101 
Red precipitate, 105 
Red rose, 159 
Red saunders, 154 
Repercolation, 29 
Resin, 140 
Resina, 140 
Resins, 140 
Resorcin, 115 
Resorcinum, 115 
Retort, 17 
Khamnus purshiana, 156 
Rhatany, 159 
Rheum, 155 
Rhubarb, 155 
Rhus glabra, 127, 160 
toxicodendron, 154 
Rochelle salt, 77 
Rock candy, 119 
Rosa centifolia, 159 
gallica, 159 
Rose pale, 159 
red,ls9 
Rottlera, 156 
Rubber, 142 
Rubus, 160 
Rumex, 156 
Saccharated ferrous car- 
bonate, 94 
Saccharum, 119 
Sabina, 138 
Sage, 130 
Sal ammoniac, 87 
tartar, 76 
Salicin. 152 
Salicinum, 152 
Salol, 115 
Salt, common, 82 
Glauber’s, 84 
Epsom, 88 
Rochelle, 77 
Saltpetre, 78 
Chili, 83 
Salvia, 130 
Sambucus, 137 
Sassafras, 133 
medulla, 118 
pith, n8 
Savine, 138 
Saccharine lactis, 172 
Sage, 160 
Saffron, 154 
Salvia, 160 
Sambucus, 137 
Sapo, 146 
mollis, 146 
Sanguinaria, 167 
Santalum rubrum, 154 
Santonica, 153 
Santonin, 153 INDEX 
187 
Thoroughwort, 138 
Thymol, 130 
Tin, 100 
Tincal, 80 
Tincturae, 43, 47 
Tobacco, 170 
Troches, 59 
Trochisci, 59 
Triticum, 120 
Triturationes, 55 
Tragacantha, 117 
Turpentine, 140 
Turpeth’s mineral, 105 
Veratrum viride, 167 
Viburnum, 137 
opulus, 137 
prunifolium, 137 
Vinegars, 52 
Virginia snakeroot, 137 
Vitellus, 173 
Vitriol, blue, 102 
elixir of, 68 
oil of, 67 
Volatile oils, 128 
table of, 148 
Wild cherry, 134 
Wine of antimony. 107 
of iron, bitter, 96 
Wines, 126, 
Wintergreen, 133 
oil of, 133 
Witchhazel, 160 
Wool fat, hydrous, 170 
Wormseed, 137 
American, 138 
Levant, 153 
Ulmus, 118 
Unguenta, 61 
Uva ursi, 160 
Wahoo, 157 
Water, 64 
ammonia, 86 
javelle, 6g 
lead, 101 
lime, 89 
Waters, 32 
Wax, white, 173 
yellow, 173 
Weight, 4 
Whisky, 120 
White lead, 101 
0ak,159 
precipitate, 103 
Xanthoxylum, 139 
Yellow dock, 156 
iodide of mercury, 105 
parilla, 168 
Yolk of egg, 173 
Vacuum pan, 15 
Valerian, 137 
Valeriana, 137 
Valle t's mass, 94 
Vanilla, 132 
Vaporization, 14 
Veratrina, 167 
Veratrine, 167 
Zea, 139 
Zinc, 91 
salts, 91 
Zincum, 91 
Zingiber, 133 CATALOGUE No. 8. 
JULY. 1895. 
BOOKS 
STUDENTS, 
FOR 
INCLUDING THE 
? QUIZ-COMPENDS ? 
CONTENTS. 
PAGE PAGE 
Anatomy, . . . . 6 Obstetrics. . . . .10 
Biology, . . . .11 Pathology, Histology,. . n 
Chemistry, . . . . 6 Pharmacy, . . . .12 
Children’s Diseases, . . 7 Physical Diagnosis, . .11 
Dentistry, . . . .8 Physiology, . . . .11 
Dictionaries, . . 8, 16 Practice of Medicine, . 11, 12 
Eye Diseases, . . .8 Prescription Books, . .12 
Electricity 9 ? Quiz-Compends ? . 14, 15 
Gynaecology, . . .10 Skin Diseases, . . .12 
Hygiene, .... 9 Surgery and Bandaging, .13 
Materia Medica, . . ,9 Therapeutics, . . ,9 
Medical Jurisprudence, .10 Urine and Urinary Organs, 13 
Nervous Diseases, . .10 Venereal Diseases, . .13 
PUBLISHED BY 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., 
Medical Booksellers, Importers and Publishers. 
LARGE STOCK OF ALL STUDENTS’ BOOKS, AT 
THE LOWEST PRICES. 
1012 Walnut Street, Philadelphia. 
•** For sale by all Booksellers, or any book will be sent by mail, 
postpaid, upon receipt of price. Catalogues of books on all branches 
of Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, etc., supplied upon application. 
GOULD’S 
DICTIONARIES 
See Page 16. “An excellent Series of Manuals/'—Archives of Gynaecology* 
A NEW SERIES OF 
STUDENTS’ MANUALS 
On the various Branches of Medicine and Surgery. 
Can be used by Students of any College. 
The object of this series is to furnish good manuals 
for the medical student, that will strike the medium 
between the compend on one hand and the prolix text- 
book on the other—to contain all that is necessary for 
the student, without embarrassing him with a flood of 
theory and involved statements. They have been pre- 
pared by well known men, who have had large experience 
as teachers and writers, and who are, therefore, well 
informed as to the needs of the student. 
Their mechanical execution is of the best—good type 
and paper, handsomely illustrated whenever illustrations 
are of use, and strongly bound in uniform style. 
Each book is sold separately at a remarkably low 
price, and the immediate success of several of the 
volumes shows that the series has met with popular 
favor. 
No. 1. SURG-ERY. 318 Illustrations. 
Third Edition. 
A Manual of the Practice of Surgery. By Wm. J. 
Walsham, m.d., Asst. Surg. to, and Demonstrator of 
Surg. in, St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, London, etc. 
318 Illustrations. Cloth, 2.75: Leather, 3.25 
Presents the introductory facts in Surgery in clear, precise 
language, and contains all the latest advances in Pathology, 
Antiseptics, etc. 
“ It aims to occupy a position midway between the pretentious 
manual and the cumbersome System of Surgery, and its general 
character may be summed up in one word—practical.”—The Medi- 
cal Bulletin. 
“ Walsham, besides being an excellent surgeon, is a teacher in 
its best sense, and having had very great experience in the 
preparation of candidates for examination, and their subsequent 
professional career, may be relied upon to have earned out his 
work successfully. Without following out in detail his arrange- 
ment, which is excellent, we can at once say that his book is an 
embodiment of modern ideas neatly strung together, with an amount 
of careful organization well suited to the candidate, and, indeed, to 
the practitioner.”—British Medical Journal. THE NEW SERIES OF MANUALS 
3 
No. 2. DISEASES OF WOMEN. 150 Ulus. 
SECOND EDITION. 
The Diseases of Women. Including Diseases of the 
Bladder and Urethra. By Dr. F. Winckel, Professor 
of Gynaecology and Director of the Royal University 
Clinic for Women, in Munich. Second Edition. Re- 
vised and Edited by Theophilus Parvin, M.D., 
Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and 
Children in Jefferson Medical College. 150 Engrav- 
ings, most of which are original. Cloth, 3.C0 
“ The book will be a valuable one to physicians, and a sale and 
satisfactory one to put into the hands of students. It is issued in a 
neat and attractive form, and at a very reasonable price.”—Boston 
Medical and Surgical Journal. 
No. 3. ANATOMY. Sixth Edition. 
311 ILLUSTRATIONS. 
Holden's Dissector. A Manual of the Dissections of 
the Human Body. By John Langton, f. r. c. s., Sur- 
geon to, and Lecturer on Anatomy at, St. Bartholo- 
mew’s Hospital. Carefully Revised by A. Hewson, 
M. D., Demonstrator of Anatomy, Jefferson Medical 
College; Chief of Surgical Clinic, Jefferson Hospital; 
Mem. Assoc. Amer. Anatomists, etc. 311 Illustrations. 
This book comes bound in oil cloth—price $2.50—as 
well as in the regular cloth, $2.50; leather, $3.00. 
“ The work before us is a brilliant example of the new order of 
text-books. * * * We would call special attention to the character 
of the illustrations with which the volume is bountifully furnished.” 
—American Journal oj Medical Sciences. 
No. 4. PHYSIOLOGY. Sixth Edition. 
254 ILLUSTRATIONS AND A GLOSSARY. 
A Manual of Physiology. By Gerald F. Yeo, M.D., 
F.R.CS., Professor of Physiology in King’s College, 
London. 254 Illustrations and a Glossary of Terms. 
Sixth American from last English Edition, revised and 
improved. Cloth, 2.50; Leather, 3.00 
This volume was specially prepared to furnish students with a 
new text-book of Physiology, elementary so far as to avoid theories 
which have not borne the test of time and such details of methods 
as are unnecessary for students in our medical colleges. 
“ The brief examination I have given it was so favorable that I 
placed it in the list of text-books recommended in the circular of the 
University Medical College.”—Pro/. Lewis A. Stimson, m.d., 
57 East 33d Street, New York. 4 
THE NEW SERIES OF MANUALS. 
No. 5. DISEASES OF CHILDREN. 
SECOND EDITION. 
A Manual. By J. F. Goodhart, m.d., Phys. to the 
Evelina Hospital for Children; Ass’t Phys. to 
Guy’s Hospital, London. Second American Edition. 
Edited and Rearranged by Louis Starr, m.d., Clinical 
Prof, of Dis. of Children in the Hospital of the Univ. 
of Pennsylvania, and Physician to the Children’s Hos- 
pital, Phila. Containing many new Prescriptions, a list 
of over 50 Formulae, conforming to the U. S. Pharma- 
copoeia, and Directions for making Artificial Human 
Milk, for the Artificial Digestion of Milk, etc. Ulus. 
Cloth, 2.50 
“ A safe and reliable guide, and in many ways admirably adapted 
to tbe wants of the student and practitioner.”—American Journal 
0/ Medical Science. 
No. 6. MATERIA MEDIOA, PHARMACY, 
PHARMACOLOGY, AND THERA- 
PEUTICS. SECOND EDITION. 
A Handbook for Students. By Wm. Hale White, 
m.d., f.r.c.p., etc., Physician to, and Lecturer on Ma- 
teria Medica, Guy’s Hospital; Examiner in Materia 
Medica, Royal College of Physicians, London, etc. 
Second American Edition. Revised and Enlarged by 
Reynold W. Wilcox, m.d., ll.d , Prof, of Clinical 
Medicine and Therapeutics, New York Post-Graduate 
Medical School; Visiting Physician St. Mark’s Hospital. 
66x pages. Cloth, 2.75 ; Leather, 3.25 
“This is a well-arranged, concise, and bandy work on materia 
medica, excellent as a reference manual or as a text-book for 
students attending lectures on the subject.”—New York Medical 
Record. 
No. 7- MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE AND 
TOXICOLOGY, fourth edition. 
By JOHN J. Reese, m.d., late Professor of Medical Juris- 
prudence and Toxicology in the University of Penn- 
sylvania. Revised by Henry Leffmann, M D., Prof, 
of Chemistry, Pa. College of Dentistry; Hygienist and 
Food Inspector, Pa. State Board of Agriculture. 
Cloth, 3.00; Leather, 3 50 
“We lay this volume aside, after a careful perusal of its pages, 
with the profound impression that it should be in the hands of every 
doctor and lawyer. It fully meets the wants of all students 
He has succeeded in admirably condensing into a handy volume all 
the essential points.”—Cincinnati Lancet and Clinic. No. 8. DISEASES OF THE EYE. 164 Ulus. 
FOURTH EDITION. 
Diseases of the Eye and their Treatment. A Handbook 
for Physicians and Students. By Henry R. Swanzy, 
a.m., m b., F R.C.5.1., Surgeon to the National Eye and 
Ear Infirmary; Ophthalmic Surgeon to the Adelaide 
Hospital, Dublin; Examiner in Ophthalmic Surgery 
in the Royal University of Ireland. Fourth Edition, 
Thoroughly Revised. 164 Illustrations and a Zephyr 
Plate for Testing Color Blindness. 518 pages. 
Cloth, 2.50; Leather, 3.00 
“ Mr. Swanzy has succeeded in producing the most intellectually 
conceived and thoroughly executed resume of the science within 
the limits he has assigned himself. As a ‘students’ handbook/ 
small in size and moderate in price, it can hardly be equaled."— 
Medical Aews. 
“ A full, clear, and comprehensive statement of Eye Diseases 
and their treatment, practical and thorough, and we feel fully jus- 
tified in commending it to our readers. It is written in a clear and 
forcible style, presenting in a condensed yet comprehensive form 
current and modern information that will prove alike beneficial to 
the student and general practitioner.”—Southern Practitioner. 
No. 9. MENTAL DISEASES. 
WITH ILLUSTRATIONS. 
Lectures on Mental Diseases, designed for Medical Stu- 
dents and General Practitioners. By Henry Putnam 
Stearns, a.m., m.d., Physician Superintendent at the 
Hartford Retreat, Lecturer on Mental Diseases in Yale 
University, New Haven, Conn., Hon. Mem. British 
Psycho. Asso’n, etc. With Illustrations and a Digest of 
the Laws of the various States relating to the Commit- 
ment and Care of the Insane. 636 pages. Cloth, 2.75 
No. 10. MEDICAL CHEMISTRY. 
THIRD EDITION. ILLUSTRATED. 
A Text-Book of Medical and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. 
By E. H. Bartley, m.d., Professor of Chemistry 
and Toxicology at Long Island College Hospital, 
Chief Chemist Board of Health, Brooklyn, N Y., etc. 
With Glossary and Illustrations. 684 pages. Cloth, 2.75 
“ It is with pleasure that we notice what is probably the best 
chemistry for medical students—for its size—now in the market. 
Prof. Bartley has written the book because he had something to 
say; and he has said it well."—The Journal of the American 
Medical Association, Chicago, 111. 
THE NEW SERIES OF MANUALS. 6 
STUDENTS’ TEXT-BOOKS AND MANUALS. 
ANATOMY. 
Ballou’s Veterinary Anatomy and Physiology. Illustrated. 
By Wm. R. Ballou, m u.. Professor of Equine Anatomy at New 
York College of Veterinary Surgeons. 29 graphic Illustrations, 
lamo. Cloth, .80; Interleaved for notes, 1.25 
Holden’s Dissector. A manual of Dissection of the Human 
Body. Sixth Edition. Edited by A. Hewson, m.d., Demonstra- 
tor of Anatomy at Jefferson Medical College. 311 Illustrations, 
many of which are new. Oil-cloth, 2.50; Sheep, 3.00 
Holden’s Human Osteology. Comprising a Description of the 
Bones, with Colored Delineations of the Attachments of the 
Muscles. The General and Microscopical Structure of Bone and 
its Development. With Lithographic Plates and Numerous Illus- 
trations. Seventh Edition. Bvo. Cloth, 525 
Holden’s Landmarks, Medical and Surgical. 4th Ed. C 10.,1.00 
Macalister’s Human Anatomy. Systematic and Topograph- 
ical, including the Embryology, Histology, and Morphology 
of Man. With special reference to the requirements of 
Practical Surgery and Medicine. With 816 Illustrations, 
400 of which are original. Octavo. Cloth, 5.00; Leather, 6.c0 
Morris’ Anatomy. Colored Illustrations. By ten leading 
Surgeons and Anatomists, and Edited by Henry Morris, f.r.c.s. 
791 Specially Engraved Illustrations, 214 of which are printed 
in colors. Octavo. 1280 pages. 
Price in Cloth, 6.00; Sheep, 7.00 ; Half Russia, B.co 
*** Send for Descriptive Circular and Sample Pages. 
Potter’s Compend of Anatomy. Fifth Edition. Enlarged. 
16 Lithographic Plates. 117 Illustrations. See page 14.. 
Cloth, .80; Interleaved for Notes, 1.25 
CHEMISTRY. 
Bartley’s Medical and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Third 
Edition, Prepared specially for Medical, Pharmaceutical, and 
Dental Students. 60 illustrations, Plate of Absorption Spectra, 
and Glossary. Revised and Enlarged. Cloth, 275 
Bloxam’s Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic, with Experiments. 
Eighth Edition. 281 Illustrations. Eighth Edition. Cloth, 425 
Holland. The Urine, Gastric Contents, Common Poisons, 
and Milk Analysis, Chemical and Microscopical. For La- 
boratory Use. Fifth Edition, Enlarged. Illustrated. Cloth, 1.00 STUDENTS' TEXT-BOOKS AND MANUALS. 
7 
Chemistry :—Continued. 
Leffmann’s Compend of Medical Chemistry. Including 
Urinary Analysis. Fourth Edition. Revised. 
See page 15. Cloth, 80.; Interleaved for Notes, 1.25 
Muter. Practical and Analytical Chemistry. Fourth Edi- 
tion. Revised, to meet the requirements of American Medical 
Colleges, by Prof. C. C. Hamilton. Illustrated. Cloth, 1.25 
Richter’s Inorganic Chemistry. Fourth American, from Sixth 
German Edition. Translated by Prof. Edgar F. Smith, ph.d. 
8g Wood Engravings and Colored Plate of Spectra. Cloth, 1.75 
Richter’s Organic Chemistry, or Chemistry of the Carbon 
Compounds. Illustrated. Second Edition. Cloth, 4.50 
Symonds. Manual of Chemistry, for the special use of Medi- 
cal Students. By Brandrkth Symonds, a.m., m.d.. Asst. 
Physician Roosevelt Hospital, Out-Patient Department; Attend- 
ing Physician Northwestern Dispensary, New York. Cloth, 2.00 
Trimble, Practical and Analytical Chemistry, A Course in 
Chemical Analysis, by Henry Trimble, Prof, of Analytical Chem- 
istry in the Phila. College of Pharmacy. Illustrated. Fourth 
Edition, Enlarged. Bvo. Cloth, 1.50 
Woody. Essentials of Chemistry for the Medical Student. 
Fourth Edition. In Press. 
CHILDREN. 
Goodhart and Starr. The Diseases of Children. Second 
Edition. By J. F. Goodhart, m.d., Physician to the Evelina 
Hospital for Children; Assistant Physician to Guy’s Hospital, 
London. Revised and Edited by Louis Starr, m.d., Clinical 
Professor of Diseases of Children in the Hospital of the Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania; Physician to the Children’s Hospital, 
Philadelphia. Containing many Prescriptions and Formulae, 
conforming to the U. S. Pharmacopoeia, Directions for making 
Artificial Human Milk, for the Artificial Digestion of Milk, etc. 
Illustrated. Cloth, 2.50 
Hatfield. Diseases of Children. By M. P. Hatfield, m.d.. 
Professor of Diseases of Children, Chicago Medical College. 
Colored Plate, nmo. Cloth, .80; Interleaved, 1.25 
Starr. Diseases of the Digestive Organs in Infancy and 
Childhood. With chapters on the Investigation of Disease, 
and on the General Management of Children. By Louis Starr, 
m.d., Clinical Professor of Diseases of Children in the Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania. Ulus. Second Edition. Cloth, 2.00 
See pages 14 and zj for list off Quiz-Comp ends I 8 
STUDENTS’ TEXT-BOOKS AND MANUALS. 
DENTISTRY. 
Fillebrown. Operative Dentistry. 330 Ulus. Cloth, 2.25 
Flagg’s Plastics and Plastic Filling. 4th Ed. Cloth, 4.00 
Gorgas. Dental Medicine. Fifth Edition. Cloth, 4.00 
Harris. Principles and Practice of Dentistry. Including 
Anatomy, Physiology, Pathology, Therapeutics, Dental Surgery 
and Mechanism. Twelfth Edition. Revised and enlarged by 
Professor Gorgas. 1028 Illustrations. Cloth, 6.00 ; Leather, 7.00 
Richardson’s Mechanical Dentistry. Sixth Edition. By 
Warren. 600 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, 4.00; Leather, 5.00 
Sewill. Dental Surgery. 200 Illustrations. 3d Ed. Clo., 2.00 
Taft’s Operative Dentistry. 100 Ulus Cloth, 3.00; Leather,4.00 
Talbot. Irregularities of the Teeth, and their Treatment. 
Illustrated. 8vo. Second Edition. Cloth, 3.00 
Tomes’ Dental Anatomy. Fourth Ed. 235 Illus. Cloth, 3.50 
Tomes’ Dental Surgery. 3d Edition. 292 Illus. Cloth, 4.00 
Warren, Compend of Dental Pathology and Dental Medi- 
cine. Illustrated. 2d Ed. Cloth, .80; Interleaved, 1.25 
Warren. Dental Prostheses and Metallurgy. 129 Illustra- 
tions. tamo. 1.25 
DICTIONARIES. 
Cleveland’s Pronouncing Pocket Medical Lexicon. Small 
pocket size. Cloth, red edges .50; pocket-book style, .75 
Gould’s Student’s Medical Dictionary. Containing the Defi- 
nition and Pronunciation of all words in Medicine, with many 
useful Tables, etc. 
y2 Dark Leather, 2.75 ; % Mor., Thumb Index, 3 50 
Gould’s Pocket Dictionary. 12,000 Medical Words Pro- 
nounced and Defined. Containing many Tables and an 
Elaborate Dose List. Thin 64010. 
Leather, gilt edges, 1.00; with Thumb Index, 1.25 
Harris’ Dictionary of Dentistry. Fifth Edition. Completely 
revised by Prof. Gorgas. Cloth, 4.50; Leather, 5.50 
Longley’s Pocket Dictionary. The Student’s Medical Lexicon, 
giving Definition and Pronunciation, with an Appendix giving 
Abbreviations used in Prescriptions, Metric Scale of Doses, etc. 
241110. Cloth, .75; pocket-book style, 1.00 
EYE. 
Fox and Gould. Compend of Diseases of the Eye and 
Refraction. 2d Ed. Enlarged. 71 Ulus. 39 Formulae. 
Cloth. .80; Interleaved for Notes, 1.25 
Hartridge on Refraction. 7th Edition. Ulus. Cloth, 1.50 
Swanzy. Diseases of the Eye and their Treatment. 176 
Illustrations. Fourth Edition. Cloth, 2,;o; Leather, 300 
AW- See pages 2 to 5 for list of Students’ Manuals STUDENTS’ TEXT-BOOKS AND MANUALS. 
ELECTRICITY. 
Bigelow. Plain Talks on Medical Electricity. Cloth, 1.00 
Mason’s Compend of Medical Electricity. Cloth, .75 
Steavenson and Jones. Medical Electricity. A Practical 
Handbook. Illustrated. i2mo. In Press. 
HYGIENE. 
Coplin and Bevan. Practical Hygiene. By W. M. L. Cop- 
lin. Adjunct Professor of Hygiene, Jefferson Medical College, 
Philadelphia, and Dr. D. Bevan. Illustrated. Cloth, 3.25 
Parkes’ (Ed. A.) Practical Hygiene. Eighth Edition, en- 
larged. Illustrated. Bvo. Cloth, 4.50 
Parkes’ (L. C.) Manual of Hygiene and Public Health. 
Third Edition. i2tno. In Press. 
Wilson’s Handbook of Hygiene and Sanitary Science. 
Seventh Edition. Revised and Illustrated. Cloth, 3.00 
MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. 
Biddle’s Materia Medica. Thirteenth Edition. By the late 
John B. Biddle, m.d. Revised by Clement Biddle, m.d. Bvo. 
Illustrated. Cloth, 4.00 ; Leather, 5.00 
Davis. Essentials of Materia Medica and Prescription 
Writing. By J. Aubrey Davis, md., Demonstrator of Obstet- 
rics and Quiz-Master on Materia Medica, University of Penn- 
sylvania. lamo. Interleaved. Cloth, 1.50 
Potter’s Compend of Materia Medica, Therapeutics, and 
Prescription Writing. Sixth Edition, revised and improved 
in accordance with U. S. P. 1890. See page 15. 
Cloth, .80; Interleaved for Notes, 1.25 
Potter. Handbook of Materia Medica, Pharmacy, and 
Therapeutics. Including Action of Medicines, Special Thera- 
peutics, Pharmacology, etc. By Sami. 0. L. Potter, m.d., 
m.r c.P. (Lond.), Professor of the Practice of Medicine in 
Cooper Medical College, San Francisco. Fifth Revised and 
Enlarged Edition. 800 pages. Bvo. Cloth, 4.c0; Leather, 5.00 
Sayre. Organic Materia Medica and Pharmacognosy. 
A Handbook for Students of Pharmacy and Medicine. By 
L. E. Sayre, ph.g , Professor of Pharmacy and Materia Medica, 
University of Kansas; Member Committee of Revision of U. 
S. P. 543 Illustrations. Bvo. Cloth, 4.00 
-#9“ See pages 14 and 15 for list 0/ f Quiz- Comp ends f 10 
STUDENTS’ TEXT-BOOKS AND MANUALS. 
White and Wilcox. Materia Medica, Pharmacy, Phar- 
macology, and Therapeutics. Second American Edition. 
By Wm. Hale White, m.d , f.r c.p., etc.. Physician to and 
Lecturer on Materia Medica, Guy’s Hospital. Revised by 
Reynold W. Wilcox, m.d.,11.d , Prof, of Clinical Medicine and 
Therapeutics at the New York Post Graduate Medical School, 
Visiting Physician St. Mark’s Hospital, etc. C 10.,2.75; Lea., 3,25 
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE, 
Reese. A Text-book of Medical Jurisprudence and Toxi- 
cology. By JohnJ. Reese, m.d., Prof, of Medical Jurispru- 
dence and Toxicology in the Medical Depart., University of 
Pennsylvania. Fourth Edition. Revised by Henry Leffmann, 
m d.. Prof, of Chemistry, Pennsylvania College of Dentistry; 
Hygienist and Food Inspector, State Board of Agriculture, etc. 
Cloth, 3.00; Leather, 3.50 
NERVOUS DISEASES. 
Gowers. Manual of Diseases of the Nervous System. 
A Complete Textbook. By William R. Gowers, m.d, Prof. 
Clinical Medicine, University College, London Physician to 
National Hospital for the Paralyzed and Epileptic. Second 
Edition Revised, Enlarged, and in many parts Rewritten. 
With many new Illustrations. Octavo. 
Vol. I. Diseases of the Nerves and Spinal Cord. 616 
pages. Cloth, 3.00 
Vol. 11. Diseases of the Brain and Cranial Nerves. 
General and Functional Diseases, n.69 pages. C10th,4.00 
Ormerod. Diseases of Nervous System, Student’s Guide to. 
By J. A.Ormerod, M D., Oxon., f.r.c.p. (London), Mem. Path., 
Clin., Ophthal., and Neurological Societies ; Phys to National 
Hospital for Paralyzed and Epileptic, Dem. of Morbid Anatomy, 
St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, etc. 75 Illustrations. Cloth, 1.00 
OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY. 
Byford. Diseases of Women. By W. H. Byford,m.d., Prof, 
of Gynaecology in Rush Medical College, and H. T. Byford, 
m.d., Surgeon to the Woman’s Hospital, Chicago. Fourth Edi- 
tion. Enlarged. 306 Ulus Octavo Cloth, 2.00 ; Leather, 2.50 
Davis. A Manual of Obstetrics. By Edw. P. Davis, Clinical 
Lecturer on Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. 
16 Plates, and 134 Illustrations. 12010. 2d Edition. Cloth, 2.00 
Landis’ Compend of Obstetrics. Illustrated. sth Edition, 
Enlarged. By Wells. Cloth, .80; Interleaved for Notes, 1.25 
Lowers’ Diseases of Women. A Practical Text-book. 139 
Illustrations. Second Edition. Cloth, 2.00 
Parvin’s Winckel’s Diseases of Women. Second Edition. 
Including a Section on Diseases of the Bladder and Urethra. 
150 Ulus. Revised. See page 3. Cloth, 3.00; Leather, 3.50 
See Pages 2 to 5 for list 0/New Manuals. STUDENTS' TEXT-BOOKS AND MANUALS. 
Obstetrics and Gyntecology ;—Continued. 
Wells. Compend of Gynaecology. Illustrated. Cloth, .80 
Winckel’s Obstetrics. A Text-book on Midwifery, includ- 
ing the Diseases of Childbed. By Dr. F. Winckel. Author- 
ized Translation, by J Clifton Fdgar, m.d., Lecturer on Ob- 
stetrics, University Medical College, New York. Nearly 200 
handsome Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, 5.00; Leather, 6.<o 
PATHOLOGY, HISTOLOGY, ETC. 
Gilliam’s Essentials of Pathology. 47 Ulus. Cloth, .75 
Hall. Compend of General Pathology and Morbid Anat- 
omy. 91 very fine Illustrations. Cloth, .80; Interleaved, 1.25 
Reeves. Medical Microscopy. Colored Illustrations. 
Cloth, 2.50 
Stirling. Outlines of Practical Histology. A Manual for 
Students. 2d Edition. 368 Illustrations, tamo. Cloth, 2.00 
Virchow’s Post-Mortem Examinations. 3d Ed. Cloth, .75 
Wethered. Medical Microscopy. By Frank J. Wethered, 
m.d., m.r.c.p. 98 Illustrations. Cloth, 2.00 
PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS. 
Tyson’s Student’s Handbook of Physical Diagnosis. Illus- 
trated. Second Edition, Enlarged, tamo. Cloth, 1.23 
PHYSIOLOGY. 
Brubaker’s Compend of Physiology. Illustrated, Seventh 
Edition. Cloth, .80; Interleaved for Notes, 1.25 
Kirke’s Physiology. New 13th Ed. Thoroughly Revised and 
Enlarged. 502 Illustrations, some of which are printed in colors. 
{Blakision's Authorized Edition I) Red Cl., 3.23; Leather. 4.00 
Landois’ Human Physiology. Including Histology and Micro- 
scopical Anatomy, and with special reference to Practical Medi- 
cine. Fourth Edition. Translated and Edited by Prof. Stirling. 
845 Illustrations. 2 vols. Cloth, 7.00 
Yeo’s Physiology. Sixth Edition. The most Popular Stu- 
dents’ Book. By Gerald F. Yeo, m.d., f.r.c.s., Professor of 
Physiology in King’s College, London. Small Octavo. 254 
carefully printed Illustrations. With a Full Glossary and Index. 
Seepages. Cloth, 2.50; Leather, 3.00 
PRACTICE. 
Roberts’ Practice. Revised Edition. A Handbook of the 
Theory and Practice of Medicine. By Frederick T. Roberts, 
m.d. , m.r.c.p.. Professor of Clinical Medicine and Therapeutics 
in University College Hospital, London. Ninth Edition. 
Octavo. Cloth, 4.50; Sheep, 5.50 
Taylor. Practice of Medicine. A Manual. By Frederick 
Taylor, m.d.. Physician to, and Lecturer on Medicine at, Guy’s 
Hospital, London ; Physician to Evelina Hospital for Sick Chil- 
dren, and Examiner in Materia Medica and Pharmaceutical 
Chemistry, University of London. Cloth, 2.00; Leather, 2.50 
M 9* See pages 14 and is for list of f Quiz-Compends f PQUIZ-COMPENDS? 
The Best Compends for Students’ Use 
in the Quiz Class, and when Pre- 
paring for Examinations. 
Compiled in accordance with the latest teachings of promi- 
nent Lecturers and the most popular Text-books. 
They form a most complete, practical, and exhaustive 
set of manuals, containing information nowhere else col- 
lected in such a condensed, practical shape. Thoroughly 
up to the times in every respect, containing many new 
prescriptions and formulae, and over six hundred illustra- 
tions, many of which have been drawn and engraved 
specially for this series. The authors have had large ex- 
perience as quiz-masters and attaches of colleges, with 
exceptional opportunities for noting the most recent ad- 
vances and methods. 
No. I. HUMAN ANATOMY, “ Based upon Gray.” Fifth 
Enlarged Edition, including Visceral Anatomy, formerly 
published separately. 16 Lithograph Plates, New 
Tables, and 117 other Illustrations. By Samuel O L. 
Potter, m a., m.d., m r.c.p. (Lond.), late A. A. Surgeon U. S. 
Army, Professor of Practice, Cooper Medical College, San Fran- 
cisco. 
Nos. 2 and 3. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. Fifth Edi- 
tion. By Daniel E. Hughes, m.d., Demonstrator of Clinical 
Medicine in Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. In two parts. 
Part I.—Continued, Eruptive, and Periodical Fevers, Diseases 
of the Stomach, Intestines, Peritoneum, Biliary Passages, Liver, 
Kidneys, etc. (including Tests for Urine), General Diseases, etc. 
Part ll.—Diseases of the Respiratory System (including Phy- 
sical Diagnosis), Circulatory System, and Nervous System; Dis- 
eases of the Blood, etc. 
*** These little books can be regarded as a full set of notes upon 
the Practice of Medicine, containing the Synonyms, Definitions, 
Causes, Symptoms, Prognosis, Diagnosis, Treatment, etc., of each 
disease, and including 4 number of prescriptions hitherto unpub- 
lished. 
No. 4. PHYSIOLOGY, including Embryology. Seventh 
Edition. By Albert P. Brubaker, m.d., Prof, of Physiology, 
Penn’a College of Dental Surgery; Demonstrator of Physiology 
in Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. Revised, Enlarged, 
with new Illustrations. 
No. 5. OBSTETRICS. Illustrated. Fifth Edition. By 
Henry G. Landis, m.d. Edited by William H. Wells, m.d.. 
Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Obstetrics, Jefferson College, 
Philadelphia. New Illustrations. 
Cloth, each .80. Interleaved for Notes, $1.25. BLAKISTON’S ? QUIZ-COMPENDS ? 
No. 6. MATERIA MEDICA, THERAPEUTICS, AND 
PRESCRIPTION WRITING. Sixth Revised Edition, 
Based upon U. S. P. 1890. With especial Reference to the 
Physiological Action of Drugs, and a complete article on Pre- 
scription Writing, including many unofficinal remedies. By 
Samuel O. L. Potter, m.a., m.d., m.r c.p (Lond ), late A. A. 
Surg U S. Army; Prof, of Practice, Cooper Medical College, 
San Francisco. Improved and Enlarged, with Index. 
No. 7. GYNAECOLOGY. A Compend ol Diseases of Women. 
By Wm. H Wells, m .d., Ass’t Demonstrator of Obstetrics, 
Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. Illustrated. 
No. 8. DISEASES OF THE EYE AND REFRACTION, 
including Treatment and Surgery By L. Webster Fox, m.d.. 
Chief Clinical Assistant Ophthalmological Dept., Jefferson Med- 
ical College, etc., and Geo. M. Gould, m.d. 71 Illustrations, 39 
Formulte. Second Enlarged and .mproved Edition. Index. 
No. 9. SURGERY, Minor Surgery and Bandaging. Illus- 
trated. Fifth Edition. Including Fractures, Wounds, 
Dislocations, Sprains, Amputations, and other operations; Inflam- 
mation, Suppuration, Ulcers, Syphilis, Tumors, Shock, etc. 
Diseases of the Spine, Ear, Bladder, Testicles, Anus, and 
other Surgical Diseases. By Orville Horwitz, a.m., m.d.. 
Demonstrator of Surgery, Jefferson Medical College. Revised 
and Enlarged. 98 Formulae and 167 Illustrations. 
No. 10. CHEMISTRY. Fourth Edition. Inorganic and 
Organic. For Medical and Dental Students. Including Urinary 
Analysis and Medical Chemistry. By Henry Leffmann, m.d.. 
Prof, of Chemistry in Penn’a College of Dental Surgery, Phila. 
Fourth Edition, Revised and Rewritten, with Index. 
No. 11. PHARMACY. Based upon “ Remington’s Text-book 
of Pharmacy.” By F. E. Stewart, m d.,ph.g., Quiz-Master 
at Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. Fifth Edition, Revised. 
No. 12. VETERINARY ANATOMY AND PHYSIOL- 
OGY. 29 Illustrations By Wm. R Ballou, m.d., Prof, of 
Equine Anatomy at N Y. College of Veterinary Surgeons. 
No. 13. DENTAL PATHOLOGY AND DENTAL MEDI- 
CINE. Containing all the most noteworthy points of interest 
to the Dental student. Second Edition. By Geo. W. Warren, 
d.d.s., Clinical Chief, Penn’a College of Dental Surgery, Phila- 
delphia. Second Edition, Enlarged and Illustrated. 
No. 14. DISEASES OF CHILDREN. By Dr. Marcus P. 
Hatfield, Prof, of Diseases of Children, Chicago Medical 
College. Colored Plate. 
No. 15. GENERAL PATHOLOGY AND MORBID 
ANATOMY. By H. Newbeky Hall, m. d , Professor of 
Pathology and Medical Chemistry Post-Graduate School; Sur- 
geon Emergency Hospital, t hicago, etc. 91 Illustrations. 
Bound is Cloth, .SO. Interleaved, for the Addition of Notes, $1.25. 
Alo series of books are so complete in detail, concise 
in language, or so well printed and bound. Each one 
forms a complete set of notes upon the subject under con- 
sideration. 
Illustrated Descriptive Circular Free, 35,000 COPIES 
Of These Books Have Already Been Sold. 
GOULD’S STUDENT’S 
Medical Dictionary. 
Based on Recent Medical Literature. 
Small Bvo, Half Morocco, as above, with Thumb Index, . . $3.50 
Plain Dark Leather, without Thumb Index, 2.75 
A compact, concise Vocabulary, including all 
the Words and Phrases used in medicine, with 
their proper Pronunciation and Definitions. 
“ One pleasing feature of the book is that the reader can almost 
invariably find the definition under the word he looks for, without 
being referred from one place to another, as is too commonly the 
case in medical dictionaries. The tables of the bacilli, micrococci, 
leucomai'nes and ptomaines are excellent, and contain a large 
amount of information in a limited space. The anatomical tables 
are also concise and clear. . . . We should unhesitatingly 
recommend this dictionary to our readers, feeling sure that it will 
prove of much value to them.”—American Journal of Medical 
Science. 
GOULD’S POCKET DICTIONARY. 12,000 
Medical Words Pronounced and Defined. 
Leather, gilt edges, $1.00; with Thumb Index, $1.25 
JUST PUBLISHED. A NEW BOOK ON A NEW PLAN. 
Manual of Organic 
Materia Medica 
and Pharmacognosy. 
By L. E. Sayre, Ph.G., Professor 
of Pharmacy and Materia Medica of 
the School of Pharmacy of the Uni- 
versity of Kansas, etc. Comprising 
the Vegetable and Animal Drugs, their 
Source, Classification, Physical Characteristics, Constituents, Action and Uses, 
Adulterations, Medicinal Preparations into which They Enter, etc., and includ- 
ing chapters on Synthetic Organic Remedies, Insects Injurious to Drugs, and 
Pharmacal Botany. With 543 Illustrations. 
Octavo. 555 pages. Cloth, net, $4.00 
Part I.—Discusses Botanical Materia Medica under the division (1) Mor- 
phology and (2) Structural or Histological Botany. The author has, in this 
part, condensed within a moderate compass all that is essential for the study 
of Morphological or Structural Botany, forming not only a convenient and 
trustworthy guide on these subjects, but a manual of reference. 
Part 11.-—ln the first division is presented a synoptical view (a conspectus) 
of the various drugs arranged according to their physical characteristics. 
Opposite each drug named is a brief statement of the physical char= 
acteristics of the drug as it should appear in market. The subdivisions 
of this chapter, arranged, as it is, according to physical properties, give a 
separate treatment to each of the parts of a plant, namely: Roots, Rhizomes, 
Stems, Leaves, Flowers, Fruits, etc. In the second division of Part 11, where 
the drug receives more exhaustive treatment, a strictly botanical arrangement, 
according to natural orders, is followed. Here the drug is illustrated and 
described and the characteristics of the natural order are also given. The 
description of the natural order is frequently accompanied by illustrations 
showing its prominent features. The arrangement of the material is such as 
to fascinate rather than tire the student. Closing Part II there is a condensed 
table of natural orders and drugs under them, which will serve to give 
the student a bird’s-eye view of this subject. Each drug has a number, and 
by cross reference its .botanical or physical relationships can be found at a 
glance. 
Insects Attacking Drugs.—A special chapter is devoted to a brief 
treatise of this novel subject in pharmacy, in which Professor Sayre has taken 
the lead in investigations. Following this is a brief treatise on the contribu- 
tions of Organic Chemistry, where are discussed the synthetic organic remedies 
which have recently come into medical recognition. The third division of the 
Appendix treats of Microscopical Examination of Drugs, Section Cutting, 
Mounting, etc. 
Design of the Work.—The matter is presented in a concise manner, 
avoiding all unnecessary detail, but in no wise interfering with the clearness of 
meaning so necessary in a text-book. The arrangement of subjects is such that 
the principal features and relationships of the drug are seen almost at a glance. 
The design of the author has been to make the study of Materia Medica in all 
its branches assume an interesting as well as instructive aspect, and at the 
same time to give a comprehensive view of the various organic drugs. 
PLAN OF THE WORK. 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., Publishers, Philadelphia. A NEW EDITION, PRACTICALLY A NEW BOOK. 
Medical and 
Pharmaceutical 
Chemistry. 
By Elias H. Bartley, B.S.fM.D., 
Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology, 
Long Island College Hospital; Dean 
and Professor of Organic Chemistry, 
Brooklyn College of Pharmacy; Pres- 
ident American Society of Public Analysts; Chief Chemist Board of Health 
of Brooklyn. 
Third Edition, Revised and Enlarged, with 84 Illustrations. 
i2mo. 684 pages. Cloth, net, $2.75 ; Leather, net, $3.25 
This edition of Prof. Bartley’s well-known text-book has been revised, con- 
siderably enlarged, and to some extent rearranged to meet an expressed demand 
for a practical, concise handbook for the use of medical and pharmaceutical 
men. In making the revision the author has relied not only upon his own 
experience, but has taken into consideration numerous letters and criticisms 
made by prominent teachers and reviewers. He has also made a special effort 
to make his book agree with the New U.. S. Pharmacopoeia (Seventh 
Revision), so that it will correspond with the statements in the new editions 
of books on Materia Medica, Therapeutics, and Pharmacy, the new Dispen- 
satories, etc. 
“ The work is illustrated with well-executed wood-cuts, is well printed in large, 
clear type, on good paper, and has a most comprehensive and well-arranged index. 
Altogether it is an admirable text-book, not only for students, but for pharmacists 
and practitioners.”—National Druggist, St. Louis. 
“ This is certainly among the best of the manuals recently issued for the use of 
medical and pharmaceutical students. It is not specially devoted to physiological 
chemistry or to pharmacy, but is a work of wider usefulness, because it treats fully 
and clearly the numerous points of general interest which every student of either 
profession should know.”—The Pharmacist, Chicago. 
“ Dr. Bartley’s work is one of undoubted merit, and will prove a reliable guide to 
the student of medicine.”—The American Journal of Medical Sciences, Philadelphia. 
“ Although there are many good text-books on chemistry, they are principally 
designed for the use of general students, and, according to the author, are either too 
voluminous or too brief for the requirements of medical students, for whom this work 
is intended. This purpose has been kept well in view, and is, indeed, apparent on 
every page. Frequent reference is made to the Pharmacopoeias of the United States 
and Great Britain, and the book may be used as a companion to either. . . . The 
general arrangement of subjects is very similar to that of Fownes’, considerable 
space being devoted to chemical physics and theoretical chemistry, followed by a con- 
sideration of the non-metallic elements in the order of their atomic values, and the 
metals in the usual groups.”—The Canadian Pharmaceutical Journal. 
“ Opinions differ so much as to the character of the instruction which a medical 
student should receive in chemistry, that it would be difficult, probably, to prepare a 
text-book on chemistry which would prove acceptable to even a majority of the teach- 
ers of chemistry. We think, however, that this book is worth looking over by those 
who have thus far failed to find a satisfactory text-book, and we believe it will be 
found to meet the wants of a certain number.”—Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., Publishers, Philadelphia. A HELP TO EVERY STUDENT. 
Latin Grammar of 
Pharmacy and 
Medicine. 
By D. H. Robinson, Ph.D., Pro- 
fessor of the Latin Language and Lit- 
erature, University of Kansas. Second 
Edition, Revised with the help of 
Prof. L. E. Sayre, Department of 
Dr. Charles Rice, of the College of 
Pharmacy, University of Kansas, and 
Pharmacy of the City of New York. 
Second Edition. i2mo. 375 pages. Cloth, net, $1.75 
It is unquestioned that students of pharmacy who enter college deficient in 
the knowledge of Latin are at a great disadvantage compared with those who 
have a fair knowledge of that language. Observation of this fact led to the 
production of a book specially adapted to the wants of such students. The 
only guide in its production was the experience of a practical teacher. His 
purpose was to make a book which should give the correct forms of the lan- 
guage, but should include in its vocabulary only the words and phrases likely to 
be met in practical pharmacy. The w'ork met so obvious a need that the first 
edition was largely used by graduates as well as students. 
WITH ELABORATE VOCABULARIES. 
“ I am particularly pleased that this book has found its way to a revised edition. 
The first edition was such a useful book, and its success was so desirable, that it is 
especially gratifying to find it now reappearing, and in an improved and somewhat 
extended form. Although the subject of this work does not fall wi thin my department 
at the New York College of Pharmacy, I shall have much pleasure in extending its 
sale and field of usefulness.”—H. H. Rusby, Professor of Physiology, Botany, Phar- 
macognosy, and Materia Medica, College of Pharmacy of City of New York. 
“It is a work that meets with my hearty approval. There is great need of just 
such a book in our American schools of pharmacy and medicine.”—E. S. Bastin, 
Professor of Botany, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. 
“It is practical; its arrangement shows the careful and thoughtful genius of its 
author, who seems to have comprehended just the need of the student, and put it in 
such genial form as to lead the pupil rapidly to an understanding of what he had feared 
would be uninteresting and tedious.”—Pharmaceutical Recor d. 
“ The result of our examination has been to secure its adoption as one of the 
regular text-books of this College. A careful perusal of it leads me to believe that it 
is admirably adapted to the purpose for which it is intended, and that it will prove 
successful.”—J. 11. Beal, Principal Department of Pharmacy, Scio College, Scio, O. 
“ This method of preparing medical students and pharmacists for a practical use 
of the language is in every way to be commended. . . . Pharmacists should know 
enough to read prescriptions readily and understanding^.”—;Johns Hopkins Hospital 
Bulletin, 
P. BLAKISTON, SON & CO., Publishers, Philadelphia.